View Test Case

Process Area	Test Case Number	Test Case Name	Prerequisites	Steps To Execute	Expected Results
Inv Management	TC-01053	Kimray WO Issue Components- Pick State Created for items picked to the work (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Pick State Created for items picked to the work order	Work order has been created and in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 6a. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the transaction was created. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. in the next set of sub-tabs, click on the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 7d. You should see in the listing a pick state record. 7e. Click edit for that record to pull up the pick state record. 7f. Click on the Items sub-tab to see the items that were issued in the RF-SMART function. 7g. Click on the bin transfer sub-tab to see the bin transfer transaction that was created.	Lead to confirm in Nestuite The work order transaction will have a pick state record associated. Sta (...)Lead to confirm in Nestuite The work order transaction will have a pick state record associated. Status of pick state will be in Open status. Item listing will show the item and quantity selected. Item inventory detail will show the bin picked from, quantity, inventory status, and serial number if applicable. Bin transfer record will be associated. Bin transfer will show the bin picked from, the bin transferred to with quantities and serial number if applicable.
Inv Management	TC-01054	Kimray WO Issue Components- Component Inventory shows actual real time for (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Component Inventory shows actual real time for suggested bin	Will need two work orders created and are in released or in process status. (...)Will need two work orders created and are in released or in process status. Will need two users logged in and each picking one of the work orders. Will need Netsuite login to view item inventory detail to compare to function reported inventory.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Ord (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 2a. The suggested bin will show in top left of screen, and the Available qty will be shown on the right side of the screen. 2b. If the suggested bin is not shown, or the suggested bin shows no quantity available, choose the Alt bins button and select a different bin from the listing. 2c. You should now see the "Selected Bin" and available quantity. (take screen shot) 3. Warehouse manager to login to Netsuite UI to view the inventory showing in Netsuite matches what is shown on the screen for the user. 3a. in the global search, enter the item number to be viewed. Select the item to be reviewed. 3b. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the tab labelled Inventory Detail. 3c. Find the bin in the listing that matches the one shown on the screen and confirm the quantity shown matches what is shown on the function screen.	Lead to confirm: The Inventory quantity showing on the screen for the suggested bin matches the qua (...)Lead to confirm: The Inventory quantity showing on the screen for the suggested bin matches the quantity showing for that bin in Netsuite. Matches when user one first selected the item before any quantity entry to be picked. The pick state shows a bin transfer moving the inventory for the item that user one picked, once the user has been returned to the item listing screen. The picked inventory was transferred to the users "Picked Bin". The inventory for that same item was updated to new quantity when user two selected that item to be picked.
Inv Management	TC-01055	Kimray WO Issue Components- Alternate bin listing shows accurate real time (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Alternate bin listing shows accurate real time inventory for component item	Work order has been created and in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 2a. User to Click on the alt bins button to see other bins to issue from. 2b. Warehouse manager to login to Netsuite UI to view the inventory showing in Netsuite matches what is shown on the screen for the user. 2c. in the global search, enter the item number to be viewed. Select the item to be reviewed. 2d. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the tab labelled Inventory Detail. 2e. Find the bin in the listing that matches the one shown on the screen and confirm the quantity shown matches what is shown on the function screen. 3. If the quantities in Netsuite match the list of bins and quantities in the function, this is a pass. 3a. User to hit Back and Then Cancel and Cancel Issue. No need to submit the transaction.	Lead to confirm: The Alt bins listing quantities per bin matched what Netsuite Inventory detail was (...)Lead to confirm: The Alt bins listing quantities per bin matched what Netsuite Inventory detail was showing for the item inventory. The selected bin from the Alt bins listing, was shown as the selected bin and the available quantity matches Netsuite inventory detail for the bin.
Inv Management	TC-01092	Enter Transfer Order - Replenishment
Inv Management	TC-01093	Fulfill Transfer Order - Replenishment		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator Role
Inv Management	TC-01094	Receive Transfer Order - Replenishment		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator Role
Inv Management	TC-01095	Enter Transfer Order - Replenishment Purchased Items
Inv Management	TC-01096	Fulfill Transfer Order - Replenishment Purchased Items		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator Role
Inv Management	TC-01097	Receive Transfer Order - Replenishment Purchased Items		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator Role
Planning Maestro	TC-05063	KMRY 191 Manage constraint assumptions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05064	KMRY 192 Collaborate to resolve inventory exceptions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05065	KMRY 194 Identify planned orders for firming		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05066	KMRY 195 Simulate manually firming a planned order		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05067	KMRY 197 Review data changes		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05068	KMRY 198 Closed Loop - Quotes		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05069	KMRY 199 Closed Loop - Firm Supply Orders		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05070	KMRY 2 Value Add		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05071	KMRY 20 Forecast Item Definition		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05072	KMRY 200 Demand Segmentation ABC- XYZ Analysis		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Inv Management	TC-01056	Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Pause the picking process and P (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Pause the picking process and Pick State updated to Paused status	Work order is created and is in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit Cancel, and will prompted with a window with options to Pause Issue, Cancel Issue, Continue Issue. 6a. User will Choose Pause Issue. 6b. User will be taken to a list of work orders that can be selected to be issued. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. in the next set of sub-tabs, click on the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 7d. You should see in the listing a pick state record. 7e. You should see the status is set to Paused.	User to confirm:User was able to select Pause and was taken to the work order entry screen. Lead to (...)User to confirm:User was able to select Pause and was taken to the work order entry screen. Lead to confirm: Pick state for the work order is in Paused status. Items and bin transfer details contain items picked up to the time of pausing the pick.
Inv Management	TC-01057	Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Resume a paused pick and all de (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Resume a paused pick and all details are accurate	A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state (...)A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state that is in a Paused status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. User should be prompted with Message to Resume Issue or Restart Issue. 2a. User to select the Resume Issue button. 3. User will be taken to the item listing, where items that have already been picked will be colored Yellow or green, depending on quantity picked for the item. 3a. If prompted with Resume or Restart, and the user was taken to the item listing after choosing Resume, this is a pass. 3b. User to select Back and Pause Issue. No need to pause or submit for this test case.	User to confirm: Work order was able to be resumed. At the bottom of the item listing, previously pi (...)User to confirm: Work order was able to be resumed. At the bottom of the item listing, previously picked items will show Green or Yellow to indicate they had already been picked. User was able to continue picking more items. Lead to confirm:Items already showing picked, match what is on the pick state line items.
Inv Management	TC-01058	Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Cancel a pick and have all deta (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to Cancel a pick and have all details cleared	A work order is created in Netsuite and is in a released or in process stat (...)A work order is created in Netsuite and is in a released or in process status. User will have picked at least one item before trying to cancel the pick.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit Cancel, and will prompted with a window with options to Pause Issue, Cancel Issue, Continue Issue. 6a. User will Choose Cancel Issue. 6b. User will be taken to a list of work orders that can be selected to be issued. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. in the next set of sub-tabs, click on the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 7d. You should see there is no current pick state record, since the user cancelled the pick.	User to Confirm:Was able to select the cancel prompt and be taken back to the work order entry scree (...)User to Confirm:Was able to select the cancel prompt and be taken back to the work order entry screen. Lead to confirm: The pick state was created when the user picked at least one item. Confirm before user hits cancel pick. The pick state was no longer available after the user selected the Cancel prompt.
Planning Maestro	TC-05083	KMRY 28 Generate & Publish Statistical Forecast		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05084	KMRY 29 Update & Adjust Disaggregation Rates		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05085	KMRY 3 Forecast Accuracy		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05086	KMRY 35 Demand Input		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05087	KMRY 36 Add assumptions about the forecast		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05088	KMRY 37 Demand Review		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05089	KMRY 40 View unconstrained demand plan		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05090	KMRY 41 Adjust consensus demand plan		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05091	KMRY 42 Compare alternate consensus demand plans		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05092	KMRY 48 Adjust forecast disaggregation rates		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05093	KMRY 49 Adjust forecast disaggregation configuration defaults		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05094	KMRY 5 Item Research		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05095	KMRY 50 Update pricing data		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05096	KMRY 51 Update limits for annual plan categories		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05097	KMRY 54 Update Margin Percent Target		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05098	KMRY 55 Update On Time to Request (service level) target		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05099	KMRY 57 Update Inventory Turns target		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05100	KMRY 58 Update Inventory Quality Ratio (IQR) target		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05101	KMRY 59 Update Periods of Supply MinMax targets		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05102	KMRY 69 Adjust variables in models		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05103	KMRY 70 Look at priority items and make edits		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05104	KMRY 71 Promote models to production		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05105	KMRY 72 Export present forecast to Sales Demand Meeting team		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Inv Management	TC-01059	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm pick state holds picked details after c (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm pick state holds picked details after client is closed	Work order created in Netsuite and is in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to turn power off for the device, without backing out of the function. 7. After warehouse manager confirms pick state status, user will log back into the RF-SMART client and perform steps 1 to 1b to select the same work order they were originally issueing to. 7a. User should be prompted with the Resume Issue or Restart Issue. 7b. User to select Resume Issue. 7c. Any items previously issued should show in the listing as yellow or green colored depending on quantity issued. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. in the next set of sub-tabs, click on the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 7d. You should see in the listing a pick state record. 7e. The status on the pick state record should show Open.	Lead to confirm: The pick state for the work order is still available. The status of the pick state (...)Lead to confirm: The pick state for the work order is still available. The status of the pick state is in Open status. Item details still exist on the pick state for what has been picked.
Inv Management	TC-01060	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm if Start Over is selected after resumin (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm if Start Over is selected after resuming pick, the user is prompted with message	A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state (...)A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state that is in a Paused status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. User should be prompted with Message to Resume Issue or Start Over. 2a. User to select the Start Over. 2b. User is prompted with message..Start over will lose all details, are you sure you want to start over. 2c. User can select No. 2d. No will take user back to the option to choose Resume Issue or Restart. 2e. User to select Restart again and this time choose Yes. 2f. Yes will delete details for any items that were previously issued. 2g. User will be taken to the item listing where no items will show to be issued. 3. User to hit cancel to back out of the work order.	User to confirm: The prompt message was shown when the user selected Start Over option. The user was (...)User to confirm: The prompt message was shown when the user selected Start Over option. The user was prompted back to the Resume/Start Over screen when selecting No to not start over. User was able to select Resume and continue picking.
Inv Management	TC-01061	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm on Submit the Work Order Issue transact (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm on Submit the Work Order Issue transaction is created in Netsuite and Pick State is in Complete Status	Work order has been created in Netsuite and is in released or in process st (...)Work order has been created in Netsuite and is in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 6a. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the transaction was created. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. on the next set of sub-tabs select the RF-SMART Pick State tab. 7d. You should see the pick state record in the listing. 7e. The status on the pick state should show Complete.	User to confirm: The processing screen shows the submit is taking action. The user sees the green me (...)User to confirm: The processing screen shows the submit is taking action. The user sees the green message that the work order issue transaction was successfully created. User is taken back to the work order entry screen. Lead to confirm: There was a work order issue transaction created in Netsuite for the work order. The components on that issue transaction match what was picked by the user, with inventory details. Inventory details shows the inventory was issued from the Picked bins. The Work order Pick state shows to be in a Complete status. The pick state line item details match the component details of the work order issue transaction.
Planning	TC-07264M	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07265	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07265M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07266	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_ (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07266M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_ (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01062	Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to unpick components and the pick (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- User is able to unpick components and the pick state is updated	A work order is created in Netsuite and is in released or in process status (...)A work order is created in Netsuite and is in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Ord (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to click on the item that has been issued, and they want to unpick the component. 6a. Click on the View Picked button to see details of the issued inventory. (you will want a screen shot of this screen) 6b. this will show bin, status, quantity, and a trash can symbol. 6c. User to select the Undo Pick button at top right corner of screen. 6d. This will take user back to the item, quantity issue screen. 6e. Make sure to find the item that you just unpicked in the listing and confirm it is colored red. (you will take a screen shot of this screen) 7. User to hit back button and then Cancel. IF the user was able to unpick the item and taken back to the quantity issue screen, this is a pass.	User to Confirm: Was able to select an item that was previously picked. Was able to hit View Picke (...)User to Confirm: Was able to select an item that was previously picked. Was able to hit View Picked and taken to the screen showing picked details for the selected item. Was able to hit Undo Pick and was taken back to the item listing screen. Was able to hit the trash can icon to remove the picked details. Was able to hit Back to get to the item listing screen. On the item listing screen the unpicked items now show red color, indicating it has not been picked.
Inv Management	TC-01063	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm a different user is able to resume a pi (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm a different user is able to resume a pick that has been paused	A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state (...)A work order has been previously started being picked and has a pick state that is in a Paused status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Have a different user from who paused the issue to this test. 1a. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1b. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1c. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. User should be prompted with Message to Resume Issue or Restart Issue. 2a. User to select the Resume Issue button. 3. User will be taken to the item listing, where items that have already been picked will be colored Yellow or green, depending on quantity picked for the item. 3a. If prompted with Resume or Restart, and the user was taken to the item listing after choosing Resume, this is a pass. 3b. User to select Back and Pause Issue. No need to submit for this test case.	User to confirm: Work order was able to be resumed. At the bottom of the item listing, previously pi (...)User to confirm: Work order was able to be resumed. At the bottom of the item listing, previously picked items will show Green or Yellow to indicate they had already been picked. User was able to continue picking more items. Lead to confirm: Items already showing picked, match what is on the pick state line items. Picked bin for original user is still showing for any items they picked. Picked bin for new user is showing for any items they picked. Pick state is showing to be in Open status after second user resumes picking.
Inv Management	TC-01064	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm user is able to partially pick a compon (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm user is able to partially pick a component quantity	Work order has been created and in released or in process status.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. Enter a quantity that is less than remaining quantity shown to be issued. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. If user was able to issue a partial quantity and get back to the item listing, this is a pass. user can hit cancel and cancel the pick. No need to pause or submit this transaction.	User to confirm: User was able to pick the partial quantity and go back to the item listing. The ite (...)User to confirm: User was able to pick the partial quantity and go back to the item listing. The item did drop to the bottom of the screen and is Yellow colored. Lead to Confirm:Pick state details are accurate to the specific quantity the user picked for the item.
Inv Management	TC-01106	FIN INV ADJ RFSMART CYCLE COUNT - Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustmen (...)FIN INV ADJ RFSMART CYCLE COUNT - Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustment	Inventory Adjustment created via RFSMART Integration Note: Steps to perfor (...)Inventory Adjustment created via RFSMART Integration Note: Steps to perform the Inventory Adjustment in RFSMART would have been completed, including associated approvals to create the Inventory Adjustment.	Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in (...)Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Global Search 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Review Accounting Entry: Depending on the quantity adjusted, Inventory is Debited (positive quant (...)1. Review Accounting Entry: Depending on the quantity adjusted, Inventory is Debited (positive quantity) or Inventory is Credited (negative quantity) The other side of the Entry is the GL Account that is reflected on the Inventory Adjustment. The GL Account that is populated is based on the Adjustment Reason that is seen on the Memo field of the Adjustment. The value of the adjustment is based on the standard cost of the Item for the particular location 2. Review Department and Location Department value will be automatically populated based on the Location to Department Mapping that exists.
Store Ops	TC-07270	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Inv Management	TC-01065	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm "Picked Bins" are not suggested and not (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm "Picked Bins" are not suggested and not shown in Alt Bins listing	Work order has been created and in released or in process status. Component (...)Work order has been created and in released or in process status. Components on the work order do have inventory in a picked bin. This can be accomplished by having the same component picked to a different work order prior to this user selecting the same item for a different work order. Netsuite will show that component in a picked bin.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 4. Confirm there are no bins that start with Picked- in the listing. 4a. Warehouse Manager to login to Netsuite to confirm the item does have inventory in a picked bin. 4b. in the global search key in the item number that is being issued on the function and select the item. 4c. On the item screen, scroll down to the sub-tabs and select Inventory Detail. 4d. Confirm that one of the bins in the listing starts with Picked-. 4e. If a picked bin is showing on the items inventory detail, and that bin is not showing the picked bin, this is a pass. User to hit back, then back, then cancel. No need to pause or submit the transaction.	User to confirm: No item is showing a picked bin as suggested bin to pick from. In Alt bins no Picke (...)User to confirm: No item is showing a picked bin as suggested bin to pick from. In Alt bins no Picked bin was showing in the listing.
Inv Management	TC-01066	Kimray WO Issue Components- Lead or Manager updates Pick state status from (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Lead or Manager updates Pick state status from Open to Paused	A work order was being picked and had a loss of connectivity. Turning the (...)A work order was being picked and had a loss of connectivity. Turning the power off on the device will simulate the loss of connectivity.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to turn power off for the device, without backing out of the function. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 7c. in the next set of sub-tabs, click on the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 7d. You should see in the listing a pick state record. 7e. The status on the pick state record should show Open. 7f. Click on Edit for the pick state record to open the record. 7g. Click the Status drop down list and change to Paused. 7h. Click the Save button to save the change. If able to do these steps, this is a pass.	User to confirm: Message was received the order was locked to another user, on the first attempt to (...)User to confirm: Message was received the order was locked to another user, on the first attempt to load the order. User was able to resume picking after the pick state status was updated to Paused. Lead to confirm: Status of pick state was in Open status. Was able to change to Paused status and save.
Inv Management	TC-01067	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm user is able to resume picking after lo (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm user is able to resume picking after loss of connectivity	A previous work order already in process of being picked and loss of connec (...)A previous work order already in process of being picked and loss of connectivity happened. TC-01059	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. User will be prompted with Resume Issue or Restart message. 2a. User to select Resume Issue. 3. User will be taken to the Item listing. 4. If the user was prompted to Resume and after selecting Resume they were taken to the item listing, this is a pass. 4a. User to hit Cancel and then Pause Issue. No need to do any other steps.	User to confirm:Able to resume picking after reloading the function after loss of connectivity.
Inv Management	TC-01068	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm items that require MTR, and the work or (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm items that require MTR, and the work order is flagged as requiring MTR, prompt user for Heat Codes.	Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order flagged (...)Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order flagged as requiring MTR.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. User will be prompted for Heat Code. 5a. Click in the Heat Code field and key in the heat code detail. 5b. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the data. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 7. User will be prompted to choose a printer to print to. 7a. Click on the Printer to change the Printer to B10-01. 7b. Click in the number of labels field and key in the quantity of labels you need to print. Generally on 1 is needed. 7c. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to submit the request to print the sheet. Should see a green bar indicating the request is queued. 8. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the WO Issue transaction was created. 9. The Heat Code Sheet should be printed out on the selected printer.
Planning	TC-07273M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07274	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Inv Management	TC-01070	Kimray WO Issue Components- Verify if Heat codes were prompted for during p (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Verify if Heat codes were prompted for during picking, the user is prompted to print out a sheet which will show the item details for items that required MTRs.	Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order flagged (...)Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order flagged as requiring MTR.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. User will be prompted for Heat Code. 5a. Click in the Heat Code field and key in the heat code detail. 5b. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the data. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 7. User will be prompted to choose a printer to print to. 7a. Click on the Printer to change the Printer to B10-01. 7b. Click in the number of labels field and key in the quantity of labels you need to print. Generally on 1 is needed. 7c. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to submit the request to print the sheet. Should see a green bar indicating the request is queued. 8. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the WO Issue transaction was created. 9. The Heat Code Sheet should be printed out on the selected printer.
Inv Management	TC-01071	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm no prompt for printing MTR sheet if the (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm no prompt for printing MTR sheet if the WO was not flagged as requiring MTR.	Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order NOT fla (...)Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order NOT flagged as requiring MTR.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 4c. The User will not be prompted for Heat Codes. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 7. User will NOT be prompted for a printer. 8. If user was NOT prompted for printer, this is a pass. 9. User will see a green success message to indicate the WO issue transaction was created.
Inv Management	TC-01073	Replacement part/work order on a failed component at a table build		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator Role
Inv Management	TC-01075	WO in progress, WO cancel		Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager
Inv Management	TC-01076	WO in progress, WO qty change		Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager
Inv Management	TC-01077	Print MTR paperwork (non-NetSuite)		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager Role
Inv Management	TC-01078	Print NACE paperwork (non-NetSuite)		Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager Role
Inv Management	TC-01079	Kimray PO Receive LP- Show the PO type in the header.	PO Type is set on the purchase order in Netsuite.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 5a. Doesn't matter which Type, just that it does show a Type in the field. 5b. If a PO Type was shown, this is a pass test. You can hit Back, Cancel and cancel receipt. 5c. If PO Type was not shown, this is a failed test.	Confirm that we see the type - Sample on the header section.
Inv Management	TC-01080	Inventory Status Change reflection in Maestro - Good	Inventory Status has been created in NetSuite	Create Purchase Order and Receive Material through RF Smart or NetSuite UI Select the Inventory Sta (...)Create Purchase Order and Receive Material through RF Smart or NetSuite UI Select the Inventory Status of 'Good' for the Quantity. Click Save. Refresh Maestro Material Requirements Planning. Validate Inventory is seen as On Hand.
Inv Management	TC-01081	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Needs (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Needs inspection	Work Order created Purchase Order created
Inv Management	TC-01082	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Faile (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Failed inspection	Work Order created Purchase Order created
Inv Management	TC-01083	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - MRB r (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - MRB review	Work order created
Inv Management	TC-01084	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Suppl (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Supply non-conforming
Inv Management	TC-01085	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - MTR r (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - MTR required	Purchase Order created
Inv Management	TC-01086	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Label (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Labelling issue
Inv Management	TC-01087	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Damag (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Damaged in transit
Inv Management	TC-01088	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Warra (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Warranty return review
Inv Management	TC-01089	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Missi (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Missing
Inv Management	TC-01090	Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Needs (...)Inventory Status Change in NS with subsequent reflection in Maestro - Needs repair
Inv Management	TC-01091	Create new inventory status in NetSuite and ensure this flows to Maestro.	Not Applicable.	Login in Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Lists > Supply Chain > Inventory Statuses > (...)Login in Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Lists > Supply Chain > Inventory Statuses > New. 2. Populate the 'Name' Field. 3. Populate the 'Description' field with 1-2 sentences to indicate how the Inventory Status should be utilized. 4. Check the below boxes as applicable. - Make Inventory Available For Commitment - Default RMA Receiving Status - Allow Transactions in RF-SMART Functions - Allow Transfers in RF-SMART Functions - Default Completion Status - Default Counting Status - Default Purchase Order Receiving Status 5. Click 'Save' 6. In the Global Search enter 'NS to RR - On Hand [DO NOT EDIT/DELETE]. 7. Click on the link in the dropdown from the Global Search to open the Search. 8. Click the 'Edit this Search' button on the top left side of the page. 9. Click on the 'Results' subtab. 10. Identify the Formula (Text) row that has a 'Custom Label' of 'Type.Value'. This is the row that will determine whether the Inventory Status is Nettable or Non-Nettable in Maestro. 11. Pick 1 of the 2 options below. - Nettable : add ', '(the name of your new inventory status)' to the end of the formula within the parentheses. - Non-nettable : Do not edit the formula. 12. Click 'Save'	The inventory status will be reflected as Nettable or Non-nettable when inventory is put in the stat (...)The inventory status will be reflected as Nettable or Non-nettable when inventory is put in the status and Maestro data is refreshed.
Inv Management	TC-01098	Warehouse Preferred Bin Replenishment	TC-01024 genereate planned bin transfers will need to be run. items must ha (...)TC-01024 genereate planned bin transfers will need to be run. items must have min/max set in order to be picked up by the script.	Role: Kimray Warehouse Operator 1. Navigate to RF-SMART Client>Bin Replenishment Multiple Function 2 (...)Role: Kimray Warehouse Operator 1. Navigate to RF-SMART Client>Bin Replenishment Multiple Function 2. Select Location 3. Hit Load Replenishments button 4. Select Item from the bin to pull inventory for replenishment. 4a. Alternatively you can scan the bin number once you get to the suggested bin to pull from. 4b. if multiple items in the scanned bin, you will then select the item you are pulling inventory for. 5. Click in the quantity field to Enter quantity to be pulled. 5a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity to pull. 6. Choose to putaway Button. 7. Click in the To Bin field to key in the bin you are putting the inventory in. 7a. Note the bin to be replenished is shown above the item that you are replenishing. That should be the bin you key in the To bin field. 7b. Alternatively, you could scan the To Bin when you get in front of that bin in the warehouse. 7c. another alternative is to select the item in the listing instead of keying in the To Bin number. 8. click in the quantity field and key in the quantity to put into the To Bin. (Needs to be the full quantity picked from the other bin). 8a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. 8b. Will see message of bin transfer happening. 8c. Will see green message at bottom of screen indicating the bin transfer occurred.	Replenishment logic is correct ?? Certain bins cannot be used as a replenishment source Conduct test (...)Replenishment logic is correct ?? Certain bins cannot be used as a replenishment source Conduct test cases, especially on the E line, to ensure the system correctly creates planned bin transfers manually in the UI or through the script.
Inv Management	TC-01099	FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - Inven (...)FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - Inventory Item	Transfer Order Created for Inventory Item	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global Search 2. Review the Transfer Price on the Line level	1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Tran (...)1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Transfer Price Amount sourced from the sum of ?Cost Component Standard Cost? where Effective Standard Cost is True. Costs associated with component items "Purchased Items Material Burden - 9%" and "Resale Material Burden - 4%" are excluded.
Inv Management	TC-01100	FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - Assem (...)FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - Assembly Item	Transfer Order Created for Assembly Item	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global Search 2. Review the Transfer Price on the Line level	1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Tran (...)1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Transfer Price Amount sourced from the sum of ?Cost Component Standard Cost? where Effective Standard Cost is True. Costs associated with component items "Purchased Items Material Burden - 9%" and "Resale Material Burden - 4%" are excluded.
Inv Management	TC-01101	FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - after (...)FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - after subsequent Inventory Revaluation where Lines are not fulfilled yet	Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item Items im (...)Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item Items impacted have updated standard costs/Inventory Cost Revaluation performed prior to fulfillment.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global Search 2. Review the Transfer Price on the Line level	1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Tran (...)1. Transfer Price is automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Transfer Price Amount sourced from the sum of ?Cost Component Standard Cost? where Effective Standard Cost is True. Costs associated with component items "Purchased Items Material Burden - 9%" and "Resale Material Burden - 4%" are excluded.
Inv Management	TC-01102	FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - after (...)FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - after subsequent Inventory Revaluation where Lines on the Transfer Order have been fulfilled either partially or in whole	Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item Item Ful (...)Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item Item Fulfillment created Items impacted have updated standard costs/Inventory Cost Revaluation performed after fulfillment.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global Search 2. Review the Transfer Price on the Line level	1. Transfer Price is NOT automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. (...)1. Transfer Price is NOT automatically set on save based on most recent Inventory Cost Revaluation. Transfer Price Amount sourced from the sum of ?Cost Component Standard Cost? where Effective Standard Cost is True. Costs associated with component items "Purchased Items Material Burden - 9%" and "Resale Material Burden - 4%" are excluded.
Inv Management	TC-01103	FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - if th (...)FIN TRF ORDER TRF PRICE - Validate Transfer Price on Transfer Order - if the Calculate Transfer Price checkbox is checked	Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item. The "Cal (...)Transfer Order Created for either Inventory Item or Assembly Item. The "Calculate Transfer Price" checkbox is checked, and the "Transfer Price Override" field is populated with the desired amount	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Transfer Order in the Global Search 2. Review the Transfer Price on the Line level	Transfer Price is automatically updated by the script based on the amount populated on the Transfe (...)Transfer Price is automatically updated by the script based on the amount populated on the Transfer Price Override field. Customization does not factor in any Cost Revaluation records.
Inv Management	TC-01104	FIN TRF ORDER IF - Validate GL Impact of Transfer Order Item Fulfillment	Transfer Order has been partially or completely fulfilled i.e. an Item Fulf (...)Transfer Order has been partially or completely fulfilled i.e. an Item Fulfillment has been generated in NetSuite	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sea (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the Transfer Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	Item Fulfillment GL Impact Debit Inventory In Transit (based on trf price) - destination location Cr (...)Item Fulfillment GL Impact Debit Inventory In Transit (based on trf price) - destination location Credit Inventory (based on location std cost) - source location Debit Intercompany Suspense (material burden amount if applicable) - source location Department is automatically set as the value mapped on the Location Department field on the FROM Location of the TO
Inv Management	TC-01105	FIN TRF ORDER IR - Validate GL Impact of Transfer Order Item Receipt	Transfer Order has been partially or completely received i.e. an Item Recei (...)Transfer Order has been partially or completely received i.e. an Item Receipt has been generated in NetSuite	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sea (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the Transfer Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	Item Receipt GL Impact Debit Inventory (based on location std cost) - destination location Credit In (...)Item Receipt GL Impact Debit Inventory (based on location std cost) - destination location Credit Inventory In Transit (based on trf price) - destination location Debit Inventory (Material Burden amount if applicable) - destination location Credit Material Burden (if applicable) - destination location Department is automatically set as the value mapped on the Location Department field on the TO Location of the TO
Inv Management	TC-01107	FIN INV ADJ NETSUITE UI- Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustment	1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory 2. Populate the (...)1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory 2. Populate the Adjustment Reason (mandatory field) This will automatically default in the Adjustment GL Account 3. Populate the transaction date (or accept today's defaulted date) 4. Provide the Adjustment Location. This will automatically default in the Department field with the mapped Department for the location 5. Under the Adjustments tab, key in or select the Inventory/Assembly Item that you want to Adjust In or out. Provide the Location for which you are adjusting in or out off. Provide the quantity you which you are adjusting in/out, along with any Inventory detail such as Bin and Inventory Status. 6. Repeat step 5 for additional line items 7. When finished, save your work.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Gl (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Global Search 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Review Accounting Entry: Depending on the quantity adjusted, Inventory is Debited (positive quant (...)1. Review Accounting Entry: Depending on the quantity adjusted, Inventory is Debited (positive quantity) or Inventory is Credited (negative quantity) The other side of the Entry is the GL Account that is reflected on the Inventory Adjustment. The GL Account that is populated is based on the Adjustment Reason that is seen on both the Adjustment Reason field and the Memo field of the Adjustment. The value of the adjustment is based on the standard cost of the Item for the particular location 2. Review Department and Location Department value will be automatically populated based on the Location to Department Mapping that exists.
Inv Management	TC-01108	FIN INV ITEM LOCATION COST ACCT STATUS - Confirm the Item>Location Cost Acc (...)FIN INV ITEM LOCATION COST ACCT STATUS - Confirm the Item>Location Cost Accounting Status	1. Inventory Impacting transaction to be reviewed has been created in NS.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item record in NetSuite in the (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item record in NetSuite in the Global Search 2. Navigate to the Accounting tab > Standard Cost subtab 3. Confirm the Cost Accounting Status is "Complete" for the Location in question. 4. Alternatively, use the saved search called "Costing Engine Status" to view any Item/Location combinations which are not currently in "Complete" status.	1. Item>Location Cost Accounting Status has been confirmed as Complete. Inventory impacting transac (...)1. Item>Location Cost Accounting Status has been confirmed as Complete. Inventory impacting transactions for test runs/test cases can now be reviewed, as the costing engine has costed transactions in question.
Inv Management	TC-01113	Kimray WO Issue Components- When the label is printed, confirm only items p (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- When the label is printed, confirm only items prompted for heat code are printed.	Work Order is available and has the MTR Required flagged. Have at least one (...)Work Order is available and has the MTR Required flagged. Have at least one component item flagged as MTR Required and one item not flagged as MTR required. Must pick at least one component for each setting before submit.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. User will be prompted for Heat Code. 5a. Click in the Heat Code field and key in the heat code detail. 5b. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the data. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to pick another component that does not require MTR, following steps 1 to 4b above. 7. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 8. User will be prompted to choose a printer to print to. 8a. Click on the Printer to change the Printer to B10-01. 8b. Click in the number of labels field and key in the quantity of labels you need to print. Generally on 1 is needed. 8c. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to submit the request to print the sheet. Should see a green bar indicating the request is queued. 9. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the WO Issue transaction was created. 10. The Heat Code Sheet should be printed out on the selected printer. 10a. Only the component that prompted for heat code should be printed on the sheet.	User to confirm: Printed label only had items that required heat codes during the pick.
Inv Management	TC-01114	Kimray WO Issue Components- Show pick state record has the details for comp (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Show pick state record has the details for components that were prompted for heat codes.	Work Order is available and has the MTR Required flagged. Have at least one (...)Work Order is available and has the MTR Required flagged. Have at least one component item flagged as MTR Required and one item not flagged as MTR required. Must pick at least one component for each setting before reviewing the pick state. TC-01113 or TC-01068	Login as: Kimray Warehouse Manager Role in Netsuite. 1. In the global search key in the work order (...)Login as: Kimray Warehouse Manager Role in Netsuite. 1. In the global search key in the work order that needs to be reviewed. 1a. Select the work order to be viewed from the list. 2. On the work order form, scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 2a. In the next set of sub-tabs, select the tab labelled RF-SMART Pick State. 2b. Hit Edit for the pick state to review. 3. In the URL bar, at the top of the website window, you will need to highlight the section that shows, &e=T, then hit enter. (Note: ask for assistance if uncertain on this step). 3a. This will put the pick state record out of edit mode, to allow viewing details of the record. 4. On the pick state record, click on the item sub-tab to view the itme details. 4a. Click edit for the item to view. 4b. click on the sub-tab Inventory Detail. 4c. You will see the line that shows all details of the component picked. Note, not all boxes will be populated if not part of the pick done. From bin Quantity Status Heat Code if captured during pick. Inventory Number, if component issued was a serialized item.	Lead to confirm: The pick state Line and Line details show heat code for items that were flagged wit (...)Lead to confirm: The pick state Line and Line details show heat code for items that were flagged with MTR required. The pick state line and line details do not have any heat code information when item not flagged with MTR required.
Planning	TC-07277M	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07278	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Sing (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07278M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Sing (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07279	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Line (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Inv Management	TC-01115	Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm components shown to the user are only s (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Confirm components shown to the user are only showing what they need to issue, based on the Bom Revision and Work Center settings.	Must have BOM revision and Routing with work centers. Must have components (...)Must have BOM revision and Routing with work centers. Must have components on BOM revision flagged to auto issue and are populated with "issued Step" that matches the routing work center. (don't display) Must have components on BOM revision not flagged to auto issue and no "issued Step" populated. (Display) Must have component on BOM revision not flagged to auto issue and has "Issued Step" that matches the routing work center. (dont display) Must have component on BOM revision flagged to auto issue and has "Issue step" not matching the routing work center. (display) Must have component on BOM revision is flagged to auto issue and the "Issued step" is not populated. (display)	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. You will see a list of items that need to be issued. 3. Login to Netsuite with the Kimray Warehouse Manager Role. 4. In the global search, key in the work order number that was pulled up with RF-SMART function. 4a. Select the work order from the list. 5. On the work order form, click on the Bill of Materials Revision Link for the item. 5a. This should bring up the bill of materials for the item. 5b. Review the column that is labelled Auto Issue. 5c. If you see Yes populated, then confirm that component item is not showing on the RF-SMART function to be issued. 5d. Now look for an item that does not have Yes in that column and confirm that item Is showing on the RF-SMART function.	Lead and User to confirm: 1. Only components shown to the user based on the noted scenarios. 2. Comp (...)Lead and User to confirm: 1. Only components shown to the user based on the noted scenarios. 2. Components were not shown to the user based on scenarios listed.
Inv Management	TC-01116	LP Remove Item- Function to remove partial items from a license plate	A License plate with inventory, where some of the inventory needs to be rem (...)A License plate with inventory, where some of the inventory needs to be removed from the license plate.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions menu Select LP Remove Item function. 1. Select location OKC Mfg from the listing. 2. Scan the license plate into the License Plate field. 2a. Alternatively you can click into the license plate field and key in the license plate number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the LP# entered. 3. Select the item to be removed. 4. Click into the quantity field to enter the quantity to be removed from the LP. (could be all or partial of the available inventory on the LP). 4a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered.. 4b. This will start the process of removing the inventory from the LP. 4c. You will see a green message on bottom of screen indicating the inventory was removed. 5. You will taken back to the screen where you could select the item, where you can see the available inventory has been reduced. 5a. If no more to remove, hit the Back button to go back to LP entry screen, then Back again to exit the function.
Inv Management	TC-01117	LP Break Down- Function to remove all items from a license plate	Have a license plate with inventory, where all of the inventory needs to be (...)Have a license plate with inventory, where all of the inventory needs to be removed from the license plate.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions menu Select LP Breakdown function. 1. Select location OKC Mfg from the listing. 2. Scan the license plate into the License Plate field. 2a. Alternatively you can click into the license plate field and key in the license plate number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the LP# entered. 3. The process will start to do the breakdown. 4. will see green message indicating the breakdown was completed.
Inv Management	TC-01118	LP Inquiry- Function to view details of a selected license plate	Have a license plate with inventory on it.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Base LP Functions menu Select LP Inquiry function. 1. Select location OKC Mfg from the listing. 2. Scan the license plate into the License Plate field. 2a. Alternatively you can click into the license plate field and key in the license plate number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the LP# entered. 3. You will see a list of items on the selected LP. 4. Hit Exit button to return to function listing.
Inv Management	TC-01119	Bin Transfer LP- Function to transfer a license plate from one bin to anoth (...)Bin Transfer LP- Function to transfer a license plate from one bin to another bin.	Have a license plate with inventory on it.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select Bin Transfer LP functi (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select Bin Transfer LP function. 1. Select location OKC Mfg from the listing. 2. Scan the license plate into the License Plate field. 2a. Alternatively you can click into the license plate field and key in the license plate number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the LP# entered. 2c. If multiple license plates will be transferred to the same bin, you can key in more LPs, following steps 2 to 2b above. 3. Hit Next button when all LPs have been selected. 4. Click into the bin field to key in the bin to have the LP transferred to. 4a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the To Bin entry. 5. The process of transferring LPs will start. 6. will see green message indicating the transfer was completed.
Inv Management	TC-01120	Inventory Status Change in NetSuite UI	Inventory without license plate. Role(s): Kimray - Product Engineer Kim (...)Inventory without license plate. Role(s): Kimray - Product Engineer Kimray - Quality Tech Kimray - Quality Engineer	1. Using the classic interface, navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Inventory Status Change OR us (...)1. Using the classic interface, navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Inventory Status Change OR use the Global Search bar at the top, type in "Page: Inventory Status Change", click "Inventory Status Change" (NOT "Inventory Status Changes"). 2. Fill out the following information on the Inventory Status Change record: Location - Select the Location where the item is located Previous Status - Select the current status of the item Revised Status - Select the new status of the item Under the Items subtab, Item - Select the item that the status change needs to be applied to Quantity - Enter the quantity that the status change needs to be applied to for the item Click on the Backpack icon under Inventory Detail, fill out the Bin and Quantity, and click OK. 3. Click Save.	Inventory Status Change record saved. Inventory status is changed for the item.
Store Ops	TC-07285	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple L (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07285M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple L (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07286	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07286M	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07287	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Mult (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Inv Management	TC-01122	Kimray PO Receive LP- Actual Receive date to be entered during receipt. Th (...)Kimray PO Receive LP- Actual Receive date to be entered during receipt. This can be tested for items received to LP or not received to LP.	PO for an item to be received.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase O (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. Note: This step is just to confirm the user is prompted for the Actual Receipt Date and after submit, the transaction in Netsuite shows that date. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 4a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 5. Select the item that you need to receive. 6. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 7. Click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 8. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 8a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physically delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date, then you will hit done to return to the item listing. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 9. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 9a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created. Login to Netsuite with Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 10. Confirm details of item receipt match what was received. 10a. in the global search bar type in the PO# that was received. You can select it from the listing, or hit enter and you can select the view button for the PO in the listing. 10b. On the PO form, scroll down about a third of the form where you will see a row of sub-tabs. Select Related Records sub-tab. 10c. You should see an item receipt record that has the date the record was created, which should be the date you submitted the transaction in RF-SMART. 10d. select View for the item receipt record. 10e. Confirm the item and quantity received match what was received from the RF-SMART function. This will be at the bottom of the record, in the Items sub-tab. 10f. Item number will be on the far left side of the line. Quantity will be right after On Hand. Quantity should be they quantity entered in RF-SMART to receive for the item. 10g. Confirm the On Time Delivery Date matches the Actual Receive date entered in the RF-SMART function. 10h. The on time delivery date will be on the far right hand side of the item line.	Operator to confirm the prompt for Actual Receive date. Manager to confirm the item receipt, On-T (...)Operator to confirm the prompt for Actual Receive date. Manager to confirm the item receipt, On-Time Delivery field for the item is showing date entered by user.
Inv Management	TC-01123	Kimray PO Receive LP- User to receive PO for a sample item.	Need a PO for sample PO Type and the item can be flagged with MTR, needs In (...)Need a PO for sample PO Type and the item can be flagged with MTR, needs Inspection, and LP, or the item doesn't have to be flagged with any of those options.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase O (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 5a. This PO Type should read as SAMPLE. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Click on the Inventory Status field to change the status. 8a. SELECT THE INVENTORY STATUS AND CHANGE TO "SAMPLE NEEDS INPSECTION" 8b. You should now see the inventory status is set to "Sample Needs Inspection". 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Required. If user needs to see who the Buyer was, they will be seeing the buyer after they enter the qty being received for the item, when taken back to the main item listing page. 8C. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. If MTR was not available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to MTR Required. 9b. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. If neither Inspection required or MTR required the status will be set to default receiving status. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 10a. If not receiving to a license plate, Print item label with details by pushing the Print Label button. Note: If the item selected does not have header message of "Receive Item to Container" in blue text, then no LP will be required. Skip steps 11 through 11d if not receiving to LP. 11. If receiving to LP select the Print Labels button after you enter the qty to be received. 11a. Click on the Printer field if you need to select a different printer. Need to choose printer, "RF SMART TEST". 11b. select the number of labels field and key in the number of labels you want to print. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the number entered to print. 11c. Should see green prompt on bottom of screen showing label queued. 11d. Details printed on label: Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes Weight/UM Each for the item 12. click on the qty field, then click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 12a. Enter a quantity greater than the items tolerance setting and confirm the user is prompted stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. this can be a single quantity entry, or an accumulated quantity over multiple receipts for the item. 12b. best way to test overage tolerance is to select the item again, then enter a quantity that is double the PO quantity for the item. If tolerance is set, you will see a red message stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. If no tolerance is set, the quantity will be accepted. 13. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 13a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physically delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 14. Confirm there is no Update UPC button for the item. This would normally show between the Print labels button and Complete (##) buttons. 15. Confirm the UOM button is only for display and user cannot select and change the UOM for the quantity to be entered. Click on the blue box beside the quantity field and it should do nothing. 16. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 16a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 16b. Warehouse Manager to Confirm LP number starts with the vendors internal ID, then dash next number generated. 16c. click on the Printer field to select the printer, RF SMART Test. 16d. click in the number of labels field and enter 1, then hit the keyboard arrow key to enter the quantity of lables to be printed. 16e. Should see a green confirmation of label being queued to print, at the bottom of the screen. 16f. Details printed on the LP label are as follows. LP Number Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes (if applicable) Weight/UM Each for the item Note, if partial quantity received for the item, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after printing the LP label. If full quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 17. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 17a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created. Login to Netsuite with Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 18. Confirm details of item receipt match what was received. 18a. in the global search bar type in the PO# that was received. You can select it from the listing, or hit enter and you can select the view button for the PO in the listing. 18b. On the PO form, scroll down about a third of the form where you will see a row of sub-tabs. Select Related Records sub-tab. 18c. You should see an item receipt record that has the date the record was created, which should be the date you submitted the transaction in RF-SMART. 18d. select the date for the item receipt record. 18e. Confirm the item and quantity received match what was received from the RF-SMART function. This will be at the bottom of the record, in the Items sub-tab. 18f. Item number will be on the far left side of the line. Quantity will be right after On Hand. Quantity should be they quantity entered in RF-SMART to receive for the item. 18g. Confirm the On Time Delivery date matches the Actual Receive Date entered in the RF-SMART function for the item. 18h. The on time delivery date is located on the far right hand side of the line item. 19. Confirm license plate record details in Netsuite reflect the items received and the inbound transaction matches the item receipt record. 19a. using the printed LP label, go into Netsuite and enter that LP number in the global search bar. 19b. Select the LP from the listing, or if you hit enter, you can select view for the LP in the listing. 19c. On the LP screen, confirm you see the details for what was received. PO Number Item Number- matches on the PO and the item received in RF-SMART. Quantity Received- what the user received with RF-SMART for the LP. Vendor Name- matches vendor on the PO record. Heat Codes (if applicable)	Operator to confirm they were able to update inventory status to Sample Needs Inspection. Manager (...)Operator to confirm they were able to update inventory status to Sample Needs Inspection. Manager to confirm the inventory received has the inventory status of Sample Needs Inspection.
Inv Management	TC-01124	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- PO Historical search for item receipts within t (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- PO Historical search for item receipts within the past two Weeks.	Need PO transaction information available in Netsuite.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Men (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- PO Historical Lookup search 1. Key in a Start Date to start reviewing Historical information. This should be a date in the past, maybe a few weeks or a month back. 1a. After keying in the date, hit the Results button in top right of function. 2. If there are results they will show in the listing. 2a. At the top of the screen it will show number of results. 3. If an extremely large number of results, use the Search field to key in the PO number, or the item number to narrow the results. 4. Hit Back, then back again to leave the search function.	User is able to see item receipt transactions over the past two weeks. Can see details of the item (...)User is able to see item receipt transactions over the past two weeks. Can see details of the item receipts.
Store Ops	TC-07291	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07269		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07291M	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07269	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01125	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- MTR on file	Need POs with and without MTR being on file.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Men (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- MTR on File 1. Hit the Results button to see results. 1a. If you want to narrow down results, you can enter one of the filters before hitting results. (Item, PO, Heat Code). not necessary for this test. 2. If an extremely large number of results, use the Search field to key in the PO number,the item number or heat code to narrow results. 4. Hit Back, then back again to leave the search function.	User is able to see if the item has a MTR on file.
Inv Management	TC-01126	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Preferred Bins	Need items setup in Netsuite that have preferred bin set.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Men (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- Preferred Bins 1. Hit Results button to see results. 1a. User can filter to a specific item and hit Results 1b. User can filter to a specific bin and hit Results 2. If the list of results is too large, you can use the search field to enter in the item or bin you are looking for. 3. Hit Back then back again to leave the search.	User is able to to select an item and see if it has a preferred bin or not. User is able to select a (...)User is able to to select an item and see if it has a preferred bin or not. User is able to select a bin and see all items that have it set as the preferred bin.
Inv Management	TC-01127	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Receive Material Transactions to see POs that a (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Receive Material Transactions to see POs that are needing to be received.	Need PO transaction information available in Netsuite. POs in different sta (...)Need PO transaction information available in Netsuite. POs in different status of receipts and are receive dates within the next few days.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Men (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- Receive Material Transactions 1. Hit Results button to see results. 1a. User can filter to a specific Vendor Name, Date and/or Ship To address, then hit Results. (not needed for this test) 2. If the list of results is too large, you can use the search field to enter on any of the details showing in results to narrow down the results. 3. Hit Back then back again to leave the search.	User is able to see item receipt transactions over the past two weeks. Can see details of the item (...)User is able to see item receipt transactions over the past two weeks. Can see details of the item receipts.
Inv Management	TC-01128	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Item Lookup to view item information.	Need items setup in Netsuite.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Men (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- Item Lookup 1. User to hit Results button to see results. 1a. user can filter to an item and hit results 1b. user can filter to a bin and hit results. 2. You will see a list of item with details. 3. If the results are too large, you can use the search field to key in an item to narrow down the results on the screen. 4. Hit Back then back again to leave the function.	User is able to see item details for a selected item or bin.
Inv Management	TC-01129	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- BOM Component to see components within a select (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- BOM Component to see components within a selected BOM.	Need BOMs setup in Netsuite	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- BOM Component 1. Click on the field "Item Name Starts With" and key in the item Name for the BOM needing to be reviewed. 1a hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2. Hit the Results button. 3. User will see list of BOMs with components listed, with quantity of the component needed. 3a. Note, there may be multiple BOMs showing in the list if the item number keyed in is in multiple items, (example: AAR, will show AAR5, AAR125, etc..). 4. User can hit back and back again to exit the search.	User is able to see the component details that are within the selected BOM.
Inv Management	TC-01130	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Assembly for items in Good inventory status in (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Assembly for items in Good inventory status in a completion or dock bin that need to be transferred.	Need inventory in Good status in the different dock bins and assembly compl (...)Need inventory in Good status in the different dock bins and assembly completion bins.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- AssemblyComp/DocInv 'Good' 1. You will see details of inventory that fits the criteria. Item Bin Status Qty Preferred bin for the item 2. Hit Back to return to exit the search.	User will see a list of items and quantities that are ready to be transferred.
Inv Management	TC-01131	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Assembly for items in Sample needs inspection s (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- Assembly for items in Sample needs inspection status in a completion or dock bin that need to be inspected.	Need inventory in Good status in the different dock bins and assembly compl (...)Need inventory in Good status in the different dock bins and assembly completion bins.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- AssemblyComp/DocInv 'Sample Needs Inspection' 1. Will see a list of inventory details. Item Bin Status Qty 2. Can hit back to exit the search.	User will see a list of items and quantities that are needing inspections.
Inv Management	TC-01132	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- At risk components where there are low inventor (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- At risk components where there are low inventory quantities for required orders.	Need some component items with different level of inventory and are committ (...)Need some component items with different level of inventory and are committed to work orders.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- At Risk Components 1. Key in the Work order number you want to review. 1a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2. Hit the Results button to see results. 3. List of components for the work order will be shown. 4. Once completed, hit the back button to return to WO entry screen. 5. Hit back to get out of the search.	User will see a list of items with details on quantity needed for orders, quantity available and on (...)User will see a list of items with details on quantity needed for orders, quantity available and on hand.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02002	Shift change during setup - 2 operators one job operation	Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have (...)Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have the proper role assigned.	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervi (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Operator 1: Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Enter Scrap by Clickin a Scrap Reason and Entering Scrap Quantity Step 5: Enter Production Tap the "Enter Production" button, Enter PARTIAL Quantity Click Ok Step 6: Click Red "Stop" button to Job Off. Operator 2: Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Enter Scrap by Clickin a Scrap Reason and Entering Scrap Quantity Step 5: Enter Production Tap the "Enter Production" button, Enter PARTIAL Quantity Click Ok Step 6: Click Red "Stop" button to Job Off.	"Seamless transactions with accurate scrap/good part countOne person start setup, clock out, second (...)"Seamless transactions with accurate scrap/good part countOne person start setup, clock out, second person jobs on, operation transactions complete seamlessly with accurate scrap/good part countMultiple operators on the same work order. "
Store Ops	TC-07295	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Line (...) Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07285		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07295M	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Line (...) Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07285	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07297	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07249		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07297M	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07249	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07298	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07263		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07298M	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07263	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01133	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item that does not require a license plate, not require MTR, not require inspection.	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not re (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Need an item that requires inspection flagged.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase O (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Key in quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. (do not hit enter) 9. If not receiving to a license plate, Print item label with details. Note: If the item selected does not have header message of "Receive Item to Container" in blue text, then no LP will be required. 9a. Select the Print Labels button after you key in the qty to be received. 9b. Click on the Printer field if you need to select a different printer. Need to choose printer, "RF SMART TEST". 9c. select the number of labels field and key in the number of labels you want to print. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the number entered. 9d. Hit the Print Label button. 9e. Should see green prompt on bottom of screen showing label queued. 9f. Details printed on label: Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes Weight/UM Each for the item 10. click on the qty field, then click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 11. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 11a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 14. Confirm there is no Update UPC button for the item. This would normally show between the Print labels button and Complete (##) buttons. 15. Confirm the UOM button is only for display and user cannot select and change the UOM for the quantity to be entered. Click on the blue box beside the quantity field and it should do nothing. 16. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 16a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created. Login to Netsuite with Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 17. Confirm details of item receipt match what was received. 17a. in the global search bar type in the PO# that was received. You can select it from the listing, or hit enter and you can select the view button for the PO in the listing. 17b. On the PO form, scroll down about a third of the form where you will see a row of sub-tabs. Select Related Records sub-tab. 17c. You should see an item receipt record that has the date the record was created, which should be the date you submitted the transaction in RF-SMART. 17d. select Date to review the item receipt record. 17e. Confirm the item and quantity received match what was received from the RF-SMART function. This will be at the bottom of the record, in the Items sub-tab. 17f. Item number will be on the far left side of the line. Quantity will be right after On Hand. Quantity should be they quantity entered in RF-SMART to receive for the item. 17g. Confirm the On Time Delivery date matches the Actual Receive Date entered in the RF-SMART function for the item. 17h. The on time delivery date is located on the far right hand side of the line item.	User will not have any prompts for inspection, MTR nor License plates. User able to receive and s (...)User will not have any prompts for inspection, MTR nor License plates. User able to receive and submit the item.
Inv Management	TC-01134	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- work order pick list search.	Need some component items with different level of inventory and are committ (...)Need some component items with different level of inventory and are committed to work orders.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- WO Pick List 1. Click on the Document/Number ID to key in the work order#. 1a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2. Hit the Results button. 3. You will see a list of components for the work order listed. WO# Item Qty Start Date 4. Hit Back to go back to enter a different work order#. 5. Hit back again to exit the search.	User will see components with quantity needed for the work order.
Inv Management	TC-01135	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- FIFO info search to see when inventory was las (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- FIFO info search to see when inventory was last put into a bin. History of bin transfers for items.	Need to have inventory where bin transfer transactions have occured.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM- FIFO Info 1. Click on the Name field and key in the item you are wanting to see. 1a. Alternatively you could click in the Bin Number field to key in a bin. 1a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2. Hit the Results button. 3. You will see a list of details for items last put into a bin. Bin Transfer transaction number Transaction date created Quantity (This is qty transferred at the time, not necessarily what is in the bin now) Item To Bin 4. Hit Back and back to exit the search.	User will see a list of items with details dates of inventory transferred to the bin and quantity tr (...)User will see a list of items with details dates of inventory transferred to the bin and quantity transferred to the bin. Note: this does not show inventory that is still in the bin, just history of when it was transferred to the bin.
Inv Management	TC-01136	Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are flagged as needing immediat (...)Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are flagged as needing immediate returns to the vendor.	Will need vendor return transactions approved and flagged as immediate retu (...)Will need vendor return transactions approved and flagged as immediate return.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Vendor Returns Menu Select the Fusion IM- Immediate Vendor Returns 1. There may be a list of details Date Type Document Number Vendor Name Shipping Directive 2. Hit Back to exit the search.	User will see a list of vendor return transaction numbers that are needing immediate return to vendo (...)User will see a list of vendor return transaction numbers that are needing immediate return to vendor.
Inv Management	TC-01137	Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are flagged as end of month ret (...)Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are flagged as end of month returns requirement.	Will need vendor return transactions approved and flagged as end of month r (...)Will need vendor return transactions approved and flagged as end of month return.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Vendor Returns Menu Select the Fusion IM- Month End Vendor Returns 1. There may be a list of details Date Type Document Number Vendor Name Shipping Directive 2. Hit Back to exit the search.	User will see a list of items with details on quantity needed for orders, quantity available and on (...)User will see a list of items with details on quantity needed for orders, quantity available and on hand.
Inv Management	TC-01138	Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are approved and need bin trans (...)Kimray Smart Search for vendor returns that are approved and need bin transfers.	Need inventory in specific bins where the inventory status is set to Suppli (...)Need inventory in specific bins where the inventory status is set to Supplier Non-Conforming, Quarantine, Missing.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Fusion Kimray - Month End Vendor Returns Select the Fusion IM- Vendor Returns Needed Bin Transfers. 1. There may be a list of results showing details. Item Bin Number Status On Hand Preferred Vendor Name 2. Hit Back to exit the search.	User will see a list of items, quantities and bins for inventory that is ready to be transferred. W (...)User will see a list of items, quantities and bins for inventory that is ready to be transferred. Will see Vendor and status.
Inv Management	TC-01139	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an i (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an item that requires a license plate and no other item flags, (No Inspection, No MTR)	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that is not flag (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that is not flagged for MTR or Needs Inspection, but is flagged to receive to LP.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 9. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 9a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. 10. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 10a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 10b. Warehouse Manager to Confirm LP number starts with the vendors internal ID, then dash next number generated. 10c. click on the Printer field to select the printer, RF SMART Test. 10d. click in the number of labels field and enter 1, then hit the keyboard arrow key to enter the quantity of lables to be printed. 10e. Should see a green confirmation of label being queued to print, at the bottom of the screen. 10f. Details printed on the LP label are as follows. LP Number Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes (if applicable) Weight/UM Each for the item Note, if partial quantity received for the item, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after printing the LP label. If full quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 11. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 11a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created.	User able to receive the item and no prompts for LP, Inspection or MTR. Item receipt created in Ne (...)User able to receive the item and no prompts for LP, Inspection or MTR. Item receipt created in Netsuite.
Inv Management	TC-01140	Kimray Smart Search to show all Vendor Returns for the month.	Need inventory in specific bins where the inventory status is set to Suppli (...)Need inventory in specific bins where the inventory status is set to Supplier Non-Conforming, Quarantine, Missing.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Vendor Returns Menu Select the Fusion IM- Vendor Returns Needed Bin Transfers. 1. There may be a list of details Date Type Document Number Vendor Name Shipping Directive 2. Hit Back to exit the search.	User will see a list of items, quantities and bins for inventory that is ready to be transferred. W (...)User will see a list of items, quantities and bins for inventory that is ready to be transferred. Will see Vendor and status.
Inv Management	TC-01141	Kimray Smart Search to show empty bins available.	Need to have some bins that do not have inventory.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu 1. Select the Empty Bins Search 2. Enter Building Number (starting digits of the bin number) follow by %. 2a. Can enter the Isle Number followed by % if not wanting to see all empty bins for the building. 2b. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2c. Hit the Results button in top right of screen. Can also enter the Isle Number followed by % if not wanting to see all empty bins for the building. 3. When done with the search, hit the Back button until you are out of the search.	User will see all empty bins for the Building and/or Isle they selected.
Inv Management	TC-01142	Kimray Smart Search to show inventory in the overage bin that have inventor (...)Kimray Smart Search to show inventory in the overage bin that have inventory status of good.	Need inventory in the overage bin that has status of good.	Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches M (...)Login to the RF-SMART Token Client Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Smart Searches Menu Select the Item and BOM Searches Menu Select the Fusion IM - Overage Bin/In'good' 1. There may be a list of details. Item Bin Number Status Quantity Preferred Bin 2. Hit Back to exit the search.	User will see list of items and quantities that are in the overage bin with a good status.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02000	Perform Work Order Operation Assembly (AM Tablet)	1. Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in (...) 1. Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the Unit Session or Prior To Unit Testing Sesstion Shop Packet Printed Serial Numbers Generated Tags Printed Labels Will need to be printed. Work Order Issue Completed Work Order Issue **In Some Cases There will also be work order completion records records if there are intermediary Routing Steps.	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervi (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing ; Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Enter Production Tap the "Enter Production" button Enter Quantity Click Ok Enter Inventory Status of Finished Good. (Only applicable if this is the final routing Step) Enter Lot/Serial (Only applicable if this is the final routing Step) Step 5: Tap the Red "Stop" Button	Work Order Completion Created. Production Result Record Created.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02001	Processing of a Trial Build Work Order	Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have (...)Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have the proper role assigned. Traveler Must Indicate That Work Order is Trial Build in the Work Order Type Field.	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager KImray - AM Production Supervi (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager KImray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4 Enter Production Tap the "Enter Production" button, Enter Quantity Click Ok Enter Inventory Status of Finished Good. (If Applicable) Enter Lot/Serial (If Applicable) Tap the Red "Stop" Button	Work Order Completion Created. Production Result Record Created.
Planning	TC-07307M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07271	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07308	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07278		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07308M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07278	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Manuf. Ops	TC-02003	Exit setup if machine goes down then back into setup	Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have (...)Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and an Employee must have the proper role assigned.	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervi (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Operator 1: Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Click Machine Setup To Start Machine Setup Time (Orange Background on Tablet Indicates Machine Setup Time Is being captured) Step 5: Click Machine Setup Button again to Stop Machine Setup Step 6: Click Maintenance Button To Start Maintenance Time (Orange Background on Tablet Indicates Maintenance Time Is being captured) Step 7: Click Maintenance Button again to Stop Maintenance Time Step 8: Click Machine Setup To Start Machine Setup Time (Orange Background on Tablet Indicates Machine Setup Time Is being captured) Step 9: Click Machine Setup Button again to Stop Machine Setup Step 10: Click Red "Stop" button to Job Off.	"Operator leaves setup due to maint downtime, then comes back to complete setup. Full setup time inc (...)"Operator leaves setup due to maint downtime, then comes back to complete setup. Full setup time includes both job on periods"
Manuf. Ops	TC-02004	Generate Serial Numbers Button does not appear for Non-Serialized Item Work (...)Generate Serial Numbers Button does not appear for Non-Serialized Item Work Order - After Discussing with Dave this is Not Needed	Work Order for non-serialized assembly item that includes a tag as a compon (...)Work Order for non-serialized assembly item that includes a tag as a component item on the BOM Revision	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supe (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Click on Work Orders Released Link in Reminders Portlet. Right Click on the "View". Hyper Link of the Work Order to be Processed and Open in New Tab. Step 2: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet Step 3: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation For the Tag Room. Step 4: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 5: Navigate Back to the Tab with the Work Order in the Native NetSuite Form. Step 6: Click Print Traveler Button ** Clicking the Button Will Kick off The RF-Smart Customization to Print Summit IT Labels (Validate Printed) Step 7: Validate That No "Generate Serial Numbers Button Exists. Step 8: Navigate To Browser Tab with Tablet Click the "Enter Production" button, Enter Quantity and Click Ok. Tap the Red "Stop" Button	Regression testing to validate that Generate Serial Numbers button does not appear on work orders fo (...)Regression testing to validate that Generate Serial Numbers button does not appear on work orders for non-serialized assembly items.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02005	Tag Room - Generate Shop Packet, Generate Serial Numbers, Generate Labels ( (...)Tag Room - Generate Shop Packet, Generate Serial Numbers, Generate Labels (Summit IT)	Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and Employee must have pro (...)Work order Must Exist and be in a released state and Employee must have proper role assigned.	Login as one of the following roles: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kim (...)Login as one of the following roles: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Click on Work Orders Released Link in Reminders Portlet. Right Click on the "View". Hyper Link of the Work Order to be Processed and Open in New Tab. Step 2: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet Step 3: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation For the Tag Room. Step 4: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 5: Click the "Generate Serial Numbers" Button (If Applicable) Validate BOM Validate BOM Revision Validate Quantity Click Blue "Submit" Button Serial Number Will be Generated On Screen - Click "Return" Button to go back to the Work Order Screen. Step 6: Click The "Print Tags" Button (Instructions To Follow - Customization in Development) Once complete Click "Return To Transaction" Navigate Back to the Tab with the Work Order in the Native NetSuite Form. Step 7: Click Print Traveler Button ** Clicking the Button Will Kick off The RF-Smart Customization to Print Summit IT Labels (Validate Printed) Step 8: Navigate Back To Browser Tab with Work Order. Step 9: Navigate To Browser Tab with Tablet Click the "Enter Production" button, Enter Quantity and Click Ok. Tap the Red "Stop" Button	Shop Packet is Created with the Following Paper Traveler Printed Serial Numbers Generated Physical (...)Shop Packet is Created with the Following Paper Traveler Printed Serial Numbers Generated Physical Tags Engraved Labels are printed General Serial Numbers button is no longer Available on Work Order Work Order Operation Labor Capture Completed
Manuf. Ops	TC-02006	Perform Manufacturing Work Order Operations- Machine Shop	Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the U (...)Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the Unit Session or Prior To Unit Testing Session Shop Packet Printed Work Order Issue Completed AM Production Results and Work Order Operation Completion -Transaction completed as a result of the T8 Automation. Work Order Issue	Log in as Role: -Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - Product (...)Log in as Role: -Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - Production Supervisor - Kimray: Quality Engineer Role - Kimray - Warehouse Manager - Kimray - Warehouse Operator Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Click the "Enter Production" button, Enter Quantity and Click Ok. Step 5: Tap the Red "Stop" Button	Work Order Operation Operation Completed Time Captured Against Operation Step Machine Setup Time (...) Work Order Operation Operation Completed Time Captured Against Operation Step Machine Setup Time Captured
Manuf. Ops	TC-02007	Perform Work Order Operation at Boxing and Crating (RFSmart)	Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the (...) Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the Unit Session or Prior To Unit Testing Session Shop Packet Printed Serial Numbers Generated Tags Printed Labels Printed Work Order Issue Completed Work Order Issue **In Some Cases There will also be work order completion records records if there are intermediary Routing Steps.	Log in with RF-SMART Tokin login Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the WOR Completion Onl (...)Log in with RF-SMART Tokin login Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the WOR Completion Only function 1. Click on the location field to set location to OKC Mfg. 2. Scan the work order from the traveler. 2a. Alternatively you could Hit Load Work Orders button to then find and select the work order. 3.Tap/Click the Work Order Operation, that is labelled with box/crate. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. 4. You will have started the operation and will be taken back to the function listing. 5. Choose the WOR Completion Only function. 6. Scan the Bin For Completion. 6a. This will be the completion bin for your area. 7. Confirm Inventory status is set on Good. 8. Scan a serial number that will be completed. 8a. The serial number should show in the bottom of the screen within a few seconds. 8b. Continue to scan more serials if there are more to complete. NOTE: If you are doing a partial Test Run, you will need to make sure you don't scan all serials. 9. Once you have scanned all serials, you will Click "Done". (You will need screen capture of the green success message) 9a. This will create a completion record in Netsuite. (This Will also (JOB OFF) and stop labor capture. Warehouse Manager Role to login into Netsuite. 10. In the search bar, key in the work order number to review. 10a. Select the work order. 10b. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Releated Records tab. 10c. Choose the work order completion record to review. Note: Look for the completion record that has the highest number, (example: if you see WC10, WC11, WC12, you should click on WC12). 10d. Click on the inventory detail box, (box with green check mark), to see the details of the completed inventory. 10e. The serial numbers should match what the user scanned into RF-SMART.	Work Order Completion Created and Finished Good Incremented Into a Completion Bin.
Planning	TC-07313M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07257	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07314	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07265		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07314M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07265	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Manuf. Ops	TC-02008	Create Assembly Work Order With No Tags - Single Label - After Discussing w (...)Create Assembly Work Order With No Tags - Single Label - After Discussing with Dave this is Not Needed	Work order released from scheduling Printer is set up	Login as: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - AM Productio (...)Login as: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order Number in GLobal Search Step 2: Click ""Print Traveler "" Button **Clicking The Print Traveler Button Will Start the RF-Smart Summit IT Printing of Labels.	Print work order with one label and no tags are printed Traveler/Work Order is printed One label i (...)Print work order with one label and no tags are printed Traveler/Work Order is printed One label is printed with correct fields and format
Manuf. Ops	TC-02009	Create Assembly Work Order With Finished Good Labels	Work order released from scheduling Printer is set up	"Login as one of the following roles: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manage (...)"Login as one of the following roles: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order Number in GLobal Search Step 2: Click ""Print Traveler "" Button **Clicking The Print Traveler Button Will Start the RF-Smart Summit IT Printing of Labels.	Finished Good Labels are Printed.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02010	Create Assembly Work Order With Finished Good and Component Labels (KIT)	Work order released from scheduling Printer is set up	Login as one of the following roles: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager (...)Login as one of the following roles: - Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order Number in GLobal Search Step 2: Click "Print Traveler" Button **Clicking The Print Traveler Button Will Start the RF-Smart Summit IT Printing of Labels.	Finished Good Label Printed Component Labels Printed
Manuf. Ops	TC-02011	Validate That KR Serial Numbers and NS Serials Numbers are Linked	TC-1567 KR Serial Number records generated in Tag Room RFSmart complete wor (...)TC-1567 KR Serial Number records generated in Tag Room RFSmart complete work order completion for KR Serial Number records	Role: Production Supervisor Navigate To: Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Open Wo (...)Role: Production Supervisor Navigate To: Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Open Work Order Step 3: Click on Custom Subtab Step 4: Click on Kimray Serial Number Sublist Step 5: Verify that NS Inventory Number and Kimray Serial Numbers (NAME) are Linked.	NetSuite Serial Numbers and Kimray Serial Numbers are Linked.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02012	Machine Shop Work Order that includes Trim Cell (T2899) - check backflush	Typical work order in machine shop.	Role: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Click on Work Orders R (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Click on Work Orders Released Link in Reminders Portlet. Right Click on the ""View"". Hyper Link of the Work Order to be Processed and Open in New Tab. Step 2: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet Step 3: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 4: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 5: Click the Enter Production button, Enter Quantity and Click Ok. Tap the Red ""Stop"" Button Step 6: Enter Work Number Into Global Search Step 7: Click on Related Records Subtab Step 8: Click on Work Order Issue Transaction Step 9: Validate Components Were Consumed	Validate That Auto Issued Components Were Issued.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02013	Machine goes down and order has to be moved to different workcenter to comp (...)Machine goes down and order has to be moved to different workcenter to complete an operation that has already been started. - Delete use TC-2030		Role: Machine shop lead/supervisor/Scheduler Speak With Dave/Scheduling on This Process	Move a currently started/running order to a new machine to complete operation due to extended downti (...)Move a currently started/running order to a new machine to complete operation due to extended downtime issues.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02014	Select 'Supplier Non-Conformance' as a Scrap type from NS interface (primar (...)Select 'Supplier Non-Conformance' as a Scrap type from NS interface (primarily for foundry items).	Work Order Must Exist	Role: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manu (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate:Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet (Open in New Browser Tab) Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 4: Enter Scrap by Clicking the "Supplier Non-Conformance" Scrap Reason and Entering Scrap Quantity Click ok Step 5: Enter Production Tap the "Enter Production" button, Enter Quantity Click Ok Step 6: Click Red "Stop" button to Job Off.	Ability to scrap foundry items without taking them out of inventory, move to 'vendor return' state, (...)Ability to scrap foundry items without taking them out of inventory, move to 'vendor return' state, to allow return to vendor at later dates.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02015	"Close out operation short on part count (Typically on bar machines);	N/A	Role: Machine shop lead/supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Open Work Orde (...)Role: Machine shop lead/supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Open Work Order Step 3: Click "Close Button"	- Work order operation is completed with a quantity short. - Variance will be calculated upon work o (...)- Work order operation is completed with a quantity short. - Variance will be calculated upon work order close Production Plan Change Impacts: When Work Order is Finished short - Built quantity goes into On hand - Remaining Open = scheduled receipt - - - Maestro will continue to plan around Finished Short and Closed - Built quantity goes into On Hand - No more scheduled receipt so no additional supply is planned for. - If the Built Quantity does not meet the demand, it will plan a new work order to meet that demand.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02016	Correct operations to fix errors	At least one Work Order Operation will have been completed (Must have an er (...)At least one Work Order Operation will have been completed (Must have an error)	Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data C (...)Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data Collection Step 3: Correct Data Step 4: Click Save	Re-open operation that has been closed to fix any errors needed.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02017	Deleting inaccurate employee transactions	At least one Work Order Operation will have been completed	Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data C (...)Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data Collection Step 3: Delete Missing Transaction Step 4: Click Save	Work Order Completion Transaction Deleted. This removes the Employee Transaction from the system.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02018	Manual entry of missing job on/off	Work Order Must Exist	Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data C (...)Role: - Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Navigate To Advanced Manufacturing Step 2: Data Collection Step 3: Enter Missing Data Step 4: Click Save	Adding a missing transaction manually during production for correct tracking of time.
Planning	TC-07317M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07309	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07318	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07310		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07318M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07310	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Manuf. Ops	TC-02019	Assembly Trial Build - Assembly Unbuild Process	Work Order Must Exist	Role: Kimray - Warehouse Operator Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click on K (...)Role: Kimray - Warehouse Operator Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click on Kimray Assembly Unbuild and Issue Components Function Step 3: Enter Assembly Item To Be Unbuilt and Click Enter Step 4: Enter Serial Number of Item to be Unbuilt and Click Enter Step 5: Click Done Step 6: Choose Conversions or MRB Bin To Choose where unbuild Components end up. Step 7: Items to be unbuilt will be in blue. Step 8: Click Submit Step 9: Choose No When Asked if you would like to issue components to a Work Order.	A Work Order Assembly Unbuild Transaction is Created Components are Unbuilt and Put into either a Co (...)A Work Order Assembly Unbuild Transaction is Created Components are Unbuilt and Put into either a Conversions or Trial Build Bin.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02020	Job on straddles midnight (single operator) - e. g. job on at 4p, job off (...)Job on straddles midnight (single operator) - e. g. job on at 4p, job off at 5a	Work Order Must Exist	Login as: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Mana (...)Login as: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet Step 2: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation. Step 3: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Before Midnight of Current Day Step 4: Click the Enter Production button, Enter Quantity Less than quantity remaining and Click Ok. Tap the Red """"Stop"""" Button (Must Be after midnight or next day from when the original Job On took place) "	The job straddles shifts but can be formed by a single operator
Manuf. Ops	TC-02021	Create Assembly Work Order With No Tags - Multiple Labels - After Discussin (...)Create Assembly Work Order With No Tags - Multiple Labels - After Discussing with Dave this is Not Needed	Work order released from scheduling Printer is set up	Login as one of the following roles: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager (...)Login as one of the following roles: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Click on Work Orders Released Link in Reminders Portlet. Right Click on the ""View"". Hyper Link of the Work Order to be Processed and Open in New Tab. Step 2: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Tablet Step 3: Tablet Interface: Tap the Work Order Operation For the Tag Room. Step 4: Tap The Green Start Button To Job On Step 5: Navigate Back to the Tab with the Work Order in the Native NetSuite Form. Step 6: Click Print Traveler Button ** Clicking the Button Will Kick off The RF-Smart Customization to Print Summit IT Labels (Validate Printed) Step 7: Navigate Back To Browser Tab with Work Order. Step 8: Navigate To Browser Tab with Tablet Click the ""Enter Production"" button, Enter Quantity and Click Ok. Tap the Red ""Stop"" Button	Print work order with one label and no tags are printed Traveler/Work Order is printed Multiple la (...)Print work order with one label and no tags are printed Traveler/Work Order is printed Multiple labels are printed with correct fields and format
Manuf. Ops	TC-02022	Create Single Tag For Assembly Work Order Tag (Part no: 888,1390,2863,2920, (...)Create Single Tag For Assembly Work Order Tag (Part no: 888,1390,2863,2920,4550,5033,5422,6412,6752,7230,7300,7510,7545,7547,7579,7580,7581,7582,7583,7596,7841,7894,1479A,1479E,192A,1479E,1921A,4592A,5422LP,5422PP,5422PPLP,7461CSA,7506CSA,7230)	A physical tag is ready for printing Tag printer set up An assembly item on (...)A physical tag is ready for printing Tag printer set up An assembly item on a work order that requires a tag WO created and released	Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager AM Production Supervisor Step (...)Login as: Kimray - Production Operator Kimray - AM Production Manager AM Production Supervisor Step 1: Locate Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Generate Serial Numbers Button on Work Order. Step 3: Validate Quantity of Serial Numbers to be generated and Click Submit. Step 4: Click Return Button after serial numbers are generated. Step 5: Click Print Tags Button Step 6: Validate Printer and Quantity Step 7: Click Print Tags Step 8: A Message will appear. Load Tags into Laser Engraver. Step 9: Click Print Tags	Tag is printed with correct information relevant to the item
Manuf. Ops	TC-02023	FIN MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Issue	Work Order Issue has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Issue 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory 2. Amount validation WIP and Inve (...)1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Manuf. Ops	TC-02024	FIN MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion	Work Order Completion has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Completion record 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead Absorpti (...)1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead Absorption If the WO contains a completed qty + inventory detail additional GL impact includes: Debit Inventory Credit WIP 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Manuf. Ops	TC-02025	FIN MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion with $0 cost template	Work Order Completion has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Completion record 2. Click on GL Impact	1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows no GL Impact for Labor and Absorption due to the $0 cost templ (...)1. Work Order GL Account Impact shows no GL Impact for Labor and Absorption due to the $0 cost template If the WO contains a completed qty + inventory detail additional GL impact includes: Debit Inventory Credit WIP 2. This is primarily because the rates that are on the Manufacturing Cost Template, which are pulled in from the Manufacturing Charge Items are set to zero.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02026	FIN MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Close	Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completion (...)Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completions and validated for completeness	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Close record 2. Click on GL Impact	1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr WIP (Std Cost of assembly) Cr WIP (Actual Cost of comp (...)1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr WIP (Std Cost of assembly) Cr WIP (Actual Cost of components and conversion costs) Dr/Cr Production Quantity Variance Dr/Cr Production Price Variance 2. Department is set as 1420 OVERHEAD ALLOCATION
Manuf. Ops	TC-02027	FIN INV ADJ WO OVERAGES - Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustment	Work Order Completion shows overage. Operations team has successfully creat (...)Work Order Completion shows overage. Operations team has successfully created the Inventory Adjustment for the correct quantity that was built in the manufacturing process.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Gl (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Global Search 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 510082 Work Order Overages The value of t (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 510082 Work Order Overages The value of the adjustment is based on the standard cost of the Item for the particular location The transaction date is in the current accounting period that is currently not locked. 2. Review Department and Location Department value will be automatically populated based on the Location to Department Mapping that exists.
Manuf. Ops	TC-02028	How To Reprint Summit IT Labels From NetSuite UI	Work Order Must Exist.	Step 1: Enter Work Order Number In Global Search Step 2: Click LPC Print Button Step 3: Select Templ (...)Step 1: Enter Work Order Number In Global Search Step 2: Click LPC Print Button Step 3: Select Template of Label to Reprint Step 4: Select Following Details - Select Template to Print - Select Printer To Print To - Enter Quantity **If Serialized Label Needs to be printed Select the Serial to be printed. - Click Print	Labels are Printed
Manuf. Ops	TC-02029	How To Reprint Assembly Item Labels From RF-Smart Device	Work Order Must Exist.	Step 1: Nagivate To: RF-Smart > Client > Client and open the Kimray all Function Menu Step 2: Tap S (...)Step 1: Nagivate To: RF-Smart > Client > Client and open the Kimray all Function Menu Step 2: Tap Smart Searches Step 3: Click on "Assembly Item Label Reprint" Step 4: Click or Enter Work Order Number Step 5: Click "Print" in the top right Step 6: Confirm printer selection Step 7: Click "Submit"	Labels are Printed
Manuf. Ops	TC-02030	Machine Goes Down For Extended Period of Time	Work Order Must Exist	See TC-1272 - Create a Internal/Kimray Rework Work Order via Non-Conformance Report (NCR)	See See TC-1272 - Create a Internal/Kimray Rework Work Order via Non-Conformance Report (NCR)
Manuf. Ops	TC-02031	Perform Manufacturing Work Order Operations- Machine Shop With Scrap	Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the U (...)Prior To This Routing Step The Following will have been completed in the Unit Session or Prior To Unit Testing Session Shop Packet Printed Work Order Issue Completed AM Production Results and Work Order Operation Completion -Transaction completed as a result of the T8 Automation. Work Order Issue	Log in as Role: -Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - Production (...)Log in as Role: -Kimray - Production Operator - Kimray - AM Production Manager - Kimray - Production Supervisor - Kimray: Quality Engineer Role Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Data Collection > Tablet > Enter Results/Loss/Downtime/Labor Step 2: Click Material Loss Subtab Step 3: Enter Material Loss Details Step 4: Click Save	Scrap Entry Recorded
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03001	Review Non-Conformance Report (NCR) with Return to Vendor (Item Receipt) an (...)Review Non-Conformance Report (NCR) with Return to Vendor (Item Receipt) and Create the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA)		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Item Receipt by navigating to the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Locate the NCR via the Purchasae Order > Item Recipt > by naviagating to the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report sub-tab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item (** If the item was NOT already populated/selected, select the item) - Created From (Item Receipt) 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Location 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (OM Rework). - Rework Instructions. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) enter the following fields: - Purchase Order (Manually Entered) if applicable - Vendor - Originating Location 7. Click 'Save'. 8. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Vendor Return" button. 9. A "Loading Box" will appear. 10. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the "Vendor Return'' field is populated with the Venfor Return Authorization.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the following: - - Purchase Order (Manually Entered) if applicable - Vendor - Originating Location 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 9. The "Loading Box" appears. 10. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03002	Review Non-Conformance Report (NCR) with Return to Vendor (Work Order) and (...)Review Non-Conformance Report (NCR) with Return to Vendor (Work Order) and Create the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA)		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating to the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From (Work Order) 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Location 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition should be 'Return to Vendor'. - Validate 'Return to Vendor Reason Code' is populated. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) enter the following fields: - Component (Manually Selected) [This is the item that will be on the Purchase Order selected below] - Purchase Order (Manually Entered) if applicable To locate the Purchase Order, you will need to navigate to the Work Order > Custom > Kimray WO Issued Component Detail list. Identify the Component and Purchase Order associated with the NCR detail. - Vendor - Originating Location 7. Click 'Save'. 8. at the tope of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the 'Un-issue WO Component" button. 9. Validate that their is a Inventory Adjustment hyperlink in the "Linked Inventory Adjustment" field. - Click the Inventory Adjustment. - On the Inventory Adjustment record, validate that the returned products Inventory Detail by clicking the Inventory Detail checkbox icon and confirm the following: * Bin = SupplierNCReturn *** Status = Supplier Non-Conforming 10. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Vendor Return" button. 11. A "Loading Box" will appear. 12. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the "Vendor Return'' field is populated with the Venfor Return Authorization.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the following: - - Purchase Order (Manually Entered) if applicable - Vendor - Originating Location 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user clicks the "Un-issue WO Components" button. 9. A Inventory Adjustment is populated in the Linked Inventory Adjustment field. 10. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 11. The "Loading Box" appears. 12. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03003	Review & Update Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) created from the Non-Con (...)Review & Update Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) created from the Non-Conformance Report (NCR)		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). - Type Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) # into the Global Search Bar. -or- - Click the Vendor Return Authorization hyperlink in the 'Vendor Return' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. Once on the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) validate or update the following header information: - Vendor - Created From (if Purchase Order was provided) - Memo - NCR # - NCR Reason - NCR Reason Description - VRMA Reason - Confirm Action (Select "Process Shipment" to send the product back to the Vendor or "Scrap" to identify this product is going to be scrapped and NOT sent back to the Vendor). - Shipping Directive - Location 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following: - Item - Quantity - Rate - Amount - Location 4. Navigate to the Custom tab and populate or update the following: - Shipper Account Number - Shipping Carrier - Shipping Method 5. Navigate to the Communications tab > Messages subtab. - Click the 'Email' button. - The Email Message window appears. - Select or Enter the Recipient(s). - Click the Messages tab. - In the Template field, select Kimray Fusion - Vendor Return Notification. *** Note that the template populates in the Message section. - Click the Attachment tab. - Add any attachments. - Click Merge and Send. 6. Under the Communications tab > Messages sub-tab, confirm that the emails was successfully sent to the Vendor.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) 2. The user validate (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) 2. The user validates and/or updates the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) data. 3. The user validates the item information. 4. The user validates the Shipping information. 5. User sends VRMA PDF to Vendor. 6. Email is confirmed.
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03004	Approve the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) based on Vendor Approval.	You have received a written confirmation that the Vendor Approves the retur (...)You have received a written confirmation that the Vendor Approves the return of the Product(s).	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). - Type Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) # into the Global Search Bar. -or- - Click the Vendor Return Authorization hyperlink in the 'Vendor Return' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). -or- - Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Vendor Returns Pending Approval' saved search. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Vendor Return Authorization > Lists 2. Validate and/or update the following: - Shipping Directive 3. Click the 'Edit' button. 4. Check the "Vendor Acknowledged" checkbox to indicate the the Vendor approves of the Return. 5. Navigate to the Custom tab and update the following: - Shipping Account Number - Shipping Carrier - Shipping Method - Vendor RMA Number (Provided by Vendor) 6. Click the 'Save' button. 7. Click the "Approve Return" button.	1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user validates the Shippi (...)1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user validates the Shipping Directive and Confirm Action 3. The user Edits the VRMA. 4. The user checks the "Vendor Acknowledged" checkbox. 5. The user updates the information under the Custom tab. 6. The user saves the VRMA. 7. The user clicks the "Approve Return" button.
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03005	Create a Standalone Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA).		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Vendor Return Authorization. 2. The Vendor Return Authorization record appears. 3. Select the Vendor. 4. Validate or Update the Date. 5. Select an RMA Reason. - Quality Over Acceptance Tolerance - Supplier Non-Conformance - Other ***If Other, the VRMA Other Reason fields becomes required. 6. Enter the Shipping Directive - Immediately - End-of-Month 7. Select a Confirm Action. - Process Shipment - Scrap On-Site 8. Validate the Subsidiary 9. Select a Location. 10. Validate that the Shipper Account Number, Shipping Carrier, Shipping Method, and Vendor Return Address auto-populated. - If these fields do not autopopulate from the Vendor selected, manually enter the information if needed. 11. Navigate to the Expenses & Items tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter the Item(s) that are being returned to the Vendor. 13. For each item, enter the Quantity being returned. 14. For each item, validate or update the Rate and Amount. - Manually override if needed. 15. For each item, validate or update the Location. 16. Click Save on the Vendor Return Authorization.	1. User successfully navigates to the Enter Vendor Return Authorization. 2. The Vendor Return Autho (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Enter Vendor Return Authorization. 2. The Vendor Return Authorization record appears. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. The Date is validated. 5. A RMA Reason is selected - A RMA Other Reason is entered for an RMA Reason of Other. 6 Shipping Directive selected. 7. Confirm Action selected. 8. The A Subsidiary is validated. 9. The Location is selected. 10. Vendor Shipping Information fields are populated. 11. User successfully navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The Item(s) being returned are selected. 13. The Quantity is entered. 14. The item Rate and Amounts are validated or entered. 15. The Location is validated or selected for each item. 16. The Vendor Return Authorization is Saved."
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03006	Validate the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) PDF.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). - Type Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) # into the Global Search Bar. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Vendor Return Authorization > Lists -or- - Click the Vendor Return Authorization hyperlink in the 'Vendor Return' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. Once on the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) click the Printer icon at the top of the record. 3. The PDF will open in a new browswer tab. 4. Validate and/or print the PDF.	1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user clicks the Print butto (...)1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user clicks the Print button. 3. The PDF appears in a new browser tab. 4. The PDF is reviewed and/or printed
Procurement - Vendor Returns	TC-03007	Re-send the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) Email to the Vendor		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). - Type Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) # into the Global Search bar. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Vendor Return Authorization > Lists -or- - Click the Vendor Return Authorization hyperlink in the 'Vendor Return' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. Navigate to the Communications tab > Messages subtab. 3. Click the 'Email' button. 4. The Email Message window appears. 5. Select or Enter the Recipient(s). 6. Click the Messages tab. 7. In the Template field, select Kimray Fusion - Vendor Return Notification. - Note that the template populates in the Message section. 8. Click the Attachment tab. 9. Add any attachments. 10. Click Merge and Send. 11. Under the Communications tab > Messages sub-tab, confirm that the emails was successfully sent to the Vendor.	1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user navigates to the Mes (...)1. The user navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA). 2. The user navigates to the Messages subtab. 3. The Email button is clicked. 4. The Email Message window appears. 5. The user selects or enters the Recipient(s). 6. The Message tab is clicked. 7. The Kimray Fusion - Vendor Return Notification template is selected. 8. The Attachments tab is clicked. 9. The user adds any additional attachments. 10. The Merge and Send button is clicked. 11. Email successfully sent to the Vendor.
Store Ops	TC-07322	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07322M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07323	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03008	Validate Vendor's Vendor Center Role and Access to the Vendor Center.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Locate the Vendor: - The user navigates to Lists > Relationships > Vendors and the locates the correct Vendor -OR- -The user types the Vendors Name into the Global Search bar. 2. Once on the Vendor Record, navigate to the Access tab > Roles subtab. 3. Validate that the Give Access checkbox is TRUE. 4. Verify the Role assigned to the Vendor. - Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center - Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center - Kimray - OM Vendor Center - Kimray - General Vendor Center - Kimray - Casting Vendor Center 5. If the Role is incorrect, contact the Accounting Department to get the correct role assigned.	1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user navigates to the Access tab. 3. The user validates the (...)1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user navigates to the Access tab. 3. The user validates the Vendor has access. 4. The user validates the Vendors role. 5. The user contacts the F&A team if the role is incorrect.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03009	Create a Request for Quote (RFQ) in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Request for Quote > List. 2. Click the Document Header column to sort from Newest to Oldest or Oldest to Newest. 3. Note the latest RFQ Document Number generated so you know what RFQ # you are about to generate. You will enter the RFQ# you will be generating in Step 1 3. 4. Navigate to Purchases > Enter Request for Quote. 5. Validate that the 'Employee' and 'Date' are correct. 6. Select the required 'Effectivity Based On'. - Order Date: when the order is placed. - Expected Receipt Date: when the order line is expected to be received. 7. Enter the 'Purchase Contract Estimated Start Date' and 'Purchase Contract Estimated End Date'. - Purchase Contract Estimated Start Date: the start date of the potential Purchase Contract. - Purchase Contract Estimated End Date: the end date of the potential Purchase Contract. 8. Enter the 'Reason for Quote', 'Contact', and 'Memo' 9. Validate the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 10. Enter the mandatory 'Location' that this RFQ is for. 11. Enter the 'Bid Start Date' and 'Bid Close Date'. - Bid Start Date: the beginning date of the period you will accept RFQ Responses from Vendor(s). - Bid Close Date: the final date of the period you will accept RFQ Responses from Vendor(s). 12. Enter the required 'RFQ#'. 13 .Navigate to the Items tab. 14. Enter the 'Number of Pricing Tiers' 15. Select the Item(s) that you are requesting to get a pricing bid on from the Vendor(s). 16. Validate or change the 'UOM'. 17. Enter 'Item Memo' if applicable. 18. Click on the + icon in the 'Tier Pricing' column. 19. Select the 'Calculate Quantity Discounts'. 20. Select the 'Price Using'. 21. Enter the 'Quantity' tiers you would like to collect pricing on from the Vendor(s). Please note that their first tier must be 0. 22. Click 'OK' - You will do the three Steps above for each item. - Please note that the Quantity Tiers can be unique per item. 23. Select the line level 'Location(s)'. 24. Enter the 'Est. Annual Usage', 'Suggested Min. PO Qty. ', 'Drawing #', and 'Revision #' for each item. 25. Navigate to the Terms tab and validate the 'Payment Terms' that will be proposed. 26. Navigate to the Special Instructions tab and populate the 'Special Instructions' message is applicable. 27. Navigate to the Vendors tab. 28. If applicable, enter a custom 'Email Introduction' to send to the Vendors that you are Requesting a Quote. 29. Select the Vendor(s) and corresponding Contact(s)you want to send the Request for Quote (RFQ) to for bidding. 30. Check the 'Email' checkbox to communicate the Request for Quote to each Vendor selected. 31. Click 'Save'.	1. User navigates to the List of Request for Quote transactions. 2. The Documents Number column i (...)1. User navigates to the List of Request for Quote transactions. 2. The Documents Number column is sorted accordingly. 3. The RFQ# to be generated is understood. 4. Successfully able to Navigate to create a new Request for Quote. 5. The 'Employee' correctly defaults to the current user and the 'Date' correctly defaults to today. 6. User correctly selects the appropriate 'Effectivity Based On' value. 7. The User correctly enters the 'Purchase Contract Estimated Start Date' and 'Purchase Contract Estimated End Date' without warnings. 8. User enters the applicable 'Reason for Quote'. 9. The 'Subsidiary' is correctly defaulted to Kimray, Inc. 10. The User selects the correct 'Location' for the RFQ. 11. The User correctly enters the 'Bid Start Date' and 'Bid Close Date' with no warning messages. 12. The 'RFQ#' is correctly entered. 13. The Items tab is navigated to. 14. The proper 'Number of Pricing Tiers' is entered. 15. The items are selected. 16. The UOM is validated. 17. The Item Memo is entered. 18. The + icon is clicked. 19. The user selects the Calculate Quantity Discount 20. Price Using is selected. 21. The Quantity tiers are entered. 22. OK is clicked. 23. The line level Location is selected. 24. The additional line level fields are populated. 25. The user navigates to the Terms tab and validates the Payment Terms 26. The user navigates to the Special Instructions tab and enters a Special Instructions message. 27. The user navigates to the Vendors tab. 28. The user enters a custom Email Introduction if applicable. 29. The Vendors are selected. 30. The email checkbox is checked 31. The RFQ is saved.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03010	Review RFQ Response Record for each Vendor with Vendor Access		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Receiving >Receiving > Enter Request For Quote > List -or- Enter the RFQ# into the Global Search bar. 2. Locate the Request for Quote (RFQ) that you want to review the Request for Quote Responses for. 3. Navigate to the Vendors tab. 4. Review the 'Response Date' column and note the following: - If the 'Response Date' column is blank, this indicates that the Vendor has not yet responded to the Request for Quote. - If the 'Response Date' column is populated with a Date hyperlink, this indicates that the Vendor has responded to the Request for Quote. **Please note that the Date is the date the Vendor submitted their Request for Quote for Response pricing. 5. Click the 'Response Date' date hyperlink. You will be redirected to the Request for Quote Response record. 6. Review the Vendors responses on the item data: - Item Tier Pricing - Item Information (Custom Transaction Body Fields) 7. Review the Terms & Special Instructions.	1. User successfully navigates to the RFQ list or to the VRFQ. 2. The user locates the correct RFQ. (...)1. User successfully navigates to the RFQ list or to the VRFQ. 2. The user locates the correct RFQ. 3. Successfully navigates to the Vendors tab. 4. Response Date validated. 5. The user has the ability to click the Response Date date hyperlink and is redirected to the VRFQ. 6. The user is able to review Item Quantity Tier Pricing and Data entered by the Vendor. 7. The user validates the Terms and Special Instructions.
Store Ops	TC-07339	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Mul (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03011	Add RFQ Response with External RFQ (Non-Vendor Center)	Extrenal RFQ Responses File Cabinet Folder.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Request for Quote Excel spreadsheet is sent to a Vendor. This is an external process outside of NetSuite. 2. The Vendor sends the Request for Quote Excel spreadsheet back to Kimray with quote pricing and information. 3. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Request For Quote > List and locate the Request for Quote (RFQ) the external RFQ is associated with. -or- - Type the Request for Quote # (RFQ#) into the Global Search bar. 4. Click the 'Edit' button on the Request for Quote (RFQ). 5. Navigate to the Communication tab >Files subtab. 6. Click the 'New File' button. 7. The File window will appear. 8. Validate that Computer is in the 'Attach Form' field. 9. If desired, enter/populated a File Name. - When you enter a File Name, it will be the name of the File to the Customer. If you do NOT enter a File Name, the file will be named how it is saved on your computer. 10. In the Folder field, type RFQ Documents and then click the External RFQ Responses result. 11. Click Choose File. 12. The computers File Explorer window will appear. 13. Navigate to the File/Request for Quote Excel spreadsheet that is desired to be uploaded and click Open. 14. Click Save. 15. In the 'Memo' field, type 'External RFQ Attached'. 16. Click Save on the Request for Quote (RFQ) record.	1. The Request for Quote (RFQ) external form is successfully sent to the Vendor. 2. The Vendor send (...)1. The Request for Quote (RFQ) external form is successfully sent to the Vendor. 2. The Vendor sends the Request for Quote (RFQ) external form back to Kimray. 3. The user successfully locates the Request for Quote (RFQ) in NetSuite associated with the external form 4. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 5. User successfully navigates to the File subtab. 6. 'New File' button is clicked. 7. The File window correctly appears. 8. Computer is populated in the 'Attach Form' field. 9. A File Name is populated if applicable. 10. The Request for Quote file folder is selected. 11. Choose File is clicked. 12. The File Explorer window appears. 13. The user locates and selects the external Request for Quote file. 14. The file is successfully Saved. 15. 'External RFQ Attached' is correctly added to the 'Memo' field. 16. The Request for Quote is saved.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03012	Awarding Request for Quote (RFQ) to Vendor(s) with Vendor Center Access		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Request For Quote > List 2. Locate the Request for Quote (RFQ) that you want to review the Request of Quote Response (VRFQ). -or-Enter the RFQ # into the Global Search bar. 3. Click "Edit" on the RFQ to put the transaction in Edit mode. 4. Navigate to the Awards tab. 5. Select the 'Show' value you would like the item quoting information to appear. - Vendor with Lowest Average Rate - Vendor with Lowest Tier-1 Rate - Vendor with Lowest Tier-2 Rate - Vendor with Lowest Tier-3 Rate - Vendor with Lowest ETC. per Rate. - [Defined Vendor] Average Rate 6. Enter the 'Purchase Contract Maximum Amount'. 7. Click the 'Compare Vendors' button to gain insight into the pricing differences per item between all the Vendors that submitted and RFQ Response. - Not necessary for single Vendor RFQs. 8. In the 'Vendors' column, select the Vendor that you would like to Award for the specific item by checking the 'Email' checkbox and click 'Ok'. - Note that you can select a unique Vendor per item, or no Vendor at all. 9. Check the 'Award' checkbox to confirm that you are awarding the specific item to the selected Vendor. - Note, not all items need to be Awarded. 10. Click 'Save'. 11. The Request for Quote (RFQ) status is now "Fully Awarded". 12. Navigate to the Items tab. In the 'Purchase Contract' column, validate that a Purchase Contract was successfully created for each item awarded.	1. User successfully navigates to the Request for Quote list. 2. The user successfully opens the (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Request for Quote list. 2. The user successfully opens the Request for Quote (RFQ) transaction. 3. User can successfully 'Edit' the Request for Quote (RFQ). 4. User navigates to the Award tab. 5. The user successfully reviews all Show options which portrays information to analyze and make the correct decision 6. The user correctly enters the 'Purchase Contract Maximum Amount'. 7. The user is able to Compare all Vendor Pricing. This information is evaluated to make the best decision. 8. Correct Vendors are selected per item. 9. 'Award' checkbox is correctly populated. 10. The Request for Quote is successfully Saved with no errors. 11. The Request for Quote is correctly updated to "Fully Awarded". 12. The Purchase Contract is automatically created per item/vendor by NetSuite.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03025	Updating Ops Data tab information on the Vendor record.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Vendor name into the Global Search bar. 2. Once on the Vendor record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Ops Data tab. 4. Review and/or update the fields in the following sections: - Setup Documentation - Documents Reviewed - Other 5. Once all Vendor fields have been reviewed and/or updated, click the 'Save' button.	1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The use navigates to the (...)1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The use navigates to the Ops Data tab. 4. The user reviews and/or updates all applicable fields under the Ops Data tab. 5. The Vendor record is 'Saved'.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03026	Create a New Contacts on the Vendor records		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Vendor name into the Global Search bar. 2. Navigate to the Relationships tab > Contacts sub-tab. 3. Click the 'New Contact' button. 4. The Contact record/window appears. 5. Add the following Contact Information: - Name - Job Title - Email - Main Phone - Subsidiary = Kimray, Inc. 6. Click 'Save'. 7. Note that the new contact is now associated to the Vendor under the Relationships tab > Contacts sub-tab.	1. The Vendor record is located. 2. The user navigates to the Contacts sub-tab. 3. The user clicks (...)1. The Vendor record is located. 2. The user navigates to the Contacts sub-tab. 3. The user clicks the 'New Contact' button. 4. The Contact record appears. 5. The Contact Information is added. 6. The user clicks the 'Save' button. 7. The new user is validated on the Vendor record.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03027	Remove a New Contacts on the Vendor records		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Vendor name into the Global Search bar. 2. Navigate to the Relationships tab > Contacts sub-tab. 3. Locate the Contact to remove. 4. Click the 'Remove' hyperlink on the right. 5. Confirm the Contact is removed.	1. The Vendor record is located. 2. The user navigates to the Contacts sub-tab. 3. The Contact is (...)1. The Vendor record is located. 2. The user navigates to the Contacts sub-tab. 3. The Contact is located. 4. The 'Remove' hyperlink is clicked. 5. The Contact is removed.
Planning Maestro	TC-05073	KMRY 204 Consensus Demand Plan will require adjustment fields for each inpu (...)KMRY 204 Consensus Demand Plan will require adjustment fields for each input		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05074	KMRY 205 Parts on Work Center Report		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05075	KMRY 207 Transfer Order and Sales Order Date Alignment & Auto Create of tra (...)KMRY 207 Transfer Order and Sales Order Date Alignment & Auto Create of transfer order with Sales Order creation		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05076	KMRY 208 KMRY ERP Data Publish - Graph		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05077	KMRY 210 Forecast Load Distribution		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03013	Creating Purchase Contract to Award RFQ to Non-Vendor Center Access Vendor		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchasing > Enter Purchase Contract. 2. Select the 'Vendor' you are awarding the RFQ. 3. Verify the 'Date' is today or update to a desired date. 4. Verify that the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 5. Define the 'Effectivity Based On'. - Order Date: when the order is placed. - Expected Receipt Date: when the order line is expected to be received. 6. Select the 'Location'. 7. Enter the 'Minimum Amount' and 'Maximum Amount'. - Minimum Amount: the minimum total currency amount that must be ordered for the vendor to honor the contract. - Maximum Amount: the maximum currency amount used to determine the required approval routing. 8. Enter the 'Start Date' and 'End Date'. - Start Date: the start date of the Purchase Contract. - End Date: The end date of the Purchase Contract. 9. Navigate to the Items tab. 10. Select the Item(s) that you are awarding to the Vendor. 11. Validate the 'Units' and 'Description'. - Do this for each item selected. 12. Click the + icon in the 'Tier Pricing' column. - Select the 'Calculate Quantity Discounts' field. By Line Quantity ? Price is based on single purchase order line. By Overall Item Quantity ? Price is based on all purchase order lines with same item. For example, if you order the same item multiple times on the same purchase order, the total quantity across all lines on the order determine which tier or tiers are appropriate for the quantity discount. By Overall Contracted PO Item Quantity ? Price is based on all contracted purchase order lines with same item. For example, if more than one purchase order for that item is entered against a purchase contract, then all quantities across all of those purchase orders are consolidated to determine the net discount. - Select the 'Price Using' field. Rate - Price items using a single rate based only on quantity entered for the line. When the quantity ordered falls into the specified tier, all items on that line get the same rate. For example, based on the tiers in the example above, an order of 50 items is priced so that all 50 items get a 5% discount. Marginal Rate - Price items using a progressive rate across tiers based on the quantity selection. For example, based on the tiers in the previous example, an order of 50 items generates the following pricing: the first 24 items get base pricing (no discount) items 24-50 get 2nd tier discounted pricing (5% discount) Lot Rate - Price items for a lot using a tier rate regardless of the quantity within a tier range. This method is commonly used if there is a high fixed cost for an item. For example, the lot price is $50, whether you order 3 items or 99 items, because all units in the lot have a set price - Select the 'Input Using' field. Rate or Lot - NetSuite calculates the percentage Percent - NetSuite calculates the rate. - Enter the From Quantity's the Vendor provided. Please note the first tier must be 0. - Enter either the Rate or Lot Price or Percent Discount based on the 'Input Using' selection. Option: enter a Memo. - Click OK. *Do this for each item on the Purchase Contract* 13. Navigate to the Terms tab. 14. Select the 'Payment Terms' and 'Incoterms'. 15. Navigate to the Special Instructions tab and enter 'Special Instructions' if needed. 16. Click Save	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Contract record to create a new Purchase Contract. 2 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Contract record to create a new Purchase Contract. 2. The Vendor is selected. 3. The 'Date' is validated or updated. 4. The 'Subsidiary' is validated as Kimray, Inc. 5. The 'Effectivity Based On' field is selected. 6. The 'Location' is selected. 7. The user enters the 'Minimum Amount' and 'Maximum Amount'. 8. The 'Start Date' and 'End Date' are entered by the user. 9. The user successfully navigates to the Items tab. 10. The Items are entered/selected. 11. The 'Units' and 'Descriptions' are validated by the user. 12. The user clicks the + icon in the 'Tier Pricing' column. - The 'Calculate Quantity Discount' is selected. - The 'Price Using' is selected. - The 'Input Using' is selected. - The From Quantities are entered. - The user enters either the Rate or Lot Price or Percent Discount. A Memo can also be entered. - Ok is successfully clicked. 13. The user navigates to the Terms tab. 14. The 'Payment Terms' and 'Incoterms' are defined. 15. The 'Special Instructions' are entered. 16. The Purchase Contract is Saved.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03014	Updating Purchase Contract Start & End Dates		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to the Purchase Contract. - Enter the Purchase Contract # into the Global Search bar. - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Purchase Contract > Lists. - Open the Purchase Contract from the Request for Quote (RFQ). 2. Click 'Edit' on the Purchase Contract. 3. Update/Enter the correct 'End Date' and 'Start Date' for the Purchase Contract. 4. Click 'Save' on the Purchase Contract.	1. The Purchase Contract is located. 2. The user clicked 'Edit' on the Purchase Contract. 3. End D (...)1. The Purchase Contract is located. 2. The user clicked 'Edit' on the Purchase Contract. 3. End Date and Start Date are updated. 4. The Purchase Contract is Saved.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03023	Vendor Views Transactions in Vendor Center		Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor Navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. Vendor enters Email and Password and Clicks the 'Log In' button login to the Vendor Center. 3. The Vendor Center will appear. 4. Click + Transactions. 5. Click the View Purchase Requests/Orders hyperlink. 6. In the Type filter, select the Transaction Types you would like to view: - All - Purchase Order - Requisition - Vendor Request for Quote 7. Based on the Type selected, click the data point that is a blue hyperlink to view the Transaction	1. Vendor successfully navigates to the URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. V (...)1. Vendor successfully navigates to the URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. Vendor enters Vendor Center. 4. Vendor successfully clicks +Transactions. 5. View Purchase Requests/Orders hyperlink clicked. 6. The user successfully clicks the Type. 7. The user identifies the correct transaction and clicks the blue hyperlink.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03024	Vendor Views Searches in Vendor Center		Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor Navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. Vendor enters Email and Password and Clicks the 'Log In' button login to the Vendor Center. 3. The Vendor Center will appear. 4. Click the Searches tab in the top left. 5. The list of Saved Searches will appear. - Item Demand Plan - On Time Delivery - Vendor Quality Scorecard - Historical Consumption - Nettable vs. Non-Nettable On-Hand Inventory 6. Vendor user selects desired Saved Searches to view.	1. Vendor successfully navigates to URL. 2. The Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. T (...)1. Vendor successfully navigates to URL. 2. The Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. The Vendor successfully logs into the Vendor Center. 4. The Searches tab is clicked. 5. The list of Saved Searches available appear. 6. User reviews saved searches.
Procurement - RFQ & PO Contract	TC-03015	Creating Purchase Order with Awarded Purchase Contract		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Order. 2. Select the correct 'Custom Form' for the type of Purchase Order being created. 3. Select the 'Vendor' this Purchase Order is for. 4. Select the correct 'Purchase Contract' for the Purchase Order. - If their are no Purchase Contracts available, the Purchase Contract has either Expired (today is after the End Date) or the Purchase Contract is not yet Active (today is not the Start Date or After the Start Date). 5. Validate the 'Subsidiary' and 'Date' in the Primary Information section. 6. If applicable, enter a 'Memo' for this Purchase Order. 7. In the Segmentation section, validate or change the 'Location' and 'Employee'. 8. Navigate to the Item tab. 9. Select the desired item(s)associated with the Purchase Contract. * Do this for each item on the Purchase Contract* 10. Update the 'Quantity' to validate the 'Rate' and 'Amount' are acknowledged based on the Pricing Tiers on the Purchase Contract. - Enter Quantities within Pricing Tiers. - Enter Quantities outside the Pricing Tiers. * Do this for each item on the Purchase Contract* 11. Enter all other required and applicable item data fields. 12. Navigate to the Billing tab to confirm or change the Billing To. 13. Navigate to the Shipping tab and select the Ship To. 14. Navigate to the Accounting tab to confirm or update the Terms. 15. Click 'Save'	1. User successfully navigates to a new Purchase Order. 2. The correct 'Custom Form' is selected fo (...)1. User successfully navigates to a new Purchase Order. 2. The correct 'Custom Form' is selected for the Purchase Order. 3. The 'Vendor' is correctly selected. 4. The 'Purchase Contract' is correctly selected. ***The Purchase Contract is active and within the Purchase Contract Start Date and End Date. 5. All fields in the Primary Information section are properly defined and populated. 6. A 'Memo' is entered if necessary. 7. All fields in the Segmentation section are properly defined and populated. 8. User navigates to Items tab. 9. The correct item(s) from the Purchase Contract are selected. 10. Quantities are updated according to the Purchase Contract to verify the Rate and Amount. 11. All other applicable item data fields are entered. 12. The User selects the correct Bill To address. 13. The User selects the correct Ship-To address. 14. The correct Terms are selected for the Purchase Order. 15. The Purchase Order is successfully Saved.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03016	Provide a Vendor with Access to the Vendor Center		Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced M (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Enter the Vendor Name into the Global Search bar that you are wanting to provide access to. 2. Click the Vendor in the dropdown list from the Global Search bar. 3. The Vendor record will appear and click 'Edit'. 4. Validate the 'Email' or enter an 'Email' that will be used by the Vendor to login. 5. Navigate to the Access tab. 6. Check 'Give Access'. 7. Check 'Send New Access Notification Email'. 8. Check 'Manually Assign or Change Password'. 9. Enter standardized password in 'Password' field. 10. Enter the same standardized password in the 'Confirm Password' field. 11. Check 'Require Password Change on Next Login'. 12. Navigate to the Roles subtab. 13. Select the appropriate Role based on the Vendor Type: - Kimray - Casting Vendor Center - Kimray - Contract Mfg. Vendor Center - Kimray - General Vendor Center - Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center - Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center 14. Click 'Save' on the Vendor record	1.The correct Vendor Name is typed into the Global Search bar. 2. The Vendor is displayed in the Gl (...)1.The correct Vendor Name is typed into the Global Search bar. 2. The Vendor is displayed in the Global Search bar dropdown list and is selected. 3. The User is able to click 'Edit'. 4. The 'Email' is either validated or entered. 5. The User successfully navigates to the Access tab. 6. The 'Give Access' checkbox is checked. 7. The 'Send New Email Access Notification Email' checkbox is checked. 8. The 'Manually Assign or Change Password' checkbox is checked. 9. The 'Password' is entered. 10. The 'Confirmed Password' password is entered and no errors display. 11. The 'Require Password Change on Next Login' checkbox is checked. 12. The User navigates to the Roles subtab. 13. The User is successfully able to select correct Role. 14. The Vendor record is Saved.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03017	Vendor Logs In to the Vendor Center		Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor receives New Access Notification Email with temporary Password. 2. Vendor goes to: https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 3.Enter the Vendor email in the 'Email' field. 4. Enter temporary password in 'Password' field. 5. Click 'Login'. 6. Your Password has Expired screen/page will appear. 7. In the 'Old Password' field, enter the temporary password. 8. In the 'New Password' field, enter the desired password in accordance to the criteria. 9. In the 'Confirm Password' field, enter the desired password again. 10. Click 'Submit'. 11. Upon logging into the Vendor Center, the Set Up Security Questions window will appear. 12. Select the 3 Questions and enter the 3 Answers. 13. Click 'Save'.	1. The Vendor receives the New Access Notification Email to the correct email address. 2. The Vendo (...)1. The Vendor receives the New Access Notification Email to the correct email address. 2. The Vendor goes to the correct URL to login. 3. Correct email is entered in the 'Email' field. 4. Correct temporary password is entered in the 'Password' field. 5. The 'Login' button is correctly clicked. 6. The Password has Expired page appears. 7. The temporary password was entered in the 'Old Password' field. 8. The new password has been entered in the 'New Password' field. 9. The new password is entered again in the 'Confirm Password' field. 10. The 'Submit' button is clicked. 12. The Set Up Security Questions window appears. 13. 3 Security Questions are selected and 3 Answers are entered. 14. Security Questions are Saved.
Planning	TC-07354M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07355	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated to next Distributor shipping date.
Planning	TC-07355M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07356	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07356M	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07357	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multipl (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03018	Vendor Submits Request for Quote Response		Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. The Vendor logs into the Vendor Center by entering the 'Email', 'Password', and clicking Log In. 3. Click the 'Transactions' category. 4. Click the 'View Purchase Requests/Orders' hyperlink. 5. The Purchase Orders page will appear. 6. In the 'Type' filter, select Vendor Request for Quote. 7. The Vendor Request for Quote page will appear. All RFQ's assigned to the Vendor will be listed. 8. Click 'View' on the RFQ/VRFQ that Pricing Tiers need to be entered. 9. Click 'Edit' on the VRFQ record. 10. Review the information in the Primary Information section and enter the 'Minimum Amount'. 11. Navigate to the Items section. 12. For each item, click the pencil icon and the Quantity/Pricing Tier window will appear. 13. Select the 'Input Using' value. 14. If Rate or Lot is the 'Input Using', enter the Rate for each of the From Quantity's. If the Percent is the 'Input Using', enter the Percent Discount for each of the From Quantities. 15. Click 'OK' once all Pricing Tiers are entered. 16. Do this for each item on the VRGF. 17. Enter all other applicable or required data fields per item. 18. In the Terms section, validate or update the 'Terms'. 19. Click 'Save'.	1. Vendor successfully navigates to the correct URL. 2. Vendor successfully logs into the Vendor Ce (...)1. Vendor successfully navigates to the correct URL. 2. Vendor successfully logs into the Vendor Center. 3. The Transactions category is clicked. 4. The View Purchase Requests/Orders hyperlink is clicked. 5. The Purchase Orders page appears. 6. Vendor Request for Quote is selected. 7. The Vendor Request for Quote page appears. 8. 'View' on the correct RFQ/VRFQ is clicked. 9. The VRFQ opens in Edit mode. 10. Primary Information data is reviewed and 'Minimum Amount' is entered. 11. Successfully navigated to the Items section. 12. Pencil Icon is clicked. 13. 'Input Using' value is selected. 14. The Rate or Percentage is entered with the desired Rate or Percentage for each of the From Quantities. 15. OK is clicked. 16. This is done for each item on the VRFQ. 17. All other line level data is entered as desired. 18. The correct Terms are selected. 19. VRFQ is successfully saved.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03019	Vendor Uploads File via the Vendor Center	Vendor Center File Uploads file folder Vendor: Able Crane and Lifting LLC E (...)Vendor Center File Uploads file folder Vendor: Able Crane and Lifting LLC Email: test@kimray.com Password: Welcome123!	Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor Navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. Vendor enters Email and Password and Clicks the 'Log In' button login to the Vendor Center. 3. The Vendor Center will appear. 4. Click on the + Upload File category and the Upload File hyperlink will appear. 5. Click on the Upload File hyperlink. 6. The Upload File page will appear. 7. To upload the file, click the Choose File button. 8. The computers File Explorer window will appear. 9. Navigate to the File that is desired to be uploaded and click Open. 10. Click Save. 11. Click the Home icon to be redirected back to the Home Page of the Vendor Center.	1. Vendor navigates to the correct URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. The Ve (...)1. Vendor navigates to the correct URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters login information. 3. The Vendor Center is opened. 4. Vendor is able to click the +Upload File category. 5. Successfully clicks the Upload File hyperlink. 6. The Upload File page will appear to the user. 7. User successfully clicks the Choose File button. 8. The users computer File Explorer will open. 9. The user is able to navigate their files and select the desired File. 10. Successfully Saved. 11. The Home Icon is clicked.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03020	Kimray Views Uploaded File by Vendor	Vendor Specific File Folder	Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced M (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Documents > Files > File Cabinet. 2. In the File Cabinet Search Bar, type the Vendors Name and click the Search button. 3. The Vendors folder will appear. 4. Click the hyperlink for the Vendor Folder. 5. All files uploaded by the Vendors will appear. 6. Click the File Name hyperlink to view the uploaded file. 7. Open or Download the file according to computer functions.	1. The user successfully navigates to the File Cabinet. 2. The Vendor Name name is entered and sear (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the File Cabinet. 2. The Vendor Name name is entered and searched for. 3. The Vendor specific folder appears. 4. The user successfully clicks the Vendor Name folder hyperlink. 5. All of the files appears. 6. The user successfully locates the correct File Name and clicks the hyperlink to view the file. 7. The file is opened.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03021	Kimray Uploads File for Vendor View in Vendor Center	Vendor Specific File Folder	Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced M (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Documents > Vendor Document Sharing > Vendor Document Sharing > New. 2. Enter a Name for the Vendor Document Share record. 3. Select the Vendor you would like to share the File with. 4. To add a file click the + icon. 5. The File window will appear. 6. Validate that Computer is selected in the Attach From field. 7. If desired, enter/populated a File Name. - When you enter a File Name, it will be the name of the File to the Customer. If you do NOT enter a File Name, the file will be named how it is saved on your computer. 8. In the Folder field, type Vendor Name and then click the Vendor Center Files : Vendor's Name result. 9. Click Choose File. 10. The computers File Explorer window will appear. 11. Navigate to the File that is desired to be uploaded and click Open. 12. Click Save. 13. Click Save on the Vendor Document Sharing record	1. The user successfully navigates to the Vendor Document Sharing record. 2. A Name is entered. 3. (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Vendor Document Sharing record. 2. A Name is entered. 3. The Vendor is properly selected. 4. The + icon is selected. 5. The File window correctly appears. 6. Computer is correctly defaulted in the field. 7. A File Name is successfully entered if applicable. 8. Vendor Center File : Vendor Name folder is selected. 9. The user clicks Choose File. 10. The users File Explorer window will appear based on computer. 11. The user locates the File to upload. 12. Save is clicked. 13. Save is clicked.
Procurement - Vendor Center	TC-03022	Vendor Views File Uploaded by Kimray in Vendor Center	Vendor Specific File Folder	Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; (...)Interface: Vendor Center Role(s): Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center; Kimray - Casting Vendor Center; Kimray - General Vendor Center; Kimray - OM Vendor Center; Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center 1. Vendor Navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. Vendor enters Email and Password and Clicks the 'Log In' button login to the Vendor Center. 3. The Vendor Center will appear. 4. Click the Searches tab in the top left. 5. Click the Kimray Documents & Files link. 6. All the Files provided by Kimray will appear. 7. Click the File hyperlink. 8. Open or Download file according to computer functions.	1. Correctly navigates to the URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters the Email and Password and Logs In (...)1. Correctly navigates to the URL. 2. Vendor successfully enters the Email and Password and Logs In. 3. Vendor Center appears. 4. The user locates and clicks the Searches tab. 5. The Kimray Documents & Files link is clicked. 6. All Files are listed. 7. The File hyperlink is clicked. 8. The File is Opened and/or Downloaded.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03028	Validating if Vendor is Single Line-Item or Multiple Line-Item Vendor		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Locate the Vendor record. - Global Search the Vendor Name. - Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors and then locate the Vendor. 2. On the Vendor record, navigate to the Ops Data tab. 3. View and interpret the Multi-Line-Item Transaction checkbox. - If checked, the Vendor supports multiple line items on Purchase Orders and other transactions. - If not checked, the Vendor will only accept Purchase Orders and other transactions with one line item.	1. The Vendor records is located. 2. The user navigates to the Ops Data tab. 3. The Multi-Line (...)1. The Vendor records is located. 2. The user navigates to the Ops Data tab. 3. The Multi-Line-Item Transaction checkbox field is validated.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03029	Validate Vendor's Vendor Center Role for Vendor Center Access		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. The user navigates to Vendors > Lists > Vendors and the locates the correct Vendor -OR- the user types the Vendors Name into the Global Search bar. 2. Once on the Vendor Record, navigate to the Access tab > Roles subtab. 3. Validate that the Give Access checkbox is TRUE. 4. Verify the Role assigned to the Vendor. - Kimray - Rubber Vendor Center - Kimray - Bar Stock Vendor Center - Kimray - OM Vendor Center - Kimray - General Vendor Center - Kimray - Casting Vendor Center 5. If the Role is incorrect, contact the Accounting Department to get the correct role assigned.	1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user navigates to the Access tab. 3. The user validates the (...)1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The user navigates to the Access tab. 3. The user validates the Vendor has access. 4. The user validates the Vendors role. 5. The user contacts the F&A team if the role is incorrect.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03030	Updating Item Costing Lot Size on the Item record.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Ma (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Locations sub-tab. 4. In the Locations table, scroll to the right and locate the Costing Lot Size column. 5. For each location, add or update the Costing Lot Size. 6. Once complete, click the 'Save' button.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Locations sub-tab. 4. The user locates the Costing Lot Size column. 5. The user adds or updates the Costing Lost Size for each location. 6. The user Saves the item record.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03031	Add a Supplier to the Tooling sub-tab on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; 1. Type the Item/Assem (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Tooling sub-tab. 4. Select a Vendor in the Supplier field. 5. Add values into all applicabale Tooling fields. 6. Once all information is added, click the 'Add' button. 7. Repeat steps 4 - 6 for each additional Supplier Tooling information. 8. Click the 'Save' button on the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Tooling sub-tab. 4. The user selects a Supplier. 5. The user adds values for all applicable fields. 6. The user clicks the 'Add' button. 7. The user repeats steps 4 - 6 to add additional Supplier Tooling information. 8. The user clicks the 'Save' button.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03032	Remove a Supplier to the Tooling sub-tab on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; 1. Type the Item/Assemb (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Tooling sub-tab. 4. Select a Vendor in the Supplier row that needs to be Removed. 5. Click the 'Remove' button. 6. Click the 'Save' button on the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Tooling sub-tab. 4. The user selects a Supplier. 5. The user clicks the 'Remove' button. 6. The user clicks the 'Save' button.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03033	Update the Item Ship-To Address by Locations on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. In the 'Item' field, select the item/assembly. 5. Select the 'Location' for the Item and Address. 6. Type the Physical Address in the 'Ship-To Address' field. 7. Check the 'Primary' checkbox if the address is the primary Ship-To address for the item and location combination. 8. Click the 'Add' button. 9. Click the 'Save' button on the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. The user selects the item/assembly. 5. The user selects the Location. 6. The user types the physicall address. 7. The Primary checkbox is checked if applicable. 8. The 'Add' button is clicked. 9. The 'Save' button is clicked.
Planning Maestro	TC-05106	KMRY 74 Adjust model based on known future supply request dates (blanket or (...)KMRY 74 Adjust model based on known future supply request dates (blanket order for future)		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05107	KMRY 79 Notified and flag when demand exceeds defined thresholds		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05108	KMRY 8 Item Bias		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05109	KMRY 82 Save all versions of simulations		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05110	KMRY 83 Review and make edits		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05111	KMRY 85 Send out material constraints		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05112	KMRY 87 Upload forecast in an end item and component		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05113	KMRY 9 Lag Analysis		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03034	Remove the Item Ship-To Address by Locations on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. Locate the Item/Assembly, Location, and Ship-To Address row you would like to Remove. 8. Click the 'Remove' button. 9. Click the 'Save' button on the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. The user identifies the row to remove. 8. The 'Remove' button is clicked. 9. The 'Save' button is clicked.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03035	Update the Primary Item Ship-To Address by Locations on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. Locate the Item/Assembly, Location, and Ship-To Address row you would like to make the Primary. 5. Check the 'Primary' checkbox. 6. Click the 'OK' button. 7. Locate the Item/Assembly, Location, and Ship-To Address row that is NOT LONGER the Primary. 8. Uncheck the 'Primary' checkbox. 9. Click the 'OK' button. 10. Click the 'Save' button to save the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Item Ship-To Address by Location sub-tab. 4. The user identifies the row to make the Primary. 5. The user checks the 'Primary' checkbox. 6. The user clicks the 'OK' button. 7. The user identifies the row that is NO LONGER the Primary. 8. The user unchecks the 'Primary' checkbox. 9. The user clicks the 'OK' button. 10. The user clicks the 'Save' button.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03036	Add a Vendor to the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Vendors sub-tab. 4. Select a vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 5. Enter the following information if applicable.: - Vendor Code (Vendors Name for the Item/Assembly) - Subsidiary = Kimray, Inc. - Purchase Price - Preferred 6. Click the 'Add' button. 7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each additional Vendor. 8. Click the 'Save' button.	1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the Vend (...)1. The user locates the Vendor. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the Vendors sub-tab. 4. The Vendor is selected in the 'Vendor' field. 5. The additional information is added. 6. The 'Add' button is clicked. 7. Steps 4 and 5 are repeated if needed. 8. The 'Save' button is clicked to save the item record.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03037	Remove a Vendor to the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Vendors sub-tab. 4. Locate the Vendor to Remove. 8. Click the 'Remove' button. 9. Click the 'Save' button on the item record.	1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. (...)1. The user types the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar and locates the Item/Assembly. 2. The user successfuly clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Vendor sub-tab. 4. The user identifies the row to remove. 8. The 'Remove' button is clicked. 9. The 'Save' button is clicked.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03038	Updating Preferred Vendor and Purchase Price on the Item record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab > Vendors sub-tab. 4. Locate the Vendor to update. 5. Update the following: - Purchase Price - Preferred Vendor. 6. Click the 'OK' button. 7. Click the 'Save' button. 8. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab. 9. Observe that the Purchase Price has updated based on the Preferred Vendor.	1. The user locates the item/assembly record. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigat (...)1. The user locates the item/assembly record. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the Vendors sub-tab. 4. The Vendor being updates is located. 5. The Purchase Price and/or Preferred Vendor fiels are updated. 6. The 'OK' button is clicked. 7. The 'Save' button is clicked. 8. The user navigates to the Supply Mgmt tab. 9. The Purchase Price has successfully updated.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03039	Add or Update Item Record Information		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the Item/Assembly Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Item/Assembly Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: 6572RF" 2. Once on the item record, click the 'Edit' button. 3. Navigate to the RF-Smart sub-tab and add/update the following fields: - Setting PO Receipt Tolerance - Setting Receive to LP 4. Validate the following fields under the Supply Mgmt tab.: - Vendor Part # - Mfg Part # - VMI Part identification 5. Click 'Save'.	1. Locate the Vendor record. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the RF- (...)1. Locate the Vendor record. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the RF-Smart tab and populates the fields. 4. The additional fields are populated under Supply Mgmt tab. 5. The 'Save' button is clicked.
Planning	TC-07359M	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07360	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multipl (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03040	Adding OM Vendor to Service for Purchase Item Record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedule (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service for Purchase Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Service for Purchase Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: MACH6572RF" 2. Click the 'Edit' button 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt > OM Vendors. 4. On the next available OM Vendor row, add the following: - OM Vendor - Setup Time (Min) - Preferred OM Vendor - OM Manufacturing Routing - OM Operation - Purchase Price 5. Click the 'Add' button on the OM Vendor row. 6. Click 'Save' on the Service for Purchase item record.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. 3. The user navigates to the OM Vendors sub-tab. 4. The user adds an OM Vendor row. 5. The user clicks Add. 6. The user clicks Save.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03041	Update Setup Time (Min) for OM Vendor on Service for Purchase Item Record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service f (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service for Purchase Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Service for Purchase Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: MACH6572RF" 2. Click the 'Edit' button 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt > OM Vendors. 4. For the OM Vendor that needs to have the Setup Time (Min) updated, click the row. 5. Update the Setup Time (Min). 6. Click 'OK' on the row. 7. Click 'Save' on the Service for Purchase item.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. 3. The user navigates to the OM Vendors sub-tab. 4. The user clicks on the correct OM Vendor row. 5. The user updates the Setup Time (Min). 6. The user clicks OK. 7. The user saves the Service for Purchase item.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-03042	Update Purchase Price for OM Vendor on Service for Purchase Item Record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service f (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service for Purchase Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Service for Purchase Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: MACH6572RF" 2. Click the 'Edit' button 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt > OM Vendors. 4. For the OM Vendor that needs to have the Purchase Price updated, click the row. 5. Update the Purchase Price. 6. Click 'OK' on the row. 7. Click 'Save' on the Service for Purchase item.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. 3. The user navigates to the OM Vendors sub-tab. 4. The user clicks on the correct OM Vendor row. 5. The user updates the Purchase Price. 6. The user clicks OK. 7. The user saves the Service for Purchase item.
Procurement - Approval Process	TC-03043	Purchase Requisition Approval Workflow	Purchase Requisition created. Role(s):	1. Requisitioner uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Requisition number. 2. R (...)1. Requisitioner uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Requisition number. 2. Requisitioner hovers over the results and clicks on Edit. 3. Requisitioner reviews the Purchase Requisition and clicks on Save. 4. Requisitioner clicks on the Submit for Approval button. 5. The workflow redirects the buyer as the Next Approver depending on what Purchase Requisition Type is selected. 6. As a buyer, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 7. Search for Purchase Requisition to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 8. Click Save. 9. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 10. Click on Purchase Requisition to Approve. 11. The buyer edits the Purchase Requisition and edits the estimated amount if incorrect. 12. The buyer clicks on the Submit for Approval button. 13. If the total estimated amount on the purchase requisition is less than or equal to the Buyer limit, the workflow redirects the purchase requisition as approved. Otherwise, the workflow redirects the requisitioner's supervisor as the Next Approver. Depending on the total estimated amount, the workflow redirects the role with the highest authority as the Next Approver Role. If the total estimated amount on the purchase requisition is less than or equal to the Supervisor limit, the workflow shows the Approve button to prompt the supervisor to click the approve button. Otherwise, the supervisor edits the purchase requisition and fills out the Select Next Approver, which is filtered by the Next Approver Role. The supervisor saves the record and the approve button appears if the Select Next Approver is filled out. 14. As a supervisor, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 15. Search for Purchase Requisition to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 16. Click Save. 17. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 18. Click on Purchase Requisition to Approve. 19. The supervisor clicks on View. 20. The supervisor clicks the Approve button. 21. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 22. Search for Purchase Requisition to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 23. Click Save. 24. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 25. Click on Purchase Requisition to Approve. 26. The Next Approver clicks on View. 27. The Next Approver clicks the Approve button.	The Purchase Requisition is approved and a purchase order can be created.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04001	Process and pass an in-process inspection.	A work order completion record is created for an in-process item that match (...)A work order completion record is created for an in-process item that matches the criteria of the Control Plan created in TC-04005. Role: Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click on Table (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. Go back to NetSuite. Navigate to QM Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the AM Tablet. 3. On the AM Tablet, find the Work Order for the item being inspected. Click on the sequence in which the Quality Inspection is being performed at a Quality work center. (NOTE: Make sure under AM Tablet settings, Real Time is selected as the Data Entry Mode.) 4. Click Start if the sequence hasn't started already. 5. Switch over to the QMS Tablet and click on the line for the item to be inspected. 6. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass all data fields. 7. Set the Defect Count to 0. 8. Click Record. 9. Click Finish Inspection. 10. Switch back to the AM Tablet and click Enter Production. 11. Enter the quantity to complete the sequence. 12. Click Stop.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Planning Maestro	TC-05043	KMRY 164 Change firm order status		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05044	KMRY 166 Compare and score changes to firm orders		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05045	KMRY 167 Collaborate to action supply order exceptions ? Firm orders		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05046	KMRY 169 Review forecast consumption behavior		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05047	KMRY 170 Review demand order details		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Procurement - Approval Process	TC-03044	Purchase Order Approval Workflow - Approve	Purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type wit (...)Purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type with: PO Total Amount <= Buyer Limit Buyer Limit < PO Total Amount <= Supervisor Limit Supervisor Limit < PO Total Amount <= Manager Limit Manager Limit < PO Total Amount <= VP Limit VP Limit < PO Total Amount <= Officer Limit Officer Limit < PO Total Amount <= CEO Limit Dollar amount approval logic flows to the expected role.	Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Order numbe (...)Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Order number. 2. Buyer hovers over the results and clicks on Edit. 3. Buyer reviews the existing purchase order, saves the purchase order, and click on "Submit For Approval". 4. If the Purchase Order's total amount is less than or equal to the Buyer Limit, the purchase order goes straight to approved. Otherwise, the workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a purchase order is pending approval. 5. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart. 6. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 7. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 8. Search for Purchase Orders to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 9. Click Save. 10. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 11. Click on Purchase Orders to Approve. 12. The Next Approver clicks on View. 13. The Next Approver clicks the Approve button.	The purchase order is in an approved state and can be received.
Procurement - Approval Process	TC-03045	Blanket Purchase Order Approval Workflow - Approve	Blanket purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO (...)Blanket purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type with: BPO Total Amount <= Buyer Limit Buyer Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Supervisor Limit Supervisor Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Manager Limit Manager Limit < BPO Total Amount <= VP Limit VP Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Officer Limit Officer Limit < BPO Total Amount <= CEO Limit Dollar amount approval logic flows to the expected role.	Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Blanket Purchase Ord (...)Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Blanket Purchase Order number. 2. Buyer hovers over the results and clicks on Edit. 3. Buyer reviews the existing blanket purchase order, saves the blanket purchase order, and click on "Submit For Approval". 4. If the Blanket Purchase Order's total amount is less than or equal to the Buyer Limit, the purchase order goes straight to approved. Otherwise, the workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Blanket Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a purchase order is pending approval. 5. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart. 6. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 7. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 8. Search for Blanket Purchase Order to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 9. Click Save. 10. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 11. Click on Blanket Purchase Order to Approve. 12. The Next Approver clicks on View. 13. The Next Approver clicks the Approve button.	The blanket purchase order is in an approved state and can be received.
Procurement - Approval Process	TC-03046	Purchase Order Approval Workflow - Reject & Re-submit for Approval	Purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type wit (...)Purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type with: Buyer Limit < PO Total Amount <= Supervisor Limit Supervisor Limit < PO Total Amount <= Manager Limit Manager Limit < PO Total Amount <= VP Limit VP Limit < PO Total Amount <= Officer Limit Officer Limit < PO Total Amount <= CEO Limit Dollar amount approval logic flows to the expected role.	Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Order numbe (...)Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Purchase Order number. 2. Buyer hovers over the results and clicks on Edit. 3. Buyer reviews the existing purchase order, saves the purchase order, and click on "Submit For Approval". 4. If the Purchase Order's total amount is less than or equal to the Buyer Limit, the purchase order goes straight to approved. Otherwise, the workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a purchase order is pending approval. 5. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart. 6. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 7. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 8. Search for Purchase Orders to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 9. Click Save. 10. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 11. Click on Purchase Orders to Approve. 12. The Next Approver clicks on View. 13. The Next Approver navigates to the Communication subtab > User Notes sublist. 14. The Next Approver clicks "New Note". 15. Fill out the Memo field. 16. Save the User Note record. 17. The Next Approver rejects the Purchase Order. 18. The purchase order is now in a rejected state. The buyer navigates back to the purchase order and reviews the User Notes under the Communication subtab > User Notes sublist. 19. The buyer edits the purchase order and saves the purchase order. 20. The buyer clicks on the "Resubmit for Approval" button. 21. The workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a purchase order is pending approval. 22. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart above. 23. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 24. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 25. Search for Purchase Orders to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 26. Click Save. 27. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 28. Click on Purchase Orders to Approve. 29. The Next Approver clicks on View. 30. The Next Approver clicks the Approve button.	The purchase order is in an approved state and can be received.
Store Ops	TC-07363	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07335		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07363M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07335	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07364	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07342		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Procurement - Approval Process	TC-03047	Blanket Purchase Order Approval Workflow - Reject & Re-submit for Approval	Blanket purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO (...)Blanket purchase orders are created manually or through Maestro for any PO Type with: Buyer Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Supervisor Limit Supervisor Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Manager Limit Manager Limit < BPO Total Amount <= VP Limit VP Limit < BPO Total Amount <= Officer Limit Officer Limit < BPO Total Amount <= CEO Limit Dollar amount approval logic flows to the expected role.	Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Blanket Purchase Ord (...)Approving a workflow: 1. Buyer uses the Global Search at the top and enters the Blanket Purchase Order number. 2. Buyer hovers over the results and clicks on Edit. 3. Buyer reviews the existing blanket purchase order, saves the blanket purchase order, and click on "Submit For Approval". 4. If the Purchase Order's total amount is less than or equal to the Buyer Limit, the blanket purchase order goes straight to approved. Otherwise, the workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Blanket Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a blanket purchase order is pending approval. 5. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart. 6. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 7. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 8. Search for Blanket Purchase Orders to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 9. Click Save. 10. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 11. Click on Blanket Purchase Orders to Approve. 12. The Next Approver clicks on View. 13. The Next Approver navigates to the Communication subtab > User Notes sublist. 14. The Next Approver clicks "New Note". 15. Fill out the Memo field. 16. Save the User Note record. 17. The Next Approver rejects the Blanket Purchase Order. 18. The blanket purchase order is now in a rejected state. The buyer navigates back to the blanket purchase order and reviews the User Notes under the Communication subtab > User Notes sublist. 19. The buyer edits the blanket purchase order and saves the purchase order. 20. The buyer clicks on the "Resubmit for Approval" button. 21. The workflow routes straight to the approver with the highest authority based on the Purchase Order's total amount and assigns the Next Approver. The workflow emails everyone from the Buyer's Supervisor to the approver with the highest authority, alerting them that a blanket purchase order is pending approval. 22. Validate the Next Approver and the Next Approver role and make sure it is the correct approver based on the DOA chart above. 23. Validate the email is sent to the correct users under the Communication subtab. 24. As whoever the next approver is, on the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 25. Search for Blanket Purchase Orders to Approve on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 26. Click Save. 27. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 28. Click on Blanket Purchase Orders to Approve. 29. The Next Approver clicks on View. 30. The Next Approver clicks the Approve button.	The blanket purchase order is in an approved state and can be received.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04000	Create Quality Control Plan for incoming inspection item.	An incoming inspection item with no control plan is required. A cost roll n (...)An incoming inspection item with no control plan is required. A cost roll needs to be performed if the incoming inspection item is new. Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer. 1. Navigate to Quality Management > Setup > Inspections > New. (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer. 1. Navigate to Quality Management > Setup > Inspections > New. 2. Populate the Name, Description, Type, Inspection Method. 3. Select Simple Sampling for the Sampling Requirement field, and fill out the Sampling Rate and Allowable Failures. Fill out the Specification Revision. 4. Mark Collect Sample Data as TRUE. 5. Save the Quality Inspection record. 6. On the Quality Inspection record that was created, under the Data Field subtab, click on New Inspection Data Field button. The button redirects to Inspection Data Field record in edit mode. 7. Hover over the Data Field Name field input box and click on the plus sign. This button opens up a pop-up for the Quality Inspection Fields List record. 8. Populate the Name, Data Type, and Inspection Tool. 9. Mark Mandatory as TRUE. 10. Save the Quality Inspection Fields List. This populates Data Field Name, Data Type, and Inspection Tools on the Inspection Data Field record. 11. Fill out the Sequence and Instruction. 12. Save the Inspection Data Field record. Repeat steps 6 - 12 for the number of inspection data fields needed. 13. On the Quality Inspection record that was created in step 5, under the Inspection Standards subtab, click on New Inspection Standard button. The button redirects to Inspection Standard record in edit mode. 14. Hover over the Standard Field field input box and click on the plus sign. The button opens up a pop-up for the Quality Standard Fields List record. 15. Fill out the Name and Data Type. Use the same Data Type as step 8. 16. Save the Quality Standard Fields List. Saving the record populates the Standard Field and Data Type on the Inspection Standard record. 17. Fill out the Default Value. This value represents what is needed to pass the Inspection Data Field. If Decimal, value needs to include a 0 in front of the decimal. 18. Save the Inspection Standard record. Repeat steps 13 - 18 for the remaining number of inspection data fields created in step 12. 19. On the Quality Inspection record that was created in step 5, under the Pass Fail Criteria subtab, click on New Inspection Pass Rule button. The button redirects to Inspection Pass Rule record in edit mode. 20. Fill out the Sequence and Name. Make sure the Sequence matches the sequence in step 11. 21. Set the Rule Type to Standard. 22. Select the Inspection Field created in step 12. 23. Select the associated Standard Field created in step 18. 24. Set the Criteria. 25. Save the Inspection Pass Rule. Repeat step 19 - 25 for the remaining number of inspection data fields created in step 12. Name and Sequence must be unique between each Pass Rule record. 26. Navigate to Quality Management > Setup > Specifications. 27. Click on New Specification. 28. Populate the Specification Name and Specification Description. 29. Click Save. 30. Under the Inspections subtab, click Add Inspection. 31. Populate the Sequence as 10 and select the Inspection created in steps 1 - 25 under Inspection field. 32. Click Save. Confirm the Data Fields and Rules subtab. 33. Click Go Back. 34. Under the Conformance Rules subtab, click Add Conformance Rule. 35. Populate the Conformance Rule Name. 36. Set Sequence to 10. Set Action to Quarantine v2. 37. Save the record. 38. Using the Global Search bar, type "Page: Quality Specification Context" and click on New Quality Specification Context. 39. Select an incoming inspection item under Item field. Select the location. 40. Select Item Receipt for the Transaction Type. 41. Select the Specification created in steps 26 - 37 under Specification field. 42. Mark Apply to Default as TRUE. 43. Save the record.	Quality control plan is created for an incoming inspection item and can be triggered through an item (...)Quality control plan is created for an incoming inspection item and can be triggered through an item receipt. Quality Inspection is created and can be looked up. Quality Specification is created and can be looked up.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04002	Process and pass an incoming inspection.	An item receipt record is created with an incoming item that matches the cr (...)An item receipt record is created with an incoming item that matches the criteria of the Control Plan created in TC-04000. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click on Table (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line for the item being inspected. 3. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass all data fields. 4. Set the Defect Count to 0. 5. Click Record. 6. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04003	Create ad-hoc inspection.	Any Pending Inspection item in QHOLD bin with a Quality Specification creat (...)Any Pending Inspection item in QHOLD bin with a Quality Specification created. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > On Demand Inspection > Ad Hoc. 2. On the Ad (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > On Demand Inspection > Ad Hoc. 2. On the Ad Hoc Queue Creation Request record, select Without Transaction Reference for the Queue Creation Option. 3. Select the item that requires an Ad Hoc inspection. 4. Select the specification. 5. Select QHOLD as the bin. 6. Set the Location as OKC MFG. 7. Select Pending Inspection as the Inventory Status. 8. Enter the quantity of the items being inspected. 9. Save the record.	An inspection appears in the Inspection Queue on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04004	Process and pass ad-hoc inspection.	An Ad-Hoc Queue Creation Request record is created. Role(s): Kimray - Qu (...)An Ad-Hoc Queue Creation Request record is created. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line for the item being inspected. 3. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass all data fields. 4. Set the Defect Count to 0. 5. Click Record. 6. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04005	Create a quality control plan for an in-process inspection item.	An in-process inspection item is required. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Eng (...)An in-process inspection item is required. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. Navigate to Quality Management >Setup > Inspections > New. 2. (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. Navigate to Quality Management >Setup > Inspections > New. 2. Populate the Name, Description, Type, Inspection Method. 3. Select Simple Sampling for Sampling Requirement and fill out the Sampling Rate and Allowable Failures. Fill out the Specification Revision. 4. Mark Collect Sample Data as TRUE. 5. Save the Quality Inspection record. 6. On the Quality Inspection record that was created, under the Data Field subtab, click on New Inspection Data Field button. The button redirects to Inspection Data Field record in edit mode. 7. Hover over the Data Field Name field input box and click on the plus sign. This button opens up a pop-up for the Quality Inspection Fields List record. 8. Populate the Name, Data Type, and Inspection Tool. 9. Mark Mandatory as TRUE. 10. Save the Quality Inspection Fields List. This populates Data Field Name, Data Type, and Inspection Tools on the Inspection Data Field record. 11. Fill out the Sequence and Instruction. 12. Save the Inspection Data Field record. Repeat steps 6 - 12 for the number of inspection data fields needed. 13. On the Quality Inspection record that was created in step 5, under the Inspection Standards subtab, click on New Inspection Standard button. The button redirects to Inspection Standard record in edit mode. 14. Hover over the Standard Field field input box and click on the plus sign. The button opens up a pop-up for the Quality Standard Fields List record. 15. Fill out the Name and Data Type. Use the same Data Type as step 8. 16. Save the Quality Standard Fields List. Saving the record populates the Standard Field and Data Type on the Inspection Standard record. 17. Fill out the Default Value. This value represents what is needed to pass the Inspection Data Field. If Decimal, value needs to include a 0 in front of the decimal. 18. Save the Inspection Standard record. Repeat steps 13 - 18 for the remaining number of inspection data fields created in step 12. 19. On the Quality Inspection record that was created in step 5, under the Pass Fail Criteria subtab, click on New Inspection Pass Rule button. The button redirects to Inspection Pass Rule record in edit mode. 20. Fill out the Sequence and Name. Make sure the Sequence matches the sequence in step 11. 21. Set the Rule Type to Standard. 22. Select the Inspection Field created in step 12. 23. Select the associated Standard Field created in step 18. 24. Set the Criteria. 25. Save the Inspection Pass Rule. Repeat step 19 - 25 for the remaining number of inspection data fields created in step 12. Name and Sequence must be unique between each Pass Rule record. 26. Navigate to Quality Management > Setup > Specifications. 27. Click on New Specification. 28. Populate the Specification Name and Specification Description. 29. Click Save. 30. Under the Inspections subtab, click Add Inspection. 31. Populate the Sequence as 10 and select the Inspection created in steps 1 - 25 under Inspection field. 32. Click Save. Confirm the Data Fields and Rules subtab. 33. Click Go Back. 34. Under the Conformance Rules subtab, click Add Conformance Rule. 35. Populate the Conformance Rule Name. 36. Set Sequence to 10. Set Action to Quarantine v2. 37. Save the record. 38. Using the Global Search bar, type "Page: Quality Specification Context" and click on New Quality Specification Context. 39. Select an incoming inspection item under Item field. Select the location. 40. Select Work Order Completion for the Transaction Type. 41. Select the Specification created in steps 26 - 37 under Specification field. 42. Select the Work Center that comes previous to the Quality Work Center routing step. 43. Repeat steps 28 - 42 for additional quality checks at Quality Work Centers. 44. Save the record.	Quality control plan is created for an in-process inspection item and can be triggered through a wor (...)Quality control plan is created for an in-process inspection item and can be triggered through a work order completion record for the process step before the quality work center.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04006	Validate inspection is created for released work order that requires 1st ar (...)Validate inspection is created for released work order that requires 1st article inspection	A released work order that requires 1st Article Inspection. Role(s): Kim (...)A released work order that requires 1st Article Inspection. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet an (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, check for the line of the item being inspected. Confirm that the priority is set to 0-Urgent for the item.	1st Article inspection appears in the Quality Queue on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04007	Validate inspection is not created for planned work order that requires 1st (...)Validate inspection is not created for planned work order that requires 1st article inspection	An item with 1st Article inspection (specification context type is Assembly (...)An item with 1st Article inspection (specification context type is Assembly / Work Order Build) on a work order in a planned status. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet an (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, check for any line with the associated item and transactions being inspected. Confirm that the line is not there.	No inspections appear in the Quality Queue on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04008	Validate inspection is not created for planned work order that does not req (...)Validate inspection is not created for planned work order that does not require 1st article inspection	An item with no 1st Article inspection on a work order in a planned status. (...)An item with no 1st Article inspection on a work order in a planned status. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet an (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, check for any line with the associated item and transactions being inspected. Confirm that the line is not there.	No inspections appear in the Quality Queue on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04009	Validate inspection is not created for released work order that does not re (...)Validate inspection is not created for released work order that does not require 1st article inspection	A work order that does not require 1st Article Inspection in a released sta (...)A work order that does not require 1st Article Inspection in a released status. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet an (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, check for any line with the associated item and transactions being inspected. Confirm that the line is not there.	No inspections appear in the Quality Queue on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04010	Completion of 1st article inspection		Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 2. In the AM Tablet, select the Work Order operation sequence that the 1st article inspection is being performed. 3. Click on Start. 4. Click on Machine - Setup. 6. Go back to NetSuite and navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 7. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line that has a priority of 0-Urgent for the item being inspected. 8. Enter the number for Samples Inspected and click on the table icon to the right. 9. Enter the appropriate data into the table to pass the Inspection. 10. Enter a Defect Count of 0. 11. Click Record. 12. Click Finish Inspection. 13. Switch back to the AM Tablet. 14. Click on Machine - Setup. 15. Click on Enter Production. 16. Enter a quantity of 1.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
F&A	TC-12044	Validate GL activity for inventory adjustments			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12047	Trial Balance			To ensure proper cutoff and valuation of inventory and cost of goods sold for month end reporting
Quality Mgmt	TC-04011	Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires inspectio (...)Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires inspection every 12 part with remaining quantity greater than 12	A work order with an item that requires 12th Part inspection. The work orde (...)A work order with an item that requires 12th Part inspection. The work order must have a remaining quantity greater than or equal to 12. The work order must be released. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Ri (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 2. In the AM Tablet, select the Work Order operation sequence that the 12th part inspection is being performed. 3. Click on Start if the operation is not started already. 4. Make sure that the remaining quantity left over is 12 or greater. If quantity left over is less than 12, perform test case TC-04012 instead. 5. Go back to NetSuite and navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 6. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line that has a priority of 1-Standard for the item being inspected. 7. Enter the number for Samples Inspected and click on the table icon to the right. 8. Enter the appropriate data into the table to pass the Inspection. 9. Enter a Defect Count of 0. 10. Click Record. 11. Click Finish Inspection. Confirm another 12th Part Inspection with a priority of 1-Standard is generated on the QMS Tablet.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction. Another 12th Part Inspection with a priority of 1-Standard is generated on the QMS Tablet.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04012	Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires inspectio (...)Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires inspection every hour with remaining quantity less than 12	A work order with an item that requires 12th Part inspection. The work orde (...)A work order with an item that requires 12th Part inspection. The work order must have a remaining quantity less than 12. The work order must be released. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Ri (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 2. In the AM Tablet, select the Work Order operation sequence that the 12th part inspection is being performed. 3. Click on Start. 4. Make sure that the remaining quantity left over less than 12. If quantity remaining is greater than 12, click on Enter Production and enter a quantity to make the remaining quantity less than 12 but greater than 0. 5. Go back to NetSuite and navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 6. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line that has a priority of 1-Standard for the item being inspected. 7. Enter the number for Samples Inspected and click on the table icon to the right. 8. Enter the appropriate data into the table to pass the Inspection. 9. Enter a Defect Count of 0. 10. Click Record. 11. Click Finish Inspection. Check that no new 12th Part Inspection is populated in the QMS Tablet.	There should not be a new 12 Part inspection in the quality specification queue.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04013	Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires 100% insp (...)Completion of in line quality inspection for a part that requires 100% inspection	A work order with an item that requires 100% inspection. The work order mus (...)A work order with an item that requires 100% inspection. The work order must be released. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator. 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > R (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator. 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 2. In the AM Tablet, select the Work Order operation sequence that the 100% inspection is being performed. 3. Click on Start. 4. Click on Enter Production. 5. Enter a quantity to complete the operation sequence. 6. Go back to NetSuite and navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 7. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line that has a priority of 1-Standard for the item being inspected. 8. Enter the number for Samples Inspected and click on the table icon to the right. 9. Enter the appropriate data into the table to pass the Inspection. 10. Enter a Defect Count of 0. 11. Click Record. 12. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04014	Cancelling inspection record	Trigger an ad-hoc inspection (TC-1471). Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engine (...)Trigger an ad-hoc inspection (TC-1471). Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. Navigate to Quality Management > Reports > Quality Inspection (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. Navigate to Quality Management > Reports > Quality Inspection Queue Unassigned. 2. Make sure the In-Line Edit button is checked. 3. Navigate to the Inspection that needs to be canceled. 4. Click on the Status field. 5. Select Cancelled.	Inspection record status is changed to 'Cancelled' and can no longer be seen in the Quality Inspecti (...)Inspection record status is changed to 'Cancelled' and can no longer be seen in the Quality Inspection Queue.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04015	Process and fail in-process inspection	A work order completion record is created for an in-process item that match (...)A work order completion record is created for an in-process item that matches the criteria of the Control Plan created in TC-04005. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. Go back to NetSuite. Navigate to QM Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the AM Tablet. 3. On the AM Tablet, find the Work Order for the item being inspected. Click on the sequence in which the Quality Inspection is being performed. (NOTE: Make sure under AM Tablet settings, Real Time is selected as the Data Entry Mode.) 4. Click Start. 5. Switch over to the QMS Tablet and click on the line for the item being inspected. 6. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass some data fields and fail some data fields. 7. Set the Defect Count to how many items failed. 8. Click Record. 9. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04016	Process and fail incoming inspection	An item receipt record is created with an incoming item that matches the cr (...)An item receipt record is created with an incoming item that matches the criteria of the Control Plan created in TC-04000. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line for the item being inspected. 3. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass some data fields and fail some data fields. 4. Set the Defect Count to how many items failed. 5. Click Record. 6. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04017	Process and fail ad-hoc inspection.	Trigger an ad-hoc inspection. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Navigate to Quality > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. On the QMS Tablet, click on the line for the item being inspected. 3. Select the Samples Inspected and click on the Table icon on the right and fill out the data fields appropriately to pass some data fields and fail some data fields. 4. Set the Defect Count to how many items failed. 5. Click Record. 6. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04018	Prepare Items for Quality related tasks upon Item Receipt through RF-Smart	Item Record exists in Netsuite	1. Navigate to Item record by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify the item record to be updated (...)1. Navigate to Item record by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify the item record to be updated 3. Click 'Edit' on the left hand side to open the Item Record. 4. Navigate to the 'RF Smart' subtab. 5. Identify the 'MTR Required' and 'Inspection Required' checkboxes 6. Check the boxes the apply. 7. Click 'Save'	The item(s) is now setup for inspection and/or MTR activities upon receipt through RF-Smart
Quality Mgmt	TC-04019	Perform and fail an in-line inspection.	Work Order Must Exist Quality Inspection Record Must Exist in the inspecti (...)Work Order Must Exist Quality Inspection Record Must Exist in the inspection queue. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator	Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click o (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator 1. Navigate to Quality Management > QMS Tablet > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the QMS Tablet. 2. Go back to NetSuite. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. This opens the AM Tablet. 3. On the AM Tablet, find the Work Order for the item being inspected. Click on the sequence in which the Quality Inspection is being performed. (NOTE: Make sure under AM Tablet settings, Real Time is selected as the Data Entry Mode.) 4. Click Start if the sequence has not started already. 5. Switch over to the QMS Tablet, and click on the line for the item being inspected. 6. Select the Samples Inspected, and click on the Table icon on the right and, fill out the data fields appropriately to pass some data fields and fail some data fields. 7. Set the Defect Count to how many items failed. 8. Click Record. 9. Click Finish Inspection.	Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Q (...)Quality inspection results are recorded. 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results" and click on the first result. 2. Confirm that the Quality Inspection was recorded for the correct item and transaction.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04020	Create NCR for failed incoming inspection from PO item receipt	Creation of an item receipt with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): (...)Creation of an item receipt with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspecti (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results," and click on the first result. 2. Click on the Inventory Transaction of the failed inspection that needs a NCR. 3. Under the Inspection subtab, click on New Non-Conformance Report button. 4. Enter the following information: Item - select the item from the item receipt Quantity Affected - enter the quantity received Affected Team Responsible Party = Supplier Quality Defect Type Sample Size Print Specification NS QMS Specification Initial Findings Originating Location Originating Work Center Originating Bin Originating Vendor WC NC Type Holding Bin 5. Click on Save.	Non-Conformance Report record is saved and can be found under the item receipt.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04021	Disposition NCR from Incoming Inspection as Return to Vendor	Non-conformance created from an item receipt with a failed inspection recor (...)Non-conformance created from an item receipt with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on th (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality. 6. Click View on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Under the Root Cause Analysis subtab, Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Under the Disposition / CAI subtab, Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Return to Vendor Return to Vendor Reason Code 9. Click on Save.	Non-Conformance Report record is saved and Return to Vendor disposition is recorded.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04022	Create NCR for failed partial incoming inspection	Creation of an item receipt with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): (...)Creation of an item receipt with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspecti (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results," and click on the first result. 2. Click on the Item Receipt of the failed inspection that needs a NCR. 3. Under the Inspection subtab, click on New Non-Conformance Report button. 4. Enter the following information: Item - select the item from the item receipt Quantity Affected - enter the quantity received Affected Team Responsible Party = Supplier Quality Defect Type Sample Size Print Specification NS QMS Specification Initial Findings Originating Location Originating Work Center Originating Bin Originating Vendor WC NC Type Holding Bin 5. Click on Save.	Non-Conformance Report record is saved and can be found under the item receipt.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04024	Create NCR for failed In Process / In Line inspection	Creation of an work order with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Ki (...)Creation of an work order with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspec (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. Using the Global Search Bar, type "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results," and click on the first result. 2. Click on the Work Order of the failed inspection that needs a NCR. 3. Under the Inspection subtab, click on New Non-Conformance Report button. 4. Enter and confirm the following information: Quantity Affected ? enter the full transaction quantity associated with the non-conformance Affected Team Responsible Party = Supplier Quality Defect Type Sample Size Print Specification NS QMS Specification Initial Findings Originating Location Originating Work Center Originating Bin Originating Vendor WC NC Type Holding Bin 5. Click on Save.	Non-Conformance Report record is saved and can be found under the work order.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04025	Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Return (...)Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Return to Vendor	Non-conformance created from a work order with a failed inspection recorded (...)Non-conformance created from a work order with a failed inspection recorded. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on th (...)Role: Kimray Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Return to Vendor Return to Vendor Reason Code 9. Click on Save.	Non-Conformance Report record is saved and Return to Vendor disposition is recorded.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04026	Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Rework	NCR created from work order. Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, (...)NCR created from work order. Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager	Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Rework Rework Instruction 9. Under the Rework Operations subtab, change the Manufacturing Work Center to the appropriate rework machine. 10. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Rework as the Disposition. "Create Rework Work Order" button appears on NCR for Ki (...)NCR is saved with Rework as the Disposition. "Create Rework Work Order" button appears on NCR for Kimray - Scheduler.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04027	Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Use As (...)Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Use As Is	NCR created from work order. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Use As Is 9. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Use As Is as the Disposition. "Approve" and "Reject" buttons appears on NCR for Ki (...)NCR is saved with Use As Is as the Disposition. "Approve" and "Reject" buttons appears on NCR for Kimray - Process Engineer.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04028	Disposition NCR from In Process inspection (AT FA1/QIA1) failure as Scrap	NCR created from work order that is currently at the quality operation step (...)NCR created from work order that is currently at the quality operation step. Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor	Role: Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Scrap 9. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Scrap as the disposition.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04029	Disposition NCR from In Line inspection (at work order operation) failure a (...)Disposition NCR from In Line inspection (at work order operation) failure as Return to Vendor	NCR created from a work order. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimra (...)NCR created from a work order. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the R (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Return to Vendor Return to Vendor Reason Code 9. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Return to Vendor as the disposition. Kimray - Buyer are able to see the Create VRM (...)NCR is saved with Return to Vendor as the disposition. Kimray - Buyer are able to see the Create VRMA button.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04030	Disposition NCR from In Line inspection (at work order operation) failure a (...)Disposition NCR from In Line inspection (at work order operation) failure as Rework	NCR is created from a work order. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer, Ki (...)NCR is created from a work order. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Rework Rework Instruction 9. Under the Rework Operations subtab, change the Manufacturing Work Center to the appropriate rework machine. 9. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Rework as the disposition. Create Rework Work Order button appears on NCR for Ki (...)NCR is saved with Rework as the disposition. Create Rework Work Order button appears on NCR for Kimray - Scheduler.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04031	Disposition NCR from In Line inspection failure as Use As Is	Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor (...)Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor	Role: Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Use As Is 9. Click on Save.	The NCR is saved with "Use As Is" as the disposition. The "Approve" and "Reject" buttons appears on (...)The NCR is saved with "Use As Is" as the disposition. The "Approve" and "Reject" buttons appears on NCR for Kimray - Product Engineer and Kimray - Product Engineering Manager.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04032	Create Machine Scrap for production loss via AM Tablet	Work order that is in-process. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator, Kimr (...)Work order that is in-process. Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor	Role: Kimray - Production Operator, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Man (...)Role: Kimray - Production Operator, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Tablet Data Entry > Right click on Tablet and open in a new tab. 2. Click on the Work Order operation task that requires scrap. 3. Click Scrap button. 4. Enter Quantity 5. Click OK	AM Production Loss record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order. Work Order C (...)AM Production Loss record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order. Work Order Completion record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04033	Create Machine Scrap for production loss via Production Data Entry page	A work order that is in process is needed. Role(s): Kimray - AM Production (...)A work order that is in process is needed. Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Supervisor	Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Data Collection > (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Data Collection > Enter Results/Loss/Downtime/Labor. 2. Enter the following information: Work Order Operation No 3. Under Results subtab, Production Results Sublist, click on Refresh. 4. Select the appropriate line and click on edit. 5. Subtract the number of scrap from the quantity. 6. Click on Save. Click on Refresh to see the updated line. 7. Under Material Loss subtab, enter the Loss Quantity and enter Machine Scrap as the Loss Reason. Enter the Work Center in Asset Name. Click on Save. 8. Click on Refresh to review the data entered.	AM Production Loss record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order. Work Order C (...)AM Production Loss record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order. Work Order Completion record is created and can be viewed in the associated Work Order.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04034	Create NCR for inventory	Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray -Warehous (...)Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray -Warehouse Manager, Kimray - Warehouse Operator	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray -Warehouse Manager, Kimray - Warehous (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray -Warehouse Manager, Kimray - Warehouse Operator 1. In the Search bar, search "Page: New Non-Conformance Report" and click on the result. 2. Fill out the following information: Created From Note Item Quantity Affected Affected Team Responsible Party = Supplier Quality Defect Type Sample Size Print Specification NS QMS Specification Initial Findings Originating Location Originating Work Center Originating Bin Originating Vendor WC NC Type Holding Bin 3. Click Save.	Non-conformance report is created.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04035	Disposition NCR from Ad Hoc Inspect failure as Return to Vendor	NCR created from inventory, and the inspection has failed. Role(s): Kimr (...)NCR created from inventory, and the inspection has failed. Role(s): Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the R (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Tech, Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Return to Vendor Return to Vendor Reason Code 9. Click on Save.	NCR is saved with Return to Vendor as the disposition. Return to Vendor button can be seen by Kim (...)NCR is saved with Return to Vendor as the disposition. Return to Vendor button can be seen by Kimray - Buyer.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04036	Disposition NCR from Ad Hoc Inspect failure as Rework	Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Pr (...) Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Ad Hoc Inspection Failure	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Rework Rework Instruction 9. Under the Rework Operations subtab, change the Manufacturing Work Center to the appropriate rework machine. 9. Click on Save.	Create Rework Work Order Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role
Quality Mgmt	TC-04037	Disposition NCR from Ad Hoc Inspect failure as Use As Is	Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Pr (...) Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Ad Hoc Inspection Failure	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Use As Is 9. Click on Save.	Approve Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role
Quality Mgmt	TC-04038	Disposition NCR from Ad Hoc Inspect failure as Scrap	Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Pr (...) Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager Kimray - AM Production Manager Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Ad Hoc Inspection Failure	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager, Kimray - AM Production Manager, Kimray - AM Production Supervisor 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Rework Instructions Rework Work Center Disposition = Scrap 9. Click on Save.	Remaining Work Order Operations Completed Inventory Adjusted Out
Quality Mgmt	TC-04039	Approve Use As Is NCR	Kimray - Product Engineering Manager Kimray - Product Engineer	Role: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager, Kimray - Product Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager, Kimray - Product Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Use As Is - Pending Approval on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Use As Is - Pending Approval. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Under Disposition subtab, fill out Approval Notes if applicable. 9. Click on Save. 10. Click on Approve button.	NCR is Approved with attached redline print and/or comments
Quality Mgmt	TC-04040	Reject Use As Is NCR	Kimray - Product Engineering Manager Kimray - Product Engineer	Roles: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager, Kimray - Product Engineer 1. On the home dashboard (...)Roles: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager, Kimray - Product Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Use As Is - Pending Approval on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Use As Is - Pending Approval. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Under Disposition subtab, fill out Approval Notes if applicable. 9. Click on Save. 10. Click on Reject button.	NCR is Rejected; do not use as-is
Quality Mgmt	TC-04041	Create NCR for outsourced manufacturing work order	Role: Kimray - Warehouse Manager Kimray - Warehouse Operator K (...) Role: Kimray - Warehouse Manager Kimray - Warehouse Operator Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager	Role: Kimray - Warehouse Manager, Kimray - Warehouse Operator, Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Sch (...)Role: Kimray - Warehouse Manager, Kimray - Warehouse Operator, Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to the Global Search bar and type in "sea: Kimray - QM Quality Inspection Results," and click on the search result shown. 2. Click View on the failed inspection. 3. Click on the Work Order on the Parent Transaction field. 4. Under the Inspection subtab, click on New Non-Conformance Report button. 5. Enter and confirm the following information: Quantity Affected - enter the full transaction quantity associated with the non-conformance Affected Team Responsible Party = Supplier Quality Defect Type Sample Size Print Specification NS QMS Specification Initial Findings Originating Location Originating Work Center Originating Bin Originating Vendor WC NC Type Holding Bin 6. Click on Save.	NCR Created in NS NC Created in WC NCR Responsible Party Alert
F&A	TC-13016	Versapay Try to take a full credit when partial is only available ensure c (...)Versapay Try to take a full credit when partial is only available ensure customer does not take credit not availble		Tried to take full credit abount of 1595.97 when only 120.64 was available system would not allow	system only allows you to take the 120.64.
F&A	TC-13017	Versapay Ability to adjust overpayments of customer invoices : Unapplied c (...)Versapay Ability to adjust overpayments of customer invoices : Unapplied cash is generally left on customer account		Cusomer portal select invoices and cm ensureing only open credit amount is taken	In Portal customer credit memo for 2531.30 but only 629.09 was left. system only gave credit for 6 (...)In Portal customer credit memo for 2531.30 but only 629.09 was left. system only gave credit for 629.09.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04042	Disposition NCR from outsourced manufacturing work order as OM Rework		Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = OM Rework 9. Click on Save.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04043	Disposition NCR from outsourced manufacturing work order as Internal Rework (...)Disposition NCR from outsourced manufacturing work order as Internal Rework with Chargeback	Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor Kimray - AM Production Manager	Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, (...)Role: Kimray - AM Production Supervisor, Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Internal Rework with Chargeback 9. Click on Save.	Create Rework Work Order Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role Create Chargeback Button Ap (...) Create Rework Work Order Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role Create Chargeback Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role
Quality Mgmt	TC-04044	Create return authorization for NCR created from a work order	Role(s): Kimray - Buyer Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Outsourced (...)Role(s): Kimray - Buyer Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray - Scheduling Manager Kimray - Supply Chain Manager	Role: Kimray - Buyer, Kimray - Purchasing Manager, Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimr (...)Role: Kimray - Buyer, Kimray - Purchasing Manager, Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager, Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Return to Vendor on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Return to Vendor. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Return to Vendor button on the top.	Vendor Return Authorization is created.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04045	Create and Stage Rework Work Order from NCR disposition as OM Rework	Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Schedu (...) Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager Kimray - Scheduler	1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on (...)1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Rework on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Rework. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Rework Work Order button on the top. 8. Navigate to the Rework Work Order. 9. Release the Work Order, change the status from Planned to Released. 10. Click on Save.	Original Work Order Quantity Completed Rework Work Order Available for Shop Floor
Quality Mgmt	TC-04046	Create and Stage Rework Work Order from NCR disposition as Internal Rework (...)Create and Stage Rework Work Order from NCR disposition as Internal Rework with Chargeback	Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Schedu (...) Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager Kimray - Scheduler	Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler ; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home da (...)Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler ; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Internal Rework with Chargeback on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Internal Rework with Chargeback. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Rework Work Order button on the top.	Rework Work Order Available for Shop Floor
Quality Mgmt	TC-04047	Create Chargeback from NCR disposition as Internal Rework with Chargeback	Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Schedu (...) Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager	Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home da (...)Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 2. Click on Kimray - NCR - Internal Rework with Chargeback. 3. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 4. Click on Create Chargeback button on the top.	Vendor Bill Credit Transaction Created
Quality Mgmt	TC-04048	Disposition NCR from outsourced manufacturing work order as Chargeback	Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Schedu (...) Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager	Roles: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home d (...)Roles: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Machine Shop. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = OM Chargeback 9. Click on Save.	Create Chargeback Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role
Quality Mgmt	TC-04049	Create Chargeback from NCR disposition as Chargeback	Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Schedu (...) Role: Kimray ? Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray ? Scheduling Manager	Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home das (...)Role: Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler, Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Internal Rework with Chargeback on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Internal Rework with Chargeback. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Create Chargeback button on the top.	Vendor Bill Credit Transaction Created
Quality Mgmt	TC-04051	Delete duplicate NCR.	A non-conformance report that has a disposition "Delete Duplicate NCR" is n (...)A non-conformance report that has a disposition "Delete Duplicate NCR" is needed. Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Delete Duplicate NCR on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Delete Duplicate NCR. 6. Click Edit on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Hover over Actions and click on Delete.	NCR is deleted.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04053	Create scrap inventory adjustment for NCR with Scrap Disposition	Kimray - Quality Engineer Kimray - Quality Manager	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over t (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer, Kimray - Quality Manager 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - NCR - Scrap on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR - Scrap. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Scrap button on the top.	Inventory Adjustment Created
Quality Mgmt	TC-04054	FIN INV RTV FROM WO - Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustment	Inventory Adjustment record created from NCR record that is on the Work Ord (...)Inventory Adjustment record created from NCR record that is on the Work Order, to bring it back into Inventory. Inventory Adjustment successfully created via custom script.	Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in (...)Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Global Search 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 510120 Foundry Scrap All Inventory Ad (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 510120 Foundry Scrap All Inventory Adjustments created due to Return to Vendor will be coded to 510120 Foundry Scrap The value of the adjustment is based on the standard cost of the Item for the particular location 2. Review Department and Location Department value will be automatically populated based on the Location to Department Mapping that exists.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04055	FIN INV ADJ REWORK WO - Validate GL Impact of Inventory Adjustment	Re-Work Work Order created from NCR and requires Inventory Adjustment. I (...)Re-Work Work Order created from NCR and requires Inventory Adjustment. Inventory Adjustment successfully created via custom script.	Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in (...)Role: Kimray - Cost Accountant, Kimray - Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Inventory Adjustment in the Global Search 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 500081 OM/ReWork Variance All Invento (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory Credit 500081 OM/ReWork Variance All Inventory Adjustments created due to Re-Work will be coded to 50081 ReWork/OM Variance The value of the adjustment is based on the standard cost of the Item for the particular location 2. Review Department and Location Department value will be automatically populated based on the Location to Department Mapping that exists.
Quality Mgmt	TC-04056	Disposition NCR from item receipt as Delete Duplicate NCR	NCR from Item Receipt Role(s): Kimray - Quality Engineer	Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click (...)Role: Kimray - Quality Engineer 1. On the home dashboard, hover over the Reminders portlet, click on the three dots, and click on Set Up. A pop-up screen appears. 2. Search for Kimray - To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality on the left and drag to Headline on the right. 3. Click Save. 4. Hover over the Reminders portlet and click on the refresh icon. 5. Click on Kimray - NCR To be Dispositioned - Supplier Quality. 6. Click on the Non-Conformance Report. 7. Click on Edit. 8. Fill out the following information: Root Cause Assessment Check the following checkboxes where appropriate: Root Cause-Materials Checkbox Root Cause-Machines Checkbox Root Cause-Methods Checkbox Root Cause-Manpower Checkbox Root Cause-Measurements Checkbox Quantity Failed = Amount that needs to be dispositioned Disposition = Delete Duplicate NCR 9. Click on Save.	Approve Button Appears on NCR for Next Step Role
Planning Maestro	TC-05000	KMRY 10 Touch Point Analysis		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05001	KMRY 100 Review usage and sales for previous month		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05002	KMRY 109 Run a material constraints report		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05003	KMRY 11 Indiviual Item Accuracy		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05004	KMRY 110 Receive feedback from supply chain and manufacturing by email (cur (...)KMRY 110 Receive feedback from supply chain and manufacturing by email (current state)		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05005	KMRY 111 Run both finite and infinite capacity simulations		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05006	KMRY 113 Load to production plan for next cycle		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05007	KMRY 119 Ensure replenishment stock is represented		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05008	KMRY 12 Items by month		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05009	KMRY 125 Assignment		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05010	KMRY 126 Profiles		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05011	KMRY 127 Parameters		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05012	KMRY 131 Identify data integrity issues		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05013	KMRY 133 Start planning cycle		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05014	KMRY 134 Commit Demand Plan		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05015	KMRY 135 Write details to history		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05016	KMRY 136 Write forecast to Baseline		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05017	KMRY 137 End planning cycle		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05018	KMRY 138 Monitor planned orders in planning horizon		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05019	KMRY 139 Review planned parts for achievability		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05020	KMRY 140 Identify demand orders at risk		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05021	KMRY 141 Simulate supply exception resolution options		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05022	KMRY 142 Review planned orders and actions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05023	KMRY 143 Export planned order requirements		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05024	KMRY 144 Prepare data for execution		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05025	KMRY 145 Review planning calendars		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05026	KMRY 146 Review and adjust sourcing properties		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05027	KMRY 147 Review and adjust source lead times		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05028	KMRY 148 Review and adjust safety stock policies		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05029	KMRY 149 Review and adjust days of supply policy		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05030	KMRY 150 Review and adjust Bill of Materials		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05031	KMRY 151 Compare and score planning parameters changes		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05032	KMRY 152 Analyze the impact of planning parameters changes		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05033	KMRY 153 Collaborate to action supply order exceptions ? Planning Parameter (...)KMRY 153 Collaborate to action supply order exceptions ? Planning Parameters		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05034	KMRY 155 Identify firm supply exceptions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05035	KMRY 156 Review prioritized ERP actions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05036	KMRY 157 Review Planning Sheet		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05037	KMRY 158 Expedite or de-expedite firm orders		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05038	KMRY 159 Cancel firm orders		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05039	KMRY 160 Create new firm order		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05040	KMRY 161 Split supply		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05041	KMRY 162 Change firm order quantity		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05042	KMRY 163 Use an alternate source		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning	TC-05200	Validate Quantities reflected in NetSuite for an Item are reflected in Maes (...)Validate Quantities reflected in NetSuite for an Item are reflected in Maestro at OKC Mfg.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has inventory On Hand at (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has inventory On Hand at OKC Mfg location in a Nettable status.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1 (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to item records by Lists > Accouting > Items. 2. Identify item and click on the Name to open the Item Record. 3. Navigate to 'Inventory Detail' subtab. 4. Filter for the OKC Mfg location. 5. Notate the quantities in the 'Inventory Statuses' subtab. Maestro User 1. Navigate to On Hand inventory and locate Part record for OKC Mfg site. 2. Compare results in Maestro for Nettable versus Non-nettable inventory for the part.	The nettable versus non-nettable quantities are equal in Maestro and Netsuite
Planning	TC-05201	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for an Item are reflected in Maes (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for an Item are reflected in Maestro at Store Locations.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has inventory On Hand at (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has inventory On Hand at 1 or more store locations in a Nettable status.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1 (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to item records by Lists > Accouting > Items. 2. Identify item and click on the Name to open the Item Record. 3. Navigate to 'Inventory Detail' subtab. 4. Filter for 1 or more Store locations. 5. Notate the quantities in the 'Inventory Statuses' subtab. Maestro User 1. Navigate to On Hand inventory and locate Part record for the 1 or more Store sites. 2. Compare results in Maestro for Nettable versus Non-nettable inventory for the part.	The nettable versus non-nettable quantities are equal in Maestro and Netsuite
Planning	TC-05203	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Needs Inspe (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Needs Inspection' are reflected in Maestro as 'Net'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Needs Inspection - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Needs Inspection are reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05204	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'MTR Require (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'MTR Required' are reflected in Maestro as 'Net'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = MTR Required - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status MTR Required are reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05205	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Labeling Is (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Labeling Issue' are reflected in Maestro as 'Net'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = LABELING ISSUE - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Labeling Issue are reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05206	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Warranty Re (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Warranty Return Review' are reflected in Maestro as 'Net'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Damaged In-transit - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Warranty Return Review are reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05207	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Damaged In- (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Damaged In-transit' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Damaged In-transit - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Damaged In-Transit are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05280	ECN with multiple items	None	1. Create ECN in Windchll that contains multiple items 2. Send data to NetSuite	1. ECN record created 2. Items on ECN are created/updated
Planning	TC-05208	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Failed Insp (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Failed Inspection' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Failed Inspection - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Failed Inspection are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05209	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Missing' ar (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Missing' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Missing - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Missing are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05210	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Supplier No (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Supplier Non-conforming' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Supplier Non-conforming - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Supplier Non-conforming are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05211	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Quarantine' (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Quarantine' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Quarantine - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Quarantine are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05212	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Warranty Re (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Warranty Return' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Warranty Return - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Warranty Return are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05213	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Needs Repai (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Needs Repair' are reflected in Maestro as 'NoNet'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Needs Repair - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is not reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Needs Repair are not reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05214	Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Good' are r (...)Validate Quantities reflected in Netsuite for Inventory Status 'Good' are reflected in Maestro as 'Net'.	Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventor (...)Item Record Exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro. Inventory Status exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Select any Adjustment Reason. 3. Select Adjustment Location of 'OKC Mfg'. 4. Insert Item, Location, Adjust Qty. By fields in the 'Adjustments Subtab. 5. Fill out 'Inventory Detail' to select the below. - Serial/Lot Number (If required) - Bin - Status = Good - Quantity 6. Click Add 7. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate quantity is reflected as nettable inventory in Maestro.	The quantities under the status Good are reflected as Nettable in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05215	Release Planned Work Order from Maestro to be validated in NetSuite.	There is demand for an Assembly item that will populate 1 or more planned o (...)There is demand for an Assembly item that will populate 1 or more planned orders when MRP is run in Maestro.	Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be (...)Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be built. 3. Identify Planned Work Order to be released to NetSuite. 4. Notate Planned Order Details to be validated in below NetSuite steps. Log in as Fusion Kimray Buyer or Fusion Kimray Planner or Fusion Kimray Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Work Orders by Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter Work Orders ; Lists. 2. Identify Work Order created through Maestro Integration. 3. Click on the Transaction Number to open the record. 4. Validate the below information populated by the Planned Order from Maestro.Header Information - Assembly- Bill of Materials- Bill of Materials Revision- Location- Date- Quantity- Firmed- Scheduling Method- Production Start Date- Production End Date- Supply Required by Date (This field is a Promise Date)- Maestro Order NumberComponent Information ?- Item- Quantity	The Work Order(s) are created in NetSuite and reflect accurate information from Maestro to NetSuite
Planning	TC-05216	Completely issue quantity to be reflected in Maestro Allocation table.	Work Order exists in NetSuite, and Maestro as Scheduled Receipt. The Work O (...)Work Order exists in NetSuite, and Maestro as Scheduled Receipt. The Work Order does not have the entire Bill of Materials component list issued.Item/Part exists in MaestroBill of Materials exists in NetSuite and MaestroComponent inventory is available to be issued.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses by Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter work order lists. - Released or In Process - Planned : Change status to released. 2. Click 'View' to open Work Order form. 3. Click 'Issue Components' 4. Under the 'Components' subtab enter quantity and inventory detail that is equal to the entire Bill of Materials. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table 3. Identify Work Order used in NetSuite steps. 4. Validate there are no more remaining quantities needed for allocation to the work order.	The Work order is fully allocated and the Allocation table no longer shows requirement.
Planning	TC-05217	Complete Work order to reflect removal of Scheduled Receipt in Maestro
Planning	TC-05218	Validate WO created from Maestro is returned through scheduled receipts	A work order is released from Maestro into NetSuite.	1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Scheduled Receipt Work Order Page in Ma (...)1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Scheduled Receipt Work Order Page in Maestro. 3. Identify that the noted Work Order is available and planned for.
Planning	TC-05219	Exclude Work Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in Maes (...)Exclude Work Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro.	A Work Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting the (...)A Work Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting the below criteria. - 'Planned', 'Released', or 'In Process' status. - Contains an Item actively being planned in Maestro (Validate by opening Item Record to see the 'Send to RR' checkbox is checked).	1. Navigate to existing Work Order and Click 'Edit' or Create Work Order. 2. Identify the 'Exclude f (...)1. Navigate to existing Work Order and Click 'Edit' or Create Work Order. 2. Identify the 'Exclude from Supply Planning' checkbox in the 'Supply Chain Management' Section of the form. 3. Check the box to Exclude. 4. Click 'Save' 5. Refresh Maestro data from NetSuite. 6. Validate Work Order is not visible within Maestro for planning purposes.	The Work Order is not visible in Maestro for planning caluclation
Planning	TC-05220	Validate change in WO quantity before 'In Process'	The Scheduled Receipt already exists in Maestro.	Login as Supply Planner within Maestro 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Sch (...)Login as Supply Planner within Maestro 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt WOs and identify the Work Order that has a quantity change. 3. Validate the Quantity change has been reflected on the Work Order.	The quantity has been changed on the Work Order Scheduled Receipt in Maestro to reflect the change i (...)The quantity has been changed on the Work Order Scheduled Receipt in Maestro to reflect the change in NetSuite
Planning	TC-05221	Validate change in WO date before 'In Process'	The Scheduled Receipt already exists in Maestro.	Login as Supply Planner within Maestro 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Sch (...)Login as Supply Planner within Maestro 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt WOs and identify the Work Order that has a date change. 3. Validate the date change has been reflected on the Work Order.	The Date has been changed on the Work Order Scheduled Receipt in Maestro to reflect the change in Ne (...)The Date has been changed on the Work Order Scheduled Receipt in Maestro to reflect the change in NetSuite
Planning	TC-05222	Partially Complete Work Order to reflect quantity change in Allocation Tabl (...)Partially Complete Work Order to reflect quantity change in Allocation Table.	Work Order exists in NetSuite, and Maestro as Scheduled Receipt. The Work O (...)Work Order exists in NetSuite, and Maestro as Scheduled Receipt. The Work Order does not have the entire Bill of Materials component list issued.Item/Part exists in MaestroBill of Materials exists in NetSuite and MaestroComponent inventory is available to be issued.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses by Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter work order lists. - Released or In Process - Planned : Change status to released. 2. Click 'View' to open Work Order form. 3. Click 'Issue Components' 4. Under the 'Components' subtab enter quantity and inventory detail that is LESS than the original quantity for 1 or more components. (e.g. NetSuite provides quantity of 10, enter 5). 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table 3. Identify Work Order used in NetSuite steps. 4. Validate the remaining quantities needed in the Allocation table match the remaining quantities needed in NetSuite based upon the Work Order Issue and Bill of Materials quantities.	The quantities remaining required match the difference of the Bill of Materials required material an (...)The quantities remaining required match the difference of the Bill of Materials required material and the Work Order Issue quantity created.
Planning	TC-05224	Fully issue components to work order to move it to 'In Process' for Maestro (...)Fully issue components to work order to move it to 'In Process' for Maestro Allocation	Work Order is in Planned or Released Status Work Order is being sent to Ma (...)Work Order is in Planned or Released Status Work Order is being sent to Maestro Bill of Materials/Revision is created. Assembly Item/Part and Component Item/Part is being sent to Maestro. Component inventory it on hand and available	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Scheduler 1. Identify a Work Order that is currently in the sta (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Scheduler 1. Identify a Work Order that is currently in the status of 'Planned' or 'Released'. If the Work Order is in Planned status, change it to released under the Status field. 2. Click the 'Issue Components' button at the top of the page. 3. On the Work Order Issue page, scroll to the Components sublist and issue all components. The goal is to have a complete issue of materials. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table. 3. Identify the Work Order that components were issued toward in previous step. 4. Validate that the Work Order is no longer visible in the Allocation table because all materials are allocated.	The allocation table does not show the work order for additional allocation.
Planning	TC-05225	Create new AM Asset Department in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro as Co (...)Create new AM Asset Department in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro as Contraint Group.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to AM Asset for by typing (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to AM Asset for by typing 'Page: New AM Asset' in the Global Search. 2. Under the 'Organization' subtab identify the 'Department' field. 3. Click the '+' checkbox next to the department field to create a new value for the custom sublist. 4. In the popup box fill in the below information. - AM Location Settings - AM Department - Description 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro 2. Navigate to 'Area' table. 3. Validate that the newly created Area is reflected in Maestro.	The newly created Area is reflected in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05226	Inactivate AM Asset Department in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro.	The AM Asset exists in NetSuite and the Area exists in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customi (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Other Records. 2. Identify 'AM Manufacturing Department List' and click the 'List' hyperlink on the right hand side. 3. Select one of the Departments from the list and click 'Edit' 4. Under the 'System Information' subtab identify the 'Inactive' checkbox. 5. Click the checkbox to inactivate the record. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the 'Area' table. 3. Validate the inactivated record in NetSuite is no longer reflected in Maestro.	The Area is no longer reflected in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05227	Edit existing Work Center's Constraint Group in NetSuite to be reflected in (...)Edit existing Work Center's Constraint Group in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro planning.	AM Work Center exists in NetSuite and Maestro. The AM Work Center has a D (...)AM Work Center exists in NetSuite and Maestro. The AM Work Center has a Department assigned in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to Work Centers by typing 'AM Asset' in the (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to Work Centers by typing 'AM Asset' in the Global Search. 2. Select 'Page: AM Asset' (Click Show All Results, if it does not display on the first page of options. 3. Identify a Non-Outside Services AM Asset (Any active Asset name that does not start with 'OS') 4. Click Edit 5. Identify the 'Department' field under the 'Organization' subtab. 6. Click the dropdown and select a different Department than the one currently assigned. 7. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Constraint table. 3. Identify the Constraint that was updated in NetSuite 4. Validate that the Constraint Group assigned to the Constraint has changed.	The Constraint Group assigned to the Constraint has changed.
Planning	TC-05228	Create OutSide Service Work Center to not be reflected in Maestro as a Cons (...)Create OutSide Service Work Center to not be reflected in Maestro as a Constraint.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to Work Centers by typing 'AM Work Center' (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to Work Centers by typing 'AM Work Center' in the Global Search. 2. Select 'Page: AM Work Center' (Click Show All Results, if it does not display on the first page of options. 3. Click the 'New AM Work Center' button at the top of the page. 4. Select the below Information - AM Location Settings = OKC MFg - NetSuite Work Center = OSOCC - AM Work Center = 'OS(your first name)' 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Constraints table. 3. Identify that the newly created Outside Services Constraint is not reflected in Maestro.	The Outside Services work center is not visible in Maestro becase the AM Work Center name begins wit (...)The Outside Services work center is not visible in Maestro becase the AM Work Center name begins with 'OS'.
Planning	TC-05229	Exclude Transfer Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in (...)Exclude Transfer Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro.	A Transfer Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting (...)A Transfer Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting the below criteria. - 'Pending Fulfillment', 'Pending Approval', 'Partially Fulfilled', 'Pending Receipt/Partially Fulfilled', 'Pending Receipt' status. - Contains an Item actively being planned in Maestro(Validate by opening Item Record to see the 'Send to RR' checkbox is checked). -An existing Transfer Order could have been created by Maestro or Manually.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to existing Tr (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to existing Transfer Order and Click 'Edit' or Create Transfer Order. 2. Identify the 'Exclude from Supply Planning' checkbox in the 'Classification' Section of the form. 3. Check the box to Exclude. 4. Click 'Save' 5. Refresh Maestro data from NetSuite. 6. Validate Transfer Order is not visible within Maestro for planning purposes.	The Transfer Order is not visible in Maestro for planning caluclation
Planning	TC-05230	Exclude Purchase Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in (...)Exclude Purchase Order from Supply Planning in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro.	A Purchase Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting (...)A Purchase Order transaction is created or existing within NetSuite meeting the below criteria. - 'Pending Supervisor Approval', 'Pending Receipt', or 'Pending Billing/Partially Received' status. - Contains an Item actively being planned in Maestro (Validate by opening Item Record to see the 'Send to RR' checkbox is checked). -The Item Type is Assembly or Inventory. -An existing Purchase Order could have been created by Maestro or Manually.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purcha (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purchase Order and Click 'Edit' or Create Purchase Order. 2. Identify the 'Exclude from Supply Planning' checkbox in the 'Classification' Section of the form. 3. Check the box to Exclude. 4. Click 'Save' 5. Refresh Maestro data from NetSuite. 6. Validate Purchase Order is not visible within Maestro for planning purposes.	The Purchase Order is not visible in Maestro for planning caluclation
Planning	TC-05231	Perform Item Receipt against Transfer Order to be reflected as increase in (...)Perform Item Receipt against Transfer Order to be reflected as increase in On Hand in Maestro.	Existing Transfer Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to Transaction (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Enter Transfer Orders > Lists 2. Identify Transfer Order that is in a status of 'Pending Fulfillment' 3. Click on the Transaction Number to open the Transfer Order. 4. Click 'Fulfill' 5. Fulfill 1 or more lines of the Transfer Order by completeing the 'Inventory Detail' 6. Change the 'Status' field to 'Shipped'. 7. Click 'Save' 8. Click the Transfer Order transaction in the 'Created From' field on the Item Fulfillment. 9. On the Transfer Order click 'Receive' 10. Generate the Item Receipt and populate Inventory Detail if necessary. 11. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to On Hand information for the part. 3. Validate the quantity of the Transfer Order is now reflected in the receiving site. 4. Navigate to Scheduled Receipts - STO information. 5. Validate the Transfer Order is no longer reflected as open supply.	Inventory is now reflected in Receiving location. The Shipping Location inventory is no longer refle (...)Inventory is now reflected in Receiving location. The Shipping Location inventory is no longer reflected. The Transfer Order is no longer reflected as incoming supply within the Scheduled Receipts.
Planning	TC-05232	Perform Item Receipt against Purchase Order to be reflected as increase in (...)Perform Item Receipt against Purchase Order to be reflected as increase in On Hand in Maestro.	Existing Sales Order in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to Transaction (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists 2. Identify Purchase Order that is in a status of 'Pending Receipt' 3. Click on the Transaction Number to open the Purchase Order. 5. On the Purchase Order click 'Receive' 10. Generate the Item Receipt and populate Inventory Detail if necessary. 11. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to On Hand information for the part. 3. Validate the quantity of the Purchase Order is now reflected in the receiving site. 4. Navigate to Scheduled Receipts - PO information. 5. Validate the Purchase Order is no longer reflected as open supply.	Inventory is now reflected in Receiving location. The Purchase Order is no longer reflected as inco (...)Inventory is now reflected in Receiving location. The Purchase Order is no longer reflected as incoming supply within the Scheduled Receipts.
Planning	TC-05233	Perform Item fulfillment against Sales Order and mark 'Shipped' to be refle (...)Perform Item fulfillment against Sales Order and mark 'Shipped' to be reflected as decrease in On Hand in Maestro.	Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro as 'Independent (...)Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro as 'Independent Demand' The Item is a Planned Item in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops 1. Navigate to Sales Orders by Transactions > Sales > Ente (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops 1. Navigate to Sales Orders by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > Lists 2. On the List identify a Sales Order in 'Pending Fulfillment' status. 3. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab and identify a Sales Order line that has 'Available' quantity. This means there is inventory in the location to fully or partially fulfill the Sales Order. 4. Click on the Item name on the Sales Order line and open the record in another tab. 5. Navigate to the 'Inventory Detail' subtab, and the 'Inventory Statuses' sub-subtab. 6. Apply a filter for the appropriate Location 7. Identify the total Quantity that is On Hand. 8. Go back to the Sales Order 9. Click 'Fulfill' at the top of the Sales Order page. 10. On the Item Fulfillment Page enter the following information. Header Information - Status = Shipped Line Information - Inventory Detail - Select Quantity, Bin, and Serial Numbers (if required) 11. Click Save. 12. Re-open or Refresh the Item Record.. 15. Navigate to the 'Inventory Detail' subtab, and the 'Inventory Statuses' sub-subtab. 16. Apply a filter for the appropriate Location 17. Identify the new total Quantity that is On Hand. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Independent Demand table. 3. Validate that the Sales Order line is no longe reflected if fully fulfilled, or only the quantity remaining is reflected if partially fulfilled. 4. Navigate to the On Hand table. 5. Validate that the total quantity (Nettable and NoNet) is equalt to the quantity reflected in NetSuite after fulfillment of the Sales Order.	The Sales Order is no longer reflected as Independent Demand if fully fulfilled, or the remainig qua (...)The Sales Order is no longer reflected as Independent Demand if fully fulfilled, or the remainig quantity is reflected if partially fulfilled. The On Hand quantity is reduced equal to the amount fulfilled on the Sales Order.
Planning	TC-05234	Fully Receive Purchase Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro 'Scheduled Re (...)Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro 'Scheduled Receipts'	Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to exi (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purchase Order through Transactions > Purchases > Receive Orders and select a Purchase Order by clicking Receive. An Item Receipt form will open. 2. At the line level receive the full quantity of the Purchase Order. 3.Fill in Inventory Detail if required. 4. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate Purchase Order Line(s) is removed from Scheduled Receipts 3. Validate Quantity is reflected in On Hand.	The Purchase Order is no longer available in Scheduled Receipts and the Inventory is now incorporate (...)The Purchase Order is no longer available in Scheduled Receipts and the Inventory is now incorporated in the On Hand quantity.
Planning	TC-05235	Partially Receive Purchase Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro 'Scheduled Re (...)Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and is reflected in Maestro 'Scheduled Receipts'	Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to exi (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purchase Order through Transactions > Purchases > Receive Orders and select a Purchase Order by clicking Receive. An Item Receipt form will open. 2. At the line level receive a partial quantity of the Purchase Order. 3. Fill in Inventory Detail if required. 4. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate Purchase Order Line(s) is still visible in the Scheduled Receipts. 3. Validate only the quantity remaining to be received is visible in the Scheduled Receipts. 4. Validate Quantity received is reflected in On Hand.	The Purchase Order remaining quantity is available in Scheduled Receipts and the received Inventory (...)The Purchase Order remaining quantity is available in Scheduled Receipts and the received Inventory is now incorporated in the On Hand quantity.
Planning	TC-05236	Delete Item Receipt in NetSuite to reopen Purchase Order to be reflected in (...)Delete Item Receipt in NetSuite to reopen Purchase Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and has been received. The quantity that (...)Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and has been received. The quantity that was received is reflected in Maestro 'On Hand' inventory.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purchase Order through Transa (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to existing Purchase Order through Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > List. 2. Identify Purchase Order that is in 'Pending Receipt' or 'Partially Received' status. 3. Open the Purchase Order. 4. In the 'Related Records' subtab, identify an Item Receipt. 5. Open the Item Receipt and Click 'Edit'. 6. In the Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate Purchase Order Line(s) is still visible in the Scheduled Receipts. 3. Validate only the quantity remaining to be received is visible in the Scheduled Receipts. 4. Validate Quantity received is reflected in On Hand.	The Purchase Order is again visible in Scheduled Receipt and the Inventory quantity is removed from (...)The Purchase Order is again visible in Scheduled Receipt and the Inventory quantity is removed from On Hand.
Planning	TC-05237	Create Sales Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite. Part Record exists in Maestro. Customer Re (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite. Part Record exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Cost center Exists in Netsuite Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Orders (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Orders by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders 2. Enter the below required information if it does not automatically populate Header Information - Location - Customer - Date - Status - Cost Center - Customer Contact Line Information - Item(s) - Quantity - Location 3. Click 'Add' for each Line. 4. Click 'Save' to create the transaction. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Independent Demand table. 3. Validate that the Independent Demand of the Sales Order created in NetSuite is now reflected.	The newly created Sales Order is reflected in Independent Demand table in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05238	Close Sales Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Sales Order is reflected in Mae (...)Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Sales Order is reflected in Maestro Independent Demand. Sales Order is in one of the below Statuses - Pending Fulfillment - Pending Approval - Partially Fulfilled - Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Orders (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Orders by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > List 2. Identify Sales Order in one of the below Statuses - Pending Fulfillment - Pending Approval - Partially Fulfilled - Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Record. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Identify an Sales Order Line that has not been fully fulfilled. 6. Scroll to the right on the Sales Order Line and identify the 'Closed' checkbox. 7. Check the 'Closed' checkbox and click 'OK' on the transaction line. 8. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh Netsuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Independent Demand table. 3. Validate that the Independent Demand value updated in NetSuite is no longer visible and being planned for.	The Sales Order line is no longer visible in Maestro Independent Demand.
Planning	TC-05239	Change Location of Sales Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Existing Sales Order in NetSuite and Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > Lists. 2. Identify Sales Order that is in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click Edit 4. Identify the 'Items' subtab. 5. Identify the 'Location' column within the Sales Order line level information. 6. Change the Location within 1 or more lines of the Sales Order. 7. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Independent Demand. 3. Identify the previously edited Sales Order. 4. Validate that the location has been changed to reflect the new Location.	The location of the existing Sales Order is changed in Maestro Independent Demand
Planning	TC-05240	Change Quantity of Sales Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Existing Sales Order in NetSuite and Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > Lists. 2. Identify Sales Order that is in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click Edit 4. Identify the 'Items' subtab. 5. Identify the 'Quantity' column within the Sales Order line level information. 6. Change the Quantity within 1 or more lines of the Sales Order. 7. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Independent Demand. 3. Identify the previously edited Sales Order. 4. Validate that the Quantity has been changed to reflect the new Quantity.	The Quantity of the existing Sales Order is changed in Maestro Independent Demand
Planning	TC-05241	Change Customer of Sales Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Existing Sales Order in NetSuite and Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Customer Service or Fusion Kimray - Store Operations 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > Lists. 2. Identify Sales Order that is in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click Edit 4. Identify the 'Customer' Field. 5. Change the Customer on the Sales Order. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Independent Demand. 3. Identify the previously edited Sales Order. 4. Validate that the Customer has been changed to reflect the new Customer.	The Customer of the existing Sales Order is changed in Maestro Independent Demand
Planning	TC-05242	Validate Priority in Maestro is High for Sales Orders and Low for Quotes.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray -Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions > Sales (...)Login as Fusion Kimray -Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders. 2. Create Sales Order with all required information. 3. Navigate to Quotes by Transactions > Sales > Prepare Quotes. 4. Create Quote with all required information. Maestro User 1. Navigate to Independent Demand table. 2. Identify previously created Sales Order and Quote 3. Validate the Sales Order has a Priority of 'High' and the Quote has a Priority of 'Low'	The Priority information is 'High' for Sales Orders and 'Low' for Quotes
Planning	TC-05243	Update Supplier in NetSuite, check Maestro Vendor checkbox, validate Vendor (...)Update Supplier in NetSuite, check Maestro Vendor checkbox, validate Vendor is reflected in Maestro.	The Vendor record has been created by Financial Vendor Management Process	Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to a Vendor record by Lists > Relationships > Vendors. 2. Identify a Vendor who is a Production Vendor and Click 'Edit' 3. Under the 'Ops Data' subtab of the form, identify the 'Maestro Vendor' checkbox. 4. Click the checkbox. 5. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Supplier table. 3. Validate that the Vendor/Supplier record is visible in Maestro.	Vendor/Supplier is now visible in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05244	Update Supplier in NetSuite, uncheck Maestro Vendor checkbox, validate Vend (...)Update Supplier in NetSuite, uncheck Maestro Vendor checkbox, validate Vendor is not reflected in Maestro.	The Vendor record has been created by Financial Vendor Management Process (...)The Vendor record has been created by Financial Vendor Management Process The Vendor is currently being sent to Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to a Vendor record by Lists > Relationships > Vendors. 2. Identify a Vendor who is a Maestro Vendor and Click 'Edit' 3. Under the 'Ops Data' subtab of the form, identify the 'Maestro Vendor' checkbox. 4. Uncheck the checkbox. 5. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Supplier table. 3. Validate that the Vendor/Supplier record is not visible in Maestro.	Vendor/Supplier is no longer visible in Maestro.
Planning	TC-07364M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07342	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07365	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07349		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07365M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07349	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07366	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07352		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07366M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07352	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05245	Create new value in Netsuite Service Area custom list to be reflected in Ma (...)Create new value in Netsuite Service Area custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items > Lists 2. Identify item that is currently being sent to Maestro by validating the below information. - Send to Maestro Checkbox = Checked - Item Type = Assembly or Inventory (Serialized or Non-Serialized is acceptable) - Item Class is populated - Item is not Inactive 3. Under the 'Product Specification Subtab, Identify the 'Service Area' Field. 4. Click the '+' icon next to the 'Service Area' field. 5. In the popup box, enter a the new Service Area name '(your initials)-MaestroService Area' 6. Click 'Save' 7. Validate the new Service Area name is applied to the field. 8. Click 'Save'. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Region table. 3. Validate that the new Service Area name is within the Region table in Maestro.	The service area is reflected in the Region table within Maestro
Planning	TC-05246	Remove value in Netsuite Service Area custom list to be reflected in Maestr (...)Remove value in Netsuite Service Area custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Custom (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Lists, Records, & Fields > Lists 2. Identify the Service Area custom List and click on the Name to open the List. 3. Under the 'Values' subtab select one of the values and click the 'Remove' button. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Region table. 3. Validate that the new Service Area name is no longer within the Region table in Maestro.	The service area is no longer reflected in the Region table within Maestro
Planning	TC-05247	Create new value in Netsuite Model custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items > Lists 2. Identify item that is currently being sent to Maestro by validating the below information. - Send to Maestro Checkbox = Checked - Item Type = Assembly or Inventory (Serialized or Non-Serialized is acceptable) - Item Class is populated - Item is not Inactive 3. Under the 'Product Specification Subtab, Identify the 'Model' Field. 4. Click the '+' icon next to the 'Model' field. 5. In the popup box, enter a the new Model name '(your initials)-MaestroModel' 6. Click 'Save' 7. Validate the new Model name is applied to the field. 8. Click 'Save'. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 3 table. 3. Validate that the new Model name is within the list.	The new Model name is reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 3 (Model) table.
Planning	TC-05248	Remove value in Netsuite Model custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	The Model name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Model name e (...)The Model name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Model name exists within the Product Hierarchy 3 table in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Custom (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Lists, Records, & Fields > Lists 2. Identify the Model custom List and click on the Name to open the List. 3. Under the 'Values' subtab select one of the values and click the 'Remove' button. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 3 table. 3. Validate that the new Model name is no longer within the list.	The new Model name is no longer reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 3 (Model) table.
Planning	TC-05249	Create new value in Netsuite Series custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items > Lists 2. Identify item that is currently being sent to Maestro by validating the below information. - Send to Maestro Checkbox = Checked - Item Type = Assembly or Inventory (Serialized or Non-Serialized is acceptable) - Item Class is populated - Item is not Inactive 3. Under the 'Product Specification' Subtab, Identify the 'Series' Field. 4. Click the '+' icon next to the 'Series' field. 5. In the popup box, enter a the new Series name '(your initials)-MaestroSeries' 6. Click 'Save' 7. Validate the new Series name is applied to the field. 8. Click 'Save'. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 2 table. 3. Validate that the new Series name is within the list.	The new Series name is reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 2 (Series) table.
Planning	TC-05250	Remove value in Netsuite Series custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	The Series name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Series name (...)The Series name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Series name exists within the Product Hierarchy 2 table in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Custom (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Lists, Records, & Fields > Lists 2. Identify the Series custom List and click on the Name to open the List. 3. Under the 'Values' subtab select one of the values and click the 'Remove' button. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 2 table. 3. Validate that the new Series name is no longer within the list.	The new Series name is no longer reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 2 (Series) table.
Planning	TC-05251	Create new value in Netsuite Family custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items > Lists 2. Identify item that is currently being sent to Maestro by validating the below information. - Send to Maestro Checkbox = Checked - Item Type = Assembly or Inventory (Serialized or Non-Serialized is acceptable) - Item Class is populated - Item is not Inactive 3. Under the 'Product Specification' Subtab, Identify the 'Family' Field. 4. Click the '+' icon next to the 'Family' field. 5. In the popup box, enter a the new Family name '(your initials)-MaestroFamily' 6. Click 'Save' 7. Validate the new Family name is applied to the field. 8. Click 'Save'. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 1 table. 3. Validate that the new Family name is within the list.	The new Family name is reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 1 (Family) table.
Store Ops	TC-07367	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Line (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07355		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07367M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Line (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07355	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05252	Remove value in Netsuite Family custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	The Family name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Family name (...)The Family name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Family name exists within the Product Hierarchy 1 table in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Custom (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Lists, Records, & Fields > Lists 2. Identify the Family custom List and click on the Name to open the List. 3. Under the 'Values' subtab select one of the values and click the 'Remove' button. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Product Hierarchy 1 table. 3. Validate that the new Family name is no longer within the list.	The new Family name is no longer reflected in Maestro within the Product Hierarchy 1 (Family) table.
Planning	TC-05253	Add new value in Netsuite Planner custom list on an Item Record to be refle (...)Add new value in Netsuite Planner custom list on an Item Record to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items > Lists 2. Identify item that is currently being sent to Maestro by validating the below information. - Send to Maestro Checkbox = Checked - Item Type = Assembly or Inventory (Serialized or Non-Serialized is acceptable) - Item Class is populated - Item is not Inactive 3. Under the 'Supply Mgmt' Subtab, Identify the 'Planner' Field. 4. Click the '+' icon next to the 'Planner' field. 5. In the popup box, enter a the new Planner name '(your initials)-MaestroPlanner' 6. Click 'Save' 7. Validate the new Planner name is applied to the field. 8. Click 'Save'. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Planner Code table. 3. Validate that the new Planner name is within the list.	The new Planner name is reflected in Maestro within the Planner Code table.
Planning	TC-05254	Remove value in Netsuite Planner on Custom List to be reflected in Maestro.	The Planner name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Planner (...)The Planner name exists within NetSuite on the Custom List. The Planner name exists within the Planner Code table in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Cust (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization > Lists, Records, & Fields > Lists 2. Identify the Planner custom List and click on the Name to open the List. 3. Under the 'Values' subtab select one of the values and click the 'Remove' button. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Planner Code table. 3. Validate that the new Planner name is no longer within the list.	The new Planner name is no longer reflected in Maestro within the Planner Code table.
Planning	TC-05255	Part Source Transfers are created in Maestro from OKC Mfg to all Store Loca (...)Part Source Transfers are created in Maestro from OKC Mfg to all Store Locations.	Item Record exists in NetSuite as a 'Resale Product' Item Class.	Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accountin (...)Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify item record that is currently being sent to Maestro with the below fields populated - Send to Maestro = Checked - Item Class = Populated - Pricing Group Does not = 'PEX1 - Pump Exchange 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab. 4. Navigate to the 'Item Class' field 5. Enter 'Purchased' into the 'Item Class' field. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Part Source Transfer table. 3. Identify the Part Updated in NetSuite is now visible within the Part Source Transfer table.	The Part is now visible within the Part Source Transfer table.
Planning	TC-05256	Change existing Item with Part Source Transfer to Class 'Resale Products' a (...)Change existing Item with Part Source Transfer to Class 'Resale Products' and validate Part Source Transfer is no longer reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. The Record is visible within t (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. The Record is visible within the Part Source Transfer table.	Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accountin (...)Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify item record that is currently being sent to Maestro with the below fields populated - Send to Maestro = Checked - Item Class = Populated - Pricing Group Does not = 'PEX1 - Pump Exchange 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab. 4. Navigate to the 'Item Class' field 5. Enter 'Resale Products' into the 'Item Class' field. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Part Source Transfer table. 3. Identify the Part Updated in NetSuite is no longer visible within the Part Source Transfer table.	The part is no longer visible within the Part Source Transfer table.
Planning	TC-05257	Validate 5 Day Planning Calendar is populated in Part Source Transfer in Ma (...)Validate 5 Day Planning Calendar is populated in Part Source Transfer in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite as a 'Resale Product' Item Class.	Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accountin (...)Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item Record by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify item record that is currently being sent to Maestro with the below fields populated - Send to Maestro = Checked - Item Class = Populated - Pricing Group Does not = 'PEX1 - Pump Exchange 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab. 4. Navigate to the 'Item Class' field 5. Enter 'Purchased' into the 'Item Class' field. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Part Source Transfer table. 3. Identify the Part Updated in NetSuite is now visible within the Part Source Transfer table. 4. Identify that the Transitical Calendar and Ship Calendar values are '5 Day'	The Part is now visible within the Part Source Transfer table and the 5 day planning calendar is app (...)The Part is now visible within the Part Source Transfer table and the 5 day planning calendar is applied.
Planning	TC-05258	Change the Item/Vendor specific pricing for an item to be reflected in Maes (...)Change the Item/Vendor specific pricing for an item to be reflected in Maestro	Item Record exists in NetSuite and is reflected as Part in Maestro. Part i (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and is reflected as Part in Maestro. Part in Maestro has applied Part Source Buy Vendor Record exists in NetSuite. Supplier Record exists in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to Item by Lists & (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to Item by Lists > Accounting > Items 2. Identify a Raw Material component. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab, and the 'Vendors' sub-subtab. 5. Under the 'Vendor' column, select a current Vendor Record and click the dropdown arrow. 6. Select a different Vendor Record than currently applied. 7. Under the 'Purchase Price' column, enter a price different than the current price. 8. Click 'OK' 9. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Part Source Buy table. 3. Validate that the Part updated in NetSuite has a new Part Source Buy for the newly selected vendor and pricing. 4. Validate that the Part updated in NetSuite no longer has a Part Source Buy record for the previously selected vendor and pricing.	The new Part Source Buy (Vendor/Price) is reflected in Maestro. The original Part Source Buy (Vendo (...)The new Part Source Buy (Vendor/Price) is reflected in Maestro. The original Part Source Buy (Vendor/Price) is no longer reflected in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05259	Create new customer record to be reflected in Maestro.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Create New Customer Record (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Create New Customer Record filling our Required information. - Company Name - Status - Customer Source - Service Area - Customer Category 2. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh Netsuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate below Customer Information is populated in Maestro. - ID - Name - Customer Group - Region - NetSuite Internal ID	A new customer record is created in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05260	Create new Service Area on Customer Record to reflected in Maestro.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Kimray - ERP Tech Dev or Administrator. 1. Navigate to existing Customer Record. 2. Iden (...)Login as Kimray - ERP Tech Dev or Administrator. 1. Navigate to existing Customer Record. 2. Identify Service Area Field. 3. Click the + icon next to the field. 4. In the popup box Name a new Service Area. 5. Click Save. 6. Apply new Service Area to Customer Record. 7. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to updated Customer Record. 3. Validate the new Service Area is displayed on the Customer in Maestro.	A new service area is created in Maestro
Planning	TC-05261	Inactivate Customer Record to be reflected in Maestro.	Customer Record exists in NetSuite and has been reflected in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to existing Custo (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to existing Customer Record. 2. Click the 'Inactivate' Checkbox. 3. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh Netsuite Data to Maestro. 2. Validate below Customer Information is no longer populated in Maestro.	The customer record is no longer visible in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05262	Associate Buyer in NetSuite Item Record to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite. Buyer has been setup as Employee record in (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite. Buyer has been setup as Employee record in Netsuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Ma (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to existing Item Record or create Item Record with required information. 2. Click Edit if using existing Record. 3. Under the 'Purchasing' section of the form identify the 'Buyer' field. 4. Click Double Arrow dropdown and select appropriate buyer Email. 5. Click Save. Maestro user 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Validate the item record has been updated or created in Maestro. 3. Validate Buyer has been applied with the Buyers email for all locations.	The buyer is associated with an item in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05263	Change Buyer in NetSuite Item Record to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Buyer has been previously appl (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Buyer has been previously applied to the Item Record in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Ma (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to existing Item Record with Buyer applied 2. Click Edit. 3. Under the 'Purchasing' section of the form identify the 'Buyer' field. 4. Click Double Arrow dropdown and select a different buyer than previously applied. 5. Click Save. Maestro user 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Validate the item record has been updated in Maestro. 3. Validate Buyer has been applied with the Buyers email for all locations.	The new buyer is associated with the item in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05264	Remove Buyer in Netsuite Item Record to be reflected in Maestro.	Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Buyer has been previously appl (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Buyer has been previously applied to the Item Record in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Ma (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Planning Manager, Fusion Kimray - Planner, or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to existing Item Record with Buyer applied 2. Click Edit. 3. Under the 'Purchasing' section of the form identify the 'Buyer' field. 4. Click Double Arrow dropdown and select no buyer. 5. Click Save. Maestro user 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Validate the item record has been updated in Maestro. 3. Validate no Buyer has been applied to all Locations.	The item record no longer has a buyer associated.
Planning	TC-05265	Assign the Bill of Materials to an assembly to be reflected in Maestro.	Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. Asse (...)Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. Assembly Item record exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to existing Bill of Materials by Lists &g (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to existing Bill of Materials by Lists > Supply Chain > Bill of Materials. 2. Click 'Edit' on a bill of materials. 3. Within the 'Restrict to Assemblies' field select an Assembly item not currently assigned by typing or using the double arrow drop down to make a selection. 4. Once the assembly is assigned, click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to updated Bill of Materials and validate the new Assembly is reflected in Maestro.	The Bill of Materials with the Components and Quantities is assigned to the new Assembly in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05266	Validate Bill of Materials is Single-Level (e.g. Raw Material components an (...)Validate Bill of Materials is Single-Level (e.g. Raw Material components and the next level of Assembly).	Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has Current Revision The C (...)Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has Current Revision The Current Revision has Inventory/Raw Material components and Sub-Assembly Components. The Assembly (Finished Good) has demand against it and a Planned Work Order is being populated when MRP is run in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists > Supply Chain > Bill of Materials. 2. Click on a Bill of Materials Record to open it. 3. Under the 'Revisions' Subtab, click 'Edit' next to an existing BOM Revision. 4. In the popup window containing the Revision, identify the list of items under the 'Components' subtab. 5. Enter or Identify a Raw Material (Item type = Inventory) and a Subassembly (Item Type = Assembly). 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Planned Work Order for the Finished Good (Assembly). 3. Validate that the demand pushes an additional Planned Work Order for the Subassembly.	Maestro plans for a single level, requiring multiple work orders to build the subassembly followed b (...)Maestro plans for a single level, requiring multiple work orders to build the subassembly followed by the finished good.
Store Ops	TC-07368	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Li (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07358		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07368M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Li (...) Edit the SO to Close the SO (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07358	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07369	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07322		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07369M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07322	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05267	Create multiple Revisions for a Bill of Materials to be reflected in Maestr (...)Create multiple Revisions for a Bill of Materials to be reflected in Maestro.	Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. The (...)Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. The item in the 'Restrict to Assemblies' field is being planned in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials using Lists > Sup (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials using Lists > Supply Chain > Bill of Materials. 2. Click on a Bill of Materials Record to Open it. 3. Under the 'Revision's subtab click 'Create New Revision'. 4. In the popup window, Enter the below information. - Name - Component Item(s) - Quantities - Item Source (At least 1 item must not be 'Phantom') 5. Click Save. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Bill of Materials 3. Validate that the Original Revision and the New Revision are assigned to the Assembly in Maestro.	The original Revision and new Revision of the Bill of Materials is available in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05268	Run integration with invalid authorization token.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created	1. Hard code invalid access token in script. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration (...)1. Hard code invalid access token in script. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 3. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract does not occur. 2. Invalid access token is logged to integration record. 3. Record is (...)1. Extract does not occur. 2. Invalid access token is logged to integration record. 3. Record is flagged as "Error - Processing"
Planning	TC-05269	Run integration with incorrect number of columns in the MetaData.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created	1. Add search column to search. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 3. (...)1. Add search column to search. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 3. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract does not occur. 2. 500 System error is logged to integration record. 3. Record is flag (...)1. Extract does not occur. 2. 500 System error is logged to integration record. 3. Record is flagged as "Error - Processing"
Planning	TC-05270	Run integration for record that includes with missing required columns in t (...)Run integration for record that includes with missing required columns in the MetaData.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created	1. Add search column to remove required column. 2. Update MetaData to remove required column 3. Na (...)1. Add search column to remove required column. 2. Update MetaData to remove required column 3. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 4. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract does not occur. 2. Error is logged on integration record indicating missing required co (...)1. Extract does not occur. 2. Error is logged on integration record indicating missing required columns 3. Record is flagged as "Error - Processing"
Planning	TC-05271	Run integration for record that has search returning no data.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created	1. Update search so it returns no results. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - (...)1. Update search so it returns no results. 2. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 3. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract does not occur. 2. Error is logged on integration record indicating no data found 3. R (...)1. Extract does not occur. 2. Error is logged on integration record indicating no data found 3. Record is flagged as "Error - Processing"
Planning	TC-05272	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using saved search	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a saved search.	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05273	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail Record using Query	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a query	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05274	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using saved search (...)Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using saved search with Add Location Filter selected.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created with saved search that has the lo (...)Maestro Integration Detail Record Created with saved search that has the location flag set	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05275	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using query with A (...)Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using query with Add Location Filter selected.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a query and has the lo (...)Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a query and has the location filter checked.	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05276	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using saved search (...)Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using saved search with Add Customer Filter selected.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created with saved search that has the cu (...)Maestro Integration Detail Record Created with saved search that has the customer flag set	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05277	Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using query with A (...)Run Process for Single Maestro Integration Detail record using query with Add Customer Filter selected.	Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a query and has the cu (...)Maestro Integration Detail Record Created that uses a query and has the customer filter checked.	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integrati (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to (...)1. Extract occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed"
Planning	TC-05278	Run Process for all Multiple Maestro Integration Detail record	Multiple Maestro Integration Detail Record Created	1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select all of the Maestro In (...)1. Navigate to Maestro > Export > Maestro Integration - Suitelet 2. Select all of the Maestro Integration Detail record being tested and submit.	1. All Extracts occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is s (...)1. All Extracts occurs successfully 2. Last Processed Date is updated 3. Last Extract Status is set to "Processed" 4. Extract.done file created with date later than all files
Planning	TC-05279	ECN with multiple BOMs	None	1. Create ECN in Windchll that contains multiple BOMs 2. Send data to NetSuite	1. ECN record created 2. Items on ECN are created/updated 3. Boms on ECN are created 4. Bom Revisi (...)1. ECN record created 2. Items on ECN are created/updated 3. Boms on ECN are created 4. Bom Revisions are created
Planning	TC-05281	Work Order is using the non-primary routing	Assembly item is created in NetSuite and Part in Maestro. Primary Routing (...)Assembly item is created in NetSuite and Part in Maestro. Primary Routing is created in NetSuite and Maestro Work Center is created in NetSuite and Maestro Bill of Materials is created in NetSuite and Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Work Order by Transactions ; Manufactu (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Work Order by Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter Work Orders 2. Enter below required information - Assembly = AAR - Bill of Materials (if not autopopulated) - Bill of Materials Revision (if not autopopulated) - Quantity - Location = OKC Mfg 3. Identify the 'Routing' field and click the dropdown 4. Select 'AAR - Store' 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt Work Order table. Validate that the previously created Work Order is visible in Maestro. 3. Navigate to Constraint Available table and validate the Work Order is consuming capacity on the ALINE constraint.	The Work Order is consuming capacity for the primary work centers/constraints opposed to any Store W (...)The Work Order is consuming capacity for the primary work centers/constraints opposed to any Store Work Centers or No Constraints
Planning	TC-05282	Work Order is using the primary routing	Assembly item is created in NetSuite and Part in Maestro. Primary Routing (...)Assembly item is created in NetSuite and Part in Maestro. Primary Routing is created in NetSuite and Maestro Work Center is created in NetSuite and Maestro Bill of Materials is created in NetSuite and Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Work Order by Transactions ; Manufactu (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Work Order by Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter Work Orders 2. Enter below required information - Assembly = AAR - Bill of Materials (if not autopopulated) - Bill of Materials Revision (if not autopopulated) - Quantity - Location = OKC Mfg 3. Identify the 'Routing' field and click the dropdown 4. Select 'AAR' 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt Work Order table. Validate that the previously created Work Order is visible in Maestro. 3. Navigate to Constraint Available table and validate the Work Order is consuming capacity on the ALINE constraint.	The Work Order is consuming capacity for the primary work centers/constraints
Planning	TC-05283	Uncheck Send to Maestro Checkbox and validate part is no longer reflected i (...)Uncheck Send to Maestro Checkbox and validate part is no longer reflected in Maestro.	Item is currently available in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Li (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Lists ; Accounting ; Items. 2. Identify an item that is currently being sent to Maestro for planning. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Under the Classification section identify the 'Send to Maestro' checkbox and Un-check it. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data to Maestro from Netsuite. 2. Navigate to Part table. 3. Identify part/item that was updated in NetSuite and validate that it is no longer visible in Maestro for planning.	The item/part is no longer visible in Maestro for planning.
Planning	TC-05284	Remove value in Netsuite Customer Category custom list to be reflected in M (...)Remove value in Netsuite Customer Category custom list to be reflected in Maestro.	The Customer Category custom list is created. Multiple values in the Custo (...)The Customer Category custom list is created. Multiple values in the Customer Category custom list are active.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization ; Lists, (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to Custom Lists by Customization ; Lists, Records, & Fields ; Lists. 2. Identify the 'Customer Category' custom list. 3. Click 'Edit'. 4. Select one of the Values in the sublist that is Active. 5. Click 'Remove' 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Customer Group table. 3. Validate that the Customer Group/Customer Category value removed in previous steps is no longer visible in Maestro.	The Customer Category is no longer visible in the Customer Group table.
Planning	TC-05285	Release Planned Transfer Order from Maestro to be validated in NetSuite.	There is demand for any item that is to be transferred to a store location (...)There is demand for any item that is to be transferred to a store location from OKC Mfg that will populate 1 or more planned orders when MRP is run in Maestro.	Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be (...)Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be Transferred. 3. Identify Planned Transfer Order to be released to NetSuite. 4. Notate Planned Order Details to be validated in below NetSuite steps. Log in as Fusion Kimray Buyer or Fusion Kimray Planner or Fusion Kimray Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transfer Orders by Transactions ; Inventory ; Enter Transfer Orders ; Lists. 2. Identify Transfer Order created through Maestro Integration. 3. Click on the Transaction Number to open the record. 4. Validate the below information populated by the Planned Order from Maestro.Header Information - From Location- To Location- Date- Maestro Order NumberLine Information - Item- Quantity- Expected Ship Date- Expected Receipt Date (Promise Date should be populated to match the Expected Receipt Date though this does not come directly from Maestro).	The Transfer Order(s) are created in NetSuite and reflect accurate information from Maestro to NetSu (...)The Transfer Order(s) are created in NetSuite and reflect accurate information from Maestro to NetSuite
Planning	TC-05286	Release Planned Purchase Order from Maestro to be validated in NetSuite.	There is demand for a purchased item that will populate 1 or more planned o (...)There is demand for a purchased item that will populate 1 or more planned orders when MRP is run in Maestro.	Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be (...)Maestro User 1. MRP data is refreshed in Maestro. 2. Planned Orders are populated for an item to be Purchased. 3. Identify Planned Purchase Order to be released to NetSuite. 4. Notate Planned Order Details to be validated in below NetSuite steps. Log in as Fusion Kimray ? Buyer or Fusion Kimray ? Planner or Fusion Kimray ? Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Purchase Orders by Transactions ; Purchases ; Enter Purchase Orders ; Lists. 2. Identify Purchase Order created through Maestro Integration. 3. Click on the Transaction Number to open the record. 4. Validate the below information populated by the Planned Order from Maestro. Header Information ? - Vendor - Date - PO Type - Location - Buyer - Maestro Order Number Line Information ? - Item - Quantity - Rate - Expected Receipt Date (Promise Date should be populated to match the Expected Receipt Date though this does not come directly from Maestro).	The Purchase Order(s) are created in NetSuite and reflect accurate information from Maestro to NetSu (...)The Purchase Order(s) are created in NetSuite and reflect accurate information from Maestro to NetSuite
Store Ops	TC-07319	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07311		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07319M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07311	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07320	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07258		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07320M	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07258	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Planning	TC-05287	Reduce Sales Order Quantity (Partial ATP, Partial CTP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for item on Sales Order warrants ATP and CTP	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; List 2. Identify a Sales Order in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Sales Order. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Select an Item that has unfulfilled quantity. 6. Note the current Expected Ship Date and Promise Date 7. Under the 'Quantity' column insert a value that is half the current quantity. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Refresh Page until Expected Ship Date and Promise Date is updated.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Work Orde (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Work Order Completion Dates
Planning	TC-05288	Reduce Sales Order Quantity (Full CTP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for item on Sales order warrants CTP only.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; List 2. Identify a Sales Order in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Sales Order. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Select an Item that has unfulfilled quantity. 6. Note the current Expected Ship Date and Promise Date 7. Under the 'Quantity' column insert a value that is half the current quantity. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Refresh Page until Expected Ship Date and Promise Date is updated.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Work Orde (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Work Order Completion Dates
Planning	TC-05289	Reduce Sales Order Quantity (Full ATP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for item on Sales Order warrants ATP only	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; List 2. Identify a Sales Order in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Sales Order. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Select an Item that has unfulfilled quantity 6. Note the current Expected Ship Date and Promise Date 7. Under the 'Quantity' column insert a value that is half the current quantity. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Refresh Page until Expected Ship Date and Promise Date is updated.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a ATP date based upon validated Inventory (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a ATP date based upon validated Inventory Position
Planning	TC-05290	Partially issue components to work order to move it to 'In Process' for Mae (...)Partially issue components to work order to move it to 'In Process' for Maestro Allocation	Work Order is in Planned or Released Status Work Order is being sent to Ma (...)Work Order is in Planned or Released Status Work Order is being sent to Maestro Bill of Materials/Revision is created. Assembly Item/Part and Component Item/Part is being sent to Maestro. Component inventory it on hand and available	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Scheduler 1. Identify a Work Order that is currently in the sta (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Scheduler 1. Identify a Work Order that is currently in the status of 'Planned' or 'Released'. If the Work Order is in Planned status, change it to released under the Status field. 2. Click the 'Issue Components' button at the top of the page. 3. On the Work Order Issue page, scroll to the Components sublist and remove quantities for 1 or more of the components. The goal is to have an incomplete Issue of materials. 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table. 3. Identify the Work Order that components were issued toward in previous step. 4. Validate that the quantity remaining reflects the un-issued components from previous step.	The allocation table reflects the unissued quantity in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05291	Partially Fulfill Sales Order and close remainder, validate it is reflected (...)Partially Fulfill Sales Order and close remainder, validate it is reflected in Maestro.	Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer exists in NetSuite an (...)Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer exists in NetSuite and Maestro Item exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item on Sales Order has available Inventory at Store Location.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Open Sales Or (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Open Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; Lists. 2. Click 'View' to a Sales Order that is in a 'Pending Fulfillment' status. 3. Click the 'Fulfill' button at the top of the page. 4. Fulfill half of the quantity required for 1 line of the Item Fulfillment. 5. Click 'Save' 6. Navigate back to the Sales Order that was just fulfilled. 7. Click 'Edit'. 8. Navigate to the 'Item' subtab and identify the item that was partially fulfilled in previous steps. 9. Identify the 'Closed' column and click the checkbox. 10. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Independent Demand table. 3. Validate that the Sales Order is no longer visible in the Independent Demand table.	The Sales Order is no longer reflected in the Independent Demand table.
Planning	TC-05292	Increase Sales Order Quantity (Any line with CTP Quantity)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for Item on Sales Order warrants CTP	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; List 2. Identify a Sales Order in 'Pending Fulfillment' Status. 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Sales Order. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Select an Item is unfulfilled, and has a Sales Order Quantity greater than the quantity in the 'Available' column. 6. Note the current Expected Ship Date and Promise Date 7. Under the 'Quantity' column insert a value that is double the current quantity. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Refresh Page until Expected Ship Date and Promise Date is updated.	The quantity increase causes the system to recaluclate ATP/CTP and the expected ship date and promis (...)The quantity increase causes the system to recaluclate ATP/CTP and the expected ship date and promise date change.
Store Ops	TC-07321	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated with the next business day
Planning	TC-07321M	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05293	Inactivate Work Center in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro.	Work Center exists in NetSuite and Constraint exists in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to the previously identified Work Center by (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate to the previously identified Work Center by typing 'AM Work Center' in the Global Search. 2. Click 'Edit' 3. Under the 'System Information' subtab identify the 'Inactive' checkbox. 4. Click the checkbox. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro 2. Navigate to Constraint table. 3. Identify the previously used/updated Constraint is no longer visible.	The Constraint is no longer visible in Maestro for planning.
Planning	TC-05294	Inactivate an Item in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro.	Item is currently available in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Li (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Lists ; Accounting ; Items. 2. Identify an item that is currently being sent to Maestro for planning. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Under the 'System Information' subtab identify the 'Inactive' checkbox and check it. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro user 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Table. 3. Validate that the item/part updated is no longer visible in the Part table.	The item is no longer visible on the Part Table for planning.
Planning	TC-05295	Inactivate a routing to be reflected in Maestro.	Existing Routing record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists ; Supply Chain ; Man (...)Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists ; Supply Chain ; Manufacturing Routing 2. Identify an exisiting Maestro routing. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Check the 'Inactive' checkbox 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Source Constraint information 3. Validate the information from the routing created in NetSuite is no longer reflected in Maestro	The routing is no longer available in Maestro for planning.
Planning	TC-05296	Create Item/Part with 'Resale Products' as the Class and Vendor Specific Pr (...)Create Item/Part with 'Resale Products' as the Class and Vendor Specific Pricing assigned. Change the Item Class to Purchased, and validate the Part Source Buy for Store locations is removed..	Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated f (...)Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated for the item.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to new Item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Populate below required information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Item Class = Resale ProductsAccounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Taxable ScheduleSupply Mgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro Checkbox = True- Buyer? - Vendors Sublist - Vendor - Purchase Price 3. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Navigate to Part Source Buy table. 2. Validate that the parts/item is visible on the table for all locations (Store and OKC Mfg).	The Resale Products item has a Part Source Buy for all store, field service, and OKC Mfg site/locati (...)The Resale Products item has a Part Source Buy for all store, field service, and OKC Mfg site/locations.
Planning	TC-05297	Create New Item/Part with 'Raw Material' as the Class and Vendor Specific P (...)Create New Item/Part with 'Raw Material' as the Class and Vendor Specific Pricing assigned. Validate the Part Source Buy is created.	Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated f (...)Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated for the item. Vendor Record exists in NetSuite. Vendor specific pricing is assigned to the item record under the 'Vendors' subtab.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to new Item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Populate below required information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Item Class = Raw MaterialAccounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Taxable ScheduleSupply Mgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro Checkbox = True- Buyer - Vendors Sublist - Vendor - Purchase Price 3. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Navigate to Part Source Buy table. 2. Validate that the parts/item is visible on the table for OKC Mfg.	The Raw Materials item has a Part Source Buy for only OKC Mfg site/location.
Planning	TC-05298	Create Item/Part with Class that is not 'Raw Material, Purchased, Resale Pr (...)Create Item/Part with Class that is not 'Raw Material, Purchased, Resale Products, or Resell Items', validate the Part Source Buy is not created.	Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated f (...)Item Record exist in NetSuite and Maestro. Item Class has been populated for the item. Vendor Record exists in NetSuite. Vendor specific pricing is assigned to the item record under the 'Vendors' subtab.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to new Item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Populate below required information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Item Class = Assembly/Sub AssemblyAccounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Taxable ScheduleSupply Mgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro Checkbox = True- Buyer - Vendors Sublist - Vendor - Purchase Price 3. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Navigate to Part Source Buy table. 2. Validate that the parts/item is NOT visible on the table and show the below values.	The item/part is not visible within the Part Source Buy table.
Planning	TC-05299	Edit existing Work Center's Rate in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro Con (...)Edit existing Work Center's Rate in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro Constraint Factor	Work Center exists in NetSuite and Constraint exists in Maestro. The Con (...)Work Center exists in NetSuite and Constraint exists in Maestro. The Constraint Available Rate is applied in Maestro.	Maestro User 1. Navigate to the Constraint Available table. 2. Identify a Constraint/Work Center t (...)Maestro User 1. Navigate to the Constraint Available table. 2. Identify a Constraint/Work Center that has a 'Rate' currently applied. Notate the value in the 'Rate' field. Login as Fusion Kimray - Planner or Kimray - Planning Manager 1. Navigate to the previously identified Work Center by typing 'AM Work Center' in the Global Search. 2. Click 'Edit' 3. Under the 'RCP Parameters' identify the 'Hours Per Day' field. 4. Enter a quantity of 24. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro 2. Navigate to Constraint Available table. 3. Identify the previously used/updated Constraint. 4. Validate the quantity in the 'Rate' field is now 96.	The Constraint Available Rate column will reflect the value change from NetSuite in Maestro.
Store Ops	TC-07370	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lin (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07329		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07370M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lin (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07329	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07371	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Line (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07336		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07371M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Line (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07336	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05300	Create Sales Order for a item with no sales history, validate the CustomerP (...)Create Sales Order for a item with no sales history, validate the CustomerPrice is reflected in Maestro.	Item record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has no visible Sales Hist (...)Item record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item has no visible Sales History for 5 years. Customer exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to item that has (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to item that has no sales history visible. 2. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders. 3. Enter the below required information on the Sales Order. - Location - Customer - Customer Contact - Item -Quantity 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Customer Price table. 3. Validate the Customer Price record is now visible in Maestro for the Customer and Part/Item used in previous steps.	The customer price record is created in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05301	Create Quote to be reflected in Maestro.	Customer record exists in NetSuite. Item record exists in NetSuite. Part r (...)Customer record exists in NetSuite. Item record exists in NetSuite. Part record exists in Maestro. Planning parameters are setup for Part record in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Quote Form by (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Quote Form by Transactions ; Sales ; Prepare Quotes 2. Enter below require information. Header Level Information - Company - Date - Location Line Level Information - Item(s) - Location - Quantity - Supply Required by Date 3. Click 'Save' 4. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 5. Refresh the browser page as needed. 6. Identify that a Promise Date was populated for each line.	The promise date was populated for the line(s) created in the Quote
Planning	TC-05302	Create Partial Item Fulfillment against existing Sales Order, validate rema (...)Create Partial Item Fulfillment against existing Sales Order, validate remaining quantity is reflected in Maestro.	Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer exists in NetSuite an (...)Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer exists in NetSuite and Maestro Item exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Item on Sales Order has available Inventory at Store Location.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Open Sales Or (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Open Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders ; Lists. 2. Click 'View' to a Sales Order that is in a 'Pending Fulfillment' status. 3. Click the 'Fulfill' button at the top of the page. 4. Fulfill half of the quantity required for 1 line of the Item Fulfillment. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Independent Demand table. 3. Validate that the quantity remaining for the Sales Order update in previous steps matches the quantity minus the quantity fulfilled.	The quantity remaining in Maestro Independent Demand matches the remaining quantity on the Sales Ord (...)The quantity remaining in Maestro Independent Demand matches the remaining quantity on the Sales Order in NetSuite.
Planning	TC-05303	Create new Work Center in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro as a Constrai (...)Create new Work Center in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro as a Constraint	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the New AM Work Center page using the (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the New AM Work Center page using the global search at the top of the page. Search 'New AM Work Center' 2. Populate the below fields. - AM Location Settings = OKC Mfg - NetSuite Work Center
Planning	TC-05304	Create new value in Netsuite Customer Category custom list to be reflected (...)Create new value in Netsuite Customer Category custom list to be reflected in Maestro.		Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to a Cu (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev or Administrator 1. Navigate to a Customer record by Lists ; Relationships ; Customers. 2. Identify a customer record and click 'Edit' 3. Identify the Customer Category field. 4. Click the + next to the multi-select field 5. In the popup menu create a new Customer Category 6. Click 'Save' 7. Apply the new Customer Category to the Customer Record. 7. Click 'Save' on the Customer Record. Maestro user 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Customer Group table. 3. Validate the Customer Category created in previous steps was created in Maestro. 4. Navigate to Customer record updated in previous steps. 5. Validate that the new Customer Group was assigned to the Customer record in Maestro.	The customer group and customer record are updated in Maestro to reflect the new Customer Category
Planning	TC-05305	Create New Customer and Create Sales Order for new Customer before Maestro (...)Create New Customer and Create Sales Order for new Customer before Maestro Updates	Item/Part exists in Maestro	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray Customer Service 1. Navigate to Customers by Li (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray Customer Service 1. Navigate to Customers by Lists ; Relationships ; Customers ; New 2. Populate the below reuqired information - Company Name - Billing Address under the 'Address' subtab 3. Click 'Save' 4. Navigate to Sales Orders by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Order 5. Populate the below required information - Customer from Step 2 - Customer Contact - Item - Quantity 6. Click 'Save' 7. Refresh page until Expected Ship Date and Promise Date are populated.	The expected ship date and promise date fields are populated
Planning	TC-05306	Create new AM Asset Department in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro as Co (...)Create new AM Asset Department in Netsuite to be reflected in Maestro as Constraint Group.	No Prerequisites needed.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to AM Asset for by typing (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Senior ERP Tech Dev 1. Navigate to AM Asset for by typing 'Page: New AM Asset' in the Global Search. 2. Under the 'Organization' subtab identify the 'Department' field. 3. Click the '+' checkbox next to the department field to create a new value for the custom sublist. 4. In the popup box fill in the below information. - AM Location Settings - AM Department - Description 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data to Maestro 2. Navigate to 'Area' table. 3. Validate that the newly created Area is reflected in Maestro.	The newly created Area is reflected in Maestro.
Planning	TC-07323M	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07324	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Sing (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07324M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Sing (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07325	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-05307	Create Multiple Receipts against single Purchase Order Line to be reflected (...)Create Multiple Receipts against single Purchase Order Line to be reflected in Maestro.	Purchase Order Exists in NetSuite and Scheduled Receipt is reflected in Mae (...)Purchase Order Exists in NetSuite and Scheduled Receipt is reflected in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to Purchase Orders (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to Purchase Orders by Transactions ; Purchases ; Enter Purchase Orders ; List. 2. Identify a Purchase Order in one of the below status' that has item(s) on the transaction lines that are currently being sent to Maestro. -Approved by Supervisor/Pending Receipt -Pending/Receipt 3. Click 'View' to open the Purchase Order. 4. Click the 'Receive' button at the top of the page to create an Item Receipt. 5. Under the 'Items' subtab, click 'Unmark All' as to not create an Item Receipt for all of the items on the Purchase Order. 6. Identify a transaction line with 'Remaining' inventory to be received. 7. Change the 'Quantity' to be less than the 'Remaining' amount. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Repeat steps 4-8, leaving quantity remaining after second receipt. Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt PO table. 3. Identify the Purchase Order that was updated in previous steps. 4. Validate that the remaining quantity matches the remaining quantity in NetSuite based upon the multiple Item Receipts.	The quantity remaining on the Scheduled Receipt in Maestro matches the remaining quantity in NetSuit (...)The quantity remaining on the Scheduled Receipt in Maestro matches the remaining quantity in NetSuite.
Planning	TC-05308	Change the price to a custom Rate/Amount on an existing Sales Order, valida (...)Change the price to a custom Rate/Amount on an existing Sales Order, validate the CustomerPrice is reflected in Maestro.	Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer Record exists in Nets (...)Sales Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Customer Record exists in Netsuite and Maestro. Item/Part exists within NetSuite and Maestro.	Maestro User 1. Navigate to the Customer Price table. 2. Identify a Customer and Part/Item value tha (...)Maestro User 1. Navigate to the Customer Price table. 2. Identify a Customer and Part/Item value that has the Unit Price. Notate the current unit price value. Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Create Sales Order by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders. 2. Enter Required Information below. -Location -Customer (use customer identified in previous step) - Customer Contact -Item (use item identified in previous step) 3. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab and enter item. 4. Navigate to the 'Rate' field on the line and enter an amount 3x higher than the current Rate. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Customer Price table. 3. identify the Customer and Part/Item that was updated in previous steps. 4. Validate that the Unit Price has increased.	The customer price has increased in Maestro based upon the change of the Sales Order.
Planning	TC-05309	Change the Current/Implementation Status in NetSuite to be reflected in Mae (...)Change the Current/Implementation Status in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro.	Item is currently available in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Li (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager or Fusion Kimray - Planner 1. Navigate to items by Lists ; Accounting ; Items. 2. Identify an item that is currently being sent to Maestro for planning. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Under the 'Classification' subtab identify the 'Implementation Status' field 5. Change the field to a different status. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro user 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Table. 3. Validate that the item/part updated is now reflecting the new Implementation Status in Maestro.	The item/part is reflecting the new Implementation Status in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05310	Change Quantity on Quote to be reflected in Maestro.	Customer record exists in NetSuite. Item record exists in NetSuite. Part r (...)Customer record exists in NetSuite. Item record exists in NetSuite. Part record exists in Maestro. The Quote record exists in NetSuite and has Promise Date populated Planning parameters are setup for Part record in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Quote Form by (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Ops or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Quote Form by Transactions ; Sales ; Prepare Quotes ; Lists. 2. Identify Quote that is in a status of 'Open' 3. Click 'Edit' to open the transaction. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Select item(s) to change the quantity for. 6. Change the number in the 'Quantity' column by increasing or decreasing the number. 7. Under the 'Promise Date' and 'Expected Ship Date' columns, clear out the previously populated dates. 8. Click 'Save' 9. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 10. Refresh the browser page as needed. 11. Identify that a Promise Date was populated for each line.	The promise date was updated (if necessary) on the quote line(s) based upon the change.
Planning	TC-05311	Sales Order from Store for Resale Item (Full ATP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for item on Sales Order warrants ATP only	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sal (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders 2. Identify through Item record Inventory Detail a Resale item that has inventory On Hand at a store location. 3. Populate the below required information on the Sales Order form. Header Level information - Location (Store Location) - Customer - Status - Customer Contact - Cost Center Item Subtab Information - Item(s) - Quantity = Less than or Equal to the quantity identified in Step 2. - Location - Supply Required by Date 4. Click 'Save' 5. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 6. Refresh the browser page as needed. 7. Identify that a Promise Date and Expected Ship Date was populated for each line. Maestro User 1. Validate that Promise Date and Expected Ship date are reflective of the cumulative lead time for the quantity required.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a ATP date based upon validated Inventory (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a ATP date based upon validated Inventory Position
Planning	TC-07310M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07284	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07311	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07287		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07311M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07287	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07312	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07251		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07312M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07251	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07313	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07257		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-05312	Sales Order from Store for Resale Item (Full CTP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for Item on Sales Order warrants CTP	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sal (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders 2. Identify through Item record Inventory Detail a Resale item that has no inventory On Hand at a store location. 3. Populate the below required information on the Sales Order form. Header Level information - Location (Store Location) - Customer - Status - Customer Contact - Cost Center Item Subtab Information - Item(s) - Quantity - Location - Supply Required by Date 4. Click 'Save' 5. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 6. Refresh the browser page as needed. 7. Identify that a Promise Date and Expected Ship Date was populated for each line. Maestro User 1. Validate that Promise Date and Expected Ship date are reflective of the cumulative lead time for the quantity required.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Purchase (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Purchase Order lead time dates.
Planning	TC-05313	Sales Order from Store for Resale Item (Partial ATP, Partial CTP)	Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in (...)Item Exists in NetSuite. Part Exists in Maestro. Customer Record exists in NetSuite. Location Exists in NetSuite. Site exists in Maestro. Sales Order Exists in NetSuite and has already received Promise Date & Expected Ship Date from Maestro. Inventory position for item on Sales Order warrants ATP and CTP	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sal (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders 2. Identify through Item record Inventory Detail a Resale item that has inventory On Hand at a store location. 3. Populate the below required information on the Sales Order form. Header Level information - Location (Store Location) - Customer - Status - Customer Contact - Cost Center Item Subtab Information - Item(s) - Quantity = Less than or Equal to the quantity identified in Step 2. - Location - Supply Required by Date 4. Click 'Save' 5. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 6. Refresh the browser page as needed. 7. Identify that a Promise Date and Expected Ship Date was populated for each line. Maestro User 1. Validate that Promise Date and Expected Ship date are reflective of the cumulative lead time for the quantity required.	The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Purchase (...)The Promise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with a CTP date based upon validated Purchase Order lead time dates.
Planning	TC-05314	Create Work Center Rate in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro Constraint F (...)Create Work Center Rate in NetSuite to be reflected in Maestro Constraint Factor.	OKC Mfg location exists in NetSuite.NetSuite Work Center exists in NetSuite (...)OKC Mfg location exists in NetSuite.NetSuite Work Center exists in NetSuite.	"Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the New AM Work Center page using the (...)"Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the New AM Work Center page using the global search at the top of the page. Search 'New AM Work Center' 2. Populate the below fields.- AM Location Settings = OKC Mfg- NetSuite Work CenterUnder the 'RCP Parameters' subtab.- Hours Per Day 3. Click 'Save'Maestro User1. Refresh Data from NetSuite to Maestro.2. Navigate to Constraint Available table.3. Validate that the Rate is applied to the Work Center	Part Source Make record is created in Maestro for OKC Mfg location only.
Planning	TC-05315	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Item Class.	Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite (...)Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.OKC Mfg location Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Operations or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Custome (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Operations or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Customer form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select an item type to create (Assembly or Inventory). 3. Fill out the below Required Information on the Part Form.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Item ClassAccounting Subtab- Tax ScheduleSupply Mgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro Checkbox = True 4. Click 'Save'Maestro User1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro.2. Navigate to Part Customer Table.3. Validate that Part Customer records are created for the Item/Part for all Kimray Locations with a Customer value of 'No Customer'.	Part Source Make record is not created in Maestro for any location.
Planning	TC-05316	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Replenishment Method..	Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite (...)Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.OKC Mfg location Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	1. Refresh data through API integration.? 2. Validate Overlap of Data.	The Part Source Make record is not created in Maestro for any location.
Planning	TC-05317	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Send to Maestro Checkbox.	Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite (...)Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.OKC Mfg location Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	1. Refresh data through API integration.? 2. Validate Overlap of Data.	The Part Source Make record is not created in Maestro for any location.
Planning	TC-05318	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Routing..	Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.OKC Mfg location Exists in (...)Bill of Materials Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.OKC Mfg location Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists > Accoun (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists > Accounting > Items > New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below. Primary Information - Item Name/Number - Primary Units Type = EA - Item Class to be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits. Accounting Subtab - Tax Schedule = Default Tax Schedule SupplyMgmt Subtab - Send to Maestro = True - Replenishment Method = MPS - Planner Code Engineering Subtab - Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save' 5. Click 'Edit' 6. Navigate to Engineering Subtab and Manufacturing Routing Sublist. 7. Remove Manufacturing Routing. 8. Click 'Save'	The Part Source Make record is not created in Maestro for any location.
Planning	TC-07325M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-05319	Create a Sales Order for Item that does not have Part Source.	Items/Parts exist in NetSuite and Maestro.Locations/Sites Exists in NetSuit (...)Items/Parts exist in NetSuite and Maestro.Locations/Sites Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Bill of Materials exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Routing Exists in NetSuite and Maestro.Customer Exists in NetSuite.		Maestro Provides a promise date 5 years into the future to notify the user that the item or componen (...)Maestro Provides a promise date 5 years into the future to notify the user that the item or components/subassemblies of that item are not setup correctly.?
Planning	TC-05320	Edit Existing 'Resale Products' Item to the Item Class of 'Raw Material'	Item/Part exist in NetSuite and Maestro and Item Class is currently 'Resale (...)Item/Part exist in NetSuite and Maestro and Item Class is currently 'Resale Products'.Locations/Sites exist in NetSuite and Maestro.Vendor/Supplier exist in NetSuite and Maestro.The Vendor and Vendor Price are populated under the Vendors sublist on the Supply Mgmt subtab of the item record in NetSuite.Part Source Buy for Resale Item exists in Maestro.?		The Part Source Buy table is edited to reflect the item is now only sourced to OKC Mfg and no store (...)The Part Source Buy table is edited to reflect the item is now only sourced to OKC Mfg and no store locations.
Planning	TC-05321			1. Refresh data through API integration.? 2. Validate Errors/Warnings in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05322	Create new Customer Record to be reflected in Part Customer.		Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Operations or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Custom (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Store Operations or Fusion Kimray - Customer Service 1. Navigate to Customer form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select an item type to create (Assembly or Inventory). 3. Fill out the below Required Information on the Part Form.? Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Item ClassAccounting Subtab- Tax ScheduleSupply Mgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro Checkbox = True 4. Click 'Save'. Maestro User</p;<p; 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Customer Table. 3. Validate that Part Customer records are created for the Item/Part for all Kimray Locations with a Customer value of 'No Customer'	The Part Customer record is created in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05323	Production Assembly part creation for Part Source - Make		Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounti (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Primary Units Type = EA- Item Class to be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits.Accounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Tax ScheduleSupplyMgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro = True- Replenishment Method = MPS- Planner CodeEngineering Subtab- Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save' 5. Navigate to AM Mfg Work Bench Operations with "Item name" - MAESTRO as the name for the workbench operations. 6. Click 'Edit' 7. In the 'Assembly' field, apply the newly created item. 8. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Source Make Table. 3. Validate Part Source Make record is created for the newly created Item for 'OKC Mfg' Site/Location only.	The Part source make is created in Maestro for the Assembly item.
Planning	TC-05324			Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounti (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Primary Units Type = EA- Item Class to NOT be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits.Accounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Tax ScheduleSupplyMgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro = True- Replenishment Method = MPS- Planner CodeEngineering Subtab- Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Source Make Table. 3. Validate Part Source Make record is created for the newly created Item for 'OKC Mfg' Site/Location only.
Planning	TC-05325	Create new Assembly Item to be reflected in Part Source Make		Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accoun (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Primary Units Type = EA- Item Class to be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits.Accounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Tax ScheduleSupplyMgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro = True- Replenishment Method = MRP or VMI or Phantom- Planner CodeEngineering Subtab- Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save 'Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Source Make Table. 3. Validate Part Source Make record is created for the newly created Item for 'OKC Mfg' Site/Location only.	The Assembly record is now created as a Part Source Make in Maestro for OKC Mfg only.
Planning	TC-05326	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Send to Maestro Checkbox.		Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accoun (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Primary Units Type = EA- Item Class to be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits.Accounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Tax ScheduleSupplyMgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro = False- Replenishment Method = MPS- Planner CodeEngineering Subtab- Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Source Make Table. 3. Validate Part Source Make record is created for the newly created Item for 'OKC Mfg' Site/Location only.	The Assembly is not visible within the Part Source Make table in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05327	Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro (...)Create New Assembly Item to not be reflected in Part Source Make in Maestro for Routing		Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accoun (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Assembly item form by Lists ; Accounting ; Items ; New. 2. Select 'Assembly' as the item type. 3. Populate Required Information below.Primary Information- Item Name/Number- Primary Units Type = EA- Item Class to be one of the following = Assembly/Repair Tools, Assembly/Sub Assembly, Contract Items, Contract Manufacturing Manufactured/Fabricated or Repair Kits.Accounting Subtab- Tax Schedule = Default Tax ScheduleSupplyMgmt Subtab- Send to Maestro = True- Replenishment Method = MPS- Planner CodeEngineering Subtab- Bill of Materials 4. Click 'Save' 5. Click 'Edit' 6. Navigate to Engineering Subtab and Manufacturing Routing Sublist. 7. Remove Manufacturing Routing. 8. Click 'Save'	The Assembly is no longer visible within the Part Source Make table in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05328			Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sal (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Sales Order form by Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders 2. Identify through Item record Inventory Detail a Sellable item that has no inventory On Hand at a store location or OKC Mfg. 3. Populate the below required information on the Sales Order form.Header Level information- Location (Store Location)- Customer- Status- Customer Contact- Cost CenterItem Subtab Information- Item(s)- Quantity- Location- Supply Required by Date 4. Click 'Save' 5. Identify 'Confirmation' & 'CTP Calculating' Banners to indicate the Transaction was successfully created and that the planning engine is running to determine a Promise Date. 6. Refresh the browser page as needed. 7. Validate that 'Expected Ship Date' and 'Promise Date' are equal to Current Date + 5 years. (e.g. Entry date of 3/15/25 and Promise Date of 3/15/2030)
Planning	TC-05329	Edit Existing 'Resale Products' Item to the Item Class of 'Raw Material'	The item/part being tested already exists with Item Class 'Resale Products' (...)The item/part being tested already exists with Item Class 'Resale Products'.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager or Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Item list by Lists ; Accounting ; Items. 2. Identify item that has below 'Item Class' value and Click 'Edit'- Resale Products2. Confirm that the Send to Maestro checkbox is true. 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab, and then the 'Vendors' sublist. 4. Validate that a Vendor is assigned to the item with pricing populated. 5. Enter the value of 'Purchased' into the 'Item Class' field. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Part Source Buy table. 3. Validate that the parts/item is visible on the table for only OKC Mfg and no longer visible for Store Locations	The Part Source Buy is removed for all store locations, but remains for OKC Mfg.
Planning	TC-05330			Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses by Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter work order lists.- ? Released or In Process- Planned : Change status to released. 2. Click 'View' to open Work Order form. 3. Click 'Issue Components' 4. Under the 'Components' subtab enter quantity and inventory detail that is LESS than the original quantity for 1 or more components. (e.g. NetSuite provides quantity of 10, enter 5). 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table 3. Identify Work Order used in NetSuite steps. 4. Validate the remaining quantities needed in the Allocation table match the remaining quantities needed in NetSuite based upon the Work Order Issue and Bill of Materials quantities.
Planning	TC-05331			Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses b (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to work order in one of the below statuses by Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter work order lists.- ? Released or In Process- Planned : Change status to released. 2. Click 'View' to open Work Order form. 3. Click 'Issue Components' 4. Under the 'Components' subtab enter quantity and inventory detail that is equal to the entire Bill of Materials. 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Allocation table 3. Identify Work Order used in NetSuite steps. 4. Validate there are no more remaining quantities needed for allocation to the work order.
Planning	TC-05332	Inactivte a routing to be reflected in Maestro.	Existing Routing record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain &g (...)Login in as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing 2. Identify an exisiting Maestro routing. 3. Click 'Edit' 4. Check the 'Inactive' checkbox 5. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Source Constraint information 3. Validate the information from the routing created in NetSuite is no longer reflected in Maestro	The routing is no longer available in Maestro for planning.
Planning	TC-05333	Validate PO created from Maestro is reflected as Scheduled Receipt	Purchase Order has been created in NetSuite.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate that the Purchase Order is being reflected as an op (...)Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate that the Purchase Order is being reflected as an open Scheduled Receipt in Maestro.	The purchase order is an open scheduled receipt in Maestro.
Planning	TC-05334	Closing PO short of total quantity to be reflected in Maestro		Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt PO Table. 2. Validate change i (...)Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt PO Table. 2. Validate change in quantity of Purchase Order scheduled receipt.	The scheduled receipt reflects the change in quantity that was made in NetSuite.
Planning	TC-05335	Validate Inventory has been decremented after fulfillment of VRMA.		Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Navigate to On Hand table. 2. Validate that quantity removed (...)Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Navigate to On Hand table. 2. Validate that quantity removed from Inventory from VRMA Item Fulfillment is reflected in Maestro.	The quantity on hand is decremented the same quantity as the VRMA item fulfillment.
Planning	TC-05336	Validate scheduled receipt from consolidated PO is updated.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06000	Create a Fabrication Work Order in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Fabrication assembly item in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. * However, this information should default correctly. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Standard". 6. Choose the 'Planning Priority Code'. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date when the Scheduling Method is Forward (Default). * If the Scheduling Method is Backward, populate the Supply Required by Date and Production End Date. 10. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 11. Click 'Save'. 12. Validate the Manufacturing Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 13. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 14. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 15. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 16. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 17. Update the Work Center for the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 18. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 19. Validate the Work Order is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Fabrication assembly item is (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Fabrication assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. "Standard" is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 11. The Work Order is Saved. 12. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 13. Navigated to the Operations tab. 14. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 15. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 16. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 17. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 18. User clicks 'Save.' 19. The work order is in Maestro.
Store Ops	TC-07374	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07353		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07374M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07353	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07375	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Sing (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07356		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07375M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Sing (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07356	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07376	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Mult (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07359		Order is saved with item removed
Prod Scheduling	TC-06001	Create an Assembly Work Order in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Assembly in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. * However, this information should default correctly. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Standard". 6. Choose the Planning Priority Code. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date when the Scheduling Method is Forward (Default). * If the Scheduling Method is Backward, populate the Supply Required by Date and Production End Date. 10. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 11. Click 'Save'. 12. Validate the Manufacturing Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 13. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 14. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 15. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 16. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 17. Update the Work Center in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 18. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 19. Validate the Work Order is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. "Standard" is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 11. The Work Order is Saved. 12. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 13. Navigated to the Operations tab. 14. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 15. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 16. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 17. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 18. User clicks 'Save.' 19. The work order is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06002	Create a Sample Work Order in NetSuite	Windchill workflow/email requesting sample	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Assembly in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. * However, this information should default correctly. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Sample". 6. Choose the Planning Priority Code. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date when the Scheduling Method is Forward (Default). * If the Scheduling Method is Backward, populate the Supply Required by Date and Production End Date. 10. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 11. Click 'Save'. 12. Validate the Manufacturing Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 13. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 14. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 15. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 16. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 17. Update the Work Center in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 18. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 19. Validate the Work Order is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. "Sample" is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 11. The Work Order is Saved. 12. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 13. Navigated to the Operations tab. 14. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 15. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 16. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 17. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 18. User clicks 'Save'. 19. The work order is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06003	Manually Create a Trial Build Work Order in NetSuite	Windchill workflow/email requesting trial build	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Assembly in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. * However, this information should default correctly. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Trial Build". 6. Choose the Planning Priority Code. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date when the Scheduling Method is Forward (Default). * If the Scheduling Method is Backward, populate the Supply Required by Date and Production End Date. 10. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 11. Click 'Save'. 12. Validate the Manufacturing Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 13. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 14. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 15. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 16. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 17. Update the Work Center in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 18. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 19. Validate the Work Order is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. "Trial Build" is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 11. The Work Order is Saved. 12. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 13. Navigated to the Operations tab. 14. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 15. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 16. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 17. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 18. User clicks 'Save'. 19. The work order is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06004	Create an Assembly Work Order in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Planning (...)Create an Assembly Work Order in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Planning as TRUE.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Fabrication assembly item in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. * However, this information should default correctly. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Standard". 6. Choose the 'Planning Priority Code'. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date when the Scheduling Method is Forward (Default). * If the Scheduling Method is Backward, populate the Supply Required by Date and Production End Date. 10. In the Supply Chain Management section, check the Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox. 11. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 12. Click 'Save'. 13. Validate the Manufacturing Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 14. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 15. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 16. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 17. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 18. Update the Work Center for the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 19. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 20. Validate the Work Order is NOT in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Fabrication assembly item is (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Fabrication assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. "Standard" is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. The Exclude from Supply Planning field is checked. 11. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 12. The Work Order is Saved. 13. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 14. Navigated to the Operations tab. 15. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 16. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 17. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 18. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 19. User clicks 'Save.' 20. The work order is NOT in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06005	Validate Work Order Created in NetSuite via Maestro integration		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Validate the following header fields: - Assembly - Bill of Materials - Bill of Materials Revision - Manufacturing Routing - Location - Department - Quantity - Work Order Type - Planning Priority Code - Date - Supply Required by Date - Production Start Date - Production End Date - Maestro Order # 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following fields: - Item(s) - Quantity - Supply Required by Date 4.Navigate to the Operations tab and validate the following fields: - Operations - Manufacturing Work Center - Operation Start Date & End Date - Setup Time and Run Rate	1. User successfully locates the Work Order from Maestro 2. The User successfully validates and re (...)1. User successfully locates the Work Order from Maestro 2. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable header-level field values. 3. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable item-level field values. 4. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable Operation field values.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06006	Release a Fabrication and/or Assembly Work Order from a Work Order	Work Orders Created in Planned Status	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Fusion Kimray - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update the 'Status' from Planned to Released. 4. Click the 'Save' button on the Work Order.	1. The Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully clicks the 'Edit' button. 3 (...)1. The Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The status is updated from Planned to Released. 4. The user successfully saves the Work Order in the Relseased Status
Prod Scheduling	TC-06007	Release multiple Fabrication and/or Assembly Work Orders	Work Orders Created in Planned Status	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Mark Work Orders Released. 2. Use the Filters. The Work Order list will updated. - Subsidiary - Location - Item - Customer 3. Click the Mark Released checkbox for all Work Orders you want to Release. 4. Click 'Submit' 5. The Process Status page will appear. 6. Click 'Refresh' and note the Submission Status become Complete.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Mark Work Orders Released page. 2. The filters are used a (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Mark Work Orders Released page. 2. The filters are used accordingly. 3. The Mark Released checkboxes are checked for all the applicable Work Orders that need to be Released. 4. The user clicks 'Submit'. 5. The Process Status page apears. 6. The 'Refresh' button is clicked and the Submission Status is Complete.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06008	Update the Production Start Date or Production End Date (depends on Schedul (...)Update the Production Start Date or Production End Date (depends on Scheduling Method) and the Supply Required by Date on the Work Order and validate the Schedule Receipt is updated in Maestro via the integration	Work Order in Planned or Released Status Confirmed RR Scheduled Receipt	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update any of the following /applicable header fields: - Supply Required by Date - Production Start Date -or- - Production End Date *** If Scheduling Method is Backward. 4. Click 'Save' on the Work Order. 5. Validate the Dates updated in Maestro with TC-1283-M.	1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and (...)1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and the Work Order opens in Edit mode. 3. The user successfully updates the dates: - Supply Required by Date - Production Start Date -or- - Production End Date 4. User clicks 'Save'. 5. Dates validated in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06009	Update a Work Orders Components/BOM in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled (...)Update a Work Orders Components/BOM in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled Receipt is updated in Maestro via the intergration	Work Order in Planned or Released Status Confirmed RR Scheduled Receipt	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Navigate to the Items tab. 4. Click on the Component item that you are wanting to replace. 5. In the Items dropdown, select the new Item. 6. Update the following fields for the new item: - Quantity - Supply Required by Date 7. Click 'Save' on the Work Order. 8. Validate the new replacement component/BOM is updated and reflected in Maestro with TC-1285-M.	1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and (...)1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and the Work Order opens in Edit mode. 3. The user successfully navigates to the Items tab. 4. The user clicks the component that is being replaced. 5. The new item is selected. 6. The user updates the additional item fields. 7. The user clicks "Save' on the Work Order. 8. The new component is reflected in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06010	Update the Work Order Quantity in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled Recei (...)Update the Work Order Quantity in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled Receipt is updated in Maestro via the integration.	Work Order in Planned or Released Status; Confirmed RR Scheduled Receipt	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update the 'Quantity' field. 4. Click 'Save' on the Work Order. 5. Validate the new quantity is updated and reflected in Maestro with TC-1286-M.	1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and (...)1. User successfully locates the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and the Work Order opens in Edit mode. 3. The user updates the 'Quantity' field. 4. The user clicks "Save' on the Work Order. 5. The new quantity is reflected in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06011	Update the Work Order Manufacturing Operation Task Work Center in NetSuite	Work Order has been created	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Navigate to the Operations tab. 4. Location the Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 5. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 6. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 7. Update the Work Center in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 8. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record.	1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user succe (...)1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and the Work Order opens in Edit mode. 3. Navigated to the Operations tab. 4. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 5. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 6. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 7. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 8. User clicks Save.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06012	Close a Work Order on the Work Order in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled (...)Close a Work Order on the Work Order in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled Receipt is updated in Meastro via the integration	Work Order in Planned, Released or In Process Status; Confirmed Maestro Sch (...)Work Order in Planned, Released or In Process Status; Confirmed Maestro Scheduled Receipt	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List. -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Close' button. 3. The Work Order Close record will appear. 4. Validate the Work Order Close record information and click 'Save". 5. The Work Order Close record is saved, click the Work Order hyperlinke in the 'Created From' field. 6. The Work Order 'Status' is now Closed. 7. Validate the Work Order Closer is reflected in Maestro with TC-1289-M.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The 'Close' button is successfully clicked (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The 'Close' button is successfully clicked. 3. The Work Order Close record appears. 4. The Work Order Close record is 'Saved'. 5. The user clicks the Work Order hyperlink in the 'Created From' field. 6. The Work Order 'Status' is now Closed. 7. The Work Order is Closed in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06013	Close a Work Order via Work Order Closures page in NetSuite and validate t (...)Close a Work Order via Work Order Closures page in NetSuite and validate the Scheduled Receipt is updated in Meastro via the integration	Work Order in Planned, Released or In Process Status; Confirmed Maestro Sch (...)Work Order in Planned, Released or In Process Status; Confirmed Maestro Scheduled Receipt	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Close Work Orders. 2. The Close Work Orders page will appear. 3. Click the 'Include In-Process Work Orders' checkbox in the Primary Options and Criteria section. 4. Apply any additional Primary Options and Criteria. - Posting Period - Location - Item 5. Apply any Date Range Criteria. 6. Identify the Work Order(s) that require being Closed and check the 'Close' checkbox for each Work Order needing to be Closed. 7.Click the 'Submit' button. 8.The Process Status page will appear. 9. Click the 'Refresh' button until the Submission Status is Complete with a Message of 0 Errors. 10. Navigate to Inventory > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar 11. Note the Status of the Work Order is Closed 12. Validate the Work Order Closer is reflected in Maestro.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Close Work Order page. 2. The Close Work Order page appea (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Close Work Order page. 2. The Close Work Order page appears. 3. The 'Include In-Process Work Order' checkbox is checked. 4. Primary Options and Criteria filters are populated. 5. Date Range Criteria filters are populated. 6. The user idenfities the Works Orders to Close and checks the 'Closed' checkboxes. 7. The 'Submit' button is clicked. 8. The Process Status page appears. 9. The Work Orders are correctly Closed with no Errors. 10. The user navigates to the Work Order. 11. The Work Order is Closed 12. Validate the Work Order is Closed in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06014	Create a Internal/Kimray Rework Work Order via Non-Conformance Report (NCR)	NCR has been created with a Dispostion of Rework.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating the Inspectoin tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Location 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (Rework). - Rework Instructions. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and navigate tho the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab. Populate the Rework Work Center field with the Work Center at Kimray (Example: RW8) 7. Click 'Save'. 8. Navigate to the Rework Operations tab. 9. Review the Rework Work Order Operations, click the 'Remove' hyperlink in the far right column to remove Operation Tasks that are NOT needed for the Rework Work Order. 10. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 11. Click into the line item for the Operational Task that was originally at an Outsourced Manufacturer, update the 'Manufacturing Work Center' with the Rework Work Center and 'Manufacturing Cost Template'. - For the 'Manufacturing Cost Template' ONLY choose either 1430-ASSEMBLY or 1410-MACHINE SHOP. 12. Click 'OK' once the updates have been made for the Operation Tasks. 13. Click 'Save' on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 14. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the 'Create Rework Work Order' button. 15. A "Loading Box" will appear. 16. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the 'Rework Work Center' field. 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user navigates to the Rework Operations tab. 9. The user reviews the Rework Work Order Operations and Removes all applicable NOT needed Operational Tasks. 10. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 11. The user successfully updates the 'Manufacturing Work Center' and 'Manufacturing Cost Template' for the Operational Task that will be reworked internally at Kimray. 12. The user clicks 'OK' for the Operational Task line. 13. The Non-Conformance Report (NCR) is saved. 14. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 15. The "Loading Box" appears. 16. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06015	Track In Process Work Orders	Work Order in Released or In Process Status; Work Order Material Issue crea (...)Work Order in Released or In Process Status; Work Order Material Issue created	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Scheduling Work Orders" saved search. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - AM Dispatch List - Planned Operations Score Card" saved search. 2. Note the following header fields on the Work Order: - Not Built - Production End Date 3. Navigate to the Operations tab and note the following: - Completed Quantity for each operation 4. Navigate to the Production Data tab and review the following sub tab transactions: - AM Production Loss - AM Production Result 5. Navigate to the Related Records tab and review the Work Order Issue(s) and Work Order Completion(s).	1. The user navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user observes the Not Built Quantity and Producti (...)1. The user navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user observes the Not Built Quantity and Production End Date. 3. The user navigates to the Operations tab and reviews the Completed Quantity column. 4. The user navigates to the Production Data tab and reviews the sub tab transactions. 5. The user navigates to the Related Records tab and reviews the transactions.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06016	Validate "Not Built' on Work Order is correctly populating and validate in (...)Validate "Not Built' on Work Order is correctly populating and validate in Maestro.	AM Production Loss needs to be associated with the Work Order. Not Built qu (...)AM Production Loss needs to be associated with the Work Order. Not Built quantity needs to be NULL or greater than 0	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List. -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Work Orders" saved search. 2. Note that a quantity is populated in the 'Not Built' field at the header of the Work Order. 3. Login to Maestro. 4. Navigate to the Work Order in Maestro. 5. Confirm that the 'Not Built' quantity is reflected in Maestro with TC-1324-M.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order in NetSuite. 2. The user ovserves the quantity (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order in NetSuite. 2. The user ovserves the quantity in the 'Not Built' field. 3. The user logs into Maestro. 4. The user locates the Work Order in Maestro. 5 The user validates that the Not Built quantity is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06017	Validate Partial Completed Work Orders are correctly updating Maestro.	The Work Order has a Built quantity greater than NULL or 0	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List. -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Work Orders" saved search. 2. Note that a quantity is populated in the 'Built' field at the header of the Work Order. 3. Login to Maestro. 4. Navigate to the Work Order in Maestro. 5. Confirm that the 'Built' quantity is reflected in Maestro with TC-1326-M.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order in NetSuite. 2. The user ovserves the quantity (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order in NetSuite. 2. The user ovserves the quantity in the 'Built' field. 3. The user logs into Maestro. 4. The user locates the Work Order in Maestro. 5 The user validates that the Built quantity is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06018	Manually Create a Transfer Order and Validate in Maestro.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Inventory > Enter Transfer Order. 2. The Transfer Order will appear. 3. Validate the 'Date' and 'Subsidiary'. 4. Select the 'From Location'. 5. Select the 'To Location'. 6. Enter a 'Memo' if applicable. 7. Validate that the 'Incoterm' defaults to EXW. 8. Select the 'Shipping Method'. 9. Navigate to the Items tab. 10. Select the item(s) to transfer in the 'Items' field. 11. Enter the 'Quantity' being transfered. 12. Enter 'Supply Required By Date'. 13. Validate or update the 'Transfer Price'. - If NO Transfer Price enter $0. 14. Validate or update the 'Amount'. 15. Click the 'Add' button. 16. Repeat steps 10 - 15 for additional items. 17. Navigate to the Shipping tab. 18. Validate or enter the 'Ship Date'. 19. Validate or select the 'Shipping Carrier'. 20. Enter the 'Shipping Cost'. 21. Validate the 'Ship-To' address. 22. Navigate to the Communications tab. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 23. Click 'Save'	1. The user navigates to the Transfer Order. 2. The Transfer Order appears. 3. The Date and Subsid (...)1. The user navigates to the Transfer Order. 2. The Transfer Order appears. 3. The Date and Subsidiary are validated. 4. The From Location is selected. 5. The To Locatoin is selected. 6. A Memo is entered. 7. The Incoterms are confirmed. 8. The Shipping Method is selected. 9. The user navigates to the Items tab. 10. The Items are selected. 11. The Quantity is entered. 12. The Supply Required by Date is validated or updated. 13. The Transfer price is validated or updated. 14. The Amount is validated or updated. 15. The Add button is clicked. 16.Repeat steps 10 - 15 if applicable. 17. The user naviages to the Shipping tab. 18. The Ship Date is validated or updated. 19. The Shipping Carrier is validated or updated. 20. The Shipping Cost is entered. 21. The Ship-To address is validated. 22. The user navigates to the Communications tab. - File attached if needed. 23. The Transfer Order is Saved.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06019	Print the Shop Floor Packet/Traveler for a Fabrication Work Order	Work Orders Marked Released	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Fusion Kimray - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Print Traveler' button at the top of the Work Order. 3. The Shop Floor Packet PDF will appear in a new browser tab. 4. Print the Shop Floor Packet.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Tr (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Traveler' button. 3. The Traveler/Shop Floor Packet PDF correctly appeard in a new browswer tab. 4. The user successfully prints the Traveler/Shop Floor Packet.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06020	Print the Shop Floor Packet/Traveler for a Assembly Work Order	Work Orders Marked Released	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Fusion Kimray - Planned Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Print Traveler' button at the top of the Work Order. 3. The Shop Floor Packet PDF will appear in a new browser tab. 4. Print the Shop Floor Packet.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Tr (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Traveler' button. 3. The Traveler/Shop Floor Packet PDF correctly appeard in a new browswer tab. 4. The user successfully prints the Traveler/Shop Floor Packet.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06021	Print Multiple Shop Floor Packets/Travelers for Multiple Work Orders	Printer AccessPrinterSupply Chain Manager RoleWork Order in Released Status (...)Printer AccessPrinterSupply Chain Manager RoleWork Order in Released StatusPlanner Filter	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Generate Traveler(s) > Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page will appear. 3. Select/Populated the Work Order Filter Options - Location - Status Filter - Work Order Type/Assy Shop Cat - Work Center - Select Document - Data Criteria - Start Date - End Date 4. Once the filters are defined, click the 'List Work Orders' button. 5. The Work Orders associated with the filters will appear in the Work Order table. 6. Check the Print checkbox for each Work Order you desire to print a Shop Floor Packet for. 7. Once all Work Orders are selected, click the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. Click the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section will apear. 10. Click the "Kimray Taveler Consolidated XXX" hyperlink. 11. In a new browser tab, the Shop Floor Packets PDFs will appear. 12. The user prints the Shop Floor Packets.	1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents pa (...)1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page appears. 3. The user selects and populates the Work Order Filter Options. 4. The 'List Work Orders' button is successfully clicked. 5. The Work Orders appear. 6. The user successfully checks the Print checkbox for each Work Order that needs to be printed. 7. The user clicks the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. The user successfully clicks the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section appears. 10. The user clicks the file hyperlink. 11. The Shop Floor Packet PDF appears in a new browser tab. 12. The user successfully prints the Shop Floor Packets.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06022	Reprint Multiple Shop Floor Packet/Traveler for Multiple Work Orders	Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler K (...)Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray - Scheduler Kimray - Scheduling Manager Work Order in Released StatusPlanner FilterWork Order that has already been printed	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Generate Traveler(s) > Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page will appear. 3. Select/Populated the Work Order Filter Options - Location - Status Filter = All Work Orders - Work Order Type/Assy Shop Cat - Work Center - Select Document - Data Criteria - Start Date - End Date 4. Once the filters are defined, click the 'List Work Orders' button. 5. The Work Orders associated with the filters will appear in the Work Order table. 6. Check the Print checkbox for each Work Order you desire to print a Shop Floor Packet for. 7. Once all Work Orders are selected, click the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. Click the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section will apear. 10. Click the "Kimray Taveler Consolidated XXX" hyperlink. 11. In a new browser tab, the Shop Floor Packets will appear. 12. Not the Re-Print verbiage on the PDF. 13. The user prints the Shop Floor Packets.	1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents pa (...)1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page appears. 3. The user selects and populates the Work Order Filter Options. 4. The 'List Work Orders' button is successfully clicked. 5. The Work Orders appear. 6. The user successfully checks the Print checkbox for each Work Order that needs to be printed. 7. The user clicks the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. The user successfully clicks the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section appears. 10. The user clicks the file hyperlink. 11. The Shop Floor Packet PDF appears in a new browser tab. 12. The Re-Print verbiage is confirmed. 13. The user successfully prints the Shop Floor Packets.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06023	Reprint the Shop Floor Packet/Traveler from a Work Order that was previousl (...)Reprint the Shop Floor Packet/Traveler from a Work Order that was previously generated.	Supply Chain Manager RoleWork Order in Released StatusWork Order has alread (...)Supply Chain Manager RoleWork Order in Released StatusWork Order has already had traveler printed	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedul (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List. -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search bar. 2. Click the 'Print Traveler' button at the top of the Work Order. 3. The Shop Floor Packet PDF will appear in a new browser tab. 4. Print the Shop Floor Packet. 5. Note the Re-Print message.	1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Traveler' button. 3. The Traveler/Shop Floor Packet PDF correctly appeard in a new browswer tab. 4. The user successfully prints the Traveler/Shop Floor Packet. 5. Reprint messge appeared.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06024	Validate OM Work Orders created in NetSuite by Maestro	OM Work Order released from Maestro	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Validate the following header fields: - Assembly - Bill of Materials - Bill of Materials Revision - Manufacturing Routing - Location - Department - Quantity - Work Order Type - Planning Priority Code - Date - Supply Required by Date - Production Start Date - Production End Date - Maestro Order # 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following fields: - Item(s) - Quantity - Supply Required by Date 4.Navigate to the Operations tab and validate the following fields: - Operations - Manufacturing Work Center - Operation Start Date & End Date - Setup Time and Run Rate	1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The User succe (...)1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable header-level field values. 3. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable item-level field values. 4. The User successfully validates and recognizes all applicable Operation field values.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06074	Work Order Completion Overage with Open Accounting Period - NOT Last Operat (...)Work Order Completion Overage with Open Accounting Period - NOT Last Operation	Work Order is Released	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to the Fusion Kimray - Work Order Overages saved search. 2. Locate the Work Order/Work Ordre Completion that needs to be reviewed and click the 'Edit' hyperlink. 3. The Work Order Completion will appear in Edit mode. 4. Update the Completed Quantity -or- make nochange if it is correct. 5. Check the 'Overage Approved/Corrected' checkbox. 6. Click the 'Save' button.	1. The user successfully navigates to the saved search. 2. The user locates the Work Order or Wor (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the saved search. 2. The user locates the Work Order or Work Order Completion reocrd that needs review. 3. The Work Order Completion record appears. 4. The Completed Quantity field is either updated or validated. 5. The Overage Approved/Corrected checkbox is checked. 6. The Work Order Completion records is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06025	Manual creation of OM Work Orders in NetSuite	Need arises to create work order outside of planned work orders sent from M (...)Need arises to create work order outside of planned work orders sent from Maestro	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Assembly in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Outsourced Manufacturing". 6. Choose the Planning Priority Code. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date. 10. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 11. Click 'Save'. 12. Validate the Operation Tasks under the Operations tab once saved. 13. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center to a new OM Vendor that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 14. Location the OM Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 15. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 16. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 17. Update the Work Center for the correct Vendor in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 18. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record. 19. Validate Work Oder is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. Outsourced Manufacturing is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 11. The Work Order is Saved. 12. The Work Order Operation Tasks are confirmed under the Operations tab. 13. Navigated to the Operations tab. 14. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 15. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 16. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 17. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 18. User clicks Save. 19. Work Order is in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06075	Work Order Completion Overage with Open Accounting Period - Last Operation		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to the Fusion Kimray - Work Order Overages saved search. 2. Locate the Work Order/Work Order Completion that needs to be reviewed and click the 'Edit' hyperlink. 3. The Work Order Completion will appear in Edit mode. 4. Update the Completed Quantity -or- make no change if it is correct. 5. If the Completed Quantity is updated, a NetSuite message will appear, click OK. 6. Click the Inventory Detail icon. 7. The Inventory Detail window will appear. 8. Remove the row with the Work Order Overage Bin by clicking the Remove button. 9. On the row with the Assemblies bin and status of Good - Overage Review, do the following: - Change the Status to Good - Change the Quantity to equate to the Completed Quantity from Step 4. - Click OK on the row. 10. Click OK on the Inventory Detail window. 11. Check the 'Overage Approved/Corrected' checkbox. 12. Click the 'Save' button.	1. The saved search is located. 2. The Work Order/Work Order Completion is located. 3. The Wor (...)1. The saved search is located. 2. The Work Order/Work Order Completion is located. 3. The Work Order Completion is opened. 4. The Completed Quantity is updated or validated. 5. The NetSuite message will appear and clicked OK to message. 6. The Inventory Detail icon is clicked. 7. The Inventory Detail window appears. 8. The row with the bin Work Order Overage is removed. 9. The remaining row is updated accordingly. 10. The OK button is successfully clicked on the Inventory Detail page. 11. The Overage Approved/Corrected checkbox is checked. 12. The Save button is clicked.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06026	Manual creation of OM Work Orders in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Plan (...)Manual creation of OM Work Orders in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Planning is TRUE. Validate OM Work Order is NOT in Maestro.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order. 2. Select/Choose the Assembly in the 'Assembly' field. 3. Validate and/or update the following: Bill of Materials, Bill of Materials Revision, Manufacturing Routing, Planner, and Location. 4. Enter the Quantity to be Built in the 'Quantity' field. 5. In the Work Order Type field, select "Outsourced Manufacturing". 6. Choose the Planning Priority Code. 7. If applicable, enter a Memo. 8. Validate the 'Status' is Planned. 9. Validation and/or Update the Supply Required by Date and Production Start Date. 10. In the Supply Chain Manageemtn section, check the Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox. 11. Scroll to the Items subtab and validate the components items and quantities are correctly defalting. 12. Click 'Save'. 13. Validate that the OM Work Order did not integrate into Maestro	1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3 (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Work Order form. 2. The correct Assembly item is selected. 3. The following fields are populated and/or updated. 4. The Quantity is correctly entered. 5. Outsourced Manufacturing is selected in the Work Order Type field. 6. The Planning Priority Code is selected. 7. A Memo is entered if needed. 8. The Status is Planned. 9. The Supply Required by Date and Production Start Dates are validated or updated. 10. The Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox is checked. 11. Under the Items tab, the components and quantities are validated or updated. 12. The Work Order is Saved. 13.Work Order is confirmed NOT to be in Maestro.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06076	Work Order Overage with Closed Accounting Period	Work Order is Released	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to the Fusion Kimray - Work Order Overages saved search. 2. Locate the Work Order/Work Ordre Completion that needs to be reviewed and click the 'View' hyperlink. 3. The Work Order Completion will appear. 4. Click the Review Overage button. 5. The Review Overage page will appear. 6. Validate or Update the Accept Quantity. The Accept Quantity & Reject Quantity must EQUAL the Completed Quantity. 7. Validate or Update the Reject Quantity. The Accept Quantity & Reject Quantity must EQUAL the Completed Quantity. 8. Click the Submit button. 9. The Work Order will appear.	1. The saved search is located. 2. The Work Order/Work Order Completion is located. 3. The Wor (...)1. The saved search is located. 2. The Work Order/Work Order Completion is located. 3. The Work Order Completion will appear. 4. The Review Overage button is clicked. 5. The Review Overage page will appear. 6. The Accept Quantity is updated or validated. 7. The Reject Quantity is updated or validated. 8. The submit button is clicked, 9. The Work Ordre appears.
Planning	TC-07339M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Mul (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06027	Update an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order	Planned OM Work Order released from Maestro or manually created.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update any of the following /applicable header fields: - Assembly - Bill of Materials - Bill of Materials Revision - Manufacturing Routing - Location - Department - Quantity - Assembly Shop Category - Planning Priority Code - Date - Supply Required by Date - Production Start Date - Production End Date - Maestro Order # 4. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following fields: - Item(s) - Quantity - Supply Required by Date 5. If you need to change the Manufacturing Work Center to a new OM Vendor that is NOT the Primary, Navigate to the Operations tab. 6. Location the OM Manufacturing Operatoin Task and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left. 7. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears. 8. Navigate to the Assignees tab. 9. Update the Work Center for the correct Vendor in the Manufacturing Work Center feild. 10. Click 'Save' on the Manufacturing Operation Task record.	1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user succe (...)1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Edit' button and the Work Order opens in Edit mode. 3. The User successfully updates any applicable header-level fields. 4. The User successfully updates any applicable line-level fields. 5. Navigated to the Operations tab. 6. User successfully clicks he 'Edit' hyperlink. 7. The Manufacturing Operatoin Task appears. 8. Navigates to the Assignee tab. 9. The user selectes the correct Manufacturing Work Center. 10. User clicks Save.
Prod Scheduling	TC-06077	Reviewing the Bill of Materials Inquiry Page		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Schedu (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacuturing > Bill of Materials Inquiry. 2. The Bill of Materials Inquiry page will appear. 3. Enter the Assembly item in the 'Assembly' field. 4. Select the Location in the 'Location' field. 5. Validate or Update the following: - Bill of Materials - Bill of Material Revision ** These will default to the default BOM and BOM Revision. 6. Review the following columns: - On Hand - Available - Backorder - On Order	1. User successfully navigates to the Bill of Materials Inquiry. 2. The Bill of Material Inquiry (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Bill of Materials Inquiry. 2. The Bill of Material Inquiry page appears. 3. The Assembly is selected. 4. The Location is selected. 5. The Bill of Material and Bill of Material are validated or updated. 6. The applicable columns are reviewed.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06028	OM Work Order Manufacturing Operation Setup Time (Min) AdHoc Update.	New lead time communicated from vendor to scheduer	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Validate that the Work Order is still in the Planned status. *Please note, you can ONLY update a Manufacturing Operation Task while the Work Order is in the Planned status. 3. Navigate to the Operations tab. 4. Click 'Edit' for the Operation you are wanting to update the Run Time 5. The Manufacturing Operation Task record will appear in Edit mode 6. Locate the Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) field(s) in the Operation Overview section 7. Update the Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) fields accordingly 8. Click 'Save'. 9. On the Operations tab, scroll right and not the Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) fields reflect the update(s). Additionally, note that the Start Dates and End Dates have updated for the Operations effected.	1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user valid (...)1. User successfully locates the Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order from Maestro 2. The user validates that the Work Order status is Planned. 3. The user navigates to the Operations tab. 4. The user clicks the correct 'Edit' hyperlink. 5. The Manufacturing Operation Task record appears in Edit mode. 6. The Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) field(s) are located. 7. The Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) field(s) are correctly updated based on desired outcome. 8. The Manufacturing Operation Task record is saved. 9. The Setup Time (Min) and Run Rate (Min/Unit) correctly reflect the change/update. The Start Date and End Date are recalculated
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06029	Release an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order	Planned OM Work Order created from Maestro or manually created.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update the 'Status' from Planned to Released. 4. Click the 'Save' button on the Work Order.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully clic (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The status is updated from Planned to Released. 4. The user successfully saves the Work Order in the Relseased Status
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06030	OM Work Order Components are Issued with Work Order Issue by RF-Smart (Issu (...)OM Work Order Components are Issued with Work Order Issue by RF-Smart (Issue Component from License Plate with Purchase Order and Heat Code Details) - TC-1440	Work Order is Relased	Interface: RF-Smart Device Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Operator. 1. Select the Location. 2. Enter (...)Interface: RF-Smart Device Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Operator. 1. Select the Location. 2. Enter or Select Work Order. 3. Issuing Components from License Plates: - Enter/Scan the License plate number. - Enter quantity to be issued from the license plate. 4. After components have been issued, user to hit submit to create the Work Order Issue transaction in Netsuite.	1. User selects the Location. 2. User identifies the Work Order. 3. The user scans the License Pla (...)1. User selects the Location. 2. User identifies the Work Order. 3. The user scans the License Plate and Enters the Issue Qty. 4. The Work Order Issue is Saved
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06032	Visibility/validation of Work Order Components issued to OM Work Order via (...)Visibility/validation of Work Order Components issued to OM Work Order via Saved Search	OM Work Order Components are issued to Work Order via RF Smart	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. In the Global Search enter the following saved search "Kimray Fusion - Work Order Components Issued per Work Order". 2. The "Kimray Fusion - Work Order Components Issued per Work Order" saved search will apear. 3. In the Filter section, enter the Work Order # for the Work Order you would like to evaluate. 4. Evaulate the Components and what has been Issued and/or Lossed.	1. The user types in the "Kimray Fusion - Work Order Components Issued per Work Order" into the Glob (...)1. The user types in the "Kimray Fusion - Work Order Components Issued per Work Order" into the Global Search. 2. The "Kimray Fusion - Work Order Components Issued per Work Order" saved search appears. 3. The user utilizes the Work Order filter. 4. The Work Orders are evaluated.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06033	OM Work Order Completion via AM Tablet	The Work Order has been Released and the Components have been Issued	Interface: AM Tablet Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator 1. Login to the Advanced Manufacturing ( (...)Interface: AM Tablet Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator 1. Login to the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. Locate the Work Order & Operation by using the Work Queue Filters -or- Scroll and Locate the Work Order & Operation 3. Click on the Line that is associated with the correct Work Order & Operation. Example: Work Order: WO732; Operation: 30. 4. The Work Order & Operation will appear. 5. Click the green 'Start' button. 6. Click the 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button in the Production section. 7. A Keypad window will appear. 8. Enter the Quantity being Completed and click 'OK'. - Note the 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button reflects the Quantity being completed, either partial or full. 9. Click the red 'Stop' button.	1.The user logs into the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. The user locates the appropriate Wo (...)1.The user logs into the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. The user locates the appropriate Work Order and corresponding Operation. 3. The user clicks the correct Work Oder & Operation line. 4. The Work Order and Operation detail will appear. 5. The 'Start' button is clicked. 6. The 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button is clicked. 7. The Keypad window appears. 8. The user enters the Quantitiy being Completed for the defined Work Order Operation. 9. The 'Stop' button is clicked.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06034	Viewing an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Completion record in NetSuit (...)Viewing an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Completion record in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Once on the Work Order, navigate to the Related Records tab > Builds sub-tab. 3. Click the 'Date' hyperlink on the Work Order Compltion you want to view. 4. The Work Order Completion record will appear. 5. Review the Work Order Completion record.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user navigates to the Related Records (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user navigates to the Related Records > Builds sub-tab. 3. The 'Date' hyperlink is clicked. 4. The Work Order Completion appears. 5. The Work Order Completion records is reviewed.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06035	OM Work Order AM Production Loss via AM Tablet	OM Work Order in Process	Interface: AM Tablet Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator 1. Login to the Advanced Manufacturing ( (...)Interface: AM Tablet Role(s): Kimray - Production Operator 1. Login to the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. Locate the Work Order & Operation by using the Work Queue Filters -or- Scroll and Locate the Work Order & Operation. 3. Click on the Line that is associated with the correct Work Order & Operation. Example: Work Order: WO732; Operation: 30. 4. The Work Order & Operation will appear. 5. Click the green 'Start' button. 6. Click the 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button in the Production section. 7. A Keypad window will appear. 8.Enter the Quantity being Completed and click 'OK'. - In this case, it will NOT be the full Quantity. - Note the 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button reflects the Quantity being completed, either partial or full. 9. Click the 'OM-Machine Scrap' or 'NCR Rework' button for example in the Scrap section. 10. A Keypad window will appear. 11. Enter the Quantity being Scrapped and click 'OK'.	1. The user logs into the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. The user locates the appropriate W (...)1. The user logs into the Advanced Manufacturing (AM) Tablet. 2. The user locates the appropriate Work Order and corresponding Operation. 3. The user clicks the correct Work Oder & Operation line. 4. The Work Order and Operation detail will appear. 5. The 'Start' button is clicked. 6. The 'Enter Production - x/x (Each)' button is clicked. 7. The Keypad window appears. 8. The user enters the Quantitiy being Completed for the defined Work Order Operation. 9. The 'OM-Machine Scrap' or 'Supplier Non-Conformance' button is clicked. 10. A Keypad window appears. 11. The user enters the Quantitiy being Scrapped for the defined Work Order Operation.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06036	Viewing an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Production Loss record in Ne (...)Viewing an Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Production Loss record in NetSuite	A AM Production Loss was entered via the AM Tablet	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Inventory > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Once on the Work Order, navigate to the Production Data tab > AM Production Loss sub-tab. 3. Click the 'Edit' hyperlink for the AM Production Loss. 4. The AM Production Loss record will appear. 5. Review the AM Production Loss record information. 6. Click the 'Cancel' button when user is done reviewing. 7. The Work Order will re-appear	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. User successfully navigates to the AM Pro (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. User successfully navigates to the AM Production Loss sub-tab. 3. The user clicks the 'Edit' link for the appropriate AM Production Loss record. 4. The AM Production Loss records appears. 5. The AM Production Loss record is reviewd. 6. The 'Cancel' button is clicked. 7. The Work Order re-appears.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06037	Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Closure via Work Order Closures page.	Work Order has been Built or partially Built.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Close Work Orders. 2. The Close Work Orders page will appear. 3. Click the 'Include In-Process Work Orders' checkbox in the Primary Options and Criteria section. 4. Apply any additional Primary Options an Criteria. - Posting Period - Location - Item 5. Apply any Date Range Criteria. 6. Identify the Work Order(s) that require being Closed and check the 'Close' checkbox for each Work Order needing to be Closed. 7.Click the 'Submit' button. 8.The Process Status page will appear. 9. Click the 'Refresh' button until the Submission Status is Complete with a Message of 0 Errors. 10. Navigate to Inventory > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use Outsourced Manufaturing Work Orders Planned. 11. Note the Status of the Work Order is Closed	1. The user successfully navigates to the Close Work Order page. 2. The Close Work Order page appea (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Close Work Order page. 2. The Close Work Order page appears. 3. The 'Include In-Process Work Order' checkbox is checked. 4. Primary Options and Criteria filters are populated. 5. Date Range Criteria filters are populated. 6. The user idenfities the Works Orders to Close and checks the 'Closed' checkboxes. 7. The 'Submit' button is clicked. 8. The Process Status page appears. 9. The Work Orders are correctly Closed with no Errors. 10. The user navigates to the Work Order. 11. The Work Order is Closed
Store Ops	TC-07292	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07276		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07292M	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07276	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07293	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07279		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07293M	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07279	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06038	Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order Closure via Work Order	Work Order has been Built or partially Built.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Close' button. 3. The Work Order Close record will appear. 4. Validate the Work Order Close record information and click 'Save". 5. The Work Order Close record is saved, click the Work Order hyperlinke in the 'Created From' field. 6. The Work Order 'Status' is now Closed.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The 'Close' button is successfully clicked (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Work Order. 2. The 'Close' button is successfully clicked. 3. The Work Order Close record appears. 4. The Work Order Close record is 'Saved'. 5. The user clicks the Work Order hyperlink in the 'Created From' field. 6. The Work Order 'Status' is now Closed.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06040	Creating OM Rework Order from NCR	NCR is created, dispositioned for rework at OM vendor	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating ot the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Locatoin 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (OM Rework). - Rework Instructions. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and navigate tho the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab. Populate the Rework Work Center field. 7. Click 'Save'. 8. Navigate to the Rework Operations tab. 9. Review the Rework Work Order Operations, click the 'Remove' hyperlink in the far right column to remove Operation Tasks that are NOT needed for the Rework Work Order. 10. Review all Non-Conformance Report information one last time. 11. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Rework Work Order' button. 12. A "Loading Box" will appear. 13. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information o (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the 'Rework Work Center' field. 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user navigates to the Rework Operations tab. 9. The user reviews the Rework Work Order Operations and Removes all applicable NOT needed Operational Tasks. 10. The user does a final review of allNon-Conformance Report information one last time. 11. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 12. The "Loading Box" appears. 13. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06041	Create Internal/Kimray Rework Order from NCR	NCR has been created with a Dispostion of Rework.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating to the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Locatoin 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (Rework). - Rework Instructions. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and navigate tho the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab. Populate the Rework Work Center field with the Work Center at Kimray (Example: RW8) 7. Click 'Save'. 8. Navigate to the Rework Operations tab. 9. Review the Rework Work Order Operations, click the 'Remove' hyperlink in the far right column to remove Operation Tasks that are NOT needed for the Rework Work Order. 10. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 11. Click into the line item for the Operational Task that was originally at an Outsourced Manufacturer, update the 'Manufacturing Work Center' with the Rework Work Center and 'Manufacturing Cost Template'. - For the 'Manufacturing Cost Template' ONLY choose either 1430-ASSEMBLY or 1410-MACHINE SHOP. 12. Click 'OK' once the updates have been made for the Operation Tasks. 13. Click 'Save' on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 14. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Rework Work Order' button. 15. A "Loading Box" will appear. 16. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the 'Rework Work Center' field. 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user navigates to the Rework Operations tab. 9. The user reviews the Rework Work Order Operations and Removes all applicable NOT needed Operational Tasks. 10. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 11. The user successfully updates the 'Manufacturing Work Center' and 'Manufacturing Cost Template' for the Operational Task that will be reworked internally at Kimray. 12. The user clicks 'OK' for the Operational Task line. 13. The Non-Conformance Report (NCR) is saved. 14. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 15. The "Loading Box" appears. 16. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order.
Store Ops	TC-07353	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07353M	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07354	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06042	Validate OM Rework Order	OM Rework Order is created from NCR on original OM Work Order. The original (...)OM Rework Order is created from NCR on original OM Work Order. The original work order completion would increment non-conforming assembly item inventory into qulaity hold bin.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Rework Work Order. - Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar. -or- - Click the Work Order hyperlink in the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). -or- - On the "original work order" navigate to the Related Records tab and click the Work Order in the 'Rework Work Order' field. 2. Once on the Rework Work Order validate the following header information: - Assembly - Quantity - Work Order Type - Memo - Status is Released 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following: - Confirm that the Component (Inventory and Service) item is the Assembly item. It should NOT be the original Component from the Original Work Order. - Quantity 4. Navigate to the Operations tab and validate the following: - All required Operation Tasks are listed. - The 'Manufacturing Work Centers' are correct.	1. The OM Rework Work Order is located. 2. The header information is validated and/or updated on (...)1. The OM Rework Work Order is located. 2. The header information is validated and/or updated on the OM Rework Work Order. 3. Under the Items tab, the Components and Quantities are validated. 4. The Operation Tasks and Operation Task Work Centers are validated.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06043	Validate Kimray/Internal Rework Order	Kimray/Internal Rework Order is created from NCR on original OM Work Order. (...)Kimray/Internal Rework Order is created from NCR on original OM Work Order. The original work order completion would increment non-conforming assembly item inventory into qulaity hold bin.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Rework Work Order. - Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar. -or - Click the Work Order hyperlink in the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). -or- - On the "original work order" navigate to the Related Records tab and click the Work Order in the 'Rework Work Order' field. 2. Once on the Rework Work Order validate the following header information: - Assembly - Quantity - Work Order Type - Memo - Status is Planned. 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate the following: - Confirm that the Component (Inventory and Service) item is the Assembly item. It should NOT be the original Component from the Original Work Order. - Quantity 4. Click 'Edit' 5. On the Items tab, remove the Service for Purchase item that is NO LONGER NEEDED for the Outsourced Manufacturing step that is now being worked internally at Kimray. 5. Click 'Save' 6. Navigate to the Operations tab and validate the following: - All required Operation Tasks are listed. - The 'Manufacturing Work Centers' are correct.	1. The OM Rework Work Order is located. 2. The header information is validated and/or updated on th (...)1. The OM Rework Work Order is located. 2. The header information is validated and/or updated on the OM Rework Work Order. 3. Under the Items tab, the Components and Quantities are validated. 4. The user 'Edits' the Work Order. 5. The user successfully removes the Service for Purchase item. 6. The Operation Tasks and Operation Task Work Centers are validated.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06044	Creating OM Chargeback from NCR	NCR is created, disposition for Chargeback	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Buyer 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating the Inspectoin tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search. -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From - Vendor 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Location 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (OM Chargeback). - Rework Instructions. 6. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Chargeback' button. 7. A "Loading Box" will appear. 8. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the 'OM Chargeback' field is populated with the VRMA/Chargeback.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information i (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information is validated on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 3. The Research/Opportunity tab information is validated on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 4. The Root Cause Analysis information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) is validated. 6. The 'Create Chargeback' button is visible and successfully clicked. 7. The "Loading Box" appears. 8. On VRMA is populated in the OM Chargeback field.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06045	Validate and Update Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) for the Chargeback	Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) is created from NCR on original OM Work (...)Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) is created from NCR on original OM Work Order.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA)r. - Type the Vendor Return Authoirzation (VRMA) # into the Global Search Bar. -or - Click the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) hyperlink in the 'OM Chargebackr' field on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. Once on the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) validate the following header information: - Vendor - NCR # - NCR Reason - NCR Reason Description - VRMA Reason - VRMA Other Reason - Department 3. Navigate to the Items tab and validate all 7 Chargeback Items populated correctly. 4. Click the 'Edit' button. 5. Navigate to the Items tab and update accordingly: - Remove any Chargeback items that are NOT associated with this Chargeback. - For the Chargeback items that ARE applicable to the Chargeback, define the Rate and/or Amount for each Chargeback. 6. Click 'Save'.	1. User successfully navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) for the Chargeback. 2. The (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) for the Chargeback. 2. The header information was validated. 3. The Items tab information was validated. 4. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 5. The Chargeback items are update and updated according to the Chargeback specificiations. 6. The Vendor Return Authorization (VRMA) is saved.
Store Ops	TC-07299	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07270		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07299M	Edit quote to add item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07270	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07300	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07277		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07300M	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07277	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07301	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07280		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07301M	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07280	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06046	Create OM Purchase Order(s) for OM Work Orders	OM Work Order released from Maestro in planned status, then released in Net (...)OM Work Order released from Maestro in planned status, then released in NetSuite	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manage (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager ; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - Planned Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Work Order. 3. Update the 'Status' from Planned to Released. 4. Click the 'Save' button on the Work Order. 5. Let ~15 minutes pass and Refresh your browser. 6. Navigate to the Items tab. 7. Validate that Purchase Orders (hyperlink) are populated in the 'Purchase Order' line-level field for the Service for Purchase items, 8. Navigate to the Operations tab. 9. Validate that the Purchase Orders (hyperlink) are populated in the OM Purchase Order column field for the correct Manufacturing Operation Task.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully cl (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user is able to and successfully clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The status is updated from Planned to Released. 4. The user successfully saves the Work Order in the Released Status. 5. The browser is refreshed. 6. User navigates to the Items tab. 7. Purchase Orders are automatically created and populated for each Service for Purchase item. 8. The user navigates to the Operations tab. 9. The Purchase Orders are automatically created and populated for each Manufacturing Operation Task.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06047	Validate and Update OM Purchase Order(s)	OM Work Order has been Released.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. 2. Navigate to the Items tab. 3. Locate the Purchase Order(s) in the Purchase Order line-level field for each Service for Purchase item. These are automatically created. 4. Click the Purchase Order hyperlink. 5. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 6. Click the 'Edit' button. 7. Validate and/or Update the Purchase Order infomration. - Vendor - PO Type - Project - Location 8. Select the 'OM Logistics' - Ship-To Vendor - Pick-Up 9. Click 'Save'.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user navigates to the Item tab. 3. T (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The user navigates to the Item tab. 3. The user identifies the Purchase Order(s) created for each Service for Purchase item. 4. The user clicks the Purchase Order hyperlink(s). 5. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 6. The user clicks the Edit button. 7. The OM Purchase Order information is either validated and/or updated. 8. The 'OM Logistics' is definted. 9. The user Saves the OM Purchase Order.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06048	Add an Expedited Fee to the OM Purchase Order	OM Purchase Order has been created.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar -or- Use they "Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval" saved search. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click the 'Edit' button. 4. Navigate to the Items tab on the Purchase Order. 5. In the Items column field, type 'Expedite Fee' and select the item. 6. Enter a Quantity of 1. 7. Enter the Rate for the Expedite Fee. 8. Fill out the Ship-To Address and make sure it matches the OM Service Item's Ship-To Address. 9. Click 'Add'. 10. Click 'Save'.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3 (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 4. The user navigates to the Item tab. 5. The 'OM Expedite Fee' item is selected. 6. The user adds a Quantity of 1. 7. The user adds the Expedited Fee Rate. 8. The user clicks 'Add'. 9. The user clicks 'Save'.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06049	OM Purchase Order Approval (Release PO for OM)	OM Purchase Orders have been created and Work Order is In Process	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use the "Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval" saved search. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. After any necessary updates are made and saved, click 'Submit for Approval'. - Priority: OM Logistics 4. The OM Purchase Order will either be Approved or sent to the Next Approver for Approval. - The Next Approver will click the 'Approve' button." 5. Navigate to the Communications tab and note that the Email Communication was sent to the Vendor/Supplier.	1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Th (...)1. The Outsourced Manufacturing Work Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Submit for Approval' button is available and clicked. 4. The 'Approve' button is clicked if applicable. - Pleae note the Status is now 'Pending Receipt'." 5. Email communicaiton was sent to the Vendor/Supplier.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06050	OM Purchase Order Components Staged via NetSuite	OM Purchase Order has been approved.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Operator; Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Operator; Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to the 'Fusion - OM Material for Staging (Material Handling)' saved search. 2. Validate that the Inline Edit toggle is marked as Edit. 3. Identify the Purchase Order in the list that needs to be Staged. 4. For the Purchase Order, hover over the NO in the 'OM Material Staged' column. Click the 'NO' and then check the 'OM Material Staged' field. 5. Click in the "white space" of the saved search. 6. Refresh the saved search and note that the Purchase Order is no longer in the queue.	1. The 'Fusion - OM Material for Staging (Materila Handling)' saved search is located. 2. The Inlin (...)1. The 'Fusion - OM Material for Staging (Materila Handling)' saved search is located. 2. The Inline Edit toggle is correctly marked as Edit. 3. The Purchase Order is identified. 4. The user hovers over the 'OM Material Staged' column and updates the NO to YES via the checkbox. 5. The user clicks in "white space". 6. The saved search is refreshed and the Purchase Order is no longer in the queue as a Purchase Order that needs to be Staged.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06051	OM Purchase Order Components Staged via RF-Smart
Store Ops	TC-07372	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07343		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07372M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07343	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07373	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07350		Order is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07373M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07350	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06052	OM Purchase Order Components Shipped to Vendor or Picked-Up from Vendor (It (...)OM Purchase Order Components Shipped to Vendor or Picked-Up from Vendor (Item Fulfillment) via NetSuite	OM Purchase Order Created and Staged.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to the 'Fusion - OM Material (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to the 'Fusion - OM Material at Vendor (Material Handling)' saved search. 2. Validate that the Inline Edit toggle is marked as Edit. 3. Identify the Purchase Order in the list that needs to be Staged. 4. For the Purchase Order, hover over the NO in the 'OM At Vendor' column. Click the 'NO' and then check the 'OM At Vendor' field. 5. Click in the "white space" of the saved search. 6. Refresh the saved search and note that the Purchase Order is no longer in the queue.	1. The 'Fusion - OM Material at Vendor (Material Handling)' saved search is located. 2. The Inlin (...)1. The 'Fusion - OM Material at Vendor (Material Handling)' saved search is located. 2. The Inline Edit toggle is correctly marked as Edit. 3. The Purchase Order is identified. 4. The user hovers over the 'OM At Vendor' column and updates the NO to YES via the checkbox. 5. The user clicks in "white space". 6. The saved search is refreshed and the Purchase Order is no longer in the queue as a Purchase Order that needs to be fulfilled.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06053	OM Purchase Order Components Shipped to Vendor or Picked-Up from Vendor (It (...)OM Purchase Order Components Shipped to Vendor or Picked-Up from Vendor (Item Fulfillment) via RF-Smart
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06056	OM Purchase Order Quantity Updates	OM Purchase Order has been created, and Product Loss at prior Outsourced Ma (...)OM Purchase Order has been created, and Product Loss at prior Outsourced Manufacturing step within the Work Order	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click the 'Edit' button. 4. Navigate to the Items tab on the Purchase Order. 5. Locate the Item that requires the Quantity updated. 6. Navigate to the 'Quantity' column field and click the current quantity. 7. Enter the updated quantity in the 'Quantity' column field. 8. Click ' OK' button on the line item. 9. Click the 'Save' button on the Purchase Order.	1. The OM Purchase Order is located.. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button i (...)1. The OM Purchase Order is located.. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 4. The user navigates to the Item tab. 5. The user locates the item. 6. The user clicks in the Quantity column field. 7. The Quantity is updated. 8. The 'OK' button is successfully clicked. 9. The Purchase Order is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06057	OM Purchase Order Line-Item Split, Partials needing to be expedited to OM V (...)OM Purchase Order Line-Item Split, Partials needing to be expedited to OM Vendor	OM Purchase Order has been created; Expedite Fee; Partial Receipt.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click Edit to open the Purchase Order. 4. Navigate to the Items tab. 5. Locate and click the item(s) that needs to be "split". 6. Click the "Line-Item" and Update the following: - Quantity - Expected Receipt Date 7. Click 'OK' on the line. 8. Click into the new "line-item". 9. Add a new line for the item on the Purchase Order. - Select the Item - Enter the Quantity - Enter the Rate - Enter the Location - Validate the Department - Enter the Promise Date - Enter the Expected Receipt Date 10. Click the ?Add? button. 11. If any Item updates are made, select a PO Change Reason for each item updated. 12. Click Save.	1. The OM Purchase Order Order is located.. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' bu (...)1. The OM Purchase Order Order is located.. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 4. The user navigates to the Item tab. 5. The user locates the item(s) that require the split. 6. The current item is successfully updated. 7. The user clicks 'OK'. 8. The user clicks into the new item line. 9. The following data/information is successfully added to the new line item. 10. The Add button is successfully clicked. 11. A PO Change Reason is defined. 12. The Purchase Order is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06058	OM Purchase Order Header Date Updates	OM Purchase Order Created	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click the 'Edit' button. 4. Update the 'Receive By' date in the Primary Information section of the Purchase Order. 5.Click 'Save'	1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is (...)1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 4. The 'Received By' date is updated. 5. The 'Save' button I clicked and the Purchase Order is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06059	OM Purchase Order Line-Level Date Updates	OM Purchase Order is behind schedule	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click the 'Edit' button. 4. Navigate to the Items tab on the Purchase Order. 5. Click on the item(s) that require the date change. *** Note that you will be in 'Edit Mode' for the specific item. 6. Scroll to the right and update the Promise Date and Expected Receipt Date accordingly. 7. Click the 'OK' line button to confirm the updates. 8. Conduct the prior 3 steps if multiple items need to be updated. 9. Click 'Save'. 10. Click the Work Order hyperlink in the Work Order field. You will be directed back to the Work Order. 11. Click ‘Edit’. 12. Locate the ‘Maestro Production End Date’ field and update in accordance with the Purchase Order updates. 13. Click ‘Save’ on the Work Order.	1. The OM Purchase Order Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' (...)1. The OM Purchase Order Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 4. The user navigates to the Item tab. 5. The user successfully clicks the items which allows them to make edits. 6. The user successfully locates the Promise Date and Expected Receipt Date and updates accordingly. 7. The 'OK' button is clicked at the line-level. 8. Prior 3 steps are completed for each item that requires updates. 9. The Purchase Order is successfully saved. 10. The Work Order hyperlink is clicked. 11. The 'Edit' button is successfully clicked. 12. The 'Maestro Production End Date' is updated. 13. The Work Order is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06060	OM Purchase Order Close - Header	OM Purchase Order service for purchase item partially received.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click the Close button. 4. Validate that the Purchase Order order status is Closed.	1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order appears 3. The Close button is click (...)1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order appears 3. The Close button is clicked. 4. The Purchase Order status is Closed.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06061	OM Purchase Order Close - Line	OM Purchase Order has been created.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Locate the OM Purchase Order: - Navigate to Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List -or- Type Work Order # into the Global Search Bar -or- Use the "Kimray Fusion - In Process Outsourced Manufacturing Work Orders" saved search. -or- Type the Purchase Order # into the Global Search bar. -or- Use one of the following saved searches: - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval - Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. Click 'Edit' on the Purchase Order. 4. Navigate to Items tab > Items subtab. 5. Click on the item and scroll to the right until you see the 'Close' field. 6. Check the 'Close' checkbox. 7. Click 'Ok' to accept the change. 8. Click 'Save'.	1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The user successfull (...)1. The OM Purchase Order is located. 2. The OM Purchase Order will appear. 3. The user successfully clicks Edit on the Purchase Order. 4. The user successfully navigates to the Items subtab. 5. The user locates the 'Close' field. 6. The 'Close' field is checked. 7. Ok is clicked. 8. The Purchase Order is successfully saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06062	Updating a Work Order Completion and/or Production Loss Quantity	Work Order Completion quanitities incorrectly transacted. (E.G. - 5/5 trans (...)Work Order Completion quanitities incorrectly transacted. (E.G. - 5/5 transacted as good when 1/5 should have been tranacted as Machine Scrap and 4/5 are good.)	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Supervisor; Kimray - AM Production Manager 1 (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - AM Production Supervisor; Kimray - AM Production Manager 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Data Collection > Enter Result/Loss/Downtime/Labor. 2. The Production Data Entry page will appear. 3. Enter the Work Order # in the 'Work Order' field for the Work Order that needs to be udpated. 4. Enter the Operation # in the 'Operation No' field for the Operation that needs to be updated. 5. Under the Results tab > Production Results subtab, click the 'Refresh' button. 6. The Operation will appear, click into the line and check the 'Select' checkbox and click 'OK". 7. Click the 'Edit' button in the Production Result subtab. 8. The fields under the Results tab will appear populated. 9. Update the 'Quantity'. 10. Click the 'Save' button under the Production Results subtab. 11. Click the 'Refresh' button under the Production Results subtab. 12. Note the 'Quantity' at the Operation level has been updated. 13. Navigate to the Material Loss tab. 14. Populate the Loss Quantity in the 'Loss Quantity' field. 15. Select the 'Loss Reason'. 16. Click the 'Save' button under the Production Loss subtab. 17. Click the 'Refresh' button under the Production Loss subtab.	1. The user navigates to the Enter Result/Loss/Downtime/ Labor selections. 2. The Production Data (...)1. The user navigates to the Enter Result/Loss/Downtime/ Labor selections. 2. The Production Data Entry page appears. 3. The user enters the Work Order # in the 'Work Order' field. 4. The user enters the Operation # in the 'Operation No' field. 5. The user clicks the 'Refresh' button under the Results tab > Production Result subtab. 6. The Operation successfully appears and the user checks the 'Select' checkbox and clicks 'OK'. 7. The 'Edit' button is clicked. 8. The fields will populate under the Results tab. 9. The user updates the 'Quanity'. 10. The user clicks the 'Save' button. 11. The user clicks the 'Refresh' button. 12. The Quantity is correctly updates at the Operation level. 13. The user navigates to the Material Loss tab. 14. The user enters the Loss Quantity. 15. The user selects the Loss Reason. 16. The user clicks 'Save' button. 17. The user clicks the 'Refresh' button.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06063	Print Shop Floor Packet from the OM Work Order for delivery to shop floor	OM Work Order is released to go to Outsourced Manufacturer	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the OM Work Order 2. Click the 'Print Traveler' button at the top of the Work Order. 3. The Shop Floor Packet PDF will appear in a new browser tab. 4. Print the Shop Floor Packet.	1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Work Order. 2. The user successfully clicks the 'Print Traveler' button. 3. The Traveler/Shop Floor Packet PDF correctly appeard in a new browswer tab. 4. The user successfully prints the Traveler/Shop Floor Packet.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06064	Print Multiple Shop Floor Packets for OM Work Orders	OM Work Orders are released to go to Outsourced Manufacturer	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Generate Traveler(s) > Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page will appear. 3. Select/Populated the Work Order Filter Options - Location - Status Filter - Work Order Type/Assy Shop Cat - Work Center - Select Document - Data Criteria - Start Date - End Date 4. Once the filters are defined, click the "List Work Orders' button. 5. The Work Orders associated with the filters will appear in the Work Order table. 6. Check the Print checkbox for each Work Order you desire to print a Shop Floor Packet for. 7. Once all Work Orders are selected, click the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. Click the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section will apear. 10. Click the "Kimray Taveler Consolidated XXX" hyperlink. 11. In a new browser tab, the Shop Floor Packets will appear. 12. The user prints the Shop Floor Packets.	1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents pa (...)1. The user navigates to Kimray: Shop Floor Packet. 2. The Kimray: Generate Work Order Documents page appears. 3. The user selects and populates the Work Order Filter Options. 4. The 'List Work Orders' button is successfully clicked. 5. The Work Orders appear. 6. The user successfully checks the Print checkbox for each Work Order that needs to be printed. 7. The user clicks the 'Submit Print Job' button. 8. The user successfully clicks the 'Refresh' button. 9. The Shop Floor Packet Files section appears. 10. The user clicks the file hyperlink. 11. The Shop Floor Packet PDF appears in a new browser tab. 12. The user successfully prints the Shop Floor Packets.
Planning	TC-07357M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multipl (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06065	Print OM Service Purchase Order associated associated with OM Work Order	OM Purchase Order has been created.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the OM Purchase Order. - Type the OM Purchase Order # in the Global Search. - Navigate to the OM Purchase Order via the OM Work Order. - Use either of the saved searches: Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval or Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process 2. Once on the Purchase Order, click the Printer Icon > Print at the top of the Purchase Order form. 3. The OM Purchase Order PDF will appear in a new browswer tab. 4. Print the PDF	1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Purchase Order. 2. The user clicks the Printer Icon > (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the OM Purchase Order. 2. The user clicks the Printer Icon > Print. 3. The OM Purchase Order PDF appears in a new browswer tab. 4. The OM Purchase Oder PDF is printed.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06066	Purchase Order Manually Emailed to Vendor/Supplier	Purchase Order is created and released	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Purchase Order. - Type the Purchase Order # in the Global Search. - Navigate to the Purchase Order via the OM Work Order if OM. - Use either of the saved searches: Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Orders Pending Approval; Fusion Kimray - OM Purchase Order In Process; Fusion Kimray - Purchase Orders Pending Approval; Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order in Process. 2. Click the 'Edit' button on the Purchase Order. 3. Navigate to the Communication tab > Messages subtab. 4. Check the To Be E-Mailed checkbox. 5. Validate or update the email address(s) in the email box to the right. 6. Click 'Save'. 7. Navigate back to the Communication tab > Message subtab and note that the emails successfully was sent to the Vendor/Supplier.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 3. The user navigates to the Communication tab > Message subtab. 4. The user checks the To Be E-Mailed checkbox. 5. The user validates or updates the email address(s). 6. The user clicks the 'Save' button. 7. The user validates the email communication.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06067	FIN OS MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Issue	Work Order Issue has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Issue 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order Issue GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory If the Work Order Issue is (...)1. Work Order Issue GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory If the Work Order Issue is for a Service for Purchase Item, the GL Impact would be: Debit WIP Credit WIP Contra Outsourced Manufacturing 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06068	FIN OS MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion	Work Order Completion has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Glo (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Completion record 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead (...)1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead Absorption If the WO contains a completed qty + inventory detail additional GL impact includes: Debit Inventory Credit WIP 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06069	FIN OS MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion with $0 cost templ (...)FIN OS MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion with $0 cost template	Work Order Completion has been created during the manufacturing process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Glo (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Completion record 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows no GL Impact for Labor and Absorption due to the $0 (...)1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows no GL Impact for Labor and Absorption due to the $0 cost template If the WO contains a completed qty + inventory detail additional GL impact includes: Debit Inventory Credit WIP 2. This is primarily because the rates that are on the Manufacturing Cost Template, which are pulled in from the Manufacturing Charge Items are set to zero.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06070	FIN OS MFG - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Close	Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completion (...)Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completions and validated for completeness	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Close record 2. Click on GL Impact	1. The following GL Accounts are observed on the Work Order Close: Debit WIP (Std Cost of assembly) (...)1. The following GL Accounts are observed on the Work Order Close: Debit WIP (Std Cost of assembly) Credit WIP (Actual Cost of components and conversion costs) Debit/Credit Production Quantity Variance Debit/Credit Production Price Variance 2. Department is set as 1420 OVERHEAD ALLOCATION
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06071	FIN - OS MFG - Create Bill Credit for OM Chargeback	VRMA has been created	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the VRMA in the Global Search. Clic (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the VRMA in the Global Search. Click on "Refund" This will open up the Bill Credit form 2. Vendor Information with the associated line items wil be defaulted in. Enter in the Bill Credit # and date. 3. On the Lines region (Items subtab), confirm the Line Items that are to be credited. Update the quantity and/or rate for the line items to match the Bill Credit 4. On the Lines region (Apply subtab), select the Vendor Bills against which the Bill Credit should be applied. 5. Save your work	1. Click on Actions > GL Impact and observe the GL Accounts Debit AP Credit 500081 OM/Rework Varian (...)1. Click on Actions > GL Impact and observe the GL Accounts Debit AP Credit 500081 OM/Rework Variance
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06072	Purchase Order Confirmation		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Locate the Purchase Order that requires updating. - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists -or - - Global Search for the Purchase Order #. -or- Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' save search. 2. Click Edit to open the Purchase Order. 3. Check the 'PO Confirmed' checkbox. **Please note that this field will only appear once the Purchase Order has been approved. 4. Click 'Save'.	1. The user navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully clicks Edit, to open the Purc (...)1. The user navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully clicks Edit, to open the Purchase Order in Edit mode. 3. The PO Confirmed checkbox is checked. 4. The Purchase Order is saved.
Outsourced Mfg	TC-06073	Creating Internal Rework with OM Chargeback		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manag (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the Non-Conformance Report. - Locate the NCR via the Work Order by navigating to the Inspection tab > Non-Conformance Report subtab. -or- - Typing the NCR # into the Global Search -or- - Using the user specific NCR saved search. (TBD) 2. Validate the following Header information on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). - Item - Created From 3. Validate the following Research/Opportunity tab information. - Quantity Affected - Responsible Party - Defect Type - Initial Findings - Original Locatoin 4. Validate and Review Root Cause Analysis information. 5. Validate the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information. - Quantity Failed - Disposition (Rework with OM Chargeback). - Rework Instructions. 6. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and navigate tho the Disposition/CAI Assignment tab. Populate the Rework Work Center field with the Work Center at Kimray (Example: RW8) 7. Click 'Save'. 8. Navigate to the Rework Operations tab. 9. Review the Rework Work Order Operations, click the 'Remove' hyperlink in the far right column to remove Operation Tasks that are NOT needed for the Rework Work Order. 10. Click the 'Edit' button on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 11. Click into the line item for the Operational Task that was originally at an Outsourced Manufacturer, update the 'Manufacturing Work Center' with the Rework Work Center and 'Manufacturing Cost Template'. - For the 'Manufacturing Cost Template' please choose either 1430-ASSEMBLY or 1410-MACHINE SHOP. 12. Click 'OK' once the updates have been made for the Operation Tasks. 13. Click 'Save' on the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 14. At the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) click the "Create Rework Work Order' button. 15. A "Loading Box" will appear. 16. Once the "Loading Box" is no longer visible. Note the 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order. 17. When ready to create the Chareback, click the Chareback button at the top of the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 18. A Loading Box will appaer. 19. Validate that the OM Chargeback field now has a hyperlink to the VRMA.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Non-Conformance Report (NCR). 2. The Header information of the Non-Conformance Report is validated. 3. The Research/Opportunity tab inforation is validated. 4. The Root Cause Analysis tab information is validated. 5. The Disposition/CAI Assignment tab information is validated. 6. The user successfully Edits the Non-Conformance Report (NCR) and populates the 'Rework Work Center' field. 7. The User successfully saves the Non-Conformance Report. 8. The user navigates to the Rework Operations tab. 9. The user reviews the Rework Work Order Operations and Removes all applicable NOT needed Operational Tasks. 10. The user clicks the 'Edit' button. 11. The user successfully updates the 'Manufacturing Work Center' and 'Manufacturing Cost Template' for the Operational Task that will be reworked internally at Kimray. 12. The user clicks 'OK' for the Operational Task line. 13. The Non-Conformance Report (NCR) is saved. 14. The user successfully clicks the "Create Rework Work Ordre Button'. 15. The "Loading Box" appears. 16. The 'Linked Rework Work Order' field is populated with the OM Rework Work Order. 17. The Chargeback button is clicked, 18. The Loading Box appears. 19. The OM Chargebak is successfully created and linked to the NCR>
Store Ops	TC-07000	Create a Sales Order for Conversion at a Store Location	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. All Conversion Items will be created as Assembly Items. All Conversion Items will have an Associated Bill of Materials. Conversion Items will have a Manufacturing Routing. Manufacturing Cost Templates Must exist on the Manufacturing Routings Printed Bill of Materials must include Barcodes for Each Component. Bins will need to exist at each location. Items are in stock at the store location Each store location has a dot peen machine to input serial numbers and other tag into to print new tags.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician, Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager, Kimray - Store Sales, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Enter The Following Details Set Location (For Testing Set Location To Cleburne) Customer (For Testing use " 1 Source Control Products" Enter PO# (If Applicable) Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Conversion Line Item (For Testing Use AARS6V and make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. ) Step 4: Save Sales Order Step 5: Email Sales Order To Communicated Expected Ship Date	Sales Order is Created. Manually fill out the promise date
Store Ops	TC-07001	Create a Sales Order for Conversion at OKC Mfg	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. All Conversion Items will be created as Assembly Items. All Conversion Items will have an Associated Bill of Materials. Conversion Items will have a Manufacturing Routing. Manufacturing Cost Templates Must exist on the Manufacturing Routings Printed Bill of Materials must include Barcodes for Each Component. Bins will need to exist at each location. Items are in stock at the store location Each store location has a dot peen machine to input serial numbers and other tag into to print new tags.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician, Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager, Kimray - Store Sales, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Enter The Following Details Set Location (For Testing Set Location To OKC Mfg) Customer (For Testing use " 1 Source Control Products" Enter PO# (If Applicable) Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Conversion Line Item (For Testing Use AARS6V and make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. ) Step 4: Save Sales Order Step 5: Email Sales Order To Communicated Expected Ship Date	Sales Order is Created. Manually fill out the promise date
Store Ops	TC-07267	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Store Ops	TC-07002	Create a Work Order From a Sale Order	TC-246 or TC-247 Access to a physical printer and printer setup in NS	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Enter the Sales Order Number Created in Test Case TC-246 or TC-247 into the Global Search bar. Open the Sales Order Step 2: Click the "Work Order" hyperlink at the line level of the item. Step 3: Confirm Work Order Details Step 4: Save Work Order Step 5: Click the "Print BOM" button. Step 6: Click the "Print Traveler" button. Step 7: Click the "Generate Serial Numbers" button Confirm BOM Confirm BOM Revision Confirm Quantity Step 8: Click Submit Step 9: Release Work Order	Able to set dates manually. Work Order is Created and Linked to the original Sales Order. Serial Nu (...)Able to set dates manually. Work Order is Created and Linked to the original Sales Order. Serial Number(s) are automatically generated after cicking the correct button Serial numbers should be saved under the custom Kimray Serial Number tab on the work order. BOM is opened in another tab on the screen Traveler is opened in another tab on the screen Able to physically print BOM and Traveler and all information can be seen on the printout
Store Ops	TC-07003	Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RF-Smart Device without issuing m (...)Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RF-Smart Device without issuing material to the work order	TC-247 Work order created Shop Packet/Traveler printed Conversions bin m (...)TC-247 Work order created Shop Packet/Traveler printed Conversions bin must be created for each store location Inventory for the item being unbuilt must exist at the location RFSmart scanner set up and configured for use	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Ki (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. Step 6: Navigate back to the RF-Smart Main Menu and Tap/Click "Kimray Assembly Unbuild and Issue Components" Validate Location Enter Item To Be Unbuilt (For Testing Use AAR if Conversion Item is AARS6V. Enter Serial Number of AAR being Unbuilt. (Identify serial number to be unbuilt by finding a serial number in the inventory detail subtab of the assembly item or referencing the physical item pulled from physical inventory) After All Serials have been entered click the "DONE" button Step 7: Select the Bin To Unbuild Components To. (For Testing Select the "Conversions" bin) Step 8: Validate all component items are listed in blue. For any item that is not listed in blue a serial number will need to be entered by clicking on the item and then entering the serial number. Once all components are Blue and/or Green then Click Submit. Step 9: A Message will appear, "Do you need to issue components to a work order". - If Yes - Tap Yes Enter Work Order Number Created in TC-247 You will receive a message: "The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued to the work order. Continue?" Click "Yes" for the Conversions Process - If No - Tap No - Tapping No will unbuild all components from the assembly into the Chosen Bin. Step 10: Navigate back to the RF-Smart Main Menu Step 11: Tap/Click the "Stop" button to (JOB OFF) this operation. This will stop the capture of labor time.	- Assembly Unbuild Transaction Will be Created. - Leftover Components from Assembly Unbuild Transact (...)- Assembly Unbuild Transaction Will be Created. - Leftover Components from Assembly Unbuild Transaction not Issued to work order will be in Conversions bin. - Work Order Issue Transaction will be created for Conversion Work Order Unbuilt item should be decremented from inventory
Store Ops	TC-07004	Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RF-Smart Device and issue materia (...)Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RF-Smart Device and issue material to the work order.	TC-246 Work order created Shop Packet/Traveler printed Conversions bin must (...)TC-246 Work order created Shop Packet/Traveler printed Conversions bin must be created for each store location Inventory for the item being unbuilt must exist at the location RFSmart scanner set up and configured for use	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. Step 6: Navigate back to the RF-Smart Main Menu and Tap/Click "Kimray Assembly Unbuild and Issue Components" Validate Location Enter Item To Be Unbuilt (For Testing Use AAR if Conversion Item is AARS6V. Enter Serial Number of AAR being Unbuilt. (Identify serial number to be unbuilt by finding a serial number in the inventory detail subtab of the assembly item or referencing the physical item pulled from physical inventory) After All Serials have been entered click the "DONE" button Step 7: Select the Bin To Unbuild Components To. (For Testing Select the "Conversions" bin) Step 8: Validate all component items are listed in blue. For any item that is not listed in blue a serial number will need to be entered by clicking on the item and then entering the serial number. Once all components are Blue and/or Green then Click Submit. Step 9: A Message will appear, "Do you need to issue components to a work order". - If Yes - Tap Yes Enter Work Order Number Created in TC-TBD You will receive a message: "The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued to the work order. Continue?" Click "Yes" for the Conversions Process - If No - Tap No - Tapping No will unbuild all components from the assembly into the Chosen Bin. Step 10: Navigate back to the RF-Smart Main Menu Step 11: Tap/Click the "Stop" button to (JOB OFF) this operation. This will stop the capture of labor time.	- Assembly Unbuild Transaction Will be Created. - Leftover Components from Assembly Unbuild Transact (...)- Assembly Unbuild Transaction Will be Created. - Leftover Components from Assembly Unbuild Transaction not Issued to work order will be in Conversions bin. - Work Order Issue Transaction will be created for Conversion Work Order Unbuilt item should be decremented from inventory
Store Ops	TC-07358	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Line (...)Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated to next Distributor shipping date.
Planning	TC-07358M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Line (...)Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07359	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Store Ops	TC-07005	Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Conversion item and Create Work Order Co (...)Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Conversion item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction Using RF Smart Device	TC-1381 Components issued to a work order	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting-only completion Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. Step 6: Assemble and QA Conversion Item Step 7: Once Assembly is Complete, Tap/Click on the Work Order Reporting-only completion function from the main menu. If you exited the system you will need to access the menu by clicking on RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 8: Scan or Enter Bin "Conversions" Confirm Or Update Status to "Good" Enter Serial Number Generated in TC-247 Hit Enter After Entering Serial Number if Using NetSuite Desktop Tap/Click "Done" Enter Scrap Count if Applicable otherwise enter "0" Tap/Submit or Hit Enter to compete the Work Order. (This Will also (JOB OFF) and stop labor capture.	Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into (...)Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into Inventory making it ready for fulfillment.
Store Ops	TC-07006	Fulfill Sales Order	TC-251 Inventory for converted item must be available in the Conversions bi (...)TC-251 Inventory for converted item must be available in the Conversions bin at the store location. RF Smart scanner available and configured for use. Printer available and configured for use.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kim (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager, Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Tap/Click "Sales Order Picking Function" Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Enter Sales Order Number or Click Show List and Choose Sales Order. Step 5: Scan/Tap Item to be picked. Step 6: Scan or Enter Bin of Picking Location. Step 7: Update Status if Different from Default for the item being picked. Step 7: Enter Quantity Picked Step 8: Click/Tap Submit Step 9: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default.	Sales Order Item Fulfillment created in a "Picked" Status. Packing Slip printed.
Store Ops	TC-07007	Create Standalone RMA when Serial Number is not known or legible.	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimra (...) Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ; Customers ; Issue Return Authorizations Step 2: Enter The Following Criteria: Customer - (For Unit Testing Choose " "Source Control Products") Return Reason Location Enter Line item GAJHSN Ensure Price is Set to $0. Step 3: Save	Return Authorization is created. Amount should equal $0 on the line item(s). Total under Summary sho (...)Return Authorization is created. Amount should equal $0 on the line item(s). Total under Summary should equal $0
Store Ops	TC-07008	Create RMA from Previously Invoiced Transaction	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: Step 1. Home ; Set Preferences Step 2. Click The Appearance Subtab Step 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Log in as:Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as:Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to Customer Record: Enter Customer in Global Search Bar and Select Customer - (For Unit Testing Choose " "Source Control Products") Step 2: Click on the Sales Subtab Step 3: Click on the Transactions Sublist Step 4: Set Type Filter to Invoice Step 5: Click on the Link of the Invoice to be Returned. Step 6: Click The Authorize Return Button Step 7: Update Quantity and Set Amount to $0 Note: Step 8: Click Save	RMA/Return Authorization will be created in a Pending Receipt Status. Amount should equal $0 on the (...)RMA/Return Authorization will be created in a Pending Receipt Status. Amount should equal $0 on the line item(s). Total under Summary should equal $0
Store Ops	TC-07009	Receive Standalone RMA when Serial Number is not known or legible.	TC-257 "Needs Repair" inventory status must be set up. Exchange bins must b (...)TC-257 "Needs Repair" inventory status must be set up. Exchange bins must be configured for store locations.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimra (...) Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on RMA Receiving Step 3: Enter RMA# (If Known) or Click on "LOAD RMAs" to display a list of RMA's to chose from. Step 4: Check The Following: To Location: Location Where Item is Being Received Bin: Bin = Exchanges Step 5: Scan Item Or Tap Item on RF-Smart Device Step 6: Change the Status to: "Quarantine" Step 7: Enter the RMA# as the Serial # Step 8: Click Enter Step 9: Click Submit	The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity wi (...)The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity with a "Needs Repair" status and with the serial number as the RMA#. Return Authorization should be in a "Pending Refund" status
Store Ops	TC-07010	Receive RMA With Multiple (3) Unknown or Illegible Serial Numbers	TC-1264 "Needs Repair" inventory status must be set up. Exchange bins must (...)TC-1264 "Needs Repair" inventory status must be set up. Exchange bins must be configured for store locations. Receive RMA and Enter RMA # as serial number inventory detail. Receive RMA and RMA Serial Numbers using the following naming convention. RMA#RMA#-1RMA#-2	Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on RMA Receiving Step 3: Enter RMA# (I (...)Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on RMA Receiving Step 3: Enter RMA# (If Known) or Click on "LOAD RMAs" to display a list of RMA's to chose from. Step 4: Check The Following: To Location: Location Where Item is Being Received Bin: Bin = Exchanges Step 5: Scan Item Or Tap Item on RF-Smart Device Step 6: Change the Status to: "Quarantine" Step 7: Enter the RMA# as the Serial # - (Receive RMA and RMA Serial Numbers using the following naming convention. ) RMA#, RMA#-1, RMA#-2 Step 8: Click Enter Step 9: Click Submit	The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity wi (...)The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity with a "Needs Repair" status and with the serial numbers as entered during receiving. Return Authorization should be in a "Pending Refund" status
Store Ops	TC-07011	Receive RMA From Previously Invoiced Transaction	TC-258 Invoice for item must exist Exchanges bin must be set up for each st (...)TC-258 Invoice for item must exist Exchanges bin must be set up for each store location RF Smart device must be configured for use "Needs Repair" inventory status must exist	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on RMA Receiving Step 3: Enter RMA# (If Known) or Click on "LOAD RMAs" to display a list of RMA's to chose from. Step 4: Check The Following: To Location: Location Where Item is Being Received Bin: Bin = Exchanges Step 5: Scan Item Or Tap Item on RF-Smart Device Step 6: Change the Status to: "Quarantine" Step 7: Enter/Scan the Serial # Step 8: Click Enter/Done Step 9: Click Submit	The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity wi (...)The Exchanges bin for the specific store location should be incremented for the item and quantity with a "Needs Repair" status and with the serial numbers as entered during receiving. Return Authorization should be in a "Pending Refund" status
Store Ops	TC-07012	Create Sales Order using Exchange "X" Item	Exchange "X" item must be set up (Item code "GAJHSNX" must exist) and have (...)Exchange "X" item must be set up (Item code "GAJHSNX" must exist) and have "PEX1 - Pump Exchange" Pricing Group assigned. Customer account must have Group Pricing set up for "PEX1 - Pump Exchange" pricing group at "Base Price" pricing level	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech K (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Select a Customer (For Unit Testing Choose " "Source Control Products") Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set the Location To The Location Where the Item will be shipping from. (Use Cleburne Location For Unit Testing) Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the "Ship To Select" address Step 4: Enter Exchange Item Number being shipped. For Testing Use GAJHSNX Step 5: Click Save	Sales Order is created with a "Pending Fulfillment" status. Promise Date is poplulated automaticall (...)Sales Order is created with a "Pending Fulfillment" status. Promise Date is poplulated automatically. Expected Ship Date is poplulated automatically. No discount is applied to the exchange item
Store Ops	TC-07013	Create a Sales Order (DC to Store)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. TC-263 - Item Setup	Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manag (...)Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Create a Sales Order using a Kimray Store Customer using a Non-Journalized Item with a Description of the Item Typed into the Description Field of the Line Item. Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select a Kimray - Non-Inventory Store Customer Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set the Location: OKC Mfg Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the ""Ship To Select"" address Step 4: Enter NON-INVENTORY" Item(s) to be shipped and Enter a Description of the products being shipped. Step 5: Enter Email Address Under the ""Communication Subtab"" if desired. If No Email is to be sent. Uncheck the ""To Be Emailed"" check box. Step 6: Click Save"	Sales Order Should be Saved with a Sales Order Number.
Store Ops	TC-07014	Create a Sales Order (Store to DC)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. TC-263 - Item Setup	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Create a Sales Order using a Kimray Store Customer using a Non-Journalized Item with a Description of the Item Typed into the Description Field of the Line Item. Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select a Kimray - NON-INVENTORY DC Customer Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set the Location: Choose a Store Location from Where Product is being Shipped from. Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the ""Ship To Select"" address Step 4: Enter "NON-INVENTORY" Item(s) to be shipped and Enter a Description of the products being shipped. Step 5: Enter Email Address Under the ""Communication Subtab"" if desired. If No Email is to be sent. Uncheck the ""To Be Emailed"" check box. Step 6: Click Save"	Sales Order Should be Saved with a Sales Order Number.
Store Ops	TC-07015	Create a Sales Order (Store to Store)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. TC-263 - Item Setup	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Create a Sales Order using a Kimray Store Customer using a Non-Journalized Item with a Description of the Item Typed into the Description Field of the Line Item. Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select a Kimray - NJ (Store Customer) Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set the Location: Choose a Store Location from Where Product is being Shipped from. Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the ""Ship To Select"" address Step 4: Enter ""Non-Journalized"" Item(s) to be shipped and Enter a Description of the products being shipped. Step 5: Enter Email Address Under the ""Communication Subtab"" if desired. If No Email is to be sent. Uncheck the ""To Be Emailed"" check box. Step 6: Click Save"	Sales Order Should be Saved with a Sales Order Number.
Planning	TC-07270M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07271	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Store Ops	TC-07016	Create a Sales Order (Store to External Location)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. TC-263 - Item Setup	Login as: - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician (...)Login as: - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician - Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl - Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Create a Sales Order using a Kimray General Non-Journalized Customer using a Non-Journalized Item with a Description of the Item Typed into the Description Field of the Line Item. Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select the "Kimray - NON-INVENTORY External Location" Customer Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set the Location: Choose a Store Location from Where Product is being Shipped from. Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the "Ship To Select" address Step 4: Enter "NON-INVENTORY" Item(s) to be shipped and Enter a Description of the products being shipped. Step 5: Enter Email Address Under the "Communication Subtab" if desired. If No Email is to be sent. Uncheck the "To Be Emailed" check box. Step 6: Click Save	Sales Order Should be Saved with a Sales Order Number.
Store Ops	TC-07017	Create Item Fulfillment - Pick Status -(DC to Store)	TC-264	Login as: Kimray - Product and Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Man (...)Login as: Kimray - Product and Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click on Sales Order Picking Step 3: Pick/Fulfill Sales Order - Enter Sales Order Number in the Search Field. Step 4: Scan or Tap Item to be Fulfilled. Step 5: Enter Quantity to be Fulfilled and Hit Enter (Line Should Turn Green) Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be Printed. Step 8: Click Print	An Item Fulfillment will be created against the Sales Order in a "Picked Status".
Store Ops	TC-07018	Create Item Fulfillment - Pick Status - (Store to DC)	TC-265	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on Sales Order Picking Step 3: Pick/Fulfill Sales Order - Enter Sales Order Number in the Search Field. Step 4: Scan or Tap Item to be Fulfilled. Step 5: Enter Quantity to be Fulfilled and Hit Enter (Line Should Turn Green) Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be Printed. Step 8: Click Print"	An Item Fulfillment will be created against the Sales Order in a "Picked Status".
Store Ops	TC-07019	Create Item Fulfillment - Pick Status - (Store to Store)	TC-266	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on Sales Order Picking Step 3: Pick/Fulfill Sales Order - Enter Sales Order Number in the Search Field. Step 4: Scan or Tap Item to be Fulfilled. Step 5: Enter Quantity to be Fulfilled and Hit Enter (Line Should Turn Green) Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be Printed. Step 8: Click Print	An Item Fulfillment will be created against the Sales Order in a "Picked Status".
Store Ops	TC-07020	Create Item Fulfillment - Pick Status - (Store to External Location)	TC-267	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on Sales Order Picking Step 3: Pick/Fulfill Sales Order - Enter Sales Order Number in the Search Field. Step 4: Scan or Tap Item to be Fulfilled. Step 5: Enter Quantity to be Fulfilled and Hit Enter (Line Should Turn Green) Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be Printed. Step 8: Click Print	An Item Fulfillment will be created against the Sales Order in a "Picked Status".
Store Ops	TC-07021	Create a Sales Order for Package Build Up	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. Assembly Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimra (...) Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Enter The Following Details Customer (Use 1 Source Control Products) Enter PO# Customer Contact Set Location (For Testing Set Location To Cleburne) Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Package Build up Line Item (For Testing Use EFPPS2P and make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. )Note: The Create Work Order Checkbox is checked by default since the item is set up as a Special Work order Item. Step 4: Save Sales Order Step 5: Email Sales Order From Sales Order Screen	Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Promise date and Expected Ship Date are populated on S (...)Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Promise date and Expected Ship Date are populated on Sales Order based on the Work Order Email sent to customer. Email message matches Kimray branding guidelines. Sales Order PDF matches Kimray branding guidelines
Store Ops	TC-07309	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07281		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07309M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07281	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07310	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07284		Quote is saved with new quantity
Store Ops	TC-07022	Issue Components to Work Order using RF-Smart Device	TC-273 and Work Order Will Need to be released prior to issuing components (...)TC-273 and Work Order Will Need to be released prior to issuing components in the next test case. Over Issue Components	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Tap/Click on Work Order Issue Components Step 3: Validate Location and Update if Necessary Step 4: Enter Work Order Number or Tap/Click the Load Work Orders Button and Choose the Work Order From The List. Step 5: Click/Tap Each individual Component. - Enter Bin that the item is being picked from. - Enter the Quantity to be issued for each item. - Enter Serial Number. Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build	Work Order Issue transaction is created. BOM PDF opens in the browser and can be physically printed (...)Work Order Issue transaction is created. BOM PDF opens in the browser and can be physically printed. Inventory bin(s) should be decremented for the items and quantities issued to the WO.
Store Ops	TC-07023	Under Issue Components to Work Order using RF-Smart Device	TC-1318 Printer configured for use RF Smart Scanner configured for use Inve (...)TC-1318 Printer configured for use RF Smart Scanner configured for use Inventory must be available in the location	Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tech - (...)Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tech - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl - Kimray - Sales & Service Manager - Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to Work Order Created in Test Case TC-1318 by Entering Work Order Number in Global Search. Step 2: Click "Print Traveler" button on the Work Order. This will open a Printable Traveler with Scannable Component Barcodes For Issuance. Step 3: Release Work Orders Type "Mark Works Released" in Global search. Step 4: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 5: Tap/Click on Work Order Issue Components Step 6: Validate Location and Update if Necessary Step 7: Enter Work Order Number Created From Test Case TC-273 or Tap/Click the Load Work Orders Button and Choose the Work Order From The List. Step 8: Click/Tap Each individual Component. Enter CL-1 as the Bin that the item is being picked from. Enter the Quantity to be issued for each item. When Encountering the EFP Component Choose a Serial Number within the Following Range. (EFP12-EFP100) Pick all items and only issue a Quantity of 1 for Item Component 648SS6 Step 9: Click Submit Step 10: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build	Work Order Issue Transaction will be created with the Component 648SS6 Issued Short. Other component (...)Work Order Issue Transaction will be created with the Component 648SS6 Issued Short. Other components fully issued to work order.
Store Ops	TC-07024	Report Work Order Production Using RF-Smart Device	TC-275RF Smart scanner configured for use	Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tech - (...)Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tech - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting-only completion Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time for this operation. Step 6: Once Assembly is Complete, Tap/Click on the Work Order Reporting-only completion function from the main menu. If you exited the system you will need to access the menu by clicking on RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 7: Enter the Following Completion Information Scan or Enter Bin "Package Build Ups" Confirm Or Update Status to "Good" Enter Quantity Tap/Click "Complete" to stop capturing time and to create a work order completion. Enter Scrap Count if Applicable otherwise enter "0" Tap/Submit or Hit Enter to compete the Work Order.	A Package Build Up Finished Good will be completed into the Package Build Ups Bin in a "Good" Status (...)A Package Build Up Finished Good will be completed into the Package Build Ups Bin in a "Good" Status. Labor time should be captured
Store Ops	TC-07025	Report Work Order Production Using RF-Smart Device	RF Smart scanner configured for use	Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tec (...)Login as: - Kimray - Field Service Technician - Kimray - Service Supervisor - Kimray - Repair Tech - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl - Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time for this operation. Step 6: Once Assembly is Complete, Tap/Click on the Work Order Reporting-only completion function from the main menu. If you exited the system you will need to access the menu by clicking on RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 7: Enter the Following Completion Information Scan or Enter Bin "Package Build Ups" Confirm Or Update Status to "Good" Enter Quantity Tap/Click "Complete" to stop capturing time and to create a work order completion. Enter Scrap Count if Applicable otherwise enter "0" Tap/Submit or Hit Enter to compete the Work Order.	A Package Build Up Finished Good will be completed into the Package Build Ups Bin in a "Good" Status (...)A Package Build Up Finished Good will be completed into the Package Build Ups Bin in a "Good" Status.
Store Ops	TC-07026	Fulfill Sales Order That Was Converted From Quote	TC-278RF Smart scanner configured for usePrinter configured for use	Login as:Kimray - Customer Support SpecialistKimray - Store Warehouse SpecialistKimray - Customer Su (...)Login as:Kimray - Customer Support SpecialistKimray - Store Warehouse SpecialistKimray - Customer Support Specialist - IntlKimray - Sales & Service ManagerKimray - Field Service TechnicianKimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Tap/Click "Sales Order Picking Function" Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Enter Sales Order Number or Click Show List and Choose Sales Order. Step 5: Scan/Tap Item to be picked. Step 6: Scan or Enter Bin of Picking Location. Step 7: Update Status if Different from Default for the item being picked. Step 8: Enter Quantity Picked Step 9: Click/Tap Submit Step 10: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default.	Sales Order Item Fulfillment created in a "Picked" Status.
Store Ops	TC-07027	Fulfill Sales Order - Role: Fusion Kimray - Store Whse Specialist	RF Smart scanner configured for use Printer configured for use	Login as:Kimray - Customer Support SpecialistKimray - Store Warehouse SpecialistKimray - Customer Su (...)Login as:Kimray - Customer Support SpecialistKimray - Store Warehouse SpecialistKimray - Customer Support Specialist - IntlKimray - Sales & Service ManagerKimray - Field Service TechnicianKimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Tap/Click "Sales Order Picking Function" Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Enter Sales Order Number or Click Show List and Choose Sales Order. Step 5: Scan/Tap Item to be picked. Step 6: Scan or Enter Bin of Picking Location. Step 7: Update Status if Different from Default for the item being picked. Step 8: Enter Quantity Picked Step 9: Click/Tap Submit Step 10: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default.	Sales Order Item Fulfillment created in a "Picked" Status.
Store Ops	TC-07028	Close Work Order	Work Order Must Exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimra (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Enter the Work Order Number in Global Search or Navigate to: Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List and find the Work order in the Work Order Close Step 2: Open The Work Order Step 3: Click the "Close" Button	Work Order is Closed
Store Ops	TC-07029	Update Sales Order - Add Item(s) Used in Repair	TC-302 User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set (...)TC-302 User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Cus (...) Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Repair Tech -Kimray - Sales & Services Manager -Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter the applicable Sales Order Number Into Global Search or Navigate to the associated Case and find the Sales Order in related records. Step 2: Click Edit on Sales Order Step 3: Add Item(s) Used in Repair Step 4: Click Save	Items Used in Repair will be added to the Sales Order. Promise dates for the added lines will be pop (...)Items Used in Repair will be added to the Sales Order. Promise dates for the added lines will be populated with realistic dates through the Maestro integration
Store Ops	TC-07030	Close RMA	RMA must Exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter RMA# in Global Search Step 2: Click the "Close" button	RMA is Closed.
Store Ops	TC-07031	Update Work Order Components List and add Repair RMA reference	Assembly Item must be in inventory in one of these bins at the location: Re (...)Assembly Item must be in inventory in one of these bins at the location: Repairs or Exchanges Work order must be created Repair RMA must be created	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custome (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate to the applicable work order Step 2: Edit Work Order Step 3: Add Item That was Received from Customer to Work Order Components List. Step 4: Select the associated RMA # in the Repair RMA field Step 5: Save Work Order	Work Order is updated with The Component(s) and or Finished Good(s) needed to consume the items duri (...)Work Order is updated with The Component(s) and or Finished Good(s) needed to consume the items during the repair process.
Store Ops	TC-07032	Issue Components to Work Order using RF-Smart Device	Update Work Order Component List Test Case (No TC Assigned at the moment) a (...)Update Work Order Component List Test Case (No TC Assigned at the moment) and the Work Order Will Need to be released prior to in the next test case.	Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech (...)Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Sales & Service Manager -Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate to Work Order by Entering Work Order Number in Global Search. Edit and Release Work Order. Step 2: Click "Print Traveler" button on the Work Order. This will open a Printable Bill of Materials with Scannable Component Barcodes For Issuance. Step 3: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 4: Tap/Click on Work Order Issue Components Step 5: Validate Location and Update if Necessary Step 6: Enter Work Order Number or Tap/Click the Load Work Orders Button and Choose the Work Order From The List. Step 7: Click/Tap Each individual Component. - Enter Bin that the item is being picked from. - Enter the Quantity to be issued for each item. Step 8: Click Submit Step 9: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build	A Work Order Issue Transaction will be created against the work order and the material will be decre (...)A Work Order Issue Transaction will be created against the work order and the material will be decremented from Inventory and moved into WIP.
Store Ops	TC-07033	Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Repair item and Create Work Order Comple (...)Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Repair item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction - ROLE: Fusion Kimray - Repair Tech	Work Order created with components issuedRF Smart device configured for use	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "Work Order Reporting-only completion Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. Step 6: Assemble and QA Conversion Item Step 7: Once Assembly is Complete, Tap/Click on the Work Order Reporting-only completion function from the main menu. If you exited the system you will need to access the menu by clicking on RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 8: Scan or Enter Bin "Repairs" Confirm Or Update Status to "Good" Enter Serial Number Generated Hit Enter After Entering Serial Number if Using NetSuite Desktop Tap/Click "Done" Enter Scrap Count if Applicable otherwise enter "0" Tap/Submit or Hit Enter to compete the Work Order. (This Will also (JOB OFF) and stop labor capture.	Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into (...)Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into Inventory in the Repairs bin at the location making it ready for fulfillmentWork Order Completion transaction is created.
Store Ops	TC-07034	Fulfill Sales Order	TC-291RF Smart scanner configured for usePrinter configured for use	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Int Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Tap/Click "Sales Order Picking Function" Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Enter Sales Order Number or Click Show List and Choose Sales Order. Step 5: Scan/Tap Item to be picked. Step 6: Scan or Enter Bin of Picking Location. Step 7: Update Status if Different from Default for the item being picked. Step 8: Enter Quantity Picked Step 9: Click/Tap Submit Step 10: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default. Step 9: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build Step 9: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build	Sales Order is Fulfilled in a Picked Status
Store Ops	TC-07035	Close Work Order	Work Order Must Exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Enter the Work Order Number in Global Search or Navigate: Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Enter Work Orders ; List and find the Work order in the Work Order Close Step 2: Open The Work Order Step 3: Click the "Close" Button	Work Order is Closed
Store Ops	TC-07036	Create a Case Manually in NetSuite (Application Issue) and assign to self	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. <img src="/documents/873649" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 50. 50?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873649" class="fr-fic fr-dii"><img src="/documents/873650" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 5 1. 57?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873650" class="fr-fic fr-dii">	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Store SalesKimray - Customer Support Specialist - IntlKimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate: List ; Support ; Cases ; New Step 2: Set the following fields Subject Company Assigned To: If the person creating the case will be owning the case. The person can also assign the case or leave it blank. If it is left blank someone will need to grab it Contact Status - Set To "In Progress" if the person creating the case is owning the case, otherwise set to "Not Started" Select Item in Question Select Serial/Lot Number if Applicable Set Type To: Product Application Issue - Note: This assumes that Product Support Identifies a Product Application Issue. Set Case Issue Set Origin of Case Step 3: Enter "Outgoing From Support Rep" Message Details Step 4: Click Save	Case is Created and assigned to the person who created the case
Store Ops	TC-07038	Create a Case Via Website Form	Fill Out Drupal Form on Kimray. com Website https://kimray. com/get-produc (...)Fill Out Drupal Form on Kimray. com Website https://kimray. com/get-product-support-test-form must be configured to send an email to NetSuite upon submission.	Login as: No Role (Customer) Step 1: Navigate To https://kimray. com/get-product-support-test-form S (...)Login as: No Role (Customer) Step 1: Navigate To https://kimray. com/get-product-support-test-form Step 2: Enter Field Data Step 3: Click Submit	Case is Created in NetSuite with customer set to Anonymous.
Store Ops	TC-07039	Create Repair Work Order	TC-1475, TC-301, TC-1436	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimra (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists ; Support ; Cases Step 2: Open Case Created in TC-07061 Step 3: Click on Related Record Subtab Step 4: Click "Transactions" Sublist Step 5: Click "Work Order" Hyperlink Step 6: Enter Repair Item - For Testing Use "AARR" Step 7: Enter Location Step 8: Verify BOM, BOM Revision and Routing Step 9: Change Status To "Released" For Testing. This would only be released if all components are available for repair in Production.	Work order is created
Store Ops	TC-07040	Create Replacement Sales Order	TC-07055	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate to Lists > Support > Cases Step 2: Click View on the Case from the List That is being Worked. Step 3: Click the Custom Subtab Step 4: Click on The Return Authorization Created in Test Case TC-07055 or TC-07060 Step 5: Click the "Create SO" button. Step 6: Enter Sales Order Required Fields Enter the PO# (Replacement Sales Order) Validate Location Validate Shipping Carrier and Shipping Method Enter Contact Choose "Under Warranty" From "Replacement Sent" Field Step 10: Click Save Step 11: Assign Case To Quality	Replacement Sales Order Created and Case is Reassigned to QualityPromise Date and Expected Ship Date (...)Replacement Sales Order Created and Case is Reassigned to QualityPromise Date and Expected Ship Date are populated with realistic dates
Planning	TC-07274M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07275	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple I (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Store Ops	TC-07041	Create a Sales Order	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech (...)Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician -Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager -Kimray - Store Sales -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Enter The Following Details Set Location (For Testing Set Location To Cleburne) Customer (Use 1 Source Control Products) Enter PO# Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Item (For Testing Use AAR and make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. ) Step 4: Save Sales Order Step 5: Email Sales Order From Sales Order Screen	Sales Order is Created and Email is Sent to Customer
Store Ops	TC-07042	Fulfill Sales Order	TC-302	Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech (...)Login as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Tap/Click "Sales Order Picking Function" Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Enter Sales Order Number or Click Show List and Choose Sales Order. Step 5: Scan/Tap Item to be picked. If Serialized; Choose serial number from List of Serial Numbers on the Inventory Detail subtab of the item. This can be access by typing "ITEM: Sku" in the global search. Step 6: Scan or Enter Bin of Picking Location. (Only Applicable if Item is not Serialized) Step 7: Update Status if Different from Default for the item being picked. Step 8: Enter Quantity Picked Step 9: Click/Tap Submit Step 10: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default.	Sales Order Item Fulfillment created in a "Picked" Status.
Store Ops	TC-07043	Create sales order with a Restricted Item	Need multiple item numbers with Restricted field set to "Y" USE Item: KSL (...) Need multiple item numbers with Restricted field set to "Y" USE Item: KSL38 User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Create a Sales Order using using a Restricted Item: Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Select a Customer (Use "1 Source Control Products" for Unit Testing) Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set Location to OKC Mfg Enter a Customer PO# Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the "Ship To Select" address Step 4: Enter a Restricted Item (For Testing - Use any Item Below. . . ) KSL38 Click "Add" button to add to the item to the sales order. Step 5: Click Save	Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical r (...)Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical restrictions. Please verify that the ship-to address falls within the allowed region. " A List of Items that are restricted will also be included in the popup. Sales Order Created
Store Ops	TC-07044	Create Sales Order With Non-Restricted item	Role: Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Inside Sales Use item AAR Use another resal (...)Role: Kimray - Fusion Kimray - Inside Sales Use item AAR Use another resale item number	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Create a Sales Order using using a Non-Restricted Item: Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ; Sales ; Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Select a Customer (Use "1 Source Control Products" for Unit Testing) Step 3: Enter the Following Details on the Sales Order Set Location To OKC Mfg Enter a Customer Contact Select Shipping Carrier/Shipping Method Set the "Ship To Select" address Step 4: Enter AAR Item to Sales Order Step 5: Click Save Step 10: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be printed and Click/Tap Print Change Printer If Different from Default. e	No pop up message should appear and Sales Order will be created.
Store Ops	TC-07045	Edit a Sales Order and Enter a Restricted Item then save Sales Order	TC-1026 Roles setup	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Open Sales Order Created in Test Case ID: TC-1026 Step 2: Enter a Restricted Item as a new line on the Sales Order USE Item: KSL38 Step 3: Save Sales Order	Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical r (...)Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical restrictions. Please verify that the ship-to address falls within the allowed region. " A List of Items that are restricted will also be included in the popup. Sales Order Saved
Store Ops	TC-07046	Edit a Sales Order and Enter a Non-Restricted Item then save Sales Order	TC-1001 Role: Kimray - NOAM FG PRM - SALES Use item AAR Use another resale (...)TC-1001 Role: Kimray - NOAM FG PRM - SALES Use item AAR Use another resale item number	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Open Sales Order Created in Test Case ID: TC-1001 Step 2: Enter a Non-Restricted Item as a new line on the Sales Order USE ITEM: AAR Step 3: Save Sales Order	Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical r (...)Popup message will alert user with message - "Item(s) you?ve added to the order have geographical restrictions. Please verify that the ship-to address falls within the allowed region. " A List of Items that are restricted will also be included in the popup. Sales Order Saved
Store Ops	TC-07047	Invoice Sales Order	TC-303 Sales Order must be in the Pending Billing status	Log in as: Applicable accounting roles or Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Step 1: Ente (...) Log in as: Applicable accounting roles or Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Step 1: Enter Sales Order Number Into Global Search Created in TC-302 Step 2: Click The Bill Button Step 3: Click Save	Invoice is Created Warranty Registration is Created
Store Ops	TC-07048	Receive Return Authorization	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. REPAIRS bin set up at the location""Needs Repair"" inventory status must exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click on "RMA Receiving" Function Step 3: Update Bin To Receive Item into. Enter "REPAIRS" Step 4: Click the Item to be Received Step 5: Click on Status and Change to "Needs Repair" Step 6: Enter The Serial Number Step 7: Click Submit	RMA is Received. RMA should be $0Item Receipt transaction is created Item must be in the REPAIRS bin (...)RMA is Received. RMA should be $0Item Receipt transaction is created Item must be in the REPAIRS bin with a ""Needs Repair"" status
Store Ops	TC-07049	Mark Work Order Released	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. Work Order Must Be Created.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custom (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order Number in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit and Change Status To Released. Step 3: Update The Bill of Materials Components If Necessary (Repairs) Step 3: Click "GENERATE SERIAL NUMBERS" Step 4: Click "PRINT TRAVELER"	Work Order is Released Traveler Printed Serial Numbers Generated.
Store Ops	TC-07050	Create Standalone RMA Multiple (3) Unknown or Illegible Serial Numbers.	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Log in as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech -Ki (...)Log in as: -Kimray - Field Service Technician -Kimray - Service Supervisor -Kimray - Repair Tech -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist -Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl -Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ; Customers ; Issue Return Authorizations Step 2: Enter The Following Criteria: Customer - (For Unit Testing Choose " "Source Control Products") Return Reason Location - (Choose Cleburne Location For Unit Testing) Enter Line item GAJHSN (Enter a Quantity of 3) Ensure Price is Set to $0. Step 3: Save	Return Authorization is created. Amount should equal $0 on the line item(s). Total under Summary sho (...)Return Authorization is created. Amount should equal $0 on the line item(s). Total under Summary should equal $0
Store Ops	TC-07051	Create a Sales Order for a Package Build Up (Issue Short)	Assembly Item Must Exist in NetSuite and be marked as a Special Work Order (...)Assembly Item Must Exist in NetSuite and be marked as a Special Work Order Item	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales Service Manager Kimray - Product Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders Step 2: Enter The Following Details Customer (Use 1 Source Control Products) Enter PO# Customer Contact Set Location (For Testing Set Location To Cleburne) Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Package Build up Line Item (For Testing Use EFPPS2P and make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. )Note: The Create Work Order Checkbox is checked by default since the item is set up as a Special Work order Item. Step 4: Save Sales Order Step 5: Email Sales Order From Sales Order ScreenNOTE: Work Order Will Need to be released prior to issuing components in the next test case.	Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Email will also be sent to customer. Promise date (...)Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Email will also be sent to customer. Promise date and Expected Ship Date should be calculated
Store Ops	TC-07052	Create Item Fulfillment - Pick Status	TC-262 RF Smart device configured for use	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate to RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click on Sales Order Picking Step 3: Pick/Fulfill Sales Order - Enter Sales Order Number in the Search Field. Step 4: Scan or Tap Item to be Fulfilled. Step 5: Enter Serial Number of Item to be Fulfilled and Hit Enter (Line Should Turn Green) User Serial Numbers in the Range of CLE-X1 - CLE-X100 Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Enter Quantity of Packing Slips to be Printed. Step 8: Click Print	An Item Fulfillment will be created against the Sales Order in a "Picked Status".
Store Ops	TC-07053	Issue Remaining Components Not Issued from the Assembly Unbuild Transaction (...)Issue Remaining Components Not Issued from the Assembly Unbuild Transaction	TC-250 RF Smart Device Inventory available at the location	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair TechKimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Tap/Click on Work Order Issue Components Step 3: Validate Location and Update if Necessary Step 4: Enter Work Order Number Created From Test Case TC-247 or Tap/Click the Load Work Orders Button and Choose the Work Order From The List. Step 5: Click/Tap Each individual Component. Enter Bin that the item is being picked from. Enter the Quantity to be issued for each item. Step 6: Click Submit Step 7: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build	Remaining Components From WorkOrder Will Be Issued. Work Order Issue transaction created
Store Ops	TC-07054	Edit an Inventory Item and Flag as Restricted.	An inventory item from Lamot (Vendor) must exist	Login as: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Navigate to a Lamot item in NetSuite Step 2: Navigate (...)Login as: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Navigate to a Lamot item in NetSuite Step 2: Navigate to the Product Management Section under the Product Specification Tab. Step 3 Ensure the Restricted Item List Record Field has been populated with "Lamot" Step 4: Click Save	Item will be saved with "LAMOT" in restricted field
Store Ops	TC-07055	Create a Return Authorization from Case Record	TC-1502	Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Step 1: Navigate to Lists ; Support ; Cases St (...) Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Step 1: Navigate to Lists ; Support ; Cases Step 2: Click View on the Case from the List That is being Worked. Step 3: Click the "Create RMA" button Step 4: Update Return Location If ApplicableNote: If the Return Location is Different From The Default Selling Location The Serial Number will need to be copied from the Case Page and Entered Into The Inventory Detail at the Line Level. Update Amount on Line Item To $0 Step 5: Select "Return Reason" Step 6: Click Save	Return Authorization Created. RMA Can Be Viewed on Custom Subtab
Store Ops	TC-07056	Create a Return Authorization Manually	N/A	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate to Lists ; Warranty and Repairs ; Warranty Registration List Step 2: Click "View" on Out of Warranty Registration. Step 3: Navigate To The Case Created in the Previous Step Step 4: Click The Search Transaction ButtonClick The "Select Transaction" hyperlink next to the Invoice to create an RMA Against. Step 5: Click the "Authorize Return" Button and enter the following details. Return Reason Location To Where Item is Being Returned Update Return Location If ApplicableNote: If the Return Location is Different From The Default Selling Location The Serial Number will need to be copied from the Case Page and Entered Into The Inventory Detail at the Line Level. Update Amount on Line Item To $0 Step 6: Click Save	?Return Authorization is Created
Store Ops	TC-07057	Validate Warranty Registration	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. A warranty registration with "Out of Warranty" must exist	Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support (...)Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate: Lists ; Warranty and Repairs ; Warranty Registration List Step 2: Find the Warranty Registration in the List and View the Warranty Status Column (For This Test Case Use any "Out of Warranty" Registration. This is Searchable by: Invoice # Registration # Serial Number# Step 3: Move on To Next Test Case	Status of Warranty Registration has been Viewed.
Store Ops	TC-07058	Case Handoff To Store	Open Case Created in TC-294	Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support (...)Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Click Edit to Edit the Case Step 2: Change Status To "Escalated" Step 3: Click the Escalation Subtab Step 4: Enter Escalation Message Step 5: Click The Escalate To Sublist Step 6: Select Individual(s) or a Employee Group TO Send Emails To. Step 7: Click Save.	Email is Sent to All Store Group Members in the Escalated Member Group
Store Ops	TC-07059	Resolve Issue, Update and Close Case	TC-1453	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Lists ? Support ? Cases Step 2: Click the "Edit" hyperlink next to the case to be worked Step 3: Validate Customer ? If Anonymous, change Customer (This only applies if a case was created via email or the website.) Step 4: Update the following if applicable: Item Serial Case Type Case Issue Any other relevant case information fields Step 5: Enter "Outgoing From Support Rep" message Step 6: Change Status to Closed Step 7: Click Save Note: After this step, a user will send a survey to the external user. Surveys to be sent will be identified by a saved search.	Case is Closed Internal Note Added with Resolution.
Store Ops	TC-07060	Create a Warranty Claim (Mfg Defect - Replacement)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. Invoice and Warranty Registration Must Exist.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Warranty and Repairs > Warranty Registration List Step 2: Click "View" on the Warranty Registration Step 3: Click "Create Claim" button Select Failure Reason: Manufacturing Defect (Quality) Select Action: For this test case, choose "Replacement" Step 4: Enter "Outgoing From Support Rep" message Step 5: Click Save	Warranty Case Record Will be Created
Planning	TC-07261M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple I (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07262	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at the store location		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07262M	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07061	Create a Warranty Claim (Mfg Defect - Repair)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. Invoice and Warranty Registration Must Exist.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Lists ? Warranty and Repairs ? Warranty Registration List Step 2: Click "View" on the Warranty Registration Step 3: Click "Create Claim" button Select Case Type Select Case Issue Select Origin Select Failure Reason Select Action: For this test case, choose "Repair" Step 4: Enter "Outgoing From Support Rep" message Step 5: Click Save	Warranty Case Record Will be Created
Store Ops	TC-07062	Create Repair Sales Order/Work Order	N/A	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate to Lists > Support > Cases Step 2: Click View on the Case from the List That is being Worked. Step 3: Click the Custom Subtab Step 4: Click on The Return Authorization Created in Test Case TC-1436 tep 5: Click the "Create SO" button. Step 6: Enter Sales Order Required Fields Enter the PO# (Replacement Sales Order) Validate Location Validate Shipping Carrier and Shipping Method Enter Contact Click "Repair Order" Checkbox. Step 7: Validate The "Create WO" Check Box is Checked.	Repair Sales Order/Work Order Created with Promise Date and Expected Ship Date
Store Ops	TC-07063	Create Bin Transfer To Move Repair Kit/ Components To Repairs Bin	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. <img src="/documents/873638" style="width:300px;height:125px;" class="fr-fil fr-dii" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 50. 50?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873638"><img src="/documents/873639" style="width:300px;height:9 6. 9563px;" class="fr-fil fr-dii" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 5 1. 57?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873639">Inventory must be available in the main inventory bin(s)Repairs bin must exist for the location	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Inventory ? Bin Transfer Step 2: Enter the following details: Location: Use OKC Mfg for Test Run 1 and Cleburne for Test Run 2 Item: Use RYG for testing Quantity Inventory Detail: From Bin = Any Bin To Bin = "Repairs Bin" Status: "Good" Enter Quantity Step 3: Click Save	Component's Needed for Repair are moved to Repair Bin.
Store Ops	TC-07064	Validate RMA Value is Set to $0	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. <img src="/documents/873649" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 50. 50?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873649" class="fr-fic fr-dii"><img src="/documents/873650" alt="Screenshot_2024-12-19_at_1 1. 5 1. 57?AM. png" data-inline-document-id="873650" class="fr-fic fr-dii">This Test Case is used to validate that a Return Authorization Total Value will be set to $0 When any of the following "Return Reasons" is selected on the Return Authorization. Repairs / Exchange Warranty A Workflow must be built to facilitate this functionality.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Customers ? Issue Return Authorizations Step 2: Enter the following mandatory fields: Customer Return Reason: Select Repairs / Exchange or Warranty Location Item being returned Step 3: Click Save	Return Authorization Value Should Be $0
Store Ops	TC-07065	Validate RMA Closure When RMA Equals $0 and Status = Pending Refund - ROLE: (...)Validate RMA Closure When RMA Equals $0 and Status = Pending Refund - ROLE: ADMIN	TC-2002TC-1183This Test Case is used to validate that a RMA is closed when (...)TC-2002TC-1183This Test Case is used to validate that a RMA is closed when the RMA Total is $0 and the Status = Pending RefundOpen RMA's must exist in a Pending Refund State with a Total of $0A Workflow must be built to facilitate this functionality.	Fusion - Open RMA's with $0 Value Step 1: A workflow is scheduled (frequency TBD) Step 2: As an Ad (...)Fusion - Open RMA's with $0 Value Step 1: A workflow is scheduled (frequency TBD) Step 2: As an Admin role: Navigate: Customizations ? Workflows ? Workflows Find the workflow named: Auto Close $0 RMA's Click on the hyperlink Click Edit Click the pencil icon to the right Step 3: Click Save	Sales Order Value Will Be $0
Store Ops	TC-07066	Default Store Routing Test	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. An item exists with a routing for the stores	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Validate that a Default Store Routing will be set when a Store Location is set. Step 1: Navigate: Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter Item To Be Manufactured with a location of OKC Mfg and Save Work order. Step 3: Edit Work Order Saved in Step 2 and Change Location to any Store Location.	The store work order should automatically be updated with the store routing selected.
Planning	TC-07279M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Line (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07280	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Store Ops	TC-07067	Create a Sales Order and Work Order for Conversion (Stop CTP from ordering (...)Create a Sales Order and Work Order for Conversion (Stop CTP from ordering item)	Item on Sales Order should not exist in inventory	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save	STOP CTP from ordering item through OKC MFGDemand for parts not in stock on the work order should be (...)STOP CTP from ordering item through OKC MFGDemand for parts not in stock on the work order should be created. Promise Date and Expected Ship date should be populated with realistic dates
Store Ops	TC-07068	Create a sales order for Conversion Body Swap	End Item must be in inventory in store locationValve body must be in invent (...)End Item must be in inventory in store locationValve body must be in inventory in store location Valve body must be in inventory in store location	Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimr (...)Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save	Sales Order and Work are created with realistic promise dates and expected ship dates. Inventory is (...)Sales Order and Work are created with realistic promise dates and expected ship dates. Inventory is successfully incremented for item converted to and leftover components.
Store Ops	TC-07069	Create a Sales Order for Conversion Trim Swap		Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimr (...)Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save	A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for trim swap. Example: ECP to EFP this conversi (...)A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for trim swap. Example: ECP to EFP this conversion would decrement 1) ECP and 1) T2947 and increment 1) EFP and 1) T2899
Store Ops	TC-07070	Create a Sales order for Conversion Elastomer Change		Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimr (...)Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save	A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for an Elastomer swap. Example: AAR to AARV This (...)A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for an Elastomer swap. Example: AAR to AARV This Conversion would decrement 1) AAR and 1) RYG-V and increment 1) AARV
Store Ops	TC-07071	Create a Sales Order for Conversion with parts being transferred from anoth (...)Create a Sales Order for Conversion with parts being transferred from another warehouse		Login as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimra (...)Login as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save	A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for a body swap. Also creating a Transfer Order (...)A Sales Order and Work Order are Created/Completed for a body swap. Also creating a Transfer Order for T2947 coming from another store location Example: ECP to EFP this conversion would decrement 1) ECP and 1) T2947 and increment 1) EFP and 1) T2899
Store Ops	TC-07072	Create a Sales Order for Build-up with parts being transferred from another (...)Create a Sales Order for Build-up with parts being transferred from another location		Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech (...)Log in as a: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager" Step 1: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order Step 2: Select Customer Step 3: Select Conversion Item Step 4: Tick "Create WO" Check box. Step 5: Click Save Step 6: Create a Store to Store TO for the item being transferred from another store	A Sales Order and Work Order for a build-up are Created/Completed. Also creating a Transfer Order f (...)A Sales Order and Work Order for a build-up are Created/Completed. Also creating a Transfer Order for component in build-up coming from another store location. Maestro should recognize the TO already created for the item and not suggest a new TO from OKC MFG
Store Ops	TC-07073	Create a Quote for Build-up	Code for Package Build-Up available.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager	Quote is saved and promise date for the Package Build-Up is poplulated.
Store Ops	TC-07074	Create standalone Work Order for Build-up (Qty > 1)	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Ki (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Manufacturing ? Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter work order details and choose a Package Build Up item Step 3: Ensure the QTY is 2 or more.	A Work Order for a build-up is Created/Completed.
Store Ops	TC-07075	Create standalone Work Order for Conversion	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Manufacturing ? Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter work order details and choose a Conversion item	Work Order is Created/Completed for a body swap. Example: AAR to AAS this conversion would decremen (...)Work Order is Created/Completed for a body swap. Example: AAR to AAS this conversion would decrement 1) 1913 and 1) AAR and increment 1) 1709 and 1) AAS
Store Ops	TC-07076	Receiving Product	RF Smart needs to be configured for TOs, POs, RMAs	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Item Receipt is created. Inventory is incremented in the correct bin with the correct inventory stat (...)Item Receipt is created. Inventory is incremented in the correct bin with the correct inventory status
Store Ops	TC-07077	Email sales order to customer through NetSuite communication		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To Sales Order from Global Search Step 2: Click on Communication Subtab Step 3: Click Email Button Step 4: Validate or Update Email Address and Enter Additional Email if Applicable Step 5: On the Message Subtab Choose a Template Or Create Body of Email Step 6: Update Subject Line Step 7: Click Attachments Subtab - Attach Additional Document If Desired - Ensure that "Include Transaction" Check box is selected to include the Sales Order Transaction as an attachment to the email. Step 8: Click Preview Button to Preview the email or Merge and Send to Send Email.	Email is sent to customer with valid information.
Store Ops	TC-07078	Move left over parts from Work Order back to store default bin		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate > Rf-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Select the Bin Transfer Function Step 3: Validate Locate and Enter or Scan From Bin Step 4: Select To Bin To Transfer To Step 5: Click Submit	Inventory is moved from one bin to the new bin
Store Ops	TC-07079	Adjust the dates on a Repair Sales Order	A repair Sales Order must exist	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custome (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter Sales Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit and Update Dates on Sales Order to match latest item date plus build time. Step 3: Click Save	Sales Order dates are updated
Store Ops	TC-07080	Adjust the dates on a Conversion work order	A conversion work order must exist	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit and Update Dates on Work Order Step 3: Click Save	Work Order dates are updated
Store Ops	TC-07081	Adjust the dates on a Package Buildup work order	A package build-up work order must exist	"Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)"Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit and Update Dates on Work Order Step 3: Click Save"	Work Order dates are updated
Store Ops	TC-07082	Create an activity from customer call		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager" Step 1: Locate Customer in Global Search Step 2: Click on the Communication Subtab Step 3: Click on the "Acitivities" Sublist Step 4: Choose an Activity Button Step 5: Enter Relevant Details Step 6: Click Save	Activity is saved to the customer account
Store Ops	TC-07083	Create an activity from customer email		"Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manag (...)"Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager"" Step 1: Locate Customer in Global Search Step 2: Click on the Communication Subtab Step 3: Click on the ""Acitivities"" Sublist Step 4: Choose an Activity Button Step 5: Enter Relevant Details Step 6: Click Save	Activity is saved to the customer account
Store Ops	TC-07084	Create an activity from call from non-customer	Permissions available for phone calls	Log in as:Kimray - Field Service TechnicianKimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair TechKimray - C (...)Log in as:Kimray - Field Service TechnicianKimray - Service SupervisorKimray - Repair TechKimray - Customer Support SpecialistKimray - Customer Support Specialist - IntlKimray - Sales & Service ManagerKimray - Store Warehouse Specialist 1. Navigate to Activities > Scheduling > Phone Calls> New 2. Fill in required fields: subject, Date/time, Status, Phone, etc. 3. Add an associated Task if a task already exists for this phone call. 4. In the 'Message' add any notes regarding the phone call that occurred. 5. Click 'Save'.	Activity is saved to the customer account
Store Ops	TC-07085	Create an activity from email from non-customer			Activity is saved to the customer account
Store Ops	TC-07086	Escalate case to store		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Click Edit to Edit the Case Step 2: Change Status To "Escalated" Step 3: Click the Escalation Subtab Step 4: Enter Escalation Message Step 5: Click The Escalate To Sublist Step 6: Employee Group To Send Emails To. Step 7: Click Save.	Email is sent to store group. Case is assigned to store group.
Store Ops	TC-07087	Escalate activity to a specific person		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager	Email is sent to individual to follow up on activity. Activity is assigned to the person.
Planning	TC-07360M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multipl (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07361	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07321		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Store Ops	TC-07088	Escalate case for Specific Person		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Click Edit to Edit the Case Step 2: Change Status To "Escalated" Step 3: Click the Escalation Subtab Step 4: Enter Escalation Message Step 5: Click The Escalate To Sublist Step 6: Select Individual(s) To Send Emails To. Step 7: Click Save.	Email is sent to store group. Case is assigned to store group.
Store Ops	TC-07089	Create case from in-person interaction		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Technician Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Support > Cases > New Step 2: Enter Case Details Step 3: Click Save	Case is Created and unassigned to a support rep
Store Ops	TC-07090	Support Rep "grabs" a case and the case is assigned to the support rep		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Support > Cases Step 2: Click Grab Next to the Case To be worked.	Case is assigned to the support rep
Store Ops	TC-07091	Automatic escalation of case if untouched after 4 hours		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager	Case is escalated to Product & Customer Support Manager
Store Ops	TC-07092	Automatic escalation of case if untouched after 4 hours - submission after (...)Automatic escalation of case if untouched after 4 hours - submission after hours		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manage (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager	Case is not escalated until four hours after business start
Store Ops	TC-07093	Edit a Sales Order to create a WO for a converted Item (Components not in s (...)Edit a Sales Order to create a WO for a converted Item (Components not in stock)	TC-2060 Components for conversion should not be in stock at the store lo (...)TC-2060 Components for conversion should not be in stock at the store location	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Ki (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	A Work order is created and tied to the Sales Order. Dates on the sales order should be updated bas (...)A Work order is created and tied to the Sales Order. Dates on the sales order should be updated based on the WO. Original demand through OKC manufacturing should be canceled. New demand created for components not in stock on the work order.
Store Ops	TC-07094	Edit a Sales Order to create a WO for a converted Item (Components in stock (...)Edit a Sales Order to create a WO for a converted Item (Components in stock)	TC-2060 Components for conversion should be in stock at the store location	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager	A work order is created and tied to the Sales Order. Dates on sales order should be updated based o (...)A work order is created and tied to the Sales Order. Dates on sales order should be updated based on WO. Original demand through OKC Manufacturing should be canceled.
Store Ops	TC-07095	Receive a Resale Item for a build up	Open PO with items to be recieved.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	Receive a PO
Store Ops	TC-07096	Create a Case Manually in NetSuite (Application Issue) and leave the "assig (...)Create a Case Manually in NetSuite (Application Issue) and leave the "assign to" blank	N/A	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Support > Cases > New Step 2: Enter Case Details Step 3: Click Save"	Case is Created and unassigned to a support rep
Store Ops	TC-07097	Put in Requisition Order for items	Open Sales Order with build-up	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Requisitions Step 2: Enter Requisition Details Step 3: Click Save	Successfully enter a Requisition Order
Store Ops	TC-07098	Edit the items on a work order (include a resale item)	Work order for a package build up must be created	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1: Locate Work Order in Global Search and Click Edit Step 2: Update Component(s) on Work Order. Include at least 1 resale item Step 3: Click Save	The work order should save with edits to the BOM.
Store Ops	TC-07099	One person grabs a case, at the same time (or shortly following), another p (...)One person grabs a case, at the same time (or shortly following), another person tries to grab the same case	A case must exist	Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Support > Ca (...)Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Support > Cases Step 2: Click Grab Next to the Case To be worked.	The second person should not be able to grab the case
Store Ops	TC-07100	Create a Repair Work Order from a Warranty Claim with "Repair" as the actio (...)Create a Repair Work Order from a Warranty Claim with "Repair" as the action and where the "Repaired Item" is not defined on the item record.	A Warranty registration must exist for an item that does not have the "Repa (...)A Warranty registration must exist for an item that does not have the "Repaired Item" field filled in on the item record	Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Warranty and R (...)Login as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Warranty and Repairs > Warranty Registration List Step 2: Click Create Claim Step 3: Select Repair as the action. Step 4: Click Save	NetSuite should throw an error saying the Repaired Item field is not completed on the item record. (...)NetSuite should throw an error saying the Repaired Item field is not completed on the item record. The repair work order will not be created
Store Ops	TC-07101	Kimray Unbuild/Auto Issue Functional Testing- Full Details	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. Work order available to have components issued to. BOM containing all of the same components being unbuilt. BOM containing some of the same components being unbuilt. BOM containing none of the components being unbuilt. Work order where some components have already been issued, and have same component being unbuilt. BOM that contains a component that is serialized. Note: this test case is to show all requirements and Steps as an overall functional test. Once all individual test cases have passed, this test case will get a result of pass. no results to be added here until all pass. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate To: RF-Smart > Client < Client Step 2: Click On Kimray Assembly Unbuild and Issue Components Function Step 3: Select the Location. Step 4: Enter the item. Step 5: Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt. Step 6: Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details. For Serialized items, prompt for Serial Number being unbuilt. The bin and inventory status will be pulled in based on where the serial number shows in Netsuite Users may need to enter multiple serial numbers based on the quantity to unbuild entered. For Lot items, prompt user for Lot#, quantity of that lot#, bin where the lot# is being unbuilt, inventory status for that lot#. Users will need to enter details that match the quantity to unbuild entered. For non-lot or serial assemblies, prompt the user for the bin where the assembly is being unbuilt from, quantity and inventory status. Users will need to enter details that match the quantity to unbuild entered. Once all inventory details have been entered, the user will hit done. The inventory details will be used to populate the Assembly Unbuild record with the assembly item details. Enter/Select the bin to unbuild the component inventory. Add flag to bin records to allow user to choose from a list of bins in the function. Is Unbuild Assembly Bin, ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin Prompt user for serial/lot details for all components that are serial or lot controlled. If there are multiple component items requiring this detail, each item will be prompted individually. Enter the serial/lot details and enter. If more than one serial for the same component, the component will stay on the screen and capture each serial number entered up to the quantity required to be unbuilt. The user will be prompted for the next item after the required number of serials have been entered. If lot item, enter the quantity to be unbuilt and enter. If multiple lots, the screen will prompt for another lot until full quantity to unbuild has been entered. User will submit the unbuild transaction to be created. Upon submit, the unbuild process will have all components unbuilt and put into the selected bin. The unbuilt components may be committed to work orders where the components showed to be on back order before the unbuild transaction. Prompt user,Do you need to issue components to a work order . If No, then continue with the submit process and unbuild the component quantity to the selected bin. If Yes, prompt user for the work order number. Enter the work order number and hit enter or submit. The status of the work order will be validated and if not in a valid status the user will receive a message stating invalid status. This will require a lead to determine why the work order is not in a valid status. (e. g. work order not released, components show on back order, components already issued) If quantity to unbuild is greater than the quantity to build on the selected work order, prompt user with a message, ?The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued to the work order , Do you want to continue or cancel. Continue will go ahead and issue the appropriate component quantities to the work order. If none of the components can be issued to the scanned work order, error with message ?No components can be issued to this work order, continue with unbuild? Continue will unbuild without issuing any components If the option to issue components to a work order was selected, this will occur after the unbuild process has completed. Logic will issue components related to the BOM associated to the selected work order. If a component has already been issued to the work order, the logic will not allow over issue to occur for the component. These components will remain in the bin they were unbuilt to and continue with issuing the other components to the selected work order. Kimray will manage adjusting out these remaining components. Kimray will manage the issuing of replacement components prior to using this function. All components required to be issued to the work order and have not already been issued, will only be issued from the selected bin they were unbuilt to. If a component was unbuilt and is not required for the selected work order, those components will remain in the selected bin to unbuild to. If serial or lot numbers were entered to be unbuilt, these will be issued to the selected work order, unless those components were already issued prior to using this unbuild process. Kimray will manage transferring or adjusting those components. There will be a green success message to show when the Issue to work order has been completed. If no work order issue was needed, this will not be prompted.	User to enter an item that is not an assembly item to confirm they get an error that the item is no (...)User to enter an item that is not an assembly item to confirm they get an error that the item is not a valid item to be unbuilt. User to enter an item that is inactive to confirm they get an error the item is not an active item. User to enter a bin that is not flagged to be a Kimray Unbuild bin and confirm error message the bin is not a valid bin and please choose from list or enter a different bin. User to choose ?No when prompted to issue components to a work order. Verify the components are unbuilt to the selected bin and they match the default BOM revision components and quantities. Validate a work order that showed back order for one of the components, did get committed after the unbuild. User to choose ?Yes when prompted to issue components to a work order. Enter a work order that is in planned status. Confirm error of invalid status, Planned. Enter a work order that is in a different location that selected to unbuild. Confirm error of work order for different location. Enter a work order that has been closed. Confirm error of invalid status, Closed. Enter a work order that has been built, but not closed. Confirm error of invalid work order. Enter a work order that does not have a BOM revision selected. Confirm error of missing BOM revision. Enter a valid work order for matching location. Confirm components in the BOM are issued from the selected bin the components were unbuilt to. Based on manufacturing settings, confirm if some components were issued to the work order prior to using this function, those components are not over issued to the work order. Do not error if some components have already been issued, just don?t issue those components, leaving them in the selected bin they were unbuilt to, and continue to issue all other components that have not already been issued to the work order. Validate any lot or serial components unbuilt were the same that were issued to the selected work order, if there were none previously issued to the work order prior to using this function. The Unbuild transaction record was added to the WO Issue transaction.
Store Ops	TC-07102	Test valid item types are able to be unbuilt	An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serial (...)An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. A non-assembly item must be in inventory. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Have an inactive assembly item type. Each item type must have a BOM and current revision available. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item Item Entry Details: Enter a non-assembly item that is serialized and/or non-serialized Enter an assembly item type that is serialized and/or non-serialized Prompts: Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details For serialized items, prompt for the serial number being unbuilt Note: The bin and inventory status will be pulled in based on where the serial number appears in NetSuite	User gets an error that the item is not a valid item to be unbuilt when entering an item type that (...)User gets an error that the item is not a valid item to be unbuilt when entering an item type that is not an assembly item type. User to enter an item that is inactive to confirm they get an error the item is not an active item. User to enter an assembly item to confirm the item is accepted and the next prompt is shown to the user.
Store Ops	TC-07103	Test valid BOM and BOM revision are able to be unbuilt	An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serial (...)An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. The assembly item must have a master default BOM associated. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. revision within the effective date. BOM revision not available for the item being unbuilt. No revision within the effective date range. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item that does not have a current BOM revision No cur (...)Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item that does not have a current BOM revision No current revision for the location selected No current revision for all locations Enter an Item that has a current BOM revision Current revision for the specific location Current revision for all locations	Error message when the item entered does not have a current revision available for a BOM. When item (...)Error message when the item entered does not have a current revision available for a BOM. When item has a current revision for the BOM, the user is prompted for the item details to be unbuilt.
Store Ops	TC-07315	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07272		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07315M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07272	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07316	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07308		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Store Ops	TC-07104	Test Unbuild of single quantity to a selected bin with no selected work ord (...)Test Unbuild of single quantity to a selected bin with no selected work order to issue to	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Note: Lot items are not currently used. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. no component level has a serialized item. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item RF-Smart will Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details For Serialized Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for the serial number being unbuilt The bin and inventory status will be pulled in based on where the serial number exists in NetSuite Users may need to enter multiple serial numbers based on the quantity to unbuild For Lot Numbered Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for the Lot# RF-Smart will Prompt for the quantity of that Lot# RF-Smart will Prompt for the bin where the Lot# is being unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt for the inventory status for that Lot# Users must enter details that match the quantity to unbuild For Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies: RF-Smart will Prompt for the bin where the assembly is being unbuilt from Enter the quantity and inventory status Users must enter details that match the quantity to unbuild Final Steps: Once all inventory details have been entered, the user will click Done The inventory details will populate the Assembly Unbuild record with the assembly item details Enter/select the bin to unbuild the component inventory User will submit to complete the unbuild transaction A green success message will display when the unbuild is completed Post-Unbuild Prompt: Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No, continue with the submit process and unbuild the component quantity to the selected bin User can also click Skip if there is no work order to issue to Note: Kimray will manage transferring or adjusting those components	Non-serialized assembly item will not prompt for serial number. Serialized assembly item will promp (...)Non-serialized assembly item will not prompt for serial number. Serialized assembly item will prompt for serial number. The components are unbuilt to the selected unbuild bin and show to be in Netsuite in that bin. The components unbuilt match the BOM revision that is current for the item unbuilt.
Store Ops	TC-07105	Test Unbuild of multiple quantity to a selected bin with no selected work o (...)Test Unbuild of multiple quantity to a selected bin with no selected work order to issue to	An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serial (...)An assembly item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Note: Lot items are not currently used. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. no component level has a serialized item. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt Quantity must be greater than one RF-Smart will Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details For Serialized Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for the serial numbers being unbuilt The bin and inventory status will be pulled in automatically based on where the serial numbers exist in NetSuite Users must enter multiple serial numbers matching the total quantity to unbuild For Lot Numbered Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for the Lot# Enter the quantity of that Lot# Enter the bin where the Lot# is being unbuilt Enter the inventory status for that Lot# Users must ensure the entered details match the quantity to unbuild For Non-Lot / Non-Serialized Assemblies: RF-Smart will Prompt for the bin, quantity, and inventory status Quantity must be greater than one Details must match the quantity to unbuild Final Steps: After all inventory details are entered, the user will click Done The data will populate the Assembly Unbuild record Enter or select the bin to unbuild the component inventory User will submit the transaction to complete the unbuild A green success message will confirm that the unbuild is complete Post-Unbuild Prompt: RF-Smart will Prompt user: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No, continue with the submit process to unbuild component quantity to the selected bin User may also click Skip if there is no work order to issue to Note: Kimray will manage transferring or adjusting those components.	Non-serialized assembly item will not prompt for serial number. Serialized assembly item will promp (...)Non-serialized assembly item will not prompt for serial number. Serialized assembly item will prompt for serial number. The components are unbuilt to the selected unbuild bin and show to be in Netsuite in that bin. The components unbuilt match the BOM revision that is current for the item unbuilt. The quantity of components issued are equal to the BOM quantity multiplied by the quantity of the item unbuilt.
Store Ops	TC-07120	Quote edited in NetSuite with promise date populated for all lines.	Quote already created in NetSuite CTP was previously calculated on all Quot (...)Quote already created in NetSuite CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Save the record.	No API call made to Maestro.
Planning	TC-07120M	Quote edited in NetSuite with promise date populated for all lines.	Quote already created in NetSuite CTP was previously calculated on all Quo (...)Quote already created in NetSuite CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07121	Quote edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for som (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for some lines.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Clear out the "Promise Date" field on 1+ line-items. Step 3. Save the record.	Lines with inventory or assembly items that did not have a promise date are updated with correct pro (...)Lines with inventory or assembly items that did not have a promise date are updated with correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07121M	Quote edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for som (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for some lines.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07106	Test Unbuild of serialized item with serialized component in the BOM, no se (...)Test Unbuild of serialized item with serialized component in the BOM, no selected work order to issue to	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. BOM that contains a component that is serialized. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Instructions: Select the Location Enter the Item RF-Smart will Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details For Serialized Items: RF-Smart will l Prompt for the serial number(s) being unbuilt The bin and inventory status will be pulled from NetSuite based on serial number location Users may need to enter multiple serial numbers depending on the quantity to unbuild After Assembly Inventory Details Are Entered: Click Done The entered data will populate the Assembly Unbuild record Enter/select the bin to unbuild the component inventory Component Inventory Handling: For Serialized or Lot-Controlled Components: RF-Smart will Prompt user for serial or lot details for each controlled component Each item requiring serial or lot detail will be prompted individually For multiple serials on the same component: The system will keep the component on-screen Users must enter each serial number until the full quantity is captured Once complete, the system will prompt for the next component item For lot-controlled items: Enter the quantity to be unbuilt for the lot If there are multiple lots, the system will prompt for the next lot until the total quantity to unbuild is fulfilled Work Order Prompt: RF-Smart will Prompt user: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No, proceed with the submit process to unbuild the component quantity into the selected bin Components will be unbuilt and moved into inventory accordingly Note: Kimray will manage any necessary transfers or adjustments for those components. Confirmation: A green success message will appear once the issue to work order step has been completed	The component listing prompted user for the serial number of the component that will be unbuilt. I (...) The component listing prompted user for the serial number of the component that will be unbuilt. If serial number already exists for the component, it is not allowed to be used. The Submit button was not available until the component inventory details were completely populated. The component item is highlighted green when complete details are entered. The components unbuilt are in the selected unbuild bin. The serial number entered for the component is showing in the unbuild bin.
Store Ops	TC-07107	Test Issuing to a work order where one or more components already issued to (...)Test Issuing to a work order where one or more components already issued to the work order	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. Work order available to have components issued to. BOM containing all of the same components being unbuilt. Work order has one or more components having already been issued, and have same component being unbuilt. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer (...)Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Assembly Unbuild Process Step 1: Select Unbuild Criteria Select the Location Enter the Item to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the assembly item inventory details Step 2: Inventory Detail Handling For Serialized Items: Prompt for the serial number(s) being unbuilt Bin and inventory status will be pulled from NetSuite based on serial location Users may need to enter multiple serial numbers to match the unbuild quantity For Lot-Controlled Items: Prompt for: Lot# Quantity of that lot Bin where the lot is being unbuilt Inventory Status Users must ensure all entries match the quantity to be unbuilt For Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies: Prompt for: Bin Quantity Inventory Status Quantity must match the unbuild quantity Step 3: Finalize Assembly Unbuild Record After all inventory details are entered, click Done Details will populate the Assembly Unbuild record Enter/select the component bin where unbuilt items will be placed Bins available for selection will be filtered using the flag: Is Unbuild Assembly Bin, ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin Step 4: Component-Level Detail Entry Prompt user for serial/lot details for each serial or lot controlled component If multiple components require detail: System will prompt for each individually For multiple serials per component: Component stays on screen Each serial must be entered until the required quantity is reached For lot items: Enter quantity If multiple lots, user will be prompted until quantity is fulfilled Step 5: Work Order Component Issue Prompt Prompt: "Do you need to issue components to a work order?" If No: Continue submitting the unbuild Components will be unbuilt to the selected bin If Yes: RF-Smart will Prompt user to enter the Work Order number On submit: If quantity to unbuild > work order quantity, show warning: "The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued to the work order. Do you want to continue or cancel?" Continue: Issue only allowable quantities Cancel: Return to start If no components can be issued, show error: "No components can be issued to this work order. Continue with unbuild?" Continue: Proceed with unbuild without issuing Back: Allow user to enter a different work order Step 6: Issue Logic & Validation After unbuild, if work order issue was selected: Components will be issued based on the BOM linked to the selected work order Already issued components will not be re-issued These components remain in the unbuild bin Kimray will manage adjustments to these components Replacement components must be issued manually before using this function Only components that: Are required Have not already been issued Will be issued from the selected unbuild bin If a component was unbuilt but not required for the selected work order: It will remain in the unbuild bin If serial/lot numbers were entered for unbuild: They will be issued unless previously issued Step 7: Completion Upon successful issue (if applicable), a green success message will confirm completion If no work order issue was needed, this prompt will not appear	Any component that had already been issued to the selected work order will not be issued again, if (...) Any component that had already been issued to the selected work order will not be issued again, if it would be an over issue to the work order. Those components that could not be issued will remain in the unbuild bin that was used.
Store Ops	TC-07108	Test selecting a work order to issue to where some components are on back o (...)Test selecting a work order to issue to where some components are on back order	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. Work order available to have components issued to. BOM containing all of the same components being unbuilt. Work order where some components are on back order, and have same component being unbuilt. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Assembly Unbuild Process Step 1: Start Unbuild Select the Location Enter the Item to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt the user for the quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt the user for assembly item inventory details Step 2: Enter Inventory Details Serialized Items RF-Smart will Prompt for Serial Number(s) being unbuilt Bin and Inventory Status will auto-populate from NetSuite User must enter multiple serial numbers if required based on quantity Lot-Controlled Items Prompt for: Lot# Quantity Bin where lot is being unbuilt Inventory Status Quantity entered must match the required unbuild quantity Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies Prompt for: Bin Quantity Inventory Status Quantity must match the required unbuild quantity Step 3: Complete Assembly Header Once all inventory details are entered, user clicks Done Data populates the Assembly Unbuild record Enter/select bin to unbuild component inventory into Bins will be filtered using the flag: Is Unbuild Assembly Bin, ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin Step 4: Enter Component-Level Serial/Lot Info Prompt user for serial/lot details for each serial- or lot-controlled component Each component will be prompted individually If Multiple Serial Numbers: User enters all serials required to match unbuild quantity Once complete, the next component prompt appears If Multiple Lot Numbers: Prompt user to enter lot quantities Continue prompting until total unbuild quantity is fulfilled Step 5: Work Order Issue Prompt RF-Smart will Prompt user: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No: Proceed with unbuild Components are placed in the selected bin No issue to work order occurs If Yes: Prompt user to enter the Work Order Number Validate: If unbuild quantity > work order quantity, show message: "The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued to the work order. Do you want to continue or cancel?" Continue: Issue allowable quantities Cancel: Restart process If no components are valid for issue: "No components can be issued to this work order. Continue with unbuild?" Continue: Unbuild only Back: Enter a different work order If work order status is invalid, show error: "Invalid work order" Retry or skip work order issue step Skip Option: Allows unbuild to proceed without issuing any components Step 6: Submission & Post-Unbuild Handling Upon submission: Components are unbuilt and placed in the selected bin If work order was provided, issue occurs after unbuild is complete Logic issues components from the selected BOM on the work order Important Logic Rules: Components already issued to the work order will not be re-issued Remaining components stay in the unbuild bin Components not required for the work order remain in the unbuild bin Only components not already issued are issued from the selected bin If serial/lot numbers were entered, they are issued ? unless previously issued Kimray Responsibility: Will manage adjusting components left in the bin Will manage issuing any replacement components needed before using this function Will handle any required inventory transfers	User is prompted with error message of Invalid work order. User is not able to issue to the selecte (...)User is prompted with error message of Invalid work order. User is not able to issue to the selected work order. Skip would continue with unbuild and not issue any component. Back would cancel the unbuild process and take user back to the beginning of the function.
Store Ops	TC-07114	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date f (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for some lines.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Clear out the "Promise Date" field on 1+ line-items. Step 3. Save the record.	Lines with inventory or assembly items that did not have a promise date are updated with correct pro (...)Lines with inventory or assembly items that did not have a promise date are updated with correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07114M	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date f (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user clears out the promise date for some lines.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07115	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new li (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines with promise date missing.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Remove 1+ line-items. Step 3. Add 1+ line-items with the "quantity", "location", and "supply required by date" fields populated. Step 4. Save the record.	New lines that have an item type of inventory or assembly will be updated with the correct promise d (...)New lines that have an item type of inventory or assembly will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07115M	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new li (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines with promise date missing.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07116	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Change one of the items on a line and clear out the "promise date" field. Step 3. Save the record.	Line with the new item will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from (...)Line with the new item will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07116M	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07109	Test unbuilding to a bin that is not flagged as unbuild bin and bin in diff (...)Test unbuilding to a bin that is not flagged as unbuild bin and bin in different location	An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item (...)An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Serialized item. Non-serialized item. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin in a different location. Bin that is not flagged as an unbuild assembly bin, but is in the correct location. BOM revision available for the item being unbuilt. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Assembly Unbuild Process Step 1: Begin Unbuild Select the Location Enter the Item to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for assembly item inventory details Step 2: Enter Assembly Inventory Details For Serialized Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for Serial Number(s) Bin and Inventory Status are pulled from NetSuite based on serial location If quantity > 1, user must enter multiple serial numbers For Lot-Controlled Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for: Lot# Quantity Bin Inventory Status Quantity must match the total to be unbuilt For Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies: RF-Smart will Prompt for: Bin Quantity Inventory Status Quantity must match the total to be unbuilt Step 3: Confirm Inventory Header Details Click Done when all inventory details are entered Assembly Unbuild record is populated with the provided information Enter or select the bin to unbuild the component inventory into ?? Important Bin Validation: Do not select a bin in a different location Do not select a bin not flagged as an unbuild bin Valid bins must be flagged with: Is Unbuild Assembly Bin ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin Step 4: Enter Component-Level Inventory Details Prompt user for Serial/Lot details for each serial- or lot-controlled component Each component is prompted individually If Multiple Serials for One Component: User enters each serial until the required quantity is fulfilled Then prompted for the next component If Lot-Controlled: Enter the lot quantity If multiple lots are needed, system will prompt until quantity is fulfilled Step 5: Issue to Work Order (Optional) Prompt: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No: Proceed with the unbuild Components are placed in the selected bin No issue to work order occurs If Yes: Prompt user to enter Work Order Number Submit or hit Enter Work Order Validation Logic: If unbuild quantity > work order build quantity, show message: "The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity. Not all components will be issued. Do you want to continue or cancel?" Continue: Issue allowed quantities Cancel: Restart process If no components can be issued, show message: "No components can be issued to this work order. Continue with unbuild?" Continue: Proceed with unbuild without issuing Back: Enter a different work order If work order status is invalid, user will receive error: "Invalid work order" Skip: Proceed with unbuild, skip component issue Step 6: Submission and Post-Unbuild Logic Upon submit, components are unbuilt and placed into the selected bin If work order was selected, component issuing occurs after unbuild Issuing Logic: Components are issued based on the BOM of the selected work order If a component has already been issued, it will not be issued again Those components remain in the bin they were unbuilt to Remaining eligible components are issued accordingly Additional Rules & Responsibilities Kimray will: Manage adjustments for components not issued Handle replacement component issuance before this process is used Manage transfers or adjustments of residual components All required components that: Haven?t been issued Are needed by the work order Will only be issued from the bin they were unbuilt into If a component was unbuilt but not required, it will remain in the bin If serial/lot numbers were provided, they will be issued ? unless already issued earlier Completion A green success message will confirm the Issue to Work Order was completed If no work order was selected, this prompt will not appear	User will get an error "Invalid Unbuild bin" Will not be able to use the invalid bin.
Store Ops	TC-07117	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and cle (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Change one of the item's quantity and clear out the "promise date" field. Step 3. Save the record.	Line with the new quantity will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date f (...)Line with the new quantity will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07117M	Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and cle (...)Sales Order edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07118	Sales Order is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration pr (...)Sales Order is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Will need to manipulate data or script to force an error.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Clear out the "Promise Date" field on 1+ line-items. Step 3. Save the record.	Error is displayed in a banner message at the top of the record.
Planning	TC-07118M	Sales Order is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration pr (...)Sales Order is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Will need to manipulate data or script to force an error.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07119	Quote created in NetSuite with promise date missing for all lines.	Maestro CTP integration has been configured and NetSuite data has been load (...)Maestro CTP integration has been configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro.	Step 1. Open a new Quote in the NetSuite UI. Step 2. Fill out all mandatory fields. Step 3. Populate (...)Step 1. Open a new Quote in the NetSuite UI. Step 2. Fill out all mandatory fields. Step 3. Populate the Item sub-list with 2+ inventory or assembly items. Step 4. Each line-item should have the "quantity", "location", and "supply required by date" fields populated. Step 5. Save the record.	All lines with inventory and assembly items are updated with correct promise date and expected recei (...)All lines with inventory and assembly items are updated with correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07119M	Quote created in NetSuite with promise date missing for all lines.	Maestro CTP integration has been configured and NetSuite data has been load (...)Maestro CTP integration has been configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07110	Test Unbuild where components will commit to the work order being issued to (...)Test Unbuild where components will commit to the work order being issued to	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. Bins flagged as Is Unbuild Assembly bin. Work order available to have components issued to, (Released status). Work Order where some of the components are on back order and will need the unbuilt components to commit to the work order in order to issue to the work order. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Assembly Unbuild Procedure Step 1: Start Unbuild Select the Location Enter the Item to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt for Quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt for Assembly Item Inventory Details Step 2: Enter Inventory Details For Serialized Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for Serial Number(s) Bin and Inventory Status will be pulled from NetSuite based on serial number User may need to enter multiple serials if quantity > 1 For Lot-Controlled Items: RF-Smart will Prompt for: Lot# Quantity Bin Inventory Status Details must match the quantity to unbuild For Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies: RF-Smart will Prompt for: Bin Quantity Inventory Status Details must match the quantity to unbuild Step 3: Confirm Assembly Unbuild Header After entering all details, user clicks Done The data will populate the Assembly Unbuild Record Step 4: Select Component Bin Enter or Select Bin to place unbuilt components Only bins flagged with Is Unbuild Assembly Bin (ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin) will appear Do not select: A bin from another location A bin not flagged for unbuild Step 5: Enter Component-Level Serial/Lot Info Prompt for serial/lot details for all components that are serial or lot controlled If multiple component items require detail, each is prompted individually If Serial Controlled: RF-Smart will Prompt for one serial at a time until required quantity is entered RF-Smart will Then prompt for the next item If Lot Controlled: Enter lot quantity If multiple lots needed, system prompts again until full quantity is fulfilled Step 6: Submit Unbuild User clicks Submit after verifying and entering all component details NetSuite creates the Unbuild Transaction A green success message confirms completion ?? Note: Components may auto-commit to backordered work orders. This may include the one being issued to or another. Optional: Issue Components to a Work Order RF-Smart will Prompt: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No: Continue with submission Components are placed in the selected bin Work order step is skipped If Yes: RF-Smart will Prompt for the Work Order Number Enter number and press Enter or Submit Validation Checks: Invalid Work Order Status: If the work order is unreleased, contains backordered components, or components aren?t committed: User receives: ?Invalid status? Speak with team lead to validate or release the order Unbuild Quantity > Work Order Quantity: Show warning: ?The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity and all components will not be issued. Do you want to continue or cancel?? Continue: Issue allowed quantities Cancel: Restart the process No Components Eligible for Issue: Error: ?No components can be issued to this work order? Continue: Unbuild without issuing Back: Re-enter a different work order Final Submission Logic: Upon submission: All components are unbuilt to the selected bin If a work order was selected, component issue occurs after the unbuild process Issuance Logic Components are issued based on the BOM of the selected work order Already issued components will not be re-issued These remain in the selected unbuild bin Business Rules & Kimray Responsibilities Kimray will: Adjust out unneeded components remaining in the bin Issue replacement components (if needed) before using this function Manage transfers and inventory adjustments as needed Only components: Required by the work order Not already issued Will be issued from the selected bin they were unbuilt to Unbuilt components not needed by the work order will remain in the bin If serial or lot numbers were entered: They will be issued, unless already issued prior to this unbuild Completion Message A green success message confirms when components have been successfully issued to the work order If no issue was performed, this prompt is skipped	The Unbuild transaction was completed before the user was prompted with do you need to issue compo (...) The Unbuild transaction was completed before the user was prompted with do you need to issue components to a work order. Green success message to indicate the unbuild transaction was done. components were committed to the work order after the unbuild. User was prompted if they need to issue components to a work order. The selected work order was able to have components issued to it.
Store Ops	TC-07122	Quote edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines wi (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines with promise date missing.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite.	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Remove 1+ line-items. Step 3. Add 1+ line-items with the "quantity", "location", and "supply required by date" fields populated. Step 4. Save the record.	New lines that have an item type of inventory or assembly will be updated with the correct promise d (...)New lines that have an item type of inventory or assembly will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07122M	Quote edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines wi (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where the user removes lines and adds new lines with promise date missing.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07123	Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out th (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Change one of the items on a line and clear out the "promise date" field. Step 3. Save the record.	Line with the new item will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from (...)Line with the new item will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07123M	Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out th (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s item and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07111	Test Unbuild where a serial item unbuilt and serial captured on Work Order (...)Test Unbuild where a serial item unbuilt and serial captured on Work Order Issue transaction	User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Clas (...)User Will Be Using Classic Interface For Testing. In Order to Set the Classic Interface the user will need to Navigate to: 1. Home ; Set Preferences 2. Click The Appearance Subtab 3. Check The "Use Classic Interface" checkbox and Click Save. An item must be in inventory that is needed to be unbuilt. item must be a serialized item. Work order available to have components issued to, (Released status). Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Assembly Unbuild ? Standard Operating Procedure Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray (...)Assembly Unbuild ? Standard Operating Procedure Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Initiate Assembly Unbuild Select the Location Enter the Item to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for the Quantity to be unbuilt RF-Smart will Prompt user for Assembly Item Inventory Details Step 2: Enter Inventory Details For Serialized Items RF-Smart will Prompt for Serial Number(s) being unbuilt Bin and inventory status will be pulled automatically from NetSuite based on the serial's current location If quantity > 1, multiple serials must be entered For Lot-Controlled Items RF-Smart will Prompt for: Lot Number Quantity Bin where the lot is being unbuilt Inventory Status Details must match the total quantity being unbuilt If multiple lots are needed, the system will prompt again until the total is fulfilled For Non-Lot / Non-Serial Assemblies RF-Smart will Prompt for: Bin Quantity Inventory Status Details must match the unbuild quantity Click Done once all inventory details are entered The system will populate the Assembly Unbuild Record Step 3: Select Bin for Unbuilt Components Choose the Bin to receive the unbuilt component inventory Only bins flagged as unbuild bins will be available: Field: Is Unbuild Assembly Bin Field ID: custrecord_kr_unbuild_assembly_bin Do not select: A bin in a different location A bin not flagged as an unbuild bin Step 4: Enter Component-Level Details Prompt user for serial/lot details for all applicable components If multiple component items require detail, they will be prompted individually For Serial-Controlled Components Enter one serial at a time until the full quantity is captured After required quantity is met, system will prompt for the next component For Lot-Controlled Components Enter the lot number and quantity If needed, enter additional lots until the full quantity is reached Step 5: Submit the Unbuild Click Submit once all component details have been verified and entered A green success message will confirm that the unbuild transaction was created in NetSuite ?? Note: Unbuilt components may automatically commit to open work orders with backordered lines. This may or may not be the same work order you intend to issue to. Step 6: Issue Components to Work Order (Optional) Prompt: ?Do you need to issue components to a work order?? If No: Continue submitting the unbuild Components remain in the selected bin Work order issue is skipped If Yes: RF-Smart will Prompt for the Work Order Number Enter and submit the number Validation Checks: Invalid Status Error: If the work order is unreleased, has backordered components, or is not ready Message: "Invalid status" Action: Speak with a lead to update the work order Unbuild Quantity > Work Order Quantity: Message: ?The quantity to unbuild is greater than the work order quantity. Not all components will be issued. Do you want to continue or cancel?? Continue: Proceed with issuing allowable quantities Cancel: Restart the unbuild process No Components Can Be Issued: Message: "No components can be issued to this work order. Continue with unbuild?" Continue: Complete unbuild without issuing Back: Return to enter a different work order Step 7: Finalization and System Logic Upon submit: All components are unbuilt into the selected bin If a work order was selected, issue occurs after the unbuild transaction is complete System Logic Components are issued based on the BOM associated with the selected work order Components already issued will not be re-issued These remain in the unbuild bin Remaining components eligible for issue will be processed Tracking and Records Work Order Issue Transaction will reference the related Unbuild Transaction Unbuild Transaction will include: The item unbuilt The serial number, if applicable Additional Notes & Responsibilities Kimray Responsibilities: Adjust out any components not issued Manage the issuing of replacement components before this process Handle transfers or adjustments post-process as needed Components not required for the selected work order will remain in the selected bin If serial or lot numbers were entered, they will be issued unless already previously issued Completion A green success message will confirm when component issue to the work order is completed If no issue was required, this step is skipped	The Unbuild transaction was completed before the user was prompted with do you need to issue compo (...) The Unbuild transaction was completed before the user was prompted with do you need to issue components to a work order. Green success message to indicate the unbuild transaction was done. The Work Order Issue transaction was completed for the selected work order. The Unbuild transaction was associated to the work order Issue transaction. The inventory detail for the unbuilt serial item contains the serial number that was unbuilt.
Store Ops	TC-07112	Sales Order created in NetSuite with promise date missing for all lines.	Create level access to sales orders	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1. Open a new Sales Order in the NetSuite UI. Step 2. Fill out all mandatory fields. Step 3. Populate the Item sub-list with 2+ inventory or assembly items. Step 4. Each line-item should have the "quantity", "location", and "supply required by date" fields populated. Step 5. Save the record.	All lines with inventory and assembly items are updated with correct promise date and expected recei (...)All lines with inventory and assembly items are updated with correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07112M	Sales Order created in NetSuite with promise date missing for all lines.	Create level access to sales orders	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07113	Sales Order edited in NetSuite with promise date populated for all lines.	Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on a (...)Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. St (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Save the record.	No API call made to Maestro.
Planning	TC-07113M	Sales Order edited in NetSuite with promise date populated for all lines.	Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on (...)Sales Order already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Sales Order lines.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07124	Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears ou (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Change one of the item's quantity and clear out the "promise date" field. Step 3. Save the record.	Line with the new quantity will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date f (...)Line with the new quantity will be updated with the correct promise date and expected receipt date from Maestro.
Planning	TC-07124M	Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears ou (...)Quote edited in NetSuite where user changes a line?s quantity and clears out the promise date.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Quote already created in NetSuite. CTP was previously calculated on all Quote lines	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07125	Quote is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process. (...)Quote is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Will need to manipulate data or script to force an error.	Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. (...)Step 1. Open a Quote in edit mode in the NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 2. Clear out the "Promise Date" field on 1+ line-items. Step 3. Save the record.	Error is displayed in a banner message at the top of the record.
Planning	TC-07125M	Quote is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process. (...)Quote is created or edited, and an error occurs in the integration process.	Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded int (...)Maestro CTP integration is configured and NetSuite data has been loaded into Maestro. Will need to manipulate data or script to force an error.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07126	Maestro Configuration record is missing or contains invalid information.	Clear out one of the configuration "CTP" fields in the "Maestro Configurati (...)Clear out one of the configuration "CTP" fields in the "Maestro Configuration" record.	Step 1. Open a Sales Order or Quote in edit mode in the Step 2. NetSuite UI where CTP has already be (...)Step 1. Open a Sales Order or Quote in edit mode in the Step 2. NetSuite UI where CTP has already been calculated. Step 3. Clear out the "Promise Date" field on 1+ line-items. Step 4. Save the record.	No API call made to Maestro. Error is displayed in a banner message at the top of the record.
Store Ops	TC-07127	Test deleting an item fulfillment in Picked status (before it is in Shipped (...)Test deleting an item fulfillment in Picked status (before it is in Shipped status)		Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Suppor (...)Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Go to Transactions > Sales > Fulfill Orders > List Find the Item Fulfillment you want to delete. Click View next to the fulfillment. Verify the status is Picked. Click Edit at the top of the record. Click Delete at the bottom or top of the record. Click OK to confirm.	The item fulfillment should be deleted successfully.
Store Ops	TC-07128	Test deleting an item fulfillment in Packed status (before it is in Shipped (...)Test deleting an item fulfillment in Packed status (before it is in Shipped status)	Item Fulfillment in Packed Status exists	Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Suppor (...)Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Go to Transactions > Sales > Fulfill Orders > List Find the Item Fulfillment you want to delete. Click View next to the fulfillment. Verify the status is Packed. Click Edit at the top of the record. Click Delete at the bottom or top of the record. Click OK to confirm.	The item fulfillment should be deleted successfully (or the item fulfillment should be moved back to (...)The item fulfillment should be deleted successfully (or the item fulfillment should be moved back to Picked status and be deleted.
Store Ops	TC-07129	Test deleting an item fulfillment that is in Shipped Status (IF not invoice (...)Test deleting an item fulfillment that is in Shipped Status (IF not invoiced yet)	Item Fulfillment in a Shipped Status exists	Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Suppor (...)Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Go to Transactions > Sales > Fulfill Orders > List Find the Item Fulfillment you want to delete. Click View next to the fulfillment. Verify the status is Shipped. Click Edit at the top of the record. Click Delete at the bottom or top of the record. Click OK to confirm.	The item fulfillment should be deleted successfully.
Store Ops	TC-07130	Test deleting an item fulfillment that is in Shipped Status (IF is invoiced (...)Test deleting an item fulfillment that is in Shipped Status (IF is invoiced, Transfer is received)	Item Fulfillment in Shipped Status exists. The IF should be invoiced or rec (...)Item Fulfillment in Shipped Status exists. The IF should be invoiced or received already	Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Suppor (...)Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Go to Transactions > Sales > Fulfill Orders > List Find the Item Fulfillment you want to delete. Click View next to the fulfillment. Verify the status is Shipped and the associated Sales or Transfer Order has been invoicesd or recieved. Click Edit at the top of the record. Click Delete at the bottom or top of the record. Click OK to confirm.	A workflow/script should stop the item fulfillment from being deleted since it's in the shipped stat (...)A workflow/script should stop the item fulfillment from being deleted since it's in the shipped status and invoiced.
Store Ops	TC-07131	Test deleting an item fulfilment	Item Fulfillment must exist.	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Stor (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	These roles should NOT be able to delete item fulfillments 5/15 - Confirmed via User Role review as (...)These roles should NOT be able to delete item fulfillments 5/15 - Confirmed via User Role review as Administrator
Store Ops	TC-07132	Scrap bad components with an inventory adjustment through RF Smart	AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts se (...)AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts set up properly.	Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service (...)Log in as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Inventory Adjustment created in NetSuite. Item inventory properly decremented
Store Ops	TC-07133	Fulfill an order through RF Smart and use signature capture. The Item fulfi (...)Fulfill an order through RF Smart and use signature capture. The Item fulfillment is marked shipped after signature capture is completed.	RF Smart Signature Capture congifured and available on the RF Smart device (...)RF Smart Signature Capture congifured and available on the RF Smart device menu Item Fulfillment in the picked status	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Te (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The signature should be saved to the IF and the IF PDF should display the signature.
Store Ops	TC-07134	Adjust inventory through RF Smart (roles that should not be able to adjust (...)Adjust inventory through RF Smart (roles that should not be able to adjust inventory through RF Smart)	AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts se (...)AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts set up properly.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech	Inventory Adjustment should fail.
Store Ops	TC-07135	Adjust Inventory through RF Smart	AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts se (...)AW Inventory Adjustments must exist with adjustment reasons and accounts set up properly.	Login as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service (...)Login as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Inventory Adjustment should be submitted and increment or decrement inventory
Store Ops	TC-07136	Move item status from "Good" to "Needs Repair" in NetSuite	An item in good status must be available	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Inventory should be moved to "Needs Repair" Status
Store Ops	TC-07137	Move item status from "Good" to "Needs Repair" in RF Smart	An item in good status must be available	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Inventory should be moved to "Needs Repair" Status
Store Ops	TC-07138	Place Order for Items in "Needs Repair" Status	An item must be in inventory where all quantities of the item in a location (...)An item must be in inventory where all quantities of the item in a location must be in "Needs Repair" status. There cannot be any inventory of the item in a "Good" status.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Items should NOT be allocated and a NEW TO should be generated to OKC Manufacturing
Store Ops	TC-07139	Create a cycle count in RF Smart	These are specific to John Davis creating a stock count. Ignore if you are (...)These are specific to John Davis creating a stock count. Ignore if you are not with his team. Make sure to add the following LPs to the stock Counts Count 1: (TC-08188, 08189, 08190) (Count # 730220) LP059663 bin D0241 LP059716 bin D0413 LP062294 bin D0231 Count 2: (TC-08192, 08193, 08194)(Count # 730321) LP061321 bin D0211 LP061324 bin D0212 LP061397 bin D0213 Count 3: (TC-08195, 08196, 08197)(Count # 730422) LP061547 Bin D0412 LP062002 bin D0422 Count 4: (TC-08198, 08202, 08203)(Count # 730423) LP062048 bin D0421 LP062051 bin D0222 Count 5: (TC-08191(6-17-25) Do not do this one until code fix in place)(Count # 730524) LP062193 Bin D0232	Login as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Supp (...)Login as: Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Navigate in Netsuite to Transactions>Stock Count (LP 2.0)>RF-SMART LP 2.0 Create Stock Count Note: This can be used for Bin or LP counts being done. READ Prerequisites before creating the count, so that you add specific LPs to the count. Set the Subsidiary and Location you are counting. Provide a Name for the count being created. Flag the box for Count LP Only If counting LPs to ensure the count is created to count inventory on license plates. If not counting LPs, do not flag this box and only items not on LPs will be added to the count form. NOTE: Can only count LPs or non LPs in the same count. Flag the box for Use Directed Count if doing a directed count. If not doing a directed count, do not flag this. Populate other filters as needed for the specific count being created. (E. g. item filter From Bin, To Bin, counting groups). If doing a directed count Select the "Apply Filters" button to pull items that fit the criteria selected. Either "Mark All" or individually check the box beside each item that you want to count. If not doing a directed count you will not have the Apply Filters option, instead you will go to the next step. Hit the Submit button to then have the count created. NOTE: Will need to hit the Refresh button until status is Open. Hit the Start Count button to make count available to be counted.	Successfully create a cycle count in RF Smart
Store Ops	TC-07140	Execute a cycle count in RF Smart		Login with RF-SMART Token access: Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Kimray Stock Coun (...)Login with RF-SMART Token access: Select the Kimray All Function Menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function 1. Click on the Location field and select the location being counted. OKC Mfg. for testing purposes. 2. Hit the Load Stock Counts button to see available counts. 2a. You should have been informed which count you will be working with and find that name in the listing. 2b. Select the count to be counted. 3. Note: At this point there are several test cases that are for specific count options. For this one, you will just choose a license plate or bin, depending on which count you are doing. 3a. Enter the details of the count for that LP or bin. (Item, serial, qty, etc..). 3b. Hit done to return to the LP or bin selection screen. 4. Back out of the function. 5. Have the manager or lead confirm the LP or bin you counted shows up in the count form in Netsuite.	Successfully execute a RF Smart Cycle count
Store Ops	TC-07141	Make changes to an email template for transactions		Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates Step 2: (...)Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates Step 2: Click Edit Next to Email Template to be edited Step 3: Make Change and Click Save	Email template is saved and usable on transactions
Store Ops	TC-07142	Make changes to an email template for cases		Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates Step 2: (...)Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates Step 2: Click Edit Next to Email Template to be edited Step 3: Make Change and Click Save	Email template is saved and usable on transactions
Store Ops	TC-07143	Create a new email template for transactions		Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates > New St (...)Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates > New Step 2: Fill Out Template Details Step 3: Click Save	Email template is saved and usable on transactions
Store Ops	TC-07144	Create a new email template for casees		Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates > New St (...)Log in as: Kimray - Marketing Step 1: Navigate to: Documents > Templates > Email Templates > New Step 2: Fill Out Template Details Step 3: Click Save	Email template is saved and usable on transactions
Store Ops	TC-07145	View GL Impact on Sales Orders		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The GL Impact subtab is viewable on applicable transactions
Store Ops	TC-07146	View GL Impact on Item Fulfillments		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The GL Impact subtab is viewable on applicable transactions
Store Ops	TC-07147	View GL Impact on Invoices		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The GL Impact subtab is viewable on applicable transactions
Store Ops	TC-07148	View GL Impact on RMAs		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The GL Impact subtab is viewable on applicable transactions
Store Ops	TC-07149	View GL Impact on Work Orders		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The GL Impact subtab is viewable on applicable transactions
Store Ops	TC-07150	Create a Work Order for an Exchange Item.		Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manag (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Manufacturing ? Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter work order details and choose a Exchange item"	Work order is created.
Planning	TC-07316M	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	TC-07308	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07317	Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit quote to increase item quantitiy (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07309		Quote is saved and promise date is updated for item
Store Ops	TC-07151	Default Store Routing Test - Store routing not created for item		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custome (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Manufacturing ? Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter work order details and choose a Exchange item" (Select OKC Mfg as the Location) Step 3: Click Save Step 4: Edit Work Order Step 5: Update Location to a Store Location	This test is validating that if a Store Routing Has not been created for an item that if a Work Orde (...)This test is validating that if a Store Routing Has not been created for an item that if a Work Order is Created for the OKC Mfg Location and then the Location is updated to a store location that the Store Routing will not change since a Store Routing Does Not Exist. --Store Routing is not populated
Store Ops	TC-07152	Default Store Routing Test - no routing created for item		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custome (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Transactions ? Manufacturing ? Enter Work Order Step 2: Enter work order details and choose a Exchange item" (Select OKC Mfg as the Location) Step 3: Click Save Step 4: Edit Work Order Step 5: Update Location to a Store Location	This test is validating that if a Routing Has not been created for an item that if a Work Order is C (...)This test is validating that if a Routing Has not been created for an item that if a Work Order is Created for the OKC Mfg Location and then the Location is updated to a store location that the routing field will be blank. Routing is not populated
Store Ops	TC-07153	Edit RF Smart Menu for locations		Log in as: Kimray - Sales & Services Manager	The Sales & Service Manager role should be able to make changes to the RF Smart menus
Store Ops	TC-07154	Edit RF Smart Menu for locations - restricted access		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	These roles should NOT be able to edit RF Smart menus
Store Ops	TC-07155	Validate Warranty periods on item records		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Locate Asse (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Locate Assembly Item in Global Search Step 2: Click on Sales/Pricing Subtab Step 3: View the Warranty Period Under the Warrant Field Group	Repair and Exchange items have 12 month warranty terms New Kimray items have 18 month warranty terms
Store Ops	TC-07156	Warranty Setup - Access to change Warranty Preferences settings		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Re (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Repairs > Warranty Setup Step 2: Three Clickable Links should appear to make changes -Set Warranty Preferences -Define Warranty Terms - Setup Failure Reason	The role should be able to access and make changes to Warranty Preferences
Store Ops	TC-07157	Warranty Setup - Access to change "Define Warranty Terms" settings		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Re (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Repairs > Warranty Setup Step 2: Three Clickable Links should appear to make changes -Set Warranty Preferences -Define Warranty Terms - Setup Failure Reason	The role should be able to access and make changes to Define Warranty Terms
Store Ops	TC-07158	Warranty Setup - Access to change "Setup Failure Reason" settings		Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Re (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Warranty and Repairs > Warranty Setup Step 2: Three Clickable Links should appear to make changes -Set Warranty Preferences -Define Warranty Terms - Setup Failure Reason	The role should be able to access and make changes to Setup Failure Reason
Store Ops	TC-07159	Generate Serial Numbers on work orders - Quantity = 1	Serialized Work Order Must Exist with Quantity >= 1	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Locate Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Generate Serial Numbers Button Step 3: Verify Quantity and Click Submit Step 4: Click Return	Serial number should be generated and saved.
Store Ops	TC-07160	Generate Serial Numbers on work orders - Quantity > 1	Serialized Work Order Must Exist with Quantity > 1	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Locate Work Order in Global Search Step 2: Click Generate Serial Numbers Button Step 3: Verify Quantity and Click Submit Step 4: Click Return	Serial numbers should be generated and saved.
Store Ops	TC-07161	Warranty Registrations are automatically generated when Items are invoiced (...)Warranty Registrations are automatically generated when Items are invoiced - Verify warranty registrations are created.	"Track Warranty" checkbox must be checked on the item	Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Create a Sales Order Step 2: Fulfill (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Step 1: Create a Sales Order Step 2: Fulfill and Ship Sales Order Step 3: Invoice Sales Order	After an item is invoiced, a warranty registration record should be created automatically for the it (...)After an item is invoiced, a warranty registration record should be created automatically for the item.
Store Ops	TC-07162	Warranty Terms not set for Resale Items		Log in as: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Create a Sales Order Step 2: Fulfill and Ship Sales Ord (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Create a Sales Order Step 2: Fulfill and Ship Sales Order Step 3: Invoice Sales Order"	Resale items do not have the "Track Warranty" checkbox checked and warranty registrations are not cr (...)Resale items do not have the "Track Warranty" checkbox checked and warranty registrations are not created when these items are invoiced.
Store Ops	TC-07163	Validate Sales Orders PDF	A Sales Order must be created	Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Go to: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > List. Select and open an existing Sales Order Hover over the Print icon and select Print Validate Layout: Review the PDF for required fields, format, branding, and structure per expectations.	PDFs should have the required fields and information
Store Ops	TC-07164	Validate Quote PDF	A Quote must be created	Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Go to: Transactions > Sales > Quotes > List. Open a Sales Quote: Click View on any existing quote. Hover over the Print icon and select Print Validate Layout: Review the PDF for required fields, format, branding, and structure per expectations.	PDFs should have the required fields and information
Store Ops	TC-07165	Validate RMA PDF	A RMA must be created	Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Go to: Transactions > Customers > Return Authorizations > List. Open an RMA Record: Click View on an existing Return Authorization. Hover over the Print icon and select Print Validate Layout: Check the PDF for required data, layout, labels, and branding as defined in specifications.	PDFs should have the required fields and information
Store Ops	TC-07166	Item Fulfillment PDF	An item fulfillment must be created	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Step 1. Navigate to: Transactions > Shipping > Item Fulfillments > List. Step 2. Open an Item Fulfillment Record Step 3. Click View on an existing Item Fulfillment. Step 4. Hover over the Print icon and select Print Step 5. Review the PDF for accuracy of the following fields: -E.g. -Items -Quantities -Ship-to address -Structure -Branding per requirements	PDFs should have the required fields and information (should be configured to show pricing)
Store Ops	TC-07167	Item Fulfillment PDF - Print through RF Smart	An item fulfillment must be created	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	PDFs should have the required fields and information (should be configured to NOT show pricing)
Store Ops	TC-07168	FIN SO FULFILLMENT - Validate GL Impact of Item Fulfillment	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Fulfilled (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Fulfilled i.e. an Item Fulfillment has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global Search. OR Query up the Sales Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Fulfillment will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit COGS (Account from Item Master) Credit Inventory (Account f (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit COGS (Account from Item Master) Credit Inventory (Account from Item Master) for Inventory and Assembly Items, the amount is based on the current standard cost. 2. The Department and Location on the Sales Order will be sourced down to the Item Fulfillment record.
Store Ops	TC-07169	FIN INV - Validate Invoice created successfully from Sales Order via the Bi (...)FIN INV - Validate Invoice created successfully from Sales Order via the Billing Operations process	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Fulfilled (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Fulfilled i.e. an Item Fulfillment has been created. Billing Operation process has been executed	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Transactions > Billing > Process Billing Operati (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Transactions > Billing > Process Billing Operations > Status to open the list of Billing Operations. 2. Click on the Submission ID for the Billing Operation record where the Sales Order was Invoiced. Note: You can easily find the Billing Operation based on the date of the Sales Order Fulfillment and the Location against which the Sales Order/Item Fulfillment was tied to. 3. Once the Billing Operation page opens up, click on the "Records" tab to review the list of Invoices created. If there was any error, the associated Sales Orders would be listed under the "Failures" tab.	1. Billing Operations run at 9pm Central, one for each location. Summary tab shows the successfully (...)1. Billing Operations run at 9pm Central, one for each location. Summary tab shows the successfully created records and any failures 2. Records tab shows the Sales Order and the associated Invoice 3. Failures tab shows any Sales Orders for which the Invoices were not created.
Store Ops	TC-07170	FIN INV - Validate GL Impact of Invoiced Sales Order	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Invoiced i (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Sales Order has been Invoiced i.e. an Invoice has been created.	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Superuser 1. Query up the Invoic (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. OR Query up the Sales Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Invoice will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit AR Credit Revenue (Account from Item Master) 2. Additional (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit AR Credit Revenue (Account from Item Master) 2. Additional credits observed for Shipping (if applicable) Credit Shipping 3. Additional credits observed for Tax (if applicable) Credit Tax 2. The Department and Location on the Sales Order will be sourced down to the Item Fulfillment record.
Store Ops	TC-07171	FIN INV - Validate GL Impact of Standalone Invoice	Customer Invoice has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Superuser 1. Query up the Invoic (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit AR Credit Revenue (Account from Item Master) 2. Additional (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit AR Credit Revenue (Account from Item Master) 2. Additional credits observed for Shipping (if applicable) Credit Shipping 3. Additional credits observed for Tax (if applicable) Credit Tax 2. The Department and Location are tagged to the GL Impact.
Store Ops	TC-07172	FIN INV - Validate Invoice PDF (printed)	Customer Invoice has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. 2. C (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. 2. Click on the Printer Icon 3. Observe the header and lines regions	1. Confirm Header Information -Invoice #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addres (...)1. Confirm Header Information -Invoice #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addresses -Sales Order, PO Ref, Sales Rep, Location, Shipping Method, Terms 2. Confirm Lines Region -Item, Description, Quantity, Rate and Amount 3. Confirm Footer Region: -Subtotal, discounts, taxes, Freight and overall Total -Remit To Information
Store Ops	TC-07173	FIN INV - Validate Invoice PDF (emailed)	Customer Invoice has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. 2. I (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Invoice in the Global Search. 2. Initiate the email from the Communication tab by clicking the Email button 3. Observe the email message and attachment details	1. Email Subject line has correct reference to Invoice # 2. Email Body has correct messaging 3. Em (...)1. Email Subject line has correct reference to Invoice # 2. Email Body has correct messaging 3. Email has attachment of the Invoice and the output is similar to that of the printed invoice 4. Confirm Header Information -Invoice #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addresses -Sales Order, PO Ref, Sales Rep, Location, Shipping Method, Terms 5. Confirm Lines Region -Item, Description, Quantity, Rate and Amount 6. Confirm Footer Region: -Subtotal, discounts, taxes, Freight and overall Total -Remit To Information
Planning	TC-07361M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07321	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07362	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07328		Inventory is decommitted. Associated Transfer Orders are closed.
Planning	TC-07362M	Edit the SO to Close the SO (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07328	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07174	FIN RMA RECEIPT - Validate GL Impact of RMA Receipt	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the RMA (Return Authorization) has (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the RMA (Return Authorization) has been Received i.e. an Item Receipt has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sea (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the RMA and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory (Account from Item Master) Credit COGS (Account f (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory (Account from Item Master) Credit COGS (Account from Item Master) 2. The Department and Location on the Sales Order will be sourced down to the Item Receipt record.
Store Ops	TC-07175	FIN INV - Validate GL Impact of Credit Memo	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the RMA has been Credited i.e. a Cr (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the RMA has been Credited i.e. a Credit Memo has been created.	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Query up the Credi (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. OR Query up the RMA and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Invoice will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Revenue (Account from Item Master) Credit AR 2. Additional (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Revenue (Account from Item Master) Credit AR 2. Additional debits observed for Shipping (if applicable) Credit Shipping 3. Additional debits observed for Tax (if applicable) Credit Tax 4. The Department and Location on the RMA will be sourced down to the Credit Memo record.
Store Ops	TC-07176	FIN INV - Validate GL Impact of Standalone Credit Memo	Customer Credit Memo has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Query up the Credi (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Revenue (Account from Item Master) Credit AR 2. Additional (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Revenue (Account from Item Master) Credit AR 2. Additional debits observed for Shipping (if applicable) Debit Shipping 3. Additional debits observed for Tax (if applicable) Debit Tax 4. The Department and Location are tagged to the GL Impact.
Store Ops	TC-07177	FIN INV - Validate Credit Memo PDF (printed)	Customer Credit Memo has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. 2. Click on the Printer Icon 3. Observe the header and lines regions	1. Confirm Header Information -CM #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addresses - (...)1. Confirm Header Information -CM #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addresses -Sales Order, PO Ref, Sales Rep, Location, Shipping Method, Terms 2. Confirm Lines Region -Item, Description, Quantity, Rate and Amount 3. Confirm Footer Region: -Subtotal, discounts, taxes, Freight and overall Total -Remit To Information
Store Ops	TC-07178	FIN INV - Validate Credit Memo PDF (emailed)	Customer Credit Memo has been created	Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist, Kimray AR Superuser 1. Query up the Credit Memo in the Global Search. 2. Initiate the email from the Communication tab by clicking the Email button 3. Observe the email message and attachment details	1. Email Subject line has correct reference to CM # 2. Email Body has correct messaging 3. Email h (...)1. Email Subject line has correct reference to CM # 2. Email Body has correct messaging 3. Email has attachment of the Invoice and the output is similar to that of the printed invoice 4. Confirm Header Information -CM #, Date, Due Date, Terms, Contact -Bill To and Ship To Addresses -Sales Order, PO Ref, Sales Rep, Location, Shipping Method, Terms 5. Confirm Lines Region -Item, Description, Quantity, Rate and Amount 6. Confirm Footer Region: -Subtotal, discounts, taxes, Freight and overall Total -Remit To Information
Store Ops	TC-07179	FIN STORE OPS - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Issue	Work Order Issue has been created during the store ops process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Issue # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Issue 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order Issue GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory 2. Amount validation WIP an (...)1. Work Order Issue GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Inventory 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Store Ops	TC-07180	FIN STORE OPS - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Completion	Work Order Completion has been created during the store ops process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the G (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Completion # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Completion record 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead (...)1. Work Order Completion GL Account Impact shows: Debit WIP Credit Labor Absorption Credit Overhead Absorption If the WO contains a completed qty + inventory detail additional GL impact includes: Debit Inventory Credit WIP 2. Amount validation WIP and Inventory reflect the standard cost of the components that were issued. 3. Department validation: If this is from a Store Work Order, the Department would be the Store's associated Department. If this is for an OKC Manufacturing Work Order, the Department would be 1420 - Overhead Allocation
Store Ops	TC-07181	FIN STORE OPS - Validate GL Impact of Work Order Close	Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completion (...)Work Order has been fully transacted against via WO Issue and WO Completions and validated for completeness	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Work Order Close # in the Global Search OR Query the Work Order number in the Global Search and click on Related Records to view the Work Order Close record 2. Click on GL Impact	1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr WIP (Std Cost of assembly) Cr WIP (Actual Cost of comp (...)1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr WIP (Std Cost of assembly) Cr WIP (Actual Cost of components and conversion costs) Dr/Cr Production Quantity Variance Dr/Cr Production Price Variance 2. Department is set based on the Location where the Work Order was processed
Store Ops	TC-07182	FIN STORE OPS - Validate GL Impact of Assembly Unbuild	Assembly Unbuild transaction has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Assembly Build # in the Global Se (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Query the Assembly Build # in the Global Search OR Navigate to Transactions tab > Manufacturing > Unbuild Assemblies > List (note: depending on the role, this may be under the Financial tab) 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr Inventory (Std Cost of components) Cr Inventory (Std C (...)1. The following GL Accounts are observed: Dr Inventory (Std Cost of components) Cr Inventory (Std Cost of assembly) Cr Assembly Unbuild Variance (variance between std cost of components and assembly, typically the conversion costs of the assembly) 2. Department is set based on the Location where the Assembly Unbuild was processed
Store Ops	TC-07183	Convert Package Build Ups From Kits To Assembly Items	None	Login as: Step 1. Create Assembly Item Package Build Ups with a -NEW suffix. - Create BOMS (...)Login as: Step 1. Create Assembly Item Package Build Ups with a -NEW suffix. - Create BOMS - Create Routings Step 2. Perform Cost Roll Step 3. Review On Hand Inventory For Package Build Ups Step 4. Adjust Inventory of On Hand Repair Codes to Move them to the -NEW Items Step 5. Update Sales Orders With -NEW Assembly Items Step 6. Create Work Orders For Sales Orders If Necessary.	Package Build Up items should be Assembly items
Store Ops	TC-07184	Bin Inquiry - RF Smart		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/BinInquiry/BinInquiry.htm?TocPath=_____6	Verify menu option is available and works properly
Store Ops	TC-07185	Bin Transfer (through NetSuite)		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Go to Transactions > Inventory > Bin Transfer. In the Location field, select the inventory location where the transfer will happen. In the Items sublist: Select the Item. Enter the Quantity to transfer. Open the Inventory Detail window. Enter the From Bin. Enter the To Bin. Click Add for each line, when done, click Ok. Click Save.	Inventory should transfer from one bin to the other
Store Ops	TC-07186	Bin Transfer (through RF Smart)		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/BinTransfer/BinTransfer.htm?TocPath=_____14	Inventory should transfer from one bin to the other
Store Ops	TC-07187	Item Look-Up - RF Smart		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/ItemLookUp/ItemLookUp.htm?TocPath=_____27	Verify menu option is available and works properly
Store Ops	TC-07188	Reprint label through RF Smart	Serialized Item available in NetSuite	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/LabelPrint/LabelPrint.htm?TocPath=_____29	Label printed and information clear and correctly centered.
Store Ops	TC-07189	LP Breakdown - RF Smart		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/LicensePlate(Breakdown)/LicensePlate_Breakdown.htm?TocPath=_____31	Verify menu option is available and works properly
Store Ops	TC-07190	LP Transfer Order Receiving	Shipped Transfer Order with an LP in the correct status	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/LicensePlate(TransferOrder)/LicensePlate_TransferOrder.htm?TocPath=_____43	LP successfully received in with no errors
Store Ops	TC-07191	Printer Assignment - RF Smart		Log in as: Kimray - Sales & Services Manager https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions (...)Log in as: Kimray - Sales & Services Manager https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/PrinterAssignment/PrinterAssignment.htm?TocPath=_____49	Verify everyone is linked to the correct printer
Store Ops	TC-07192	RMA Receiving - RF Smart		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/Receiving(RMA)/Receiving_RMA.htm?TocPath=_____56	Verify menu option is available and works properly. It should create an IR in NetSuite. Inventory sh (...)Verify menu option is available and works properly. It should create an IR in NetSuite. Inventory should be in correct bin.
Store Ops	TC-07193	Sales Order Picking	A Sales Order must exist and inventory committed	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/SalesOrderPicking/SalesOrderPicking.htm?TocPath=_____58 Go to Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Orders > List In the Filter section, set filters if needed (e.g., employee, status), etc) Find the Sales Order to fulfill, then click View next to it. On the Sales Order page click Fulfill. If you don't see the button, confirm that there is a quantity committed for the at least one of the lines. On the Fulfillment page, Confirm the location. For each item, enter the quantity to fulfill. Confirm or adjust shipping details if needed. Click Save.	Item Fulfillment is created in the Picked status
Store Ops	TC-07194	Item Fulfillment Packing	Item fulfillment in Picked Status exists from Test Case on previous row	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Click the Mark Packed button on the Item Fulfillment page The status of the fulfillment will update to indicate Packed.	Item Fulfillment status changed to Packed
Store Ops	TC-07195	Item Fulfillment Shipping	Item fulfillment in the Packed Status exists from Test Case on the previous (...)Item fulfillment in the Packed Status exists from Test Case on the previous row	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Click the Mark Shipped button on the Item Fulfillment page The status of the fulfillment will update to indicate Shipped	Item Fulfillment status changed to Shipped. Inventory decremented.
Store Ops	TC-07196	Stock Count (Dynamic)	RF Smart menu configured with Dynamic counts	Log in as: Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray (...)Log in as: Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/StockCount(Dynamic)/StockCount_Dynamic.htm?TocPath=_____69	Dynamic stock count created and completed.
Store Ops	TC-07197	Transfer Order Receiving (Store to Store TO) - RF Smart	Transfer Order must exist in the pending receipt status	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist https://support.ns.rfsmart.com/Flare/Content/Functions/TransferOrderReceiving/TransferOrderReceiving.htm?TocPath=_____77	Item Receipt is created.
Store Ops	TC-07198	Create Inventory Adjustment (NetSuite)		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist 1. Go to: Transactions > Inventory > Adjust Inventory > Adjust Inventory. 2. Enter required information. - Subsidiary - Date (typically same day) 3. In the header section of the page, select an Adjustment Account (this is typically an expense account). 3. On the Adjustments tab select an Item, select a valid location, and enter - Adjust Qty. by a number - Unit Cost 4. Click the Add button on the line. 5. Click Save.	These roles should not be able to adjust inventory through NetSuite.
Store Ops	TC-07199	Enter Transfer Order (Store to Store TO)		Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Go to Transactions > Inventory > Transfer Orders > Enter Transfer Orders. In the From Location field, select the source location (where the inventory is coming from). In the To Location field, select the destination location (where the inventory is going). In the Items sublist: Select an Item. Enter the Quantity. Click Add. Click Add to add more items. Click Save.	Transfer order created in Pending Fulfillment status
Store Ops	TC-07200	Fulfill Transfer Order	Transfer Order must exist in the Pending Fulfillment status	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist 1. From the Home Dashboard, navigate to Inventory > Inventory > Enter Transfer Orders > Lists 2. On the Transfer Orders page, click view on the Transfer Order from Step 1. 3. Click Approve, and then Fulfill within the Transfer Order. 4. On the Item Fulfillment page, set Status = Shipped. Click Save.	Item Fulfillment created in the Picked status
Store Ops	TC-07201	Search for a Customer	Customer Master data set must exist	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Product Manager Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist 1) Customers>Relationships>Customers 2) A List of Customers Loads 3) Use the gray headers to sort the list of Customers to find the one you are looking for OR 1) Search Customer Name, Phone Number, or Email in the global search at the top of the page 2) Click the correct name from the drop down list under Global Search	Successfully locate a customer record
Store Ops	TC-07215	Transfer order reduction (TO & XA CO reduced)		Reduce TO qty
Store Ops	TC-07216	Transfer order closure (TO & XA CO closed)		Close TO
Store Ops	TC-07218	Sales Order for OKC MFG - CTP Cancel			Sales order saves and will cancel on Edit.
Store Ops	TC-07219	Sales Order for Store - CTP Update
Store Ops	TC-07220	Sales Order for Store - CTP Cancel
Store Ops	TC-07221	Create a standalone Sales Order (for customer on credit hold)	Customer on credit hold should exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor	Alert should pop up
Store Ops	TC-07222	Create a standalone Sales Order (with obsolete item)	An obsolete item should exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Create sales order using obs item. Use item 6451.	Item should not show up as an option to add to the Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07223	Create a standalone Sales Order (with suspended item)	An item with SUSP implementation status should exist	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor	Item should not show up as an option to add to the Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07224	Create a standalone Sales Order (with 2 different locations)	Inventory should be available at two different locations.	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Use two items- change location on the item list form	Sales Order should successfully save
Store Ops	TC-07225	Create a standalone Sales Order (Override item price)		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Create sales order - On line item level: Change price level to "Custom" and then change rate.	Sales Order should successfully save
Store Ops	TC-07226	Create a Sales Order for Store Pickup		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1. Navigate to Opportunities>Transactions>Sales Orders>New Step 2. Fill out the Sales Order required fields, Customer, Date, Location, Items, etc Step 3. Do not fill out any shipping information Step 4. On each item on the SO to be included in the pickup change the fulfillment choice to "Store Pickup" and the location to the approprite pickup location Step 3. Review Sales Order for accuracy Step 4. Click Save Change Shipping Carrier to "FEDEX/More". Change Shipping Method to "In-Store Pickup"	Sales Order should successfully save. The workflow should change the Ship-To Address to the store lo (...)Sales Order should successfully save. The workflow should change the Ship-To Address to the store location address. The SO PDF should display the Customer Name in the Ship To address with the Kimray store location's address.
Store Ops	TC-07228	Resend or Print a Sales Order		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1. Opportunities > Transactions > Sales Order Step 2. Sales Order list loads Step 3. Find the Sales Order that needs to be edited Step 4. Click View next to the SO that needs to be resent OR Step 1. Enter the Sales Order number in Global Search Step 2. Click the Sales Order from the drop down under Global Search Step 3. Sales Order form loads Once the Sales Order loads: To Print - - Hover over "Printer" icon and select "Print" - A new window opens with a pdf of the SO that you can print to your local printer To Email - Hover over the "Actions" drop down and select "Email" - A pop up window opens with a customizable email form - Complete the email to your satisfacation, - Click "Merge & Send" - Email is sent to tester in the Test environment - Email is sent to tester in the Test environment	1) Sales Order is printed or received via email. In Sandbox emails will be received by the users tha (...)1) Sales Order is printed or received via email. In Sandbox emails will be received by the users that creates them. No outside emails will be sent
Store Ops	TC-07229	Print a Sales Order (SO Print (NEW) button)		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor	PDF should be loaded.
Store Ops	TC-07233	An item is removed from a sales order		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor	NetSuite should prevent the item from being removed.
Store Ops	TC-07234	AFS Group Shipment Creation	Sales Order created with Item Fulfillment in packed status	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Go to Group Shipments Suitelet. Select Sales Order(s). Submit to create the group shipment.	Group Shipment should be created.
Store Ops	TC-07235	Pick Items (Wrong Item) - Sales Order Picking	Sales Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Sa (...)Sales Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Sales Order Picking function configured	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The system prevents user from picking the wrong item.
Store Ops	TC-07236	Pick Items (Wrong Item) - Work Order Picking	Work Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Wor (...)Work Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Work Order Issue function configured	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The system prevents user from picking the wrong item.
Store Ops	TC-07237	Pick Items (Wrong Quantity) - Overpick items (Sales Order Picking)	Sales Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Sa (...)Sales Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Sales Order Picking function configured	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The system prevents user from overpicking the wrong quantity.
Store Ops	TC-07238	Pick Items (Wrong Quantity) - Overpick items (Work Order Picking)	Work Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Wor (...)Work Order created with inventory committed and ready to pick. RF Smart Work Order Issue function configured	Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The system prevents user from overpicking the wrong quantity.
Store Ops	TC-07239	Small Package Shipping (UPS, USPS, FedEx)	Item fulfillment in the Picked Status exists	Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer S (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	Tracking number is created. Shipping Label is automatically printed from the Zebra printer.
Store Ops	TC-07240	Issue a Return Material Authorization		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor 1. Navigate to Customer Record>Sales Sublist>Transactions 2. Click the Invoice you would like to issue an RMA against 3. Click the "Authorize Return" button at the top of the screen 4. Select the form at the top "Credit" or "Refund" 5. Remove lines not being returned, and edit the qty if necessary 6. Click "Save"	1. RMA saves with a status of "Pending Receipt"
Store Ops	TC-07241	Apply a Restocking Fee		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor	RMA should save successfully with the restocking fee. Restocking fee should be a negative amount.
Store Ops	TC-07242	Associate an existing Activity to an existing Case		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist through the global search bar, locate a scheduled phone call activity and select Edit. In the Related Records subtab, we want to associate this call to the case just created. In the Company field, select the company used in the sales order scenario. select a contact from that company to associate to the call. In the Support Case field, use the double arrows to view the list of all support cases associated with that customer record. Select the case made in the previous test. Select save.	completed phone call activity appears in the activities table of the case.
Store Ops	TC-07243	Create a Sales order and apply credit card to Sales order on Customer VPIS		Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Step 1. Open previously created Sales Order. Step 2. Generate Item fulfillment in packed status. Step 3. Return to Sales order and click the button at the top of the screen to create a deposit . Step 4. After customer deposit generates, ensure the correct amount is shown. Step 5. Under payment method select "card reader" and swipe/tap credit card on card reader. Step 6. Save.	Customer deposit is created successfully
Store Ops	TC-07244	Create a customer account (parent account)		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Go to: Lists > Relationships > Customers > New. Validate the form is the Fusion - Kimray Customer Form. Set Type: Under Primary Information, ensure Customer Type is set appropriately (typically ?Company? for parent). Enter Name: Fill in the Company Name (or Name field depending on form type). Uncheck Subcustomer: Ensure the Is Subcustomer box is unchecked. This establishes the record as a parent customer. Complete Mandatory Fields: Fill in required fields such as Email, Phone, Subsidiary, Status, etc. Save Record: Click Save.	Customer account should create successfully.
Store Ops	TC-07245	Create a customer account (child account)		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Go to: Lists > Relationships > Customers > New. Validate the form is the Fusion - Kimray Customer Form. Set Type: Under Primary Information, set Customer Type (typically ?Company? or ?Individual? as needed). Enter Name: Fill in the Company Name or Name field. Enable Subcustomer: Check the box labeled Is Subcustomer. In the Parent Customer field that appears, select the appropriate parent customer. Define Relationship Level: Set the Relationship (e.g., "Job" or "Subcustomer") depending on your configuration. Complete Mandatory Fields: Fill in required fields such as Email, Phone, Subsidiary, Status, etc. Save Record: Click Save.	Customer account should create successfully with information populated from the parent account. (Bil (...)Customer account should create successfully with information populated from the parent account. (Bill-To Address, Group Pricing, Sales Team Member)
Planning	TC-07287M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Mult (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07288	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07248		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07288M	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07248	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07246	Edit a Customer Record		Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer (...)Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Marketing Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Go to: Lists > Relationships > Customers. Open an existing Customer record. Click Edit. Navigate to the Financial subtab. Price Level is a dropdown on the main form. Group Pricing is found under the Financial > Group Pricing subtab.	Should have access to edit Group Pricing functionality and Price Level
Store Ops	TC-07247	Convert Quote to Sales Order	A Quote must exist		The Sales Order creates successfully. Customer, Items, and Quantities on the SO match the Quote.
Store Ops	TC-07248	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at the store location		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07248M	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07249	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07249M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07250	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07250M	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07251	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07251M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07252	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07252M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07253	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07253M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07254	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07254M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07255	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07255M	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07256	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07256M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07257	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07257M	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07258	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, M (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07258M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, M (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07259	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07259M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07260	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07260M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07261	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple I (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Store Ops	TC-07326	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07326M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07327	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07327M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07328	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated with the next business day
Planning	TC-07328M	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07329	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07329M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07330	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07330M	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07331	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Mult (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07331M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Mult (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07332	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_ (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07332M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_ (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07333	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07333M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07334	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Item (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07334M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Item (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07335	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated with the next business day
Planning	TC-07335M	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07336	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07336M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07337	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07337M	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07338	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Sing (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07338M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Sing (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07340	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07340M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07341	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_M (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07341M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_M (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07342	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated with the next business day
Planning	TC-07342M	Create SO - ATP at Store (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07343	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07343M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07344	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07344M	Create SO - CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07345	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Mult (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created.
Planning	TC-07345M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Mult (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07346	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_ (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07346M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_ (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07347	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07347M	Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Stor (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07348	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Item (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer o (...)Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated based on expected receipt date. Transfer order(s) from OKC MFG is created. Work Orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07348M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Item (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07349	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated to next Distributor shipping date.
Planning	TC-07349M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07350	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07350M	Create SO - CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07351	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Planning	TC-07351M	Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single (...)Create SO - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Order, Single Item)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07352	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG		Sales Order successfully saves and promise date populated to next Distributor shipping date.
Planning	TC-07352M	Create SO - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Planning	TC-07376M	Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Mult (...) Edit the SO to Close one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07359	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07377	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07323		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07377M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07323	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07378	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07330		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07378M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07330	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07379	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07337		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07379M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07337	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07380	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lin (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07344		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07380M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lin (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07344	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07381	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07351		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07381M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07351	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07382	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07354		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07382M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07354	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07383	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07357		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07383M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07357	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07384	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multip (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07360		Order is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07384M	Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multip (...) Edit the SO to add one line item (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07360	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07385	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07324		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07385M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07324	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07386	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07331		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07386M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07331	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07387	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07338		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07387M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07338	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07388	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07345		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07388M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07345	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07389	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07381		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07389M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07381	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07390	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07382		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07390M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07382	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07391	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07383		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07391M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07383	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07392	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07384		Order is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07392M	Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit the SO to increase item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07384	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07393	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07325		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07393M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item)	TC-07325	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07394	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07332		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07394M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07332	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07395	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07339		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07395M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07339	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07396	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07346		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07396M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Store Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07346	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07397	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07397		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07397M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item)	TC-07397	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07398	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07390		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07398M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Mult (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07390	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07399	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07391		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07399M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_S (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07391	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07400	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07400		Order is saved and promise date is updated for item
Planning	TC-07400M	Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_M (...) Edit the SO to decrease item quantity (Distributor Order, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07400	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate Date provided to Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07401	Create a SO and manually enter a future date for Supply Required by Date			Promise date should be at or after the supply required by date.
Store Ops	TC-07402	Edit an SO and move the Supply Required by Date out to a future date			Promise date should recalculate and be close to the supply required by date.
Store Ops	TC-07403	Large Distributor Order			Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping (...)Sales Order successfully saves and realistic promise date populated to closest Distributor shipping date. Work orders created at OKC MFG?
Store Ops	TC-07404	Large Distributor Quote			Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Store Ops	TC-07405	Quote PDF button			Quote PDF should show items in stock and lead time for items not in stock.
Store Ops	TC-07406	Ship Customer Order - AFS			SO moved to Pending Billing status and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07407	Ship Customer Order - FEDEX			SO moved to Pending Billing status and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07408	Ship Customer Order - UPS			SO moved to Pending Billing status and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07409	Ship Customer Order - Will Call			IF marked Shipped and SO moved to Pending Billing. Inventory decrememented. Customer signature saved (...)IF marked Shipped and SO moved to Pending Billing. Inventory decrememented. Customer signature saved to IF and IF PDF
Store Ops	TC-07410	Ship Transfer Order - AFS			TO moved to Pending Receipt status. Store Location inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07411	Ship Transfer Order - FEDEX			TO moved to Pending Receipt status. Store Location inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07412	Ship Transfer Order - UPS			TO moved to Pending Receipt status. Store Location inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07413	Receive Transfer Order			TO moved to Received status. Store Location inventory incremented
Store Ops	TC-07414	Receive Transfer Order (LP)		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimr (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician, Kimray - Service Supervisor, Kimray - Repair Tech, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist, Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl, Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 2: Click/Tap on "LP Transfer Order Receiving" Step 3: Validate Location you are receiving into Step 4: Scan LP Step 5: LP Should turn green and this means it has been received For a split transfer order line among multiple LPs, the other LPs display as Required. A Required LP contains a split line for the transfer order. For a transfer order with split LPs, all the LPs must be received at once. Lines highlighted green have been received correctly. Lines highlighted red must be entered before the transfer can be received.	TO lines/qty received moved to Received status. Store Location inventory incremented
Store Ops	TC-07415	Full Shipment - Multiple lines			SO moved to Pending Billing status and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07416	Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship one full line but not other lines			SO moved to Pending Billing status and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07417	Partial Shipment - Single Line - Ship partial of one line			SO moved to Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07418	Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship partial of more than one line			SO moved to Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07419	Partial Shipment - Single Line - Ship Partial Line for only partial quantit (...)Partial Shipment - Single Line - Ship Partial Line for only partial quantity committed and remaining uncommitted/not on hand			SO moved to Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07420	Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship Partial Lines for only partial qua (...)Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship Partial Lines for only partial quantity committed and remaining uncommitted/not on hand			SO moved to Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07421	Full and Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship one full line; Ship anoth (...)Full and Partial Shipment - Multiple Lines - Ship one full line; Ship another Partial Line for only partial quantity committed and remaining uncommitted/not on hand			SO moved to Pending Billing/Partially Fulfilled and inventory decremented
Store Ops	TC-07422	Transfer Order Picking (RF Smart)
F&A	TC-08000	Add a new location. Update the Location Department Field for a new/existing (...)Add a new location. Update the Location Department Field for a new/existing location	Login using the Controller role	1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locations ; New Provide Location Name Validate Subsidiary i (...) 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locations ; New Provide Location Name Validate Subsidiary is Kimray Inc. Additional setups will be reviewed in the Operations area as they are related to Inventory operations such as: Inventory availability Use of Bins Supply Planning Control Tower settings Windchill settings and Returns information.	New values can be created
F&A	TC-08001	Add a new sublocation. Update the Location Department field for a new/exist (...)Add a new sublocation. Update the Location Department field for a new/existing sub location.	Parent Location exists	Role: Operations Super User; 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locations ; New Provide Name a (...)Role: Operations Super User; 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locations ; New Provide Name and Parent Location Validate Subsidiary is Kimray Inc. Additional setups will be reviewed in the Operations area as they are related to Inventory operations such as: Inventory availability Use of Bins Supply Planning Control Tower settings Windchill settings and Returns information.	New values can be created
F&A	TC-08002	Add a department/ cost centers.	Login using Cost Accountant or the Controller role use the Kimray-Controll (...)Login using Cost Accountant or the Controller role use the Kimray-Controller role	1. Setup ; Company ; Classification; Departments; New 2. Provide the Department name. Optionally (...)1. Setup ; Company ; Classification; Departments; New 2. Provide the Department name. Optionally provide a Parent Department (note: Kimray doesn't currently have Parent Departments) 3. Save.	New values can be created
F&A	TC-08142	Review Classes	N/A	Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Clas (...)Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Classes	Segment values are correct and complete
F&A	TC-08004	Create a new full year on the accounting calendar.	None planning for a new year to be configured.	Role: Kimray-Controller 1. Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods Click "S (...)Role: Kimray-Controller 1. Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods Click "Setup Full Year" Button Validate First Fiscal Month is January Update the Fiscal Year End with the year that you are setting up Validate Period format is Calendar Months Validate Year in Period Name is "Ending Year of Period "Save your work.	The Fiscal Year Associated Quarters and Base Periods are automatically set up for the year that is s (...)The Fiscal Year Associated Quarters and Base Periods are automatically set up for the year that is selected.
F&A	TC-08005	Follow the period close checklist to close a period.	Previous Period has been closed.	Roles: Various and include Kimray Controller Kimray AR Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray Accou (...)Roles: Various and include Kimray Controller Kimray AR Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Status icons indicate whether each task is completed To complete a task click the Go To Task icon for the task. Click Lock AR (after all Sales fulfillment and invoicing and collections activities are completed for the month) using Kimray AR Supervisor role. Click Lock AP (after all Purchasing Receiving and Billing and Payment activities are completed for the month) using Kimray AP Supervisor role Click Lock All (after all Inventory and manufacturing activities are completed for the month) using Kimray Accounting Supervisor role Click Resolve Date/Period Mismatches. Click Resolve Period Matches button (ensure no inventory transaction types are listed here as they can cause issues with the costing engine and inventory valuation reporting. You can optionally edit the transactions to ensure the date and accounting period line up. Click Back to Period Close and Click Mark Task Complete. Use the Kimray Cost Supervisor Role Click Review Negative Inventory and click Review Negative Inventory button. A list of negative inventory items will come up that can be filtered by location. Determine course of action (e. g. Inventory adjustments) to resolve the issue. Click Back To Period Close and click Mark Task Complete. Use the Kimray Cost Supervisor Role Click Review Inventory Cost Accounting and click the Review Inventory Cost Accounting button. Ensure there are 0 items left for cost calculation. Click Back To Period Close and click Mark Task complete. Use the Kimray Cost Supervisor Role Click Review Custom GL Plugin Exceptions and click the Review Custom GL Plugin Exceptions button. Ensure there are no incomplete or failed plugin executions. There should be none in Fusion project. Click Back to Period close and click Mark Task complete. Use the Kimray Controller Role. Click Create Period End Journals. Click Create Journals and check the two boxes under Historical Balances and Income Statement closing tabs. This process will only create journals in the last period of the fiscal year. Click Submit. When the process completes click back to period close and click Mark Task complete. Note clicking on the execution log icon enables one to identify when the process is complete. Note: clicking on the process for a period that is not the last period will not display any journals to be created. Use the Kimray Controller role. Click Close and click Close Period Button. Use the Kimray Controller role.	Month end close checklist can be accessed and completed through the following roles: Kimray AP Super (...)Month end close checklist can be accessed and completed through the following roles: Kimray AP Supervisor Imray AR Supervisor Kimray Cost Supervisor Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Controller
F&A	TC-08006	Create a manual journal entry and submit for approval	COA and segmentation is configured	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Super (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor Kimray AR Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo enter in Next Approver validate Date validate Posting Period enter Reversal Date (optional) 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 4. Click Save. 5. As creator of JE attach documentation to JE before submitting for approval by clicking on the Communication ; Files ; New file and uploading your supporting documentation to the Journal Entry Support folder. 6. Click Submit for Approval	Journal Entry is created and submitted for approval. Able to edit Journal Entry prior to approval
F&A	TC-08007	Ability to approve Journal Entries	Journal Entry has been submitted for approval.	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Controller 1. Navigate to the J (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Controller 1. Navigate to the Journal Entry either through the approval reminder "Journal Entries Pending Approval" or via querying the JE number in the global search. 2. Click the Approve button	Journal Entry successfully approved but only using the roles referenced.
F&A	TC-08008	Create a reversing entry	COA and segmentation is configured	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo enter in Next Approver validate Date validate Posting Period enter Reversal Date. 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 4. Click Save.	The reversing Journal is automatically created and linked to the original Journal in the "Reversal # (...)The reversing Journal is automatically created and linked to the original Journal in the "Reversal #" field. It is only approved when the original Journal gets approved.
F&A	TC-08009	Create a deferred reversing journal entry	COA and segmentation configured	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo enter in Next Approver validate Date validate Posting Period enter Reversal Date and check the "Defer" box. 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 4. Click Save.	The reversing Journal is created when the reversal date arrives and is linked to the original Journa (...)The reversing Journal is created when the reversal date arrives and is linked to the original Journal in the "Reversal #" field. In the interim the "Reversal" field shows a value of "Deferred. " It is only approved when the original Journal gets approved.
F&A	TC-08010	Create a memorized journal entry	COA and Segmentation configured	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo enter in Next Approver validate Date validate Posting Period 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 4. Hover over Actions and select Memorize 5. In the new page that opens up provide the Name as a description of the memorized JE e. g. Amortization of Prepaid Insurance. Select Action as "Reminder "Select the date when the Journal should become eligible to be created Select how frequently the Journal should be created by specifying the occurrence in the "Repeat Every" field the "Time period" and "Number remaining". If this should be an open ended Memorized transaction leave number remaining as blank as check the "Indefinite" box. 6. Generate the Journal Entry from the memorized transaction as follows: Ensure you have added the "Memorized Transactions Due" reminder From the Memorized Transactions Due Reminder check the "Use Next Date" checkbox to ensure the JE is with the next date that is expected. Check the box against each record for which you would like to generate the Journal Entry. Note: instead of blindly clicking Submit you can optionally click the Enter link which will open up the Journal Entry for review and update if needed. Click Submit. On the process status page wait for the Submission status to change to "Complete" and click on Submission status "Complete "On the result record field your newly created Journal Entry link will be visible.	Memorized Journal is created and can be seen in the Memorized transaction reminder (no JE created i (...)Memorized Journal is created and can be seen in the Memorized transaction reminder (no JE created it is only a virtual transaction)Memorized Journal Entries can be created from the Memorized Journal and GL impact is observed.
F&A	TC-08011	Void a journal entry	Journal Entry exists in an open accounting period. Journal Entry is not yet (...)Journal Entry exists in an open accounting period. Journal Entry is not yet Approved.	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant 1. Query up the Journal Entry to be voided. Click Edit Click Void Observe that the Journal amounts have been zeroed out and there is no longer a financial impact.	Kimray will not delete transactions in NetSuite instead these will be voided. Journal amounts have b (...)Kimray will not delete transactions in NetSuite instead these will be voided. Journal amounts have been zeroed out and there is no longer a financial impact. Journal status shows "Voided"
F&A	TC-08012	Ability for designated roles to post to Locked Accounting Periods	Override Period Restrictions permission has been granted to the two roles: (...)Override Period Restrictions permission has been granted to the two roles: Kimray ControllerKimray Accounting Supervisor	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Controller Kimray Cost Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray Controller Kimray Cost Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant Create a JE in an accounting period that is currently locked. 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo enter in Next Approver set Date as any date in the locked accounting period enter Reversal Date (optional) 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 4. Click Save.	Validate Posting Period defaults to May 2024 for Kimray Controller and Kimray Accounting Supervisor (...)Validate Posting Period defaults to May 2024 for Kimray Controller and Kimray Accounting Supervisor roles Validate Posting Period defaults to Aug 2024 for all other finance roles e. g. Kimray Staff Accountant role. This is because the system is configured to post the transaction to the current period if the transaction date is in a locked period.
F&A	TC-08013	Ability to lock AP AR and GL separately	Month end close activities for the respective subledger have been completed (...)Month end close activities for the respective subledger have been completed.	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AR Supervisor. 1. Go to Setup ; A (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AR Supervisor. 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Status icons indicate whether each task is completed To complete a task click the Go To Task icon for the task. On the next page that opens up check the checkbox "Close" and click Submit	Observe AP AR and GL can all be locked separately.
F&A	TC-08014	Ability to Close the Accounting Period	All other Period Close tasks have been completed in the period close checkl (...)All other Period Close tasks have been completed in the period close checklist.	Role: Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click (...)Role: Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Ensure all tasks preceding the Period Close task have been completed (the status field would have a green checkmark next to each month end close task) Click Close and on the next page that opens up click the Close Period Button.	Period is closed. No role or user can now post any transaction to the closed period.
F&A	TC-08015	Reopen an accounting period.	Period is in a "Closed" status	Role: Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. C (...)Role: Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Click the icon next to the "Close Period" Click "Reopen Period" and provide a justification. Save your work Observe that AP AR and GL are still locked. These can be unlocked if necessary by clicking on the icon next to the Lock AP/Lock AR/Lock All as necessary and uncheck the "Close" checkbox and click Submit.	Period can be selectively reopened. AP AR and GL can be selectively unlocked. Transactions can be p (...)Period can be selectively reopened. AP AR and GL can be selectively unlocked. Transactions can be posted into the relevant period using the appropriate roles.
F&A	TC-08016	Create period close journals for December period	All preceding tasks on the Period Close Checklist have been completed. Whil (...)All preceding tasks on the Period Close Checklist have been completed. While this task appears for all accounting periods only the December period will create Journal Entries to close out the Net Income to Retained Earnings.	Role: Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to the period end checklist. Setup ; Accounting ; Manage Acc (...)Role: Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to the period end checklist. Setup ; Accounting ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click on the Period checklist for the December period. Click Create Period End Journals. Click Create Journals and check the two boxes under Historical Balances and Income Statement closing tabs. This process will only create journals in the last period of the fiscal year (December). Click Submit. When the process completes click back to period close and click Mark Task complete.	Two Period End Journals are created: Income Statement Profit Account is credited for a profit debit (...)Two Period End Journals are created: Income Statement Profit Account is credited for a profit debited for a loss in the first Journal Entry. This equity account is then zeroed out and moved to the Retained Earnings account in the second Journal Entry. The two Journals reference each other in the "Paired Period End Journal" field. Period Close Journals can be viewed under Transactions ; Financial ; Period End Journals Post Closing Trial Balance shows no P&L Activity for the year. General Ledger/Account Register reports show the Period End Journals when Period End mode is enabled.
F&A	TC-08017	Ability to post to a closed accounting period	This is a negative test. Period (e. g. Dec 2022) has already been closed.	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AR Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AR Supervisor Kimray Cost Accountant. 1. Attempt to create a Journal Entry/Vendor Bill/Invoice etc. with a date having a posting period that has been closed. The posting period will default to the current open period.	No role (including Administrator) can post to a Closed Accounting period. The posting period will d (...)No role (including Administrator) can post to a Closed Accounting period. The posting period will default to the current open period.
F&A	TC-08018	Cannot create period close journals for Jan through Nov periods	All preceding tasks to the Period End Journals have been completed for the (...)All preceding tasks to the Period End Journals have been completed for the period. Period being closed is any of January through November.	Role:Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click (...)Role:Kimray Controller 1. Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period that is not December. Click Create Period End Journals. Clicking on this process for a period that is not the last period will not display any journals to be created.	Observe that No journals are created.
F&A	TC-08019	Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions.	Bank Statement Parsers bundle installed Financial Institution record "MidF (...)Bank Statement Parsers bundle installed Financial Institution record "MidFirst" defined Format Profile record "BAI2Manual Import" defined	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Financial Institutions ; Li (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Financial Institutions ; List Click View on MidFirst Bank Under the Format Profile: Configuration tab click Edit on BAI2 Note information in Primary Information section: Connectivity Method = Manual Import Transaction Parser = BAI2 Plugin Implementation Click on the Accounting Linking tab. Take note of the Account ID (bank account number) to Linked GL Account mapping. Click on the Code Type Mapping tab. Take note of any bank codes (standard BAI2 transaction codes) and their mapping to Bank Data Type Credit/Debit and Exclude option.	Review configuration of MidFirst Bank Financial Institution record and BAI2 Manual Import Format Pro (...)Review configuration of MidFirst Bank Financial Institution record and BAI2 Manual Import Format Profile
F&A	TC-08020	Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions.	Bank Statement Parsers bundle installed Financial Institution record "MidF (...)Bank Statement Parsers bundle installed Financial Institution record "MidFirst" defined Format Profile record "BAI2" defined	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Financial Institutions ; Li (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Financial Institutions ; List Click View on MidFirst Bank Under the Format Profile: Configuration tab click Edit on BAI2 Under the Account Linking tab add a new mapping using the credit card bank account number to the linked GL Account (assumed to be 110510 MIDFIRST MERCHANT SERVICES Save	Setup account linkage for MidFirst Merchant Services bank account. After performing this BAI2 file (...)Setup account linkage for MidFirst Merchant Services bank account. After performing this BAI2 files can be manually imported for the account
F&A	TC-08021	Match Bank Data review automatic matching results	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. TC1476 BAI2 manual bank file import Transactions to be reconciled are entered and approved (if applicable) in NetSuite	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Review (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Review active Reconciliation Rules 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Reconciliation Rules Under the System Rules section take note of any active System Rules such as match on Transaction Number and Amount. System rules can be deactivated if it is found they perform undesirable automatic matching. Review any User Defined rules which can be used to perform automatic matching for additional conditions not captured in active system rules Review automatic matching results from import previously submitted Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Match Bank Data Select the applicable Bank Account. In this example we are using 110501 MIDFIRSTAP Checks The "To Be Matched" tab includes any bank imported transactions which have not been matched either automatically or manually. Click into the Review tab. Transactions visible in the Review tab represent bank data which are currently matched to Account (NetSuite ledger) transactions but have not been fully reconciled yet. In our example we imported a Bank transaction which had a matching transaction number and amount to a NetSuite bill payment. Click on the Match link to view the match which opens a Matched Transaction popup window. Here we can see the detail of the match and have the option to undo the match.	Verify automatic matching for a bill payment to bank data
F&A	TC-08022	Match Bank Data Many to Many Many to One One to Many Matching	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. TC1476 BAI2 manual bank file import Transactions to be reconciled are entered and approved (if applicable) in NetSuite	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Match Bank Data Select th (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Match Bank Data Select the applicable Bank Account. In this example we are using 110501 MIDFIRSTAP Checks Many To Many (Many bank lines matched to many NetSuite transaction lines) After selecting the transactions for matching scroll to the bottom of the page where the selected transactions are visible for comparison. Click the Match button. After matching is performed matches can be viewed or undone via the Review tab Many To One (Many bank lines matched to one NetSuite transaction line) After selecting the transactions for matching scroll to the bottom of the page where the selected transactions are visible for comparison. Click the Match button. After matching is performed matches can be viewed or undone via the Review tab One to Many (One bank line matched to many NetSuite transaction lines) After selecting the transactions for matching scroll to the bottom of the page where the selected transactions are visible for comparison. Click the Match button. After matching is performed matches can be viewed or undone via the Review tab After you have completed matching click the Submit button on the match bank data page. This action moves matched transactions from the Match Bank Data page to the Reconcile Account Statement page.	Users have the ability to match bank data to NetSuite transactions in the following scenarios: Many (...)Users have the ability to match bank data to NetSuite transactions in the following scenarios: Many To Many (Many bank lines matched to many NetSuite transaction lines) Many To One (Many bank lines matched to one NetSuite transaction line) One to Many (One bank line matched to many NetSuite transaction lines) Matched transactions submitted from the Match Bank Data page are transferred to the Reconcile Account Statement page where reconciliation is completed and finalized.
F&A	TC-08023	Reconcile Bank Statement	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. TC1476 BAI2 manual bank file import Transactions to be reconciled are entered and approved (if applicable) in NetSuite TC31 Match Bank Data review automatic matching results TC33 Match Bank Data Many to Many Many to One One to Many Matching TC1055 Sweep Automation	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Reconcile Account Stateme (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Reconcile Account Statement Select the Account Enter the Statement End Date (typically the end of month) Enter the ending bank balance from the bank statement Under the review and reconcile tabs you can review undo or unselect any matches previously submitted from the Match Bank data page. When you are finished click the reconcile button. This finalizes the reconciliation through the Statement End date and makes the reconciliation report available for the Statement End Date under Reports ; Banking/Budgeting ; Reconciliation.	Bank Account Reconciliation completed. It is recommended to perform this action at the end of the (...)Bank Account Reconciliation completed. It is recommended to perform this action at the end of the month although it can be performed more frequently if desired.
F&A	TC-08024	Create statistical account for headcount by department.	Login as Kimray Accounting Supervisor	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Chart of Accounts. 2. Select "Statistical" as the "View" on the top left of the page. 3. Click New and provide the following values: GL Account Number Statistical Account Name (e. g. Employee Headcount)Type = Statistical Unit Type = Appropriate Unit Type (e. g. Headcount)Default Unit = Appropriate base unit (e. g. People) 4. Save	Statistical account can be created and has correct Unit Type.
F&A	TC-08025	Create a statistical account for squarefoot area by department.	Login as Kimray Accounting Supervisor UOM (Unit of measure) has been define (...)Login as Kimray Accounting Supervisor UOM (Unit of measure) has been defined	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Accounting ; Chart of Accounts. 2. Select "Statistical" as the "View" on the top left of the page. 3. Click New and provide the following values: GL Account Number (typically a 9x series)Statistical Account Name (e. g. Square Footage)Unit Type = Statistical Default Unit = Appropriate base unit Provide the appropriate Unit Type (i. e. SQFT) 4. Save	Statistical account can be created and has correct Unit Type.
F&A	TC-08044	Complete Inventory Count.		1. Navigate to Inventory > Other > Enter Inventory Count > List. 2. Click Edit next to the count. (...)1. Navigate to Inventory > Other > Enter Inventory Count > List. 2. Click Edit next to the count. 3. Based on physical count numbers taken in warehouse, record actual counted in the Count Quantity field. 4. Click Save.	Count is completed
F&A	TC-08045	Approve Inventory Count.		1. Go to Inventory > Cycle Counting > Enter Cycle Count > List. 2. Click View next to the count you (...)1. Go to Inventory > Cycle Counting > Enter Cycle Count > List. 2. Click View next to the count you want to open. 3. Do one of the following: - Click Reject – The count status returns to Started and the warehouse operator must perform another count. - Click Approve – The count is final and the status becomes Approved.	Count can be approved
F&A	TC-08046	Post Inventory Adjustment			Invneotry is adjusted
F&A	TC-08047	Journal Entry cannot be approved by creator?		1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Select yourself as Next Approver 3. Save and click Submi (...)1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Select yourself as Next Approver 3. Save and click Submit for Approval 4. Error returned to select someone other than yourself as Next Approver	Journal cannot be submitted for approval if Next Approver is the same as the creator of the JE. Al (...)Journal cannot be submitted for approval if Next Approver is the same as the creator of the JE. Also the JE can longer be edited after the JE is submitted for approval.
F&A	TC-08049	Journal Entry cannot be submitted unless documentation is attached?	TC993 or TC994	As creator of JE attach documentation to JE before submitting for approval. 1. Under the Communicat (...)As creator of JE attach documentation to JE before submitting for approval. 1. Under the Communication subtab click on Files to attach a file to submit backing documentation. Click the + sign next to the Attach Files field and a pop up box appears 2. Select "Computer" or "Web" to d+D98play where the file is attached from. Add the file name. Select the folder and then choose the file to be selected 3. An alternative way to attach documentation is to use the drag and drop functionality at the top right of the JE page	Observe Submit for Approval button is not available until backing documentation has been added and s (...)Observe Submit for Approval button is not available until backing documentation has been added and saved.
F&A	TC-08050	Journal Entry can be rejected with a rejection reason provided?		1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Click the Reject button 3. Click on the Communication subtab (...)1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Click the Reject button 3. Click on the Communication subtab 4. Click on User Notes 5. Click on New Note a pop up box appears and the Title and Memo (mandatory) are to be entered then click Save 6. Click Save	The JE creator will be notified via an email update along with the rejection reason and can also nav (...)The JE creator will be notified via an email update along with the rejection reason and can also navigate to the JE in NS that they created and see that their JE has been rejected and that it requires an update prior to resubmitting for approval
F&A	TC-08052	UI Create customer invoice with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is dis (...)UI Create customer invoice with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displayed with the violation details.	Sales Order is partially or completely fulfilled but not yet billed	Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Billing ; Schedule (...) Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Billing ; Schedule Billing Operations; List 2. Click View next to a Billing Operation Schedule 3. Click Run Now. 4. Under Summary click Refresh until Successes and Invoices columns are populated 5. Under Records Invoice transactions are listed.	Popup Box provided details of violations
F&A	TC-08053	UI Create customer invoice without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is (...)UI Create customer invoice without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not displayed.	Sales Order is partially or completely fulfilled but not yet billed	Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Billing ; Schedul (...) Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Billing ; Schedule Billing Operations; List 2. Click View next to a Billing Operation Schedule 3. Click Run Now. 4. Under Summary click Refresh until Successes and Invoices columns are populated 5. Under Records Invoice transactions are listed.	>You may see an error for the Shipping Line not having an account. If so delete the line which sho (...)>You may see an error for the Shipping Line not having an account. If so delete the line which should have a value of $0 and save the invoice. Return to the sales order and go to related records to confirm that the invoice was created. View and confirm the GL impact. The pop up box will not be displayed as there should be no violations.
F&A	TC-08054	UI Create journal entry with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displa (...)UI Create journal entry with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displayed.	Chart of accounts is set up	Role: Kimray-Controller , Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant 1. Transactions (...) Role: Kimray-Controller , Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: enter Memo (UAT initials Journal) enter in Next Approver validate Date validate Posting Period enter Reversal Date (optional) 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name (Use a bank account and an Expense Account. Enter a location on each line and use Cost Center 0000 ) 4. Make corrections as required. 5. Click Save.	Popup Box provided details of violations
F&A	TC-08055	UI Create customer credit memo without rule violation(s) and the Popup box (...)UI Create customer credit memo without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not displayed.	Customer exists Items exist	Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Customers > Credit (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Customers > Credit Memo Enter customer and location add the non-inventory item line for amount $5.00 and enter a department other than 0000 for the line department	Popup Box does not appear and prevent saving transaction
F&A	TC-08056	CSV Create vendor bill with rule violation(s) and the Record is not succes (...)CSV Create vendor bill with rule violation(s) and the Record is not successfully created in NetSuite	Vendor Record exists Vendor Bill file is available and has one or more rule (...)Vendor Record exists Vendor Bill file is available and has one or more rule violations	Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the (...)Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Bill Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete click Next 6. After naming the map click Run 7. At the top left click on Import Status 8. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV is not successful. Observe the error messages in the results file.
F&A	TC-08057	CSV Create vendor bill without rule violation(s) and the Record is success (...)CSV Create vendor bill without rule violation(s) and the Record is successfully created in NetSuite	Vendor record exists Vendor Bill import file exists and has no rule violati (...)Vendor record exists Vendor Bill import file exists and has no rule violations	Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the (...)Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Bill Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV uploads successfully. Observe the newly created Vendor Bill
F&A	TC-08058	CSV Create vendor credit with rule violation(s) and the Record is not succ (...)CSV Create vendor credit with rule violation(s) and the Record is not successfully created in NetSuite	Vendor record exists in NetSuite CSV File for Vendor Credit Import is creat (...)Vendor record exists in NetSuite CSV File for Vendor Credit Import is created and contains one or more violations.	Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the I (...) Role: Kimray-AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Credit Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 7. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV import is not successful. Observe the error messages in the results file.
F&A	TC-08059	CSV Create vendor credit without rule violation(s) and the Record is succe (...)CSV Create vendor credit without rule violation(s) and the Record is successfully created in NetSuite	Vendor Record exists Vendor Credit file is available but has no rule violat (...)Vendor Record exists Vendor Credit file is available but has no rule violations	Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select th (...)Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Credit Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 6. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV File Uploads successfully.
F&A	TC-08060	CSV Create journal entry with rule violation(s) and the Record is not Succ (...)CSV Create journal entry with rule violation(s) and the Record is not Successfully created in NetSuite	Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for J (...)Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for JE Import is available and contains one or more rule violations.	Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Navigate (...) Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 6. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV import is not successful. Observe the error messages in the results file.
F&A	TC-08061	CSV Create journal entry without rule violation(s) and the Record is succe (...)CSV Create journal entry without rule violation(s) and the Record is successfully created in NetSuite	Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for J (...)Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for JE Import is available and contains no rule violations.	Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Navigate to (...) Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click Refresh until Percent Complete is 100%	ournal uploads successfully
F&A	TC-08062	CSV Create customer invoice with rule violation(s) and the Record is not c (...)CSV Create customer invoice with rule violation(s) and the Record is not created successfully in NetSuite	Customers exist Items exist Customer Invoice file is available and contains (...)Customers exist Items exist Customer Invoice file is available and contains one or more rule violations	Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select (...) Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion AR Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 6. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV is not successful. Observe the error messages in the results file.
F&A	TC-08063	CSV Create customer invoice without rule violation(s) and the Record is cr (...)CSV Create customer invoice without rule violation(s) and the Record is created successfully in NetSuite	Customers exist Items exist Customer Invoice file is available and contains (...)Customers exist Items exist Customer Invoice file is available and contains no rule violations	Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select (...) Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion AR Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 6. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV uploads successfully. Observe the newly created customer invoices.
F&A	TC-08064	CSV Create customer credit memo with rule violation(s) and the record is n (...)CSV Create customer credit memo with rule violation(s) and the record is not created successfully in NetSuite	Customer records exist. Items exist Customer credit memo file is available (...)Customer records exist. Items exist Customer credit memo file is available and has one or more rule violations	Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select (...) Role: Kimray-AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion AR Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 6. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV import is not successful. Observe the error messages in the results file.
F&A	TC-08065	UI Create customer credit memo with rule violation(s) and the Popup is dis (...)UI Create customer credit memo with rule violation(s) and the Popup is displayed.	Customer record exists Items exist	Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Customers > Credit Memo (...)Role: Kimray AR Specialist Kimray AR Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Customers > Credit Memo Enter customer and location add the non-inventory item line for amount $5.00 and enter 0000 for the line department	Popup Box provided details of violations
F&A	TC-08066	UI Create vendor bill without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not d (...)UI Create vendor bill without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not displayed.	Vendor record exists	Role: Kimray – AP Analyst Kimray – AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter (...)Role: Kimray – AP Analyst Kimray – AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills 2. Enter Primary Information: Vendor \| Date 3. Enter Classification Department: 6700 4. Enter Expenses: Account \| Amount \| Department\| Location 5. Save your work	Popup Box does not appear and prevent saving transaction
F&A	TC-08067	UI Create vendor bill with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displaye (...)UI Create vendor bill with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displayed.	Vendor Record exists	Role: Kimray – AP Analyst Kimray – AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bi (...) Role: Kimray – AP Analyst Kimray – AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills 2. Enter Primary Information: Vendor \| Date 3. Enter Classification Department: 0000 4. Enter Expenses: Account \| Amount \| Department\| Location (Leave Location Blank). 5. Make corrections to save your work.	Popup Box provided details of violations. Script does not validate Header Cost Center should be "000 (...)Popup Box provided details of violations. Script does not validate Header Cost Center should be "0000".
F&A	TC-08068	UI Create vendor credit with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displa (...)UI Create vendor credit with rule violation(s) and the Popup box is displayed.	Vendor record exists	Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst Kimray ? AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Ven (...)Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst Kimray ? AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Vendor Credits 2. Enter Primary Information: Vendor \| Date 3. Enter Expense Details: Account \| Amount \| Department \| Leave Location or cost center blank. 4. Save your work.	Popup Box provided details of violations
F&A	TC-08069	UI Create vendor credit without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not (...)UI Create vendor credit without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not displayed.	Vendor record exists	Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst Kimray ? AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Vend (...)Role: Kimray ? AP Analyst Kimray ? AP Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Vendor Credits 2. Enter Primary Information: Vendor \| Date 3. Enter Expense Details: Account \| Amount \| Department \| Location. 4. Save your work.	Popup Box does not appear and prevent saving transaction
F&A	TC-08070	UI Create journal entry without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not (...)UI Create journal entry without rule violation(s) and the Popup box is not displayed.	Chart of Accounts is set up	Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Transactions ; (...)Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor Kimray ? Controller 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page complete the following under Primary Information: ? enter Memo enter in Next Approver ? validate Date ? validate Posting Period ? enter Reversal Date (optional) 3. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following ? select Account ? enter Line Description ? Debit or Credit Amount ? Department (Use a bank account and an Expense Account. Department should not be "0000".) 4. Make corrections as required. 5. Click Save.	Popup Box does not appear and prevent saving transaction
F&A	TC-08071	CSV Create Customer Credit Memo without rule violation(s) and the record i (...)CSV Create Customer Credit Memo without rule violation(s) and the record is imported successfully into NetSuite	Customer exists Items exist Customer Credit Memo file is available and has (...)Customer exists Items exist Customer Credit Memo file is available and has no rule violations	Role: Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the I (...)Role: Kimray AR Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion Credit Memo Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete click Next 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	CSV uploads successfully. Observe the new customer credit memo.
F&A	TC-08072	Negative Test: Test approval of a JE entered by the approver to confirm ina (...)Negative Test: Test approval of a JE entered by the approver to confirm inability to approve.			JE cannot be approved by creator
F&A	TC-08073	Availability of saved search on dashboard reminders			Saved seraches are available on the dashboard
F&A	TC-08074	Update an accounting role within NetSuite with the ability to approve JEs. (...)Update an accounting role within NetSuite with the ability to approve JEs. Make sure the role can then post a manual JE. Change the role back and ensure the role can no longer post a manual JE.	Role identified for update does not have the permission to approve JEs	1. Navigate to Setup > Users/Roles > Manage Roles 2. Click Edit for the Role to update 3. On th (...)1. Navigate to Setup > Users/Roles > Manage Roles 2. Click Edit for the Role to update 3. On the Transaction subtab, add the Journal Approval Permission and set the Level to Full 4. Click Save to apply the update 5. Navigate to a JE Pending Approval and confirm Role can Approve. 6. Once successful, update the Role in edit mode to remove the Journal Approval Permission.	Ensure roles can be changed with ability to approve JEs
F&A	TC-08075	Using Auto Create Rule set up automatic cash posting transactions for recur (...)Using Auto Create Rule set up automatic cash posting transactions for recurring expenses			To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the r (...)To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the reporting period.
F&A	TC-08076	Make a JE for bank charges each month from bank statements	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. TC1476 BAI2 manual bank file import	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Match Bank Data Under Account Trans (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Match Bank Data Under Account Transactions, towards the bottom, click Add Journal Entry On the Journal page, create the journal for bank charges (debit: bank charges, credit: gl bank account) and submit for approval Once the Journal is approved, it will appear as a Journal, under Account Transactions for reconciliation	To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the r (...)To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the reporting period. Able to Add Journal for missing bank activity in GL
F&A	TC-08077	Configuration OneTime TestReview and reconcile asset cost and asset depreci (...)Configuration OneTime TestReview and reconcile asset cost and asset depreciation			to ensure completeness and appropriateness of existing account structure for future use
F&A	TC-08078	Configuration OneTime TestConvert and reconcile any open AP items			to ensure completeness and appropriateness of existing account structure for future use
F&A	TC-08079	Configuration OneTime TestConvert all GL entries to be reversed during the (...)Configuration OneTime TestConvert all GL entries to be reversed during the first month			to ensure completeness and appropriateness of existing account structure for future use
F&A	TC-08080	Configuration OneTime TestConvert and reconcile any recurring journal entri (...)Configuration OneTime TestConvert and reconcile any recurring journal entries			to ensure completeness and appropriateness of existing account structure for future use
F&A	TC-08081	Propose and Create new department			so that any new Chart of Account elements are approved of prior to them being set up
F&A	TC-08086	Add a New Class			to maintain uptodate chart of accounts and elements
F&A	TC-08087	Ensure custom segment feature is enabled			more dimensions are available for financial reporting
F&A	TC-08088	Test what happens with month end income statement entry Test what happens (...)Test what happens with month end income statement entry Test what happens with month end balance sheet entry	Month has been closed	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to Reports > Financial > Income (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to Reports > Financial > Income Statement. 2. Confirm the period range at the bottom that you are running the report for. 3. In the "Column" value, select whether to display Departments as columns, Locations as columns and click Refresh 4. 1. Navigate to Reports > Financial > Balance Sheet 5. Observe the Net Income amount and the Retained Earnings accounts are populated.	Observe that the Income statement is broken out by desired level of Departments and Locations. Obse (...)Observe that the Income statement is broken out by desired level of Departments and Locations. Observe that the Balance Sheet "Net Income" section shows the same amount as the Period range for the current fiscal year. Observe that the Balance Sheet "Retained Earnings" section shows the cumulative amount for prior fiscal years. so that retained earnings is captured at the correct level of granularity: Location Department GL Account
F&A	TC-08089	Validate GL activity for purchase receipts	Test to validate that the cost for a returned item is matched to the origin (...)Test to validate that the cost for a returned item is matched to the original cost		to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-08091	Validate GL activity for scrap	Test to validate that the cost for a returned item is matched to the origin (...)Test to validate that the cost for a returned item is matched to the original cost		to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-08095	Create Cost Categories for Labor and machine time		Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to the Accounting Lists Page by using (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to the Accounting Lists Page by using the global search "Page: Accounting Lists" Filter by Type = Cost Category Click View to view an existing cost category. Note Labor Run and Machine Run are currently configured.	to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations. (...)to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations.
F&A	TC-08096	Add overhead rate		Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Financial > Lists > Items > New S (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Financial > Lists > Items > New Select the Item Type as Other Charge > For Purchase Enter the Item Name, Expense Account, and Tax Schedule (not applicable but required) Under the Accounting tab, select the Cost Category, such as Labor Run OH, or Machine Run OH. Select the Manufacturing Charge Item Checkbox. Save. The new Other Charge for Purchase item can now be associated to Manufacturing Cost Templates, which can then be assigned to Manufacturing Routings, and Assembly Items.	to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations. (...)to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations.
F&A	TC-08097	Change existing labor rate		Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Financial > Lists > Items Select (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Financial > Lists > Items Select the filter for Type = Other Charge. Click Edit on the item you wish to update (i.e. Labor Run - $27) Update the Purchase Price to the desired rate. Since Rates are incorporated in the Item Name, you may also want to update the Item Name. Save. The new rate will take effect on subsequent Planned Standard Cost Rollup and Revalue Inventory Cost submissions.	to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations. (...)to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations.
F&A	TC-08098	Add additional Cost Categories			to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations. (...)to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations.
F&A	TC-08103	Add labor rate			to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations. (...)to ensure proper valuation of raw materials or purchased goods transformed via machining operations.
F&A	TC-08108	Make a Sales order for nInventory item expensed items boxes zero amount. (...)Make a Sales order for nInventory item expensed items boxes zero amount. Invoice Sales order for Zero amount.			the customer is not charged for warranty replacements or boxes
F&A	TC-08109	review GL impact of item returns/restocks			to ensure proper valuation of cost of goods sold and inventory related to returns/restocks.
F&A	TC-08110	User enters Journal Entry? via UI	Login using the Kimray Staff Accountant or Kimray Accounting Supervisor rol (...)Login using the Kimray Staff Accountant or Kimray Accounting Supervisor role	1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page enter in th (...)1. Transactions ; Financial ; Make Journal Entries 2. On the new Journal Entry page enter in the following under Primary Information: Memo (UAT initials Journal)Next Approver 3. Validate Date Validate Posting Period (Optional) Enter Reversal Date 4. Under Lines enter balancing Journal Entry lines complete the following select Account enter Line Description Debit or Credit Amount Department Location and optionally Entity Name 5. Click Save.	>Journal is saved Edit button is availed no Submit For Approval button.
F&A	TC-08111	Create a Journal Entry via . csv upload	Chart of accounts and segmentation have been configured.	1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Import CSV Records 2. On the Import Assistant page select (...) 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Import CSV Records 2. On the Import Assistant page select the following for each dropdown: Import Type = Transactions Record Type = Journal Entry Under CSV files click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 3 . On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page under FIELD MAPPING map your CSV import (YOUR FIELDS column) to NetSuite (NETSUITE FIELDS column) utilizing the middle column 5. After mapping is complete click Next 6. On the next Import Assistant page under SAVE MAPPING & START IMPORT complete the following: Import Map Name (Name the import ex: Payroll Journal Entry import) Description (optional ex: import for ADP payroll) 7. After naming the map click SAVE & RUN 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	Journal is saved Edit button is availed no Submit For Approval button? NOTE: Submit for Approval bu (...)Journal is saved Edit button is availed no Submit For Approval button? NOTE: Submit for Approval button is only available after a supporting document has been attached to the JE and a Next Approver has been populated. NOTE: The Next Approver has to be populated on the JE when opened in Edit mode. Next Approver is not a field that can be mapped on the CSV upload process. See JE Approval process for details on preparing a JE for Approval.
F&A	TC-08112	Edit a rejected Journal Entry	NA	1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Click the Edit button 3. Make necessary updates 4. Click Sa (...)1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Click the Edit button 3. Make necessary updates 4. Click Save	Journal is updated and saved
F&A	TC-08113	Submit rejected Journal Entry for reapproval	NA	1. Navigate to the Journal Entry 2. Click Resubmit for Approval button	Journal is routed to Next Approver no Edit button for creator?
F&A	TC-08114	Create dynamic allocation for Workers Compensation based on headcount	Statistical Account exists	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Sch (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Schedule 2. Enter a Name Subsidiary and Frequency for this Allocation Schedule. Set Next Date = The last day of the accounting period 3. Set Allocation Mode to Dynamic Allocation 4. Under Dynamic Allocation set the Weight Source field as 95010 Employee Headcount and the Date Basis as Period to Date. 5. Verify that the Unit Type = Headcount and the Unit of Measure = People 6. In the Source subtab select an appropriate account (account balance should already exist in this account for the selected period) to allocate from. Select appropriate Department Location and/or Class to further filter the source criteria that should be allocated. Then click 'Add'. 7. In the Destination subtab for this exercise select one or more appropriate expense account(s) to allocate into. Select appropriate Department Location and/or Class (repeat this process as needed). Then click 'Add' 8. Click Save.	Allocation schedule successfully created. Source tab allows for multiple accounts departments and op (...)Allocation schedule successfully created. Source tab allows for multiple accounts departments and optionally locations to be selected Destination tab allows for various accounts departments and optionally locations to be selected Sample weights are not populated as these will be dynamically updated when the statistical journal is created. Schedule can be edited if needed
F&A	TC-08115	Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Purchase Order (...)Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Purchase Order > PO Receipt > Vendor Bill > Vendor Credit	Purchase Order has been billed and credited	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Review Purchase Order that is in Billed Status by navigat (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Review Purchase Order that is in Billed Status by navigating to Vendors; Purchases; Enter Purchase Orders; List. Then using the filters set the status as Closed 2. Click on a PO review the Department and Location on the Purchase Order 3. On the Purchase Order Click on Related Records Open the Item Receipt record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location. 4. On the Purchase Order Click on Related Records and Open the Vendor Bill record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location on the Vendor Bill 5. On the Vendor Bill Click on Related Records and Open the Bill Credit record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location on the Bill Credit	Segmentation is carried down to the downstream transactions Purchase Order: Item Receipt: Vendor Bil (...)Segmentation is carried down to the downstream transactions Purchase Order: Item Receipt: Vendor Bill:
F&A	TC-08116	Automatic Deletion of prior Period End Journals when new Journal Entry is c (...)Automatic Deletion of prior Period End Journals when new Journal Entry is created and backdated to closed period	Period End Journals feature has been run for the given December accounting (...)Period End Journals feature has been run for the given December accounting period and has subsequently been closed Period is now reopened Create an applicable adjusting Journal Entry in the normal manner to the period that was closed.	Role: Kimray Controller Rerun the Create Period End Journals month end close process: Go to Setup ; (...)Role: Kimray Controller Rerun the Create Period End Journals month end close process: Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Click Create Period End Journals. Click Create Journals and check the box under Income Statement closing tab. This process will only create journals in the last period of the fiscal year. Click Submit. When the process completes click back to period close and click Mark Task complete. NOTE: Do not click "Create All Journals" button as this does not trigger the supplemental change in the P&L. The original period End Journals will be deleted by the system and two new Journal Entries will be created to represent the most accurate Net Income that will move to Retained Earnings.	Income Statement Closing Journals are deleted. New Period End Journal created ties to the Net Income (...)Income Statement Closing Journals are deleted. New Period End Journal created ties to the Net Income on the P&L Adjustment Journal is appropriately reflected in the new Net Income amount.
F&A	TC-08117	Lock AP	AR subledger activities for the month have been completed. These include Pu (...)AR subledger activities for the month have been completed. These include Purchasing Receiving Vendor Billing Vendor Payment and Vendor Return activities. These individual processes are tracked as In Progress or Completed in a separate detailed month end close checklist by Kimray which does not live in NetSuite.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Status icons indicate whether each task is completed To complete a task click the Go To Task icon for the task. Click Lock AP (after all Purchasing Receiving and Billing and Payment activities are completed for the month) using Kimray AP Supervisor role	AP is locked AR and GL are still open if they were not previously locked. Users can no longer create (...)AP is locked AR and GL are still open if they were not previously locked. Users can no longer create PO Receipts Vendor Bills Vendor Payments Credits tied to the period that has been locked. These transactions would now post to the current open period.
F&A	TC-08118	Lock AR	AR subledger activities for the month have been completed. These include Sa (...)AR subledger activities for the month have been completed. These include Sales fulfillment and invoicing and collections activities. These individual processes are tracked as In Progress or Completed in a separate detailed month end close checklist by Kimray which does not live in NetSuite.	Role: Kimray AR Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click (...)Role: Kimray AR Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Status icons indicate whether each task is completed To complete a task click the Go To Task icon for the task. Click Lock AR (after all Sales fulfillment and invoicing and collections activities are completed for the month) using Kimray AR Supervisor role.	AR is locked AP and GL are still open if they haven't already been previously locked. Users can no l (...)AR is locked AP and GL are still open if they haven't already been previously locked. Users can no longer create Invoices Fulfillments Payments tied to the period that has been locked. These transactions would now post to the current open period.
F&A	TC-08119	Lock All	All Inventory, AR & AP subledger activities have been completed.	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Perio (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period Review the tasks in the checklist. Tasks are listed in the order in which they should be completed. Status icons indicate whether each task is completed To complete a task click the Go To Task icon for the task. Click Lock All (after all Inventory and manufacturing activities are completed for the month) using Kimray Accounting Supervisor role	Users cannot post Inventory and Journal Entry activity to a locked period unless their role has the (...)Users cannot post Inventory and Journal Entry activity to a locked period unless their role has the override period restrictions permission. Note: After this step is completed all Journal Entries entered must be dated in the accounting period that is to be closed if they pertain to that accounting period. Otherwise the Journal will post to the current accounting period when it is approved.
F&A	TC-08120	Ensure all inventory production accounts payable fixed assets accounts rece (...)Ensure all inventory production accounts payable fixed assets accounts receivable subsystem entries are posted to the GL	Subledger activities have been completed. Transactions requiring approval (...)Subledger activities have been completed. Transactions requiring approval have been approved.	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant Kimray AP Superuser Kimray AR Superuser As a general observation the GL impact of the subledger transactions shows the "Posting" column as "Yes" meaning the General Ledger has already been updated. When transactions are approved (e.g. Bills Journal Entries) or where approval is not required the General Ledger is immediately updated. There is no separate process to transfer subledger activities to the GL. For transactions that depend on the costing engine such as Work Order Close Material Burden the GL impact is updated at the top of the hour every hour for transactions that are not yet costed e. g. new PO Receipt created within the hour.	GL Balances are immediately updated upon transaction creation when no approvals are needed. GL Bala (...)GL Balances are immediately updated upon transaction creation when no approvals are needed. GL Balances are updated after transactions requiring approval get approved Balances are updated after the Costing Engine runs.
F&A	TC-08121	Reconcile all subsystem journal entries	Accounting period has been locked (up to the Lock All Step). Fixed Assets (...)Accounting period has been locked (up to the Lock All Step). Fixed Assets depreciation has been run Inventory Cost Accounting task is complete	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant Kimray AP Superuser Kimray AR Superuser This test case is mainly to give guidance that the Subledger reports should tie out to the Balance Sheet. Run the AP Aging Report and ensure it ties to the GL Balance on the Balance Sheet Run the AR Aging Report and ensure it ties to the GL Balance on the Balance Sheet Run the Inventory valuation Report and ensure the Raw Material Finished Goods Manufactured parts tie to the GL Balance on the Balance Sheet Run the Asset Summary and ensure the Cost and Accumulated Depreciation ties to the GL Balance on the Balance Sherwin Saved Search ties to the GL Balance on the Balance Sheet Accrued Purchases Search ties to the GL Balance on the Balance Sheet	Subledger reports tied to the GL
F&A	TC-08122	Book nonintegrated subsystem entries (lease and rent and concur)	COA and segmentation is configured.	Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accou (...)Role: Kimray-Staff Accountant Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Kimray-Cost Supervisor Kimray-Cost Accountant Kimray AP Superuser Kimray AR Superuser Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Import CSV Records 2. On the Import Assistant page select the following for each dropdown: Import Type = Transactions Record Type = Journal Entry Under CSV files click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page under FIELD MAPPING map your CSV import (YOUR FIELDS column) to NetSuite (NETSUITE FIELDS column) utilizing the middle column 5. After mapping is complete click Next 6. On the next Import Assistant page under SAVE MAPPING & START IMPORT complete the following: Import Map Name (Name the import ex: Concur Import) 7. After naming the map click SAVE & RUN 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	Journal is uploaded successfully for various scenarios via CSV import.
F&A	TC-08123	Sweep Automation	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. TC1476 BAI2 manual bank file import	Step 1: Record a deposit for a cash inflow and setup a new autocreate rule for a deposit (cash infl (...)Step 1: Record a deposit for a cash inflow and setup a new autocreate rule for a deposit (cash inflow) Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Match Bank Data Select the applicable Bank Account. In this example we are using 110501 MIDFIRSTAP Checks Click on the checkbox to select the following imported bank transfer Date = 9/6/2024 Type = Transfer Amount = 3464 2. 15 Scroll down to the bottom of the page. Click on the link to Add Deposit. Enter the Date Memo Amount and Account for the Deposit. Click the Add button. Note that the Account would likely need to be some form of clearing account for a ZBA deposit or sweep between accounts as this transaction will only book one side of the sweep (deposit portion). The subsequent charge (cash outflow) portion of the sweep would need to be setup in a similar manner under the related bank account when performing match bank data. Scroll back down to the bottom of the Match Bank Data page. Mark the checkbox to "Make AutoCreate Rule From The Selected Transactions" and click the Match button. You will see a message in the upper right corner stating the following: Rule Creation Successful. AutoCreate Rule AutoCreate Transaction Rule for Intercompany Clearing Account has been created. To edit this rule go to the Reconciliation Rules page. To run this rule on your remaining transactions click the Run Reconciliation Rules button. To view the rule created navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Reconciliation Rules. The new rule is visible under the User Rules section. Click on the rule name to view the rule. Review the information in the Conditions and Actions tabs. Step 2: Run a subsequent import to test the autocreate rule for the deposit (cash inflow). In this example we will import a new bank file on a subsequent day which contains another sweep. We expect the autocreate rule to create the deposit automatically upon submitting the import. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Bank Import History ; Upload File; Choose a BAI2 file to import from your PC Under Import Options select the following: Click the radio button to Select a Financial Institution; Select Financial Institution = MidFirst Bank; Select Format Profile = BAI2 Click Import In the upper right corner a green box will appear. Click the link to track import status which will route you to the Bank Import History page. Sort Bank Import History page by Internal ID to view the most recent import. Verify that the bank import status is in Completed status. Navigate to the Match Bank Data page Select the Account and click on the Review subtab. Note that the new deposit from the most recent import is visible as matched. Note that the Tran No indicates "to be generated". The transaction is not fully created until all matches are submitted on this page. Click the Submit button to submit matches. You will see a message at the top of the page indicating NetSuite is confirming and clearing transactions. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Make Deposits ; List. Sort by recently created and view the deposit created.	System Entries are created automatically and correctly
F&A	TC-08124	i. Labor and Overhead Rates on Manufacturing Cost Template	Component Items created with default costs assigned Assembly Item created (...)Component Items created with default costs assigned Assembly Item created BOM and BOM Revision created Manufacturing Routing created and assigned to BOM including Routing Step(s) with associated Manufacturing Cost Template(s)	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Using the Global search open WO1301 Click the Link to the Manufacturin (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Using the Global search open WO1301 Click the Link to the Manufacturing Routing (EFPPS2P Routing) applied to the Work Order Click the link to the Manufacturing Cost Template (PACKAGE BUILD UPS) assigned to the routing Step. The manufacturing cost template assigned includes a 1 9. 00 run rate. Click on the associated item (LABOR RUN $19) Under the Accounting tab the Expense Account is assigned as 520120 which is credited for labor captured on WO Completions. Click on the Purchasing tab. Take note that the Purchase Price is defined as 1 9. 00 per hour.	Validation of Labor rates assigned to the Manufacturing Routing.
F&A	TC-08125	j. GL Impact of Work Order Issue and Work Order Completion	TC59TC60TC275TC64TC283Costing Engine has processed the transactions	Using the Global search open WO1301 Click on the related records tab. Click on the link for the a (...)Using the Global search open WO1301 Click on the related records tab. Click on the link for the associated Work Order Issue WOI2603 to view it. Take note of the issued component quantities. GL Impact For each component issued the Item's Inventory Account (130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS) is credited at standard cost For each component issued the Assembly's WIP account (130189) is debited at standard cost. Work Order Completion Using the Global search open WO1301 Click on the related records tab. Click on the link for the associated Work Order Completions WCO288 and WCO289 WCO288 Take note of the following: Completed Qty = 0This completion was entered to capture time only. Operations subtab ; Labor Run Time (Minutes) 1. 36 minutes of time captured 130189 WIP is debited 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor is credited WCO289 Take note of the following: Completed Qty = 1Due to this completion quantity we should expect inventory movement from WIP to Finished Goods 130160 INV FINISHED GOODS is debited based on the current standard cost of the Assembly 130189 WIP is credited as the offset NOTE: It is possible that the current standard cost of the assembly does not equal the sum of all component standard costs possibly due to not performing a recent cost rollup/revaluation. In this case we would see a large imbalance in the WIP account at this stage. Operations subtab ; Labor Run Time (Minutes)0. 89 minutes of time captured 130189 WIP is debited 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor is credited	Work Order Issue Raw Materials Inventory value is credited with WIP debited. Work Order Complet (...)Work Order Issue Raw Materials Inventory value is credited with WIP debited. Work Order Completion (labor only 0 completed qty)Applied Labor is credited and WIP is debited based on the labor run time in minutes. Labor rate is determined based on the Manufacturing Cost Template assigned to the Assembly / QA Operation Work Order Completion (labor + nonzero completed qty) Applied Labor is credited and WIP is debited based on the labor run time in minutes. Labor rate is determined based on the Manufacturing Cost Template assigned to the Assembly / QA Operation Finished Goods Inventory is Debited and WIP is credited based on the current standard cost of the Assembly
F&A	TC-08126	k. GL Impact of Work Order Close	TC59TC60TC275TC64TC65TC283Costing Engine has processed the transaction	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Using the Global search open WO1301 Click on the related records tab (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Using the Global search open WO1301 Click on the related records tab. Click on the link for the associated Work Order Close WOI2603 to view it. Click on the GL Impact tab WIP debit balances from the components on WO Issue are credited on the WO Close WIP credit balances from the assembly on WO Completions are debited on the WO Close Variances in expected vs actual quantity for either materials or labor are posted to 510060 Production Quantity Variance Differences in expected vs actual rate for either materials or labor are posted to 510070 Production Price Variance Return to the Work Order WO1301 and click on the Cost Variance Analysis Report Summary Section: Review Planned Cost and Planned Cost Per Unit Review Actual Cost and Actual Cost Per Unit Review Cost Variance and Cost Variance Per Unit. Cost Category Tab Includes a breakdown by Cost Category of Planned vs Actual Cost for materials Component Tab Includes a breakdown of Planned vs Actual cost by Component Item Conversion Costs Includes a breakdown of Planned vs Actual costs for Labor.	Validate correctness of closing entries
F&A	TC-08127	Set up Items with ABC classification and frequency		1. Navigate to Inventory > Lists > Items, then click Edit next to an item to count. 2. In the Purc (...)1. Navigate to Inventory > Lists > Items, then click Edit next to an item to count. 2. In the Purchasing/Inventory tab, go to the Locations subtab and choose the Location(s) for Cycle Counting. 3. In the Location line, scroll over to Next Count Date and Count Interval. Enter in the details in each field. 4. Click Save on the Item Record and repeat for any other items.	Items available for cycle count
F&A	TC-08128	Perform Inventory Count			Count complete and updated in NetSuite
F&A	TC-08130	Create allocation schedule for Office expenses Fixed Allocation	Login Using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation feature has been enable (...)Login Using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation feature has been enabled. The source combination of Accounts Departments Locations needs to have a balance for the period which the allocation will be performed.	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Sch (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Schedule 2. Under Primary Information Enter a Name Subsidiary and Frequency for this Allocation Schedule (For this exercise select 'End of Period' as Frequency). For Next Date = Enter MM/DD/YYYY (last day of accounting period Under Subsequent Date for this exercise Choose 'Remind Forever' 3. Set Allocation Mode to Fixed Allocation 4. In the Source subtab select an appropriate account (account balance should already exist in this account for the selected period) to allocate from. Select appropriate Department Location to further filter the source criteria that should be allocated. Then click 'Add'. 5. In the Destination subtab for this exercise place a check mark next to 'Values Are Percentages'. Select one or more appropriate expense account(s) to allocate into. Select appropriate Department and/or Location (repeat this process as needed). Provide weight (sum of the weights should equal to 100). Then click 'Add' 6. Click Save.	Allocation schedule successfully created. Source tab allows for multiple accounts departments and op (...)Allocation schedule successfully created. Source tab allows for multiple accounts departments and optionally locations to be selected Destination tab allows for various accounts departments and optionally locations to be selected Values are percentages checkbox enforces breakout across the destination accounts/ departments/location combination to equal 100%Schedule can be edited if needed to change the source and destination variables.
F&A	TC-08131	Create statistical journal for headcount via CSV	Login Kimray Accounting Supervisor Statistical Account exists	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Import/ Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Filter by St (...)Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Import/ Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Filter by Statistical Journal Entry select the "Kimray Unit Test Stat Journal import" saved csv import. 3. Select file (attached to this test case that has the appropriate amounts accounts department etc.) 4. Accept the Mapping of the Excel columns to the NetSuite columns. Select Run 5. Check that import was successful.	Statistical Journal is successfully created via CSV import. Statistical Journal is not routed for ap (...)Statistical Journal is successfully created via CSV import. Statistical Journal is not routed for approval
F&A	TC-08132	Generate Allocation Journal Entry Fixed Allocation	Login Using Kimray Accounting Supervisor For the given account combination (...)Login Using Kimray Accounting Supervisor For the given account combination of Subsidiary Account and optionally Department and Location a balance must exist for the accounting period. This is the basis from which the amounts will be allocated.	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. OPTIONAL IF BALANCE DOESN'T EXIST IN SOURCE Create a ven (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. OPTIONAL IF BALANCE DOESN'T EXIST IN SOURCE Create a vendor bill/ journal entry to ensure that the account has a balance. 2. Navigate to your allocation schedule by clicking on the "Allocation Schedule Due" reminder and then click View to Open up the Allocation Schedule. 3. Click Journal Entry button 4. The JE page opens up. At the top you will see "Approved for Posting Created From Allocation" and under the created from allocation field in Primary Information you will see the Allocation Schedule that it was created from. You will also see the expense accounts being debited. 5. The balance in source account/dept/location combination gets zeroed out because the Credit Account Credit Department and Credit Location fields are not populated.	1. Journal Entry is successfully created and does not require approval (it is a system generated Jo (...)1. Journal Entry is successfully created and does not require approval (it is a system generated Journal Entry). 2. The balance in source account/dept/location combination gets zeroed out because the Credit Account Credit Department and Credit Location fields are not populated.
F&A	TC-08133	Generate Allocation Journal Entry Dynamic Allocation	Statistical Account has been set up Statistical Journal Entries have been c (...)Statistical Account has been set up Statistical Journal Entries have been created Balance exists on the source GL Account	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Create a vendor bill/ journal entry to ensure that the acco (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Create a vendor bill/ journal entry to ensure that the account has a balance. 2. Navigate to your allocation schedule 3. Click Journal Entry button 4. The JE page opens up. At the top you will see "Approved for Posting Created From Allocation" and under the created from allocation field in Primary Information you will see the Allocation Schedule that it was created from. You will also see the expense accounts being debited. 5. The source account gets cleared out.	Allocation Journal Entry is created successfully Journal Entry does not require approval. Next Date (...)Allocation Journal Entry is created successfully Journal Entry does not require approval. Next Date field on Allocation schedule moves to the following period.
F&A	TC-08134	Setup Allocations as Reminders	Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation feature has been turned (...)Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation feature has been turned on.	Role: Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to the home dashboard 2. Under Reminders hover over (...) Role: Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to the home dashboard 2. Under Reminders hover over the three dots at the top and click Set Up 3. Click Allocation Schedules due and save. Moving forward when you navigate to Reminders section you will see Allocation Schedules due setup as a Reminder	1. Reminders display Allocations for the time period that have not yet been created 2. Allocation (...)1. Reminders display Allocations for the time period that have not yet been created 2. Allocation Journals can be created by clicking on the reminder list and viewing the schedule from which a Journal can then be created.
F&A	TC-08135	To review all JE's/ history created for an allocation	Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation Schedule has been creat (...)Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Allocation Schedule has been created. Allocation Journal Entries have been created for the Allocation Schedules.	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Schedules ; (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Transactions ; Financial ; Create Allocation Schedules ; List 2. Click on View next to the Allocation Schedule 3. Under the History subtab you can see the link to the journal entry along with other details	width="105">All Journals created from the schedule can be viewed
F&A	TC-08136	View statistical account register	Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Statistical Accounts have been set (...)Login using Kimray Accounting Supervisor Statistical Accounts have been set up	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts ; Click the account to see (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor 1. Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts ; Click the account to see all activity 2. Can filter by date range and click Refresh to see all a certain month's data can be viewed for example	All Journals created from the schedule can be clicked on and viewed
F&A	TC-08137	Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Sales Order > (...)Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Sales Order > SO Fulfillment > Customer Invoice > Credit Memo	Sales Order has been billed and credited	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Review a Sales Order that is in Billed Status On the Sa (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Review a Sales Order that is in Billed Status On the Sales Order Click on Related Records and Open the Item Fulfillment record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location. On the Sales Order Click on Related Records and Open the Invoice record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location on the Vendor Bill On the Invoice Click on Related Records and Open the Credit Memo record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location on the Credit Memo	Segmentation is carried down to the downstream transactions
F&A	TC-08138	Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Transfer Order (...)Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Transfer Order > Transfer Order Fulfillment > Transfer Order Receipt	Transfer Order has been fulfilled and received	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Review Transfer Order that is in Receiv (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Review Transfer Order that is in Received Status On the Transfer Order Click on Related Records and Open the Item Fulfillment record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location. On the Transfer Order Click on Related Records and Open the Item Receipt record. Click Actions ; GL Impact and review the Department and Location.	Segmentation is carried down to the downstream transactions
F&A	TC-08139	Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Work Order > W (...)Validate source transactions' segmentation carries down to: Work Order > Work Order Issue/Completion > Work Order Build	Work Order Issues Completion and Close record have been created	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Review Work Order that is in Closed St (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Review Work Order that is in Closed Status On the Work Order Click on Related Records and open the Work Order Issue record. Click GL Impact and observe the Department and Location are correctly set. On the Work Order Click on Related Records and open the Work Order Completion Record. Click GL Impact and observe the Department and Location are correctly set. On the Work Order Click on Related Records and open the Work Order Close Record. Click GL Impact and observe the Department and Location are correctly set.	Segmentation is carried down to the downstream transactions
F&A	TC-08140	Review Accounts	N/A	Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Accounting ; Chart of Accounts	Account values are correct and complete
F&A	TC-08141	Review Departments	N/A	Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification; Depa (...)Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification; Departments	Segment values are correct and complete
F&A	TC-08143	Review Locations	N/A	Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locati (...)Role: Kimray Controller Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Setup ; Company ; Classification ; Locations	Segment values are correct and complete
F&A	TC-08144	Add a new GL Account	N/A	Role: Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts ; New Provide the GL Account (...)Role: Kimray Controller 1. Navigate to Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts ; New Provide the GL Account Number Provide the GL Account Name If this is a child account of a parent account select the parent account in the Subaccount Of field If this is a Parent Account check the summary box to avoid users accidentally coding to the GL Account instead of the lowest level child account. Provide the GL Account Type If this is an Inventory Account check the Inventory box If this Account is eligible for coding 1099 Expenses select the 1099 Misc Category If this is a Bank Account and needs to be reconciled in NetSuite check the "Use Match Bank Data and Statement Reconciliation Pages" 2. Save your work.	Account is saved. Correct Account Type is observed.
F&A	TC-08145	BAI2 manual bank file import	TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up (...)TC27 Set up links to bank accounts in Financial Institutions. TC28 Set up links to credit card accounts in Financial Institutions. Transactions to be reconciled are entered and approved (if applicable) in NetSuite	Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Obtain (...) Role: Kimray-Accounting Supervisor Obtain a BAI2 file from the bank for the desired bank account(s) and transaction date range. Navigate to Transactions ; Bank ; Bank Import History ; Upload File Choose a BAI2 file to import from your PC The file name (including extension) must not exceed 50 characters in length. Under Import Options select the following: Click the radio button to Select a Financial Institution Select Financial Institution = MidFirst BAI2 Select Format Profile = MidFirst BAI2 Click Import In the upper right corner a green box will appear. Click the link to track import status which will route you to the Bank Import History page. Sort Bank Import History page by Internal ID to view the most recent import. Verify that the bank import status is in Completed status.	BAI2 file import performed
F&A	TC-08146	Warranty registration is valid and replacement SO is sent	Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 3 Product Application Issue = False (...)Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 3 Product Application Issue = False and Manufacturing Defect = True with Valid Warranty Registration (Case Manually Created)) Create Warranty Claim and Send Replacement Sales Order TC302 Create a Sales Order TC303 Fulfill Sales Order TC1182 Invoice Sales Order TC1475 Create a Warranty Claim (Mfg Defect Replacement) TC1436 Create a Return Authorization from Case Record TC1183 Receive Return Authorization TC301 Create Replacement Sales Order TC280 Fulfill Sales Order TC299 Create Repair Work Order Test Run: Repair UNIT: 1. Repair and Return to Stock TC290 Create Assembly Unbuild using Freshmart device TC291 Assembly / QA Item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction Using RFSmart Device TC293 Close Work Order TC284: Create Inventory Adjustment for Item(s) used in repair	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find transactions listed below and review the (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find transactions listed below and review the GL impact of each transaction. CASE47 created for warranty claim (Manufacturing quality defect)GL Impact: None for Case transactions RMA2097 RMA created from case Item: AAR; Amount: 0 GL Impact: None for RMA transactions IR205832 RMA Received into repair bin Location: OKC Mfg GL Impact: Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODs @ Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item/Location Standard Cost RMA is automatically closed SO85972 Sales Order created to send replacement Item: AAR Amount: 0 GL Impact: None for SO transactions IF317293 SO Fulfilled upon sending replacement item to customer Location: Cleburne GL Impact: Debit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODs @ Item/Location Standard Cost INV117384 Invoice created from SO Amount: 0 GL Impact: None ($0) ASSYU43 Assembly Unbuild created to disassemble returned item (AAR) Debit 130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS and 130150 INVMFG PARTS @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Assembly Item/Location Standard Cost Debit or Credit 510085 ASSEMBLY UNBUILD VARIANCE is impacted for any variance between the valuation of the Assembly vs the total Components WO1337 Work Order created to manufacture new assembly (AARR) Item: AARR GL Impact: None WOI2643 WO Issue created to issue components to the Work Order Debit 130189 WIP @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS and 130150 INVMFG PARTS @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost WCO342 WO Completion created to capture labor used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate WCO343 WO Completion created to capture labor and components used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) Credit 130189 WIP @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) WCL75 WO Close created to close WO1337 Debit 130189 WIP WIP credit balances incurred from the WO Completion are now Debited based on the Standard Cost of the Assembly Item Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances incurred from the WO Issue based on the component standard costs are now credited Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances for labor incurred from WO Completions are now credited. Variances in expected vs actual quantity for either materials or labor are posted to 510060 Production Quantity Variance Variances in expected vs actual rate for either materials or labor are posted to 510070 Production Price Variance IA140866 Inventory Adjustment created adjust items used in repair Debit Adjustment Account Selected on Adjustment based on Adjustment reason @ Standard Cost of Item(s) adjusted down Credit Inventory valuation Account of Item(s) adjusted down	Review GL impact of each transaction to confirm accuracy.
F&A	TC-10034	F&A Roles cannot update Maestro related vendor fields	Vendor record created	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor 1. Edit existing vendor record 2. Navigate to Custom tab 3. Observe a (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor 1. Edit existing vendor record 2. Navigate to Custom tab 3. Observe all fields are set as readonly and cannot be edited.	. F&A roles with vendor edit permissions cannot edit information under the custom tab which stores c (...). F&A roles with vendor edit permissions cannot edit information under the custom tab which stores custom fields created for Ops use including Maestro related fields.
F&A	TC-10035	Vendor Name Change able to be done and not affect Integration			Can change the name of a vendor without breaking integrations
F&A	TC-10036	Letters are triggered on schedule	Covered by TC170 171 172 and 173		45 60 90 and 120 days are observed
F&A	TC-08147	Warranty registration is valid and repair will be performed no replacement (...)Warranty registration is valid and repair will be performed no replacement SO sent initially	Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 4. Product Application Issue = Fals (...)Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 4. Product Application Issue = False and Product is Faulty = True When Sold By Kimray and Warranty is Valid (Create Case Via Email) Create Warranty Claim and Repair Sales Order/Work Order TC1502 Create a Warranty Claim (Mfg Defect Repair) TC1436 Create a Return Authorization from Case Record TC1183 Receive Return Authorization TC302 Create a Sales Order TC1503 Create Repair Sales Order/Work Order ROLE: Kimray-Product Support (NonSAML) TC303 Fulfill Sales Order TC1182 Invoice Sales Order Test Run: Repair UNIT: 2. Repair Valid Warranty Item and Send To Customer TC290 Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RFSmart Device TC1531 Create Bin Transfer To Move Repair Kit/ Components To Repairs Bin TC291 Assembly / QA Item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction Using RFSmart Device TC293 Close Work Order	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find transactions listed below and review the (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find transactions listed below and review the GL impact of each transaction. CASE48 created for warranty claim (Manufacturing quality defect)GL Impact: None for Case transactions RMA2098 RMA created from case Item: AAR Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 GL Impact: None IR205833 RMA Received into repair bin Location: OKC Mfg Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODs @ Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item/Location Standard Cost RMA is automatically closed SO85973 Sales Order created from case Item: AARR Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 Item: RYG (Repair Kit/Components) Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 GL Impact: None ASSYU44 Assembly Unbuild created to disassemble returned item (AAR) Debit 130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS and 130150 INVMFG PARTS @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Assembly Item/Location Standard Cost Debit or Credit 510085 ASSEMBLY UNBUILD VARIANCE is impacted for any variance between the valuation of the Assembly vs the total Components WO1338 Work Order created from SO Assembly Item: AARR GL Impact: None WOI2644 WO Issue created to issue components to the Work Order Debit 130189 WIP @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS and 130150 INVMFG PARTS @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost WCO344 WO Completion created to capture labor used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate WCO345 WO Completion created to capture labor and components used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) Credit 130189 WIP @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) IF317335 SO Item Fulfillment to send new AARR to customer Debit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item Standard Cost Credit 130160 Inventory @ Item Standard Cost INV117397 Invoice created from SO Amount: 0 GL Impact: None ($0) WCL77 WO Close created to close WO1338 Debit 130189 WIP WIP credit balances incurred from the WO Completion are now Debited based on the Standard Cost of the Assembly Item Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances incurred from the WO Issue based on the component standard costs are now credited Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances for labor incurred from WO Completions are now credited. Variances in expected vs actual quantity for either materials or labor are posted to 510060 Production Quantity Variance Variances in expected vs actual rate for either materials or labor are posted to 510070 Production Price Variance	Review GL impact of each transaction to confirm accuracy.
F&A	TC-08148	Warranty registration is not valid (is expired) and repair is performed aft (...)Warranty registration is not valid (is expired) and repair is performed after customer agrees to repair cost	Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 5. Product Application Issue = Fals (...)Test Run: Warranty and Return Unit: 5. Product Application Issue = False and Product is Faulty = True with Expired Warranty TC294 Create a Case Manually in NetSuite TC1436 Create a Return Authorization from Case Record TC1183 Receive Return Authorization TC297 Create a Quote for Repair TC298 Convert Quote to Sales Order/Work Order Test Run: Repair UNIT: 2. Repair Valid Warranty Item and Send To Customer TC290 Create Assembly Unbuild Transaction Using RFSmart Device TC291 Assembly / QA Item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction using RFSmart Device TC292 Fulfill Sales Order TC1182 Invoice Sales Order TC293 Close Work Order	CASE49 created for manufacturing defect with expired warranty Impact: None for Case transactions (...)CASE49 created for manufacturing defect with expired warranty Impact: None for Case transactions RMA2099 RMA created from case Item: AAR Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 GL Impact: None IR205834 RMA Received into repair bin Location: Cleburne GL Impact: Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODs @ Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item/Location Standard Cost QUO42570 Quote created for repair Item: AARR Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 Item: RYG Quantity: 1 Amount: 6 5. 45 Item: Repair Labor Quantity 2 Rate: 80 Amount: 160 GL Impact: None SO85974 Sales Order created from Quote Item: AARR Quantity: 1 Amount: 0 Item: RYG Quantity: 1 Amount: 6 5. 45 Item: Repair Labor Quantity 2 Rate: 80 Amount: 160 GL Impact: None WO1339 Work Order created from SO Assembly Item: AARR GL Impact: None ASSYU45 Assembly Unbuild created to disassemble returned item (AAR) Debit 130140 INVPURCHASED PARTS and 130150 INVMFG PARTS @ Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Assembly Item/Location Standard Cost Debit or Credit 510085 ASSEMBLY UNBUILD VARIANCE is impacted for any variance between the valuation of the Assembly vs the total Components WCO346 WO Completion created to capture labor used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate WCO347 WO Completion created to capture labor and components used to build new assembly (AARR) Debit 130189 WIP @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Credit 520120 Absorption : Applied Labor @ Labor Run Time * Run Rate Debit 130160 INVFINISHED GOODS @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) Credit 130189 WIP @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (AARR) IF317336 SO Item Fulfillment to send new AARR to customer Debit 500100 STANDARD COST OF GOODS SOLD @ Item Standard Cost Credit 130160 Inventory @ Item Standard Cost INV117398 Invoice created from SO Amount: 22 5. 45 Debit 120000 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE @ Invoice Amount Credit 400000 REVENUE @ Sales Amount Credit 220223 ACCRUED SALES TAXAVATAX @ Tax Amount (if tax included on invoice) WCL78 WO Close created to close WO1339 Debit 130189 WIP WIP credit balances incurred from the WO Completion are now Debited based on the Standard Cost of the Assembly Item Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances incurred from the WO Issue based on the component standard costs are now credited Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances for labor incurred from WO Completions are now credited. Variances in expected vs actual quantity for either materials or labor are posted to 510060 Production Quantity Variance Variances in expected vs actual rate for either materials or labor are posted to 510070 Production Price Variance	Review GL impact of each transaction to confirm accuracy.
F&A	TC-08149	Inactivate an account	GL Account exists and is active	Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Accounts (...)Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Accounts 2. Click Edit on the GL Account you wish to Inactivate 3. Check the Inactive box and save	GL Account is now inactive and cannot be referenced/posted to by any NetSuite transaction
F&A	TC-08150	Inactivate a Department	Department exists and is active	Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Company > Departments (...)Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Company > Departments 2. Click Edit on the Department you wish to Inactivate 3. Check the Inactive box and save	Class is now inactive and cannot be referenced/posted to by any NetSuite transaction
F&A	TC-08151	Inactivate Class	Class exists and is active	Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Company > Classes (...)Role: Kimray Controller, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Company > Classes 2. Click Edit on the Class you wish to Inactivate 3. Check the Inactive box and save	Class is now inactive and cannot be referenced/posted to by any NetSuite transaction
F&A	TC-08152	Verify no GL Posting transactions can be entered in the closed period JE's (...)Verify no GL Posting transactions can be entered in the closed period JE's Bills & Bill Credits IF & IR Credit Memos & Invoices TO's Cust Payments & Refunds Vendor Payments & Refunds Bank Transfers System Journals	Period has been closed	Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray (...)Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to the transaction types listed that create a posting transaction. 2. Observe that a Closed Period cannot be selected in the "Period" field.	Only current open period can be selected
F&A	TC-08153	Verify Credit Memos Invoices Customer Payments & Refunds Deposits & Bank Tr (...)Verify Credit Memos Invoices Customer Payments & Refunds Deposits & Bank Transfers cannot be entered in the closed period	Period has been closed	Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray (...)Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to the transaction types listed that create a posting transaction. 2. Observe that a Closed Period cannot be selected in the "Period" field.	Only current open period can be selected
F&A	TC-08154	Verify Bills & Bill Credits Vendor Payments & Refunds Outgoing Cash & Bank (...)Verify Bills & Bill Credits Vendor Payments & Refunds Outgoing Cash & Bank Transfers cannot be entered in a closed period	Period has been closed	Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray (...)Role: AP Analyst, AP Supervisor, AR Specialist, AR Supervisor, Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to the transaction types listed that create a posting transaction. 2. Observe that a Closed Period cannot be selected in the "Period" field.	Only current open period can be selected
F&A	TC-08155	Post reversing accrual entries after approval. (Specifically AP Accrual mo (...)Post reversing accrual entries after approval. (Specifically AP Accrual month end entry). Validate the reversal posted in the next period appropriately.	TC 16
F&A	TC-08156	Test financial segment validation test accounts requiring location and/or (...)Test financial segment validation test accounts requiring location and/or department
F&A	TC-08157	Test financial segment validation of Leased Asset JE csv import/manual tes (...)Test financial segment validation of Leased Asset JE csv import/manual test accounts requiring location and/or department
F&A	TC-08158	Apply material burden through another charge item and verify that standard (...)Apply material burden through another charge item and verify that standard cost is properly calculated as standard purchase price + material burden.		1.Lists>Accounting>Inventory Cost Templates 2.Select Material Burden template 3.Select the item u (...)1.Lists>Accounting>Inventory Cost Templates 2.Select Material Burden template 3.Select the item under the Costs tab (Alternatively: Search Other charge item "Material Burden" in the Global Search) 4.Navigate to the Supply Mgmt tab 5.Edit Purchase price field (this is a percentage) and save. 6.Navigate back to the Inventory Cost Template and ensure the overhead percentage has updated.	The Kimray - Cost Accountant should be able to edit the purchase price field on the Other Charge ite (...)The Kimray - Cost Accountant should be able to edit the purchase price field on the Other Charge item and have the change reflected in the Inventory Cost Template.
F&A	TC-08159	Verify expense matching of PO to WO
F&A	TC-08160	Apply expense from PO to WO
F&A	TC-08161	Upload a CSV file for JE import and verify where each data field maps withi (...)Upload a CSV file for JE import and verify where each data field maps within the system.	Journal Entry template has been correctly populated with the following fiel (...)Journal Entry template has been correctly populated with the following fields: External ID, Date, Account, Amount Debit, Amount Credit, Department, Location, Memo	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Sup (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page, , click SELECT to choose the file to be imported - Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page, under DATA HANDLING, choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page, accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete, click Next 7. After naming the map, click Run 8. At the top left, click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page, click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	All fields that are mapped on the Excel file are seen on the Journal Entry.
F&A	TC-08162	Use mapped testing file with data from Kronos to create Journal Entry via C (...)Use mapped testing file with data from Kronos to create Journal Entry via CSV Import	Journal Entry template has been correctly populated with the following fiel (...)Journal Entry template has been correctly populated with the following fields: External ID, Date, Account, Amount Debit, Amount Credit, Department, Location, Memo	Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Sup (...)Role: Kimray Accounting Supervisor, Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the Import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page, , click SELECT to choose the file to be imported - Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page, under DATA HANDLING, choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page, accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete, click Next 7. After naming the map, click Run 8. At the top left, click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page, click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column	Payroll Journal Entry created successfully
F&A	TC-08163	GL Account and Segment Validation Script Maintenance. "None" and test a J (...)GL Account and Segment Validation Script Maintenance. "None" and test a Journal entry to see that the change pushes through to the system.	GL Account and Segmentation custom record is defined	Role: Administrator 1. Navigate to Customization > Lists Records and Fields > Record Type 2. Click (...)Role: Administrator 1. Navigate to Customization > Lists Records and Fields > Record Type 2. Click List on GL Account Types and Segmentation 3. For the specific account type that needs modification, check or uncheck Department Required and Location Required checkboxes as necessary 4. If the Department "0000 KIMRAY should not be allowed, select that value in the "Restricted Department" field 5. Save your work	Any Journal Entries, Bills, Bill Credits, Invoices, Credit Memos respect the change that has been ma (...)Any Journal Entries, Bills, Bill Credits, Invoices, Credit Memos respect the change that has been made on the custom record definition.
F&A	TC-08164	Create Period End Journals: Roll retained earnings and ensure that the beg (...)Create Period End Journals: Roll retained earnings and ensure that the beginning balance sheet accounts in January agree to the ending balance sheet accounts in December.
F&A	TC-08165	Create Period End Journals: Ensure that all P&L accounts are zero and the (...)Create Period End Journals: Ensure that all P&L accounts are zero and the increase/decrease in retained earnings from December to January agrees to net income/loss for the prior year.
F&A	TC-08166	Manufacturing Work Order Fabrication (1709)	Work Order created and released for Assembly Item. See test cases below fr (...)Work Order created and released for Assembly Item. See test cases below from Ops: TC1568TC1481TC1482	Work Order WO1428; Assembly Item 1709; GL Impact: None Work Order Issue WOI2668 created to issue (...)Work Order WO1428; Assembly Item 1709; GL Impact: None Work Order Issue WOI2668 created to issue Material to WO1428 Debit WIP 130189 WIP @Component Item/Location Standard Cost Credit 130210 INVENTORY : INVRAW MATERIALS @Component Item/Location Standard Cost Work Order Completion WCO390 created to record labor setup and labor o/h costs for MACHINE PER PRINT task. Debit 130189 INVENTORY : WIP Credit 520020 COST OF GOODS SOLD : ABSORPTION : OVERHEAD (ABSORPTION) Note: (340/60)*160 90 6. 67 Work Order Completion WCO391 to capture labor run cost for INSPECT ACCORDING TO task No GL Impact This is because there is a Mfg Cost Template associated to the task for $0 Work Order Completion WCO402 to capture machine and labor time for WASH AND PAINT task as well as recording finished product inventory Debit 130150 INVENTORY : INVMFG PARTS @ Standard Cost of Assembly 1709 Credit 130189 INVENTORY : WIP @ Standard Cost of Assembly 1709 Debit 130189 INVENTORY : WIP Credit 520120 COST OF GOODS SOLD : ABSORPTION : APPLIED LABOR for labor run and labor setup costs Debit 130189 INVENTORY : WIP Credit 520020 COST OF GOODS SOLD : ABSORPTION : OVERHEAD (ABSORPTION) for labor setup and run o/h costs Work Order Close WCL81 created to close WO1428 Debit 130189 WIP WIP credit balances incurred from the WO Completion are now Debited based on the Standard Cost of the Assembly Item Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances incurred from the WO Issue based on the component standard costs are now credited Credit 130189 WIP WIP debit balances for labor incurred from WO Completions are now credited. Variances in expected vs actual quantity for either materials or labor and machine costs are posted to 510060 Production Quantity Variance Variances in expected vs actual rate for either materials or labor and machine costs are posted to 510070 Production Price Variance	Review GL impact of each transaction to confirm accuracy.
F&A	TC-08171	Open transfer order with fulfillment pre cost roll	Cost roll is completed: TC874 Conduct roll of standard cost for all nonobs (...)Cost roll is completed: TC874 Conduct roll of standard cost for all nonobsolete items and verify that: only nonobsolete items were rolled		No material variance booked to the general ledger
F&A	TC-08172	Fixed Assets Close PreRequisites	None see Steps to execute.	Role:Kimray Fixed Assets Management Prior to running the Fixed Assets Depreciation process ensure (...)Role:Kimray Fixed Assets Management Prior to running the Fixed Assets Depreciation process ensure the following activities have been completed: a) Any new assets have been added to the Fixed Assets register) b) Any CIP Projects have been capitalized via Journal Entry and Assets has been added to the Fixed Assets register c) Any transfers of Fixed Assets between Departments has been completed d) Any sale or writeoff of the impacted Assets has been processed in NetSuite	New Assets have been added for the month. CIP Projects have been capitalized. All Transfers have bee (...)New Assets have been added for the month. CIP Projects have been capitalized. All Transfers have been completed All Sale/Write offs have been completed
F&A	TC-08173	Reconcile the manager (supervisor)interfacing in from Kronos to NetSuite. (...)Reconcile the manager (supervisor)interfacing in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds / deletes in Kronos is reflected in NetSuite	Employee Master Saved Search "Kimray Employee Master" exists in NetSuite fo (...)Employee Master Saved Search "Kimray Employee Master" exists in NetSuite for comparison	Role: Confirm with Kimray for Employee validation 1. As athe manager (supervisor)interfacing in f (...)Role: Confirm with Kimray for Employee validation 1. As athe manager (supervisor)interfacing in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. 2. Run Saved Search to review each employee's Supevisor, Department	Comparison between TD_Copy_of_IT Integration ties to the NetSuite Saved Search values for the fields (...)Comparison between TD_Copy_of_IT Integration ties to the NetSuite Saved Search values for the fields that are changed in Kronos
F&A	TC-08168	Outside Services/Contract Manufacturing (1704)	Work Order created and released for Assembly Item. See test cases below fr (...)Work Order created and released for Assembly Item. See test cases below from Ops: TC1267 Create contract manufacturing purchase order and work order via NS formsTC1268 Create contract manufacturing transfer orders via NS forms	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Review Item/BOM Setup and Costed BOM Inquiry Transactions ; Manufactu (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Review Item/BOM Setup and Costed BOM Inquiry Transactions ; Manufacturing ; Costed BOM Inquiry Assembly = 1704CDOS Location = OSYSM BOM Display Control = By Date Date = 10/1/2024 Note the Total Unit Cost Note that the Assembly contains no top level conversion cost but includes component cost from 2 items: 1704CD Inventory Item MACHN170410 other Charge Item representing outside services/contract manufacturing cost Item: 1704CDOS Item Type = Assembly Bill of Materials and Routings Note that the Item contains a Master Default Bill of Materials/Routing but does not have a Routing assigned. Item: 1704CD Item Type = Inventory Item Standard Cost = 9. 9456 ( 8. 96 + 11% Burden) Transfer Price = 8. 96 Item: MACHN170410 Item Type : other Charge for Purchase Purchase Price = 8. 35 Note that the item includes default purchases prices by vendor but the default purchase price is 8. 35 which is rolled up into the cost of the 1704CDOS. Review the following transactions and their GL Impact TO97113 Transfer Order to record movement of 1704CD from OKC Mfg to OSYSM (Contract Mfg Location) From Location: OKC Mfg To Location: OSYSM Item1704CD Quantity = 10 Transfer Price = 8. 96 GL Impact: None IF317360 Transfer Order Item Fulfillment to record fulfillment of 1704CD from OKC Mfg GL Impact: Credit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS @ Standard Cost in OKC Mfg Debit 130170 INVINTRANSIT @ TO Transfer Price Debit or Credit 520015 MATERIAL BURDEN Variance between OKC Mfg Standard cost and Transfer Price. The Account assigned is sourced based on the Item's Gain/Loss Account IR205923 Transfer Order Item Receipt to record receipt of 1704CD at OSYSM (Contract Mfg Location) GL Impact Debit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS @ Standard Cost in OSYSM (Contract Mfg Location) Credit 520015 MATERIAL BURDEN @ 11% of Standard Cost Credit 130170 INVINTRANSIT @ TO Transfer Price PO778 Purchase Order to Contract Manufacturing Vendor Item = MACHN170410 Item Type = other Charge for Purchase Quantity = 30 Rate = 8. 35 GL Impact: None WO1457 Work Order created from Contract Manufacturing PO WIP = No Assembly = 1704CDOS Component Item = 1704CD GL Impact = None IR205920 Item Receipt created from Contract Manufacturing PO Item = MACHN170410 Quantity = 10 GL Impact: None ASSYB88 Assembly Build created from WO1457 Assembly = 1704CDOS Component Item = 1704CD GL Impact Debit 130150 INVMFG Parts @ Standard Cost of Assembly Item (1704CDOS) Credit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS @ Standard Cost of Component(s) (1079CD) Credit 510170 CONTRACT MANUFACTURING VARIANCE. Account sourced from the Expense Account assigned to the MACHN107410 other Charge Item Rate sourced from the PO/Item Receipt rate Debit or Credit 510070 PRODUCTION PRICE VARIANCE. A variance could arise here if the standard cost component of MACHN1074 as incorporated in 1704CDOS is different as compared to the PO/Item Receipt rate of MACHN107 4. Debit or Credit 510060 PRODUCTION QUANTITY VARIANCE. Variances could arise here if a higher or lower component quantity is applied to the Assembly Build vs what is called for on the BOM Revision Variances could arise here if the Standard Cost of the Assembly includes costs from a Manufacturing Routing as actuals are not captured on the Work Order as it is a nonWIP Work Order. IT384 Inventory Transfer to transfer Assembly from OSYSM (Contract Manufacturing Location) to OKC Mfg GL Impact Debit INVMFG PARTS @ OKC Mfg Standard Cost Credit INVMFG PARTS @ OSYSM Standard Cost Debit or Credit Assembly Item Gain/Loss Account This will arise if Standard Costs are different between the two locations. Small rounding differences may also arise Vendor Bill Unit Test Contract Mfg Bill1 Vendor Bill created from Contract Manufacturing PO Item = MACHN170410 Quantity = 10 Rate = 8. 35 GL Impact Debit 510170 Contract Manufacturing Variance (Sourced from Item ; Expense Account Credit 200000 Accounts Payable	Review GL impact of each transaction to confirm accuracy.
F&A	TC-08169	Periodic Cost Rolls	Inventory Items configured with Supply Type = Purchase Default Cost set a (...)Inventory Items configured with Supply Type = Purchase Default Cost set and Inventory Cost Template assigned (if applicable) Assembly Items configured with Supply Type = Build BOMs defined Routings defined Standard Cost Versions defined and assigned to Locations	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Planned Standard Cost Rollup Setting Planned Standard Cost Navigate (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Planned Standard Cost Rollup Setting Planned Standard Cost Navigate to Lists ; Accounting ; Planned Standard Cost Rollup Select Standard Cost Version In this example use "Cleburne \| Corpus Christi" and "DCItem Default" Select the Effective Date In this example select 10/1/2024 Mark the box to Update Inventory Cost Mark the box to Rollup Assemblies Based on Components Unmark this box if you do not want updates to component items to roll up to assemblies Select the Items you wish to run the planned standard cost rollup for. Optionally select the box for All Items. Click Submit Wait for the process to reach a completed status. After the process has completed Planned Standard Cost records are created. To review the planned standard cost for a given item use a saved search such as "AAR OKC Mfg Planned Standard Cost". Use the Item Name and Location filters to narrow down the results. Revalue Standard Cost Inventory After updating planned standard cost run this process to set Item Standard Costs based on Planned Standard Costs. This process will also create Inventory Revaluation transactions to adjust inventory values to reflect their new standard costs. Navigate to Lists ; Accounting ; Revalue Standard Cost Inventory Select Standard Cost Versioning this example use "Cleburne \| Corpus Christi" and "DCItem Default" Select the Effective Date In this example select 10/1/2024 Mark the box to Revalue Assemblies Based on Components Unmark this box if you do not want updates to component items to roll up to assemblies The Adjustment Account should default as Acct# 130240. Override the account if desired. Select the Items you wish to run the revaluation process for. Optionally select the box for All Items. Click Submit Wait for the process to reach a completed status. After the process has completed navigate to an item record that you ran the process for. Under the Accounting tab the Current Standard Cost and Current Standard Cost Effective Date are displayed. Click on the Related Records tab and filter on Type = "Inventory Cost Revaluation" to view cost revaluation records. GL impact of revaluations Debit or Credit to the Item's Inventory Account Debit or Credit to the Revaluation Account selected upon submission.
F&A	TC-08170	Open transfer order with no fulfillment pre cost roll	Cost roll has completed: TC874 Conduct roll of standard cost for all nonob (...)Cost roll has completed: TC874 Conduct roll of standard cost for all nonobsolete items and verify that: only nonobsolete items were rolled		There will be no material cost variance booked to the general ledger
F&A	TC-08174	Reconcile the DOA field in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Co (...)Reconcile the DOA field in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds / deletes in Kronos is reflected in NetSuite	Employee Master Saved Search "Kimray Employee Master" exists in NetSuite fo (...)Employee Master Saved Search "Kimray Employee Master" exists in NetSuite for comparison	Reconcile the DOA field in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to c (...)Reconcile the DOA field in from Kronos to NetSuite. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds / deletes in Kronos is reflected in NetSuite	Comparison between TD_Copy_of_IT Integration ties to the NetSuite Saved Search values for the Approv (...)Comparison between TD_Copy_of_IT Integration ties to the NetSuite Saved Search values for the Approver Role
F&A	TC-08175	Resolve Date/Period Mismatches	Lock AR Lock AP and Lock All Tasks completed	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray AP Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage A (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray AP Supervisor Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period. Click the Go To Task arrow icon next to Resolve Date/Period Mismatches. The Resolve Date/Period Mismatch page shows your progress for this task. The System Notes subtab displays a record of each change and the name of the user that entered it. The first time that any task is viewed System Notes logs a Create entry. Click Resolve Date/Period Mismatches. On the Resolve Date/Period Mismatches page in the Period field select a period for which you want to resolve mismatches. For example if you select the period January 2014 the list shows any transactions that have a posting period during January 2014 but are dated outside of the period range from January 1 through January 3 1. After you select a period the page shows a list of transactions that have a mismatched posting period and transaction date. For each transaction the following data shows: Transaction Type Transaction Number Transaction Date Period Name Period Start Period End Click Edit next to a transaction to modify. After the transaction opens edit it to amend either the posting period or the transaction date so that the two correctly match. Save the transaction. Repeat all Steps for any remaining mismatched transactions. To mark the task complete go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods and click the Go To Task arrow icon next to Resolve Date/Period Mismatches. On the Task: Resolve Date/Period Mismatches page click Mark Task Complete.	Resolve Date/Period Mismatches close Step has been completed
F&A	TC-08176	Review Item Line/Inventory Detail Quantity Mismatch	Resolve Date/Period Mismatch task has been completed	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant This task enables you view the list of transactions that have quantity (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant This task enables you view the list of transactions that have quantity mismatches between item lines and their inventory details. To open the list on the task page click Review Item Line/Inventory Detail Quantity Mismatch. From the list you can click a transaction to open it. You can review or edit details on transaction lines or inventory details to resolve the mismatch. Any resolved transactions are removed automatically from the list. To complete the task click Back to Period Close to return to the task page and then click Mark Task Complete. This task does not require mismatches to be resolved. However you can avoid issues with inventory balances when you resolve them for each accounting period.	Review Item Line/Inventory Detail Quantity Mismatch task has been completed.
F&A	TC-08177	Review Negative Inventory	Review Item Line/Inventory Detail Quantity Mismatch Step has been complete (...)Review Item Line/Inventory Detail Quantity Mismatch Step has been completed.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant When closing a period you must identify any negative inventory values (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant When closing a period you must identify any negative inventory values that can be corrected by a positive adjustment. Reviewing negative inventory items is a required task for the period closing checklist. This task does not create a physical count. A physical count should already be completed before you begin this task. To open this task on the checklist you must have completed the Resolve Date/Period Mismatches task. ConversionTo reconcile negative inventory: Conversion Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period. Click the Go To Task arrow icon next to Review Negative Inventory. The Review Negative Inventory page opens. This page shows your progress for this task. The System Notes subtab displays a record of each change and the name of the user that entered the change. The first time that any task is viewed System Notes logs a Create entry. Click Review Negative Inventory. On the Review Negative Inventory page in the As of Date field enter the date through which you want to review inventory. For example if you enter January 1 2014 the list shows inventory that has a negative count as of January 1 201 4. If you use the MultiLocation Inventory feature you can filter the list by location in the Location field. The list of inventory items that shows identifies any items that have negative inventory. Use the list to adjust the amounts for those items so they are no longer negative. To mark the task as complete go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods and click the Go To Task arrow icon next to Review Negative Inventory. On the Task: Review Negative Inventory page click Mark Task Complete.	Review Negative Inventory task is marked complete.
F&A	TC-08178	Review Inventory Cost Accounting	Review Negative Inventory task has been completed	Kimray Cost Accountant Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click th (...)Kimray Cost Accountant Go to Setup ; Accounting ; Manage G/L ; Manage Accounting Periods. Click the Checklist icon for a period. Click the Go To Task arrow icon next to Review Inventory Cost Accounting. Click Review Inventory Cost Accounting. Please note the following: To run inventory costing calculations there must be no items on the Review Inventory Cost Accounting page in the list of outstanding items to be corrected. If any items show on the list you must wait until they are resolved. If an item on the list cannot be resolved you are prompted to contact customer support. If inventory costing calculations are currently running or are deferred you cannot click the Review Inventory Cost Accounting button. If inventory costing calculations are currently deferred you must wait until the scheduler runs inventory costing calculations. If inventory costing calculations are disabled you are prompted to contact customer support. After the inventory costing calculations have finished running click Mark Task Complete. ConversionInventory Costing and Closed Accounting PeriodsConversionBe aware that if you open a previously closed period and then edit an inventory transaction from that previously closed period the costing changes you enter for items on the changed transaction do propagate to all subsequent related transactions. This requires an inventory costing recalculation to run and be completed.	Review Inventory Cost Accounting task has been completed.
F&A	TC-08179	Changing an item from turnkey to "costed". How the item reacts with the co (...)Changing an item from turnkey to "costed". How the item reacts with the cost roll when classified as turnkey test how the item's standard cost is reflected after cost roll	Item existing and costed Identify a turnkey item which needs to be updated (...)Item existing and costed Identify a turnkey item which needs to be updated from Supply Type = Build to Supply Type = Purchase, or vice versa.	Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor Use the global search to find the tunkey item (...)Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor Use the global search to find the tunkey item by name. Open the item record and click edit. Under the Supply Mgmt tab > Locations subtab, update the Supply Type for the Location(s) in question. If you update the Suppy Type = Purchase, also populate a default cost. and optionally an Inventory Cost Template. The detailed steps to perform planned std cost rollup and inventory cost revaluation are outlined in the following design to build test cases: FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Run Planned Standard Cost Rollup FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Revalue Standard Cost Inventory After you have performed the Cost Rollup and Revaluation, you can validate the GL impact of the Cost Revaluation. To easily find the Cost Revaluation, Navigate to the Item Record > Related Records subtab. Select the View called "Inventory Revaluations by Location". Open the most recent inventory revaluation, and view the GL impact and component detail.	If the item is costed as turnkey item cost will roll as purchase price + material burden. If the i (...)If the item is costed as turnkey item cost will roll as purchase price + material burden. If the item is costed as manufactured item cost should roll using the BOM and router. Cost variance will be booked to 130240 Cost Adjustment Reserve
F&A	TC-08180	Test cases for default accounts when item brought in from Windchill into Ne (...)Test cases for default accounts when item brought in from Windchill into NetSuite (in addition are we able to default (See (1) Chat _ Project Fusion NS Demo _download PDF)	Item is created in Windchill and interfaced into NetSuite	Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor 1. Review the newly created Item in NetSuite (...)Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor 1. Review the newly created Item in NetSuite 2. Accounting tab shows the GL Accounts that were associated.	The accounts for a new item need to be: COGS Account 500100Asset Asset Account will vary depending (...)The accounts for a new item need to be: COGS Account 500100Asset Asset Account will vary depending on item type description as follows: Assembly - 130160 Fabricated - 130150 Raw Material - 130210 Purchased Parts - 130140 User Option - 130140 Phantoms - 130150 Income Account: 400000Gain/Loss Account: 139599Price Variance Account: 510100Quantity Variance Account: 510105Production Quantity Variance: 510060Production Price Variance: 510070Purchase Price Variance: 510090Scap Account: 510120
F&A	TC-08181	Test for labor burden on work orders no machine burden but need to record (...)Test for labor burden on work orders no machine burden but need to record machine time		Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor	Machine time is logged but burden rate is zero therefore no GL impact
F&A	TC-08182	Test for machine time burden for territory 8 (Robotic) no labor burden		Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor	Machine time is logged with machine burden rate GL impact.
F&A	TC-08183	test case for item that fluctuate between turnkey and inhouse manufactured. (...)test case for item that fluctuate between turnkey and inhouse manufactured. . . how do we account for the burdens; exclude turnkey from cost roll		Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor
F&A	TC-08184	Test that an item that was purchased and failed inspection is initially boo (...)Test that an item that was purchased and failed inspection is initially booked to the Purchase Return but not Credited account 130440	Item was rejected based on inspection after receipt	Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor	Item return is booked to account 130440
F&A	TC-08186	Create and Start a Directed stock count for License Plates	Items are available on license plates to be countedItem location has been s (...)Items are available on license plates to be countedItem location has been set with Next Count Date and Count Interval	Create a stock Count Directed using the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count process. (Note Step 1 (...)Create a stock Count Directed using the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count process. (Note Step 1 includes base functionality and does not require customization. It is listed for business process context. ) In NetSuite Navigate to ; Transactions ; Kimray Stock Count (LP 2. 0) ; RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count. Set the Subsidiary and Location you are counting. Provide a Name for the count being created. Flag the box for Count LP Only to ensure the count is created to count inventory on license plates. Flag the box for Use Directed Count . Populate other filters as needed for the specific count being created. (E. g. item filter From Binserial To Bin counting groups). Select the "Apply Filters" button to pull in license plates that fit the filter criteria. Either "Mark All" or individually check the box beside each license plate that you want to count. Hit the Submit button to then have the count created. Hit the Start Count button to make count available to be counted.	License plates with items were available to be selected after applying filters. Selected license (...)License plates with items were available to be selected after applying filters. Selected license plates brought in additional inventory details when they were selected to be counted and the submit button was pushed. The stock count was available on the stock count function to be counted after the Start Count button was pushed.
F&A	TC-08185	Stock Count Directed LP Full Functional Test Details	Items in NetSuite that have inventory on license plates Items types of seri (...)Items in NetSuite that have inventory on license plates Items types of serial items and nonserial items Custom Preference settings Quantity Verification of Serial Numbers is Not Flagged. Uncounted Serial Behavior for Stock Count Directed is set to "Count as zero". Stock Count Serial Location Transfer Is Flagged. Menu Item Version Option settings Name to Display is set to "Kimray" Display Line Details Is Flagged. Note: this is the full functional details and will only add a result once all test cases have been tested. The individual test cases will have defects raised if they fail the test. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Create a stock Count Directed using the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count process. (Note Step 1 (...)Create a stock Count Directed using the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count process. (Note Step 1 includes base functionality and does not require customization. It is listed for business process context. ) In NetSuite ; Transactions ; Kimray Stock Count (LP 2. 0) ; RFSMART LP 2. 0 Create Stock Count. Flag the box for count LP Only to ensure the count is created to count inventory on license plates. Flag the box for use Directed Count . Populate other filters as needed for the specific count being created. (E. g. item filter From Bin serial To Bin counting groups). Submit and Start the count to make available for the users to count. Performing the Stock Count with custom Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting. If LPN is not in the bin the user will back out of the bin and not show that LP being counted. This will allow them to count the LP if found in another bin later. Note: the user can hit the zero button to indicate nothing to count for the LPN, however, if the LP is found in another bin later in the count, the user will not be able to count that LP, it will give an error of LP already counted. If there is an additional LPN in the bin that is not showing on the handheld User to scan the LPN to be counted. Will prompt user if LPN has outbound transaction details associated and the user will not be allowed to count the LPN. User to make note of the bin and LPN information to have reviewed. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. If no prompt then user can continue with the count process as noted below. If LPN scanned is not in current Bin but in a different bin Allow item/quantity count details and save to count form Upon approval create Bin Transfer to move LPN to counted bin If Inactive LPN is scanned in Bin Allow item/quantity count details and save to count form Upon approval activate LPN not found Prompt user to check/rescan LPN to make sure scanner had a good read and if so Allow LP/item/quantity count details and save to count form Upon approval create LPN Bin and update LPN details from approval details User to scan the item to be counted. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Lot item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. If Inventory status was not set on the count form prompt user for the Inventory status of the Lot being counted before the quantity prompt. Go back to prompt lot screen to allow user to enter other lots for the item being counted. User will hit done if no other lots for the item. This will take them back to the enter item screen. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. Add option to prompt for quantity. If the quantity entered matches the number of serials on the LPN we would assume the serials are correct and not require each serial to be scanned. If quantity entered is different then all serials would need to be scanned to accumulate the quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details. Unexpected LPNs will be captured on the form if the user was able to count the LPN details. If the LPN was prompted to user and not allowed to count there will be no information added to the count form. Approval Steps carried out in NetSuite. Upon the approval process any LPN selected to be approved will have the inventory details adjusted based on the variances on the count form details. The LPN details will be updated to reflect the adjustments made. LPNs where the zero button was used will have all inventory adjusted out of the system and the LPN will be set to empty and inactive status. The LPN and the items on the LPN will have the Last Count Date updated and update the next count date using the items count interval. On the approval tab the Inventory adjustment and/or bin transfer record will be identified to show the items being adjusted in NetSuite. If any unexpected items are on the recount and on the recount the user shows zero counted for the license plate there will be no adjustment made to the license plate or details. Since it was unexpected on the original count the information does not technically exist for where the LPN was found and counted. The recount is only pulling in details that were shown on the original count for what the user scanned. The assumption will be the actual LPN exists in another bin Inactive or was not in the system. We do not want to do anything in this instance. Recount Step (Note Step 1 includes base functionality and does not require customization. It is listed for business process context. ) Option 1: Flag any LPNs on the count form that you want to have recounted. Select the create Recount from Selected to create a new count for the selected LPNs. This new count will have a created from link which will show the original count number. Details for any unexpected LPs will also be brought in although the system doesn't show any details for the unexpected details. This will be used for reference to what the user shows on the recount. Start the count to make available for the users to count. User will perform the Stock Count process noted in section 2 above. Approval Steps will be carried out as noted in Section 3 above.	Test that user can count LPN details with directed stock count. Test that when a stock count is pu (...)Test that user can count LPN details with directed stock count. Test that when a stock count is put on a schedule that custom function to allow counting of LP details remains. Test that upon approval: Inactive LP is reactivated with adjustments If LP exists in another bin create bin transfer with adjustments. If LP is not found create LP with adjustments. Test when one serial is counted on a LPN that exists on a different LPN. This should transfer the serial to the counted LPN upon approval and remove it from the other LPN. All Base functionality remains with this additional functionality. Confirm any inventory adjustments in NetSuite also have the LPN inventory details updated with same adjustment.
F&A	TC-08187	Perform a stock count using the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Stock Count function	The users menu has access to the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Stock Count Function. (...)The users menu has access to the RFSMART LP 2. 0 Stock Count Function. There is a stock count in a started status for the users location. Note: This stock count will only count what is actually in the bin and license plate. There will be no variances in this test case.	Login with the RF-SMART Token Access Select the Kimray All function Menu Select the Kimray Stock C (...)Login with the RF-SMART Token Access Select the Kimray All function Menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The stock count was available in the listing for the user to select. After entering/scanning the (...)The stock count was available in the listing for the user to select. After entering/scanning the bin to be counted the license plates existing in that bin were shown in the listing. User able to enter/scan the license plate number to be counted. After selection of the LP the user was prompted for the Item to be counted. After entering the item the user was prompted for quantity if the item was not a serialized item. If item was serialized the user was prompted for serial numbers to be scanned or entered. Upon a quantity entry for a nonserialized item user was taken back to the LP listing for the bin being counted. Upon completing serial number entries for a serialized item the user hit the Done button and was taken back to the LP listing for the bin being counted. All LPs counted have turned to a green highlighted background. User hits back button and was taken back to the bin listing. User hits back again to be taken out of the stock count function. The Stock count form was updated with any counted details.
F&A	TC-08188	Count a License plate that does not show to exist in the bin being counted. (...)Count a License plate that does not show to exist in the bin being counted. Is in another bin.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does exist in another bin. The license plate is not on the current stock count to be counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count (...)Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin D0231 LP062294 already in the bin being counted. Serials: 2251000628 through 2251000639, 2251001024 through 2251001035 (24 serials) User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin. This is added LP that doesn't exist in this bin. LP060737, item AAR, shows in bin D0443(24 serials) Serials: 2250850271 through 2250850282, 2250850289 through 2250850300 Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08189	Steps to take when an LP is not in the bin being counted, not counting the (...)Steps to take when an LP is not in the bin being counted, not counting the LP, then counting that LP in a different bin on the same count.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does exist in another bin. The license plate is on the current stock count form and is showing in a different bin. This bin and LPN have already been counted and shown as zero counted.	Note: This test case steps will include steps to carry out for TC-08190, you may want to have them (...)Note: This test case steps will include steps to carry out for TC-08190, you may want to have them pulled up to take screen shots at the right places. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin: D0241 LP059663 will be counted as zero. Considering the LP is not in the bin, user will not show the LP as being counted. 1. Back out of the bin, or count another LP if shown in the bin and/or there is physically another LP in the bin. 1a. Do not hit the Zero count button. If the LP is found in another bin later, by counting as zero, you will not be able to count that LP in the other bin later, since it shows to have already been counted. 1b. By not counting as zero, and just backing out of the bin, if you find the LP in another bin during the count, the user will be able to count the LP in this other bin. User will choose a different bin to be counted. Bin D0413 User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) that was not counted in the other bin and will be counting in this new bin selected. LP059716 already in this bin to be counted. 24 serials Serials: 2250640431 through 2250640442, 2250640451 through 2250640462 Then scan LP059663 and count this LP in this bin. 24 serials Serials: 2250510233 through 2250510244, 2250640473 through 2250640484 (TC-08190) Scan JB-0100-000021 is inactive, (2 serials) Serials: 061325-1, 061325-2. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. The stock count form was updated to show the LP counted in the new bin. The stock count form was updated to show the LP as zero counted in the original bin. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08190	Count a LP that is inactive and is not on the count form to be counted	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is i (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is inactive and no inventory details. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	This test step is being done with TC-08189. the LP and bin details are noted in that test case. (...)This test step is being done with TC-08189. the LP and bin details are noted in that test case. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing in the bin being counted. Will prompt user if LPN is inactive User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is inactive. All details counted were captured and (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is inactive. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. The stock count form was updated to show the LP counted in the new bin. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08191	Count a LP that is in a different location than being counted	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is a (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is available in a location different than being counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Cou (...)Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin: D0232 LP062193, (24 serials) Serials: 2250980739 through 2250980750, 2250980763 through 2250980774 Then, scan LP060069, which is not currently in this same bin. has 24 serials. Serials: 2250700474 through 2250700485, 2250700507 through 2250700518 Note: the LP currently in Odessa location. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing in the bin being counted. Then, Scan LP062997, is inactive and showing in Cleburne location. (2 serials) Serials: 061725-1, 061725-2 Will prompt user if LPN is in another location. The LPN cannot be counted in the new location. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another location. The license plate could be (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another location. The license plate could be scanned to be counted in the new location. Details of the added LP was shown on the count form. Approval will make the appropriate adjustments to transfer inventory to the location and bin counted, the LPs will be updated with the location and bin counted, and the inventory details will match what was counted.
F&A	TC-08192	Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial (...)Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial exists on another LP not on the count.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number bein (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number being counted does exist on a different LP. The other LP is not on the current stock count to be counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Note: TC08193 test case is also being done within this test case. You may want to pull up both to t (...)Note: TC08193 test case is also being done within this test case. You may want to pull up both to take screen shots at the right spots. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin D0211 LP061321 already in the bin. 24 serials Serials: 2250900745 through 2250900756, 2250900769 through 2250900780 Add serial# 2251120668 to the above LP. this serial will be pulled from LP063227. (TC-08193) Then add an item to be counted on this same LP. Item: 5259P, qty. 10, not serialized. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will enter a serial number that doesn't exist on the LP being counted. User prompted with message the serial number exists in a different bin. User to select Yes to continue with the count. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another bin and do they want to continue. (...)The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another bin and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin and LP counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08193	Enter a nonserialized item that does not exist on the LP being counted.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The item number being (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The item number being counted is not on the LP being counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Note: This test case is being done in TC-08192. the details are listed there. Login with RF-SMART (...)Note: This test case is being done in TC-08192. the details are listed there. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. If item entered is not on the LP prompt the user with the item is not on the LP. User to hit Yes to continue counting. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the item didn't exist on the LP being counted. All details (...)The user was prompted to let them know the item didn't exist on the LP being counted. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details adjusted to the bin and LP counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08194	Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial (...)Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial exists on another LP on the same count.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number bein (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number being counted does exist on a different LP. The other LP is on the current stock count to be counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Note: you will be counting two bins on this test case. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose t (...)Note: you will be counting two bins on this test case. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin D0212, LP061324 is in this bin already. 24 serials. Serials: 2250900690 through 2250900701, 2250900757 through 2250900768 Now add serial # 2250900713, which is actually on another LP061397. Now count Bin D0213, LP061397. 23 serials Serials: 2250900714 through 2250900724, 2250900731 through 2250900742 Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will enter a serial number that doesn't exist on the LP being counted. User prompted with message the serial number exists in a different bin. User to select Yes to continue with the count. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another bin and do they want to continue. (...)The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another bin and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the serial details moved to the bin and LP counted. Transaction records created in Netsuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08195	Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial (...)Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial exists in another location not on a LP.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number bein (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number being counted does exist in a different location. The serial is not on another LP just in a bin. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Note: This test case will also have steps for TC-08196. you may want to pull both up and take scree (...)Note: This test case will also have steps for TC-08196. you may want to pull both up and take screen shots where applicable. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin D0412 LP061547, AAR, has 24 serials. Serials: 2250920937 through 2250920948, 2250920976 through 2250920987 Now add serial# 2250030088, which is actually in Cleburne location. (TC-08196) Now add Serial# 061125-5, which does not exist in the system at all. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will enter a serial number that doesn't exist on the LP being counted. User prompted with message the serial number exists in a different location. User to select Yes to continue with the count. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another location and do they want to conti (...)The user was prompted to let them know the serial is in another location and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the serial details moved to the bin and LP counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08196	Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial (...)Enter a serial number that does not exist on the LP being counted. Serial does not exist in NetSuite.	Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number bein (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The serial number being counted does not exist in NetSuite. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Notes: This test case steps are being done in TC-08195. Details noted there. Login with RF-SMART (...)Notes: This test case steps are being done in TC-08195. Details noted there. Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will enter a serial number that doesn't exist on the LP being counted. User prompted with message the serial number is not in NetSuite. User to select Yes to continue with the count. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the serial did not exist and do they want to continue. All (...)The user was prompted to let them know the serial did not exist and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the serial details adjusted to the bin and LP counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08197	Using the Zero Count button to show an LP was not found in a bin.	The stock count has already been created. The license plate shows to be (...)The stock count has already been created. The license plate shows to be in the bin being counted.	Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count (...)Login with RF-SMART token Access Choose the Kimray All function menu Select the Kimray Stock Count Directed LP function User to set the location to location being counted. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Bin D0422, LP062002 In this instance, the user will hit the zero count button, which will show any inventory on the LP as zero quantity being counted. 1. By counting as zero, and backing out of the bin, if you find the LP in another bin during the count, the user will NOT be able to count the LP in this other bin. This specific scenario is just to show counting as zero and how it updates the count form and approval steps. User will hit the zero icon to show the LPN is not available in the bin being counted. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The LPN was green highlighted to show the user did select the zero icon. The details not counted (...)The LPN was green highlighted to show the user did select the zero icon. The details not counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the noncounted details. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the serial details adjusted out of the bin and LP counted. The LPN will be updated to be empty and inactive. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08198	Count a LP that does not show in the bin being counted is in another bin on (...)Count a LP that does not show in the bin being counted is in another bin on the same count	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate does exist in another bin. The license plate is on the current stock count form and is showing in a different bin. This bin and LPN have not been counted. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	TC-08202 and TC-08203 will be in this same bin, so stay in Bin D0421 and then go to these two test c (...)TC-08202 and TC-08203 will be in this same bin, so stay in Bin D0421 and then go to these two test cases. User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. D0421 Already has LP062048, AAR, (24 serials). Serials: 2250920925 through 2250920936, 2250920961 through 2250920972 User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin they are counting. LP062051, AAR, from bin D0222, (24 serials) Serials: 2250970184 through 2250970207 NOTE: Do not get out of bin D0421, you will go to TC-08202 and TC-08203 first. Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is in another bin and do they want to continue. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. The stock count form was updated to show the LP counted in the new bin. The stock count form was updated to show the LP as zero counted in the original bin. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08199	Complete a stock count	A stock count has already been performed. Custom Preference settings Quant (...)A stock count has already been performed. Custom Preference settings Quantity Verification of Serial Numbers is Not Flagged. Uncounted Serial Behavior for Stock Count Directed is set to "Count as zero". Stock Count Serial Location Transfer Is Flagged. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	User will pull up the stock count form in NetSuite. RFSMART; Stock Count; View Count. User will h (...) User will pull up the stock count form in NetSuite. RFSMART; Stock Count; View Count. User will hit complete Count on the form. User will hit the Refresh every few minutes until the status has been changed to Complete.	The stock count form updated to a "Complete" status. LPNs not counted and have serial inventory wil (...)The stock count form updated to a "Complete" status. LPNs not counted and have serial inventory will show as zero counted. LPNs not counted and have nonserialized items will show as not counted. LPNs counted as zero during the count will show as zero counted. Variance details are shown on the form. The View details link will be red if there are variances. The View details link will show the snapshot and counted details. The Counter details will show who counted the LPN and items.
F&A	TC-08200	Approve a Stock Count that has variances and no variances to be approved	A stock count has been performed and completed. Assume review of count h (...)A stock count has been performed and completed. Assume review of count has been done by appropriate role and ready to approve. LPNs counted to be moved to another bin. LPNs counted to have added serials. adjusted in serials. Inventory transferred serials. Bin transferred serials. Inactive LPNs counted. LPNs counted that didn't exist in NetSuite. LPNs counted that existed in a different location. Serials counted on a LPN where the serial existed in a different location. LPNs shown as zero counted. LPNs that didn't get scanned during the count. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Approval Steps carried out in NetSuite. RFSMART; Stock Count; View Count. This process will b (...) Approval Steps carried out in NetSuite. RFSMART; Stock Count; View Count. This process will be the same for LPN counts and Bin counts User to select the LPNs or Item/bin to be approved. User to hit the "Approve Count" button. The approval count form is displayed with details of the selected LPNs, items and bins to be approved. User can enter memo information if needed but is optional. User to submit the approval form. This will start the script to have adjustments made in NetSuite based on the details provided by the approval form. When the process is completed the user is taken back to the stock count form. On the stock count form the "approved" subtab will contain the details of the LPNs, items and bins that were just approved. Inventory Adjustment links. Inventory transfer links. Bin transfer links.	The selected LPNs, items or bins were shown on the Count approval form when user selected the Appr (...)The selected LPNs, items or bins were shown on the Count approval form when user selected the Approve Count button. The transactions were created in NetSuite related to the variances for the approved items. LPNs, items and bins counted as zero had inventory adjustment to remove the items from NetSuite and the LPN was updated to empty and inactive. LPNs counted in a bin different than shown in NetSuite updated to show in the bin counted. LPNs and bins where serials were added during the count were adjusted into the LPN counted. Removed from other LPNs it may have existed on. Transferred from bins they showed to be in to the counted bin. Adjusted into the bin and LPN if it didn't exist in NetSuite. Transferred from another location LPN and bin and moved to the LPN counted. Inactive LPNs counted were updated to In use status and inventory details adjusted in. LPNs that didn't exist in NetSuite were created and inventory details adjusted in. LPNs that didn't get scanned were inactivated and emptied and the inventory details adjusted out of NetSuite. The count form approval tab shows all adjustment details and links to the transactions created related to the variances. Inventory transfers. Bin transfers. Inventory Adjustments.
F&A	TC-08201	Create a Recount for LPNs	A stock count has been completed. LPNs on the count form to be flagged t (...)A stock count has been completed. LPNs on the count form to be flagged to be recounted per decisions made by the appropriate roles.	Recount Step Option 1: Flag any LPNs on the count form that you want to have recounted. Selec (...)Recount Step Option 1: Flag any LPNs on the count form that you want to have recounted. Select the Create Recount from Selected to create a new count for the selected LPNs. This new count will have a created from link which will show the original count number. Details for any unexpected LPs will also be brought in although the system doesn't show any details for the unexpected details. This will be used for reference to what the user shows on the recount. Start the count to make available for the users to count.	The selected LPNs show on the recount form. The unexpected LPNs show details counted but have not (...)The selected LPNs show on the recount form. The unexpected LPNs show details counted but have not made any adjustments in Netsuite. The recount form has a link to show the original count form the recount was created from. The recount was available to be counted after starting the count.
F&A	TC-08202	Count a LP that is Empty and active and is not on the count form to be coun (...)Count a LP that is Empty and active and is not on the count form to be counted	Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is a (...)Stock Count has already been created and started. The license plate is active and empty and no inventory details. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Nonbolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	carry over from TC-08198 in Bin D0421 User will select the count number from the list or enter th (...)carry over from TC-08198 in Bin D0421 User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Still counting Bin D0421 User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing in the bin being counted. EA0200-063496, AAR, (2 serials) Serials: 061625-1, 061625-2 NOTE: Don't get out of bin D0421, you will go to TC-08203 first. Will prompt user if LPN is Empty. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	The user was prompted to let them know the LP is empty. All details counted were captured and the (...)The user was prompted to let them know the LP is empty. All details counted were captured and the stock count form was updated to show the counted details. The stock count form was updated to show the LP counted in the new bin. Upon approval the license plate and inventory details were updated to have the details moved to the bin counted. Transaction records created in NetSuite to show the adjustments made.
F&A	TC-08203	Count a LP that is not on the count form, but is in the same location being (...)Count a LP that is not on the count form, but is in the same location being counted and has inventory on the LP.	Count created for an item and has at least one LP that is not included on t (...)Count created for an item and has at least one LP that is not included on the count form. LP for the same item is available in Netsuite with inventory. The Count status is Started.	User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/sele (...)User will select the count number from the list or enter the number if known. User will scan/select the bin to be counted. Still Count bin D0421 User will scan the License Plate Number (LPN) they will be counting which is not showing to be in the bin they are counting. LP062169, AAR, from bin DO442, (24 serials) Serials: 2250990138 through 2250990149, 2251000743 through 2251000754 Will prompt user if LPN is shown to be in a different bin. User will select Yes to continue counting the LPN. If item is a lot or serial item prompt user for the lot or serial number. If Serial Item stay on the serial prompt screen and show all entered serial numbers below the prompt field. The number of serials will show the accumulated quantity. There will be a trashcan icon beside the serials entered. This is used to remove a number that may not be real in case of a wrong barcode scanned. User will hit done if no other serials to be entered. This will take user back to the enter item screen. If item is neither a Lot or Serial item prompt user for the quantity. UOM for item on LPN will be displayed for reference. Take user back to the item entry screen to count another item on the LPN. User to hit Back button if no other items to be counted on the LPN. This will take them back to the LPN entry screen. Hit back again to take user to the Bin entry screen if there are no more LPNs to be counted in the bin. For all items counted the stock count form will be updated to show the actual counted details where the form will show the expected quantities versus the actual quantities including the lot and serial details.	User to confirm: Was able to add the LP to the bin being counted. Lead to confirm: Unexpected LP (...)User to confirm: Was able to add the LP to the bin being counted. Lead to confirm: Unexpected LP is now added to the count form with details counted by the user.
F&A	TC-08204	Approve the count with an added LP to the count form, where the LP existed (...)Approve the count with an added LP to the count form, where the LP existed with inventory details and was not on the count form.	The LP has already been added to a count form. TC-08190, TC-08202, TC-0820 (...)The LP has already been added to a count form. TC-08190, TC-08202, TC-08203 to be completed first.	Login as Kimray Warehouse Manager Role; or other role who can approve stock counts. 1. Go to RF-SMA (...)Login as Kimray Warehouse Manager Role; or other role who can approve stock counts. 1. Go to RF-SMART;Stock Count;View Counts 2. Select count to be completed. 3. Complete the Count. 4. Select LP(s) to be approved. 5. Hit Approve button. 6. On the Approval form, hit Submit.	Lead to confirm: The Approval completed and lead taken back to the count form. The Approved tab sh (...)Lead to confirm: The Approval completed and lead taken back to the count form. The Approved tab shows the Lp(s) that were approved. If LP was in same bin, no transaction was shown. If LP was in a different bin, a bin transfer transaction was shown. If inventory details were different, Inventory transactions were shown. LPs were updated to match the counted details.
F&A	TC-08205	Reconcile the following Accounts: AP CLEARING / AP CLEARING OS			To ensure completeness and accuracy of subledgers against the general ledger for the reporting perio (...)To ensure completeness and accuracy of subledgers against the general ledger for the reporting period.
F&A	TC-08206	Run reports including: Exports to Adaptive for huddle
F&A	TC-08207	Test rejecting a Journal Entry			Record to Report > Month-end Close/Journal Entries* > Kimray
F&A	TC-08208	Run bank matching for bank account and cross check against bank transaction (...)Run bank matching for bank account and cross check against bank transactions for same day.			To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the r (...)To ensure completeness and accuracy of cash account balances compared with bank statements for the reporting period.
F&A	TC-08209	Configuration OneTime TestDetermine all of the assets to be converted into (...)Configuration OneTime TestDetermine all of the assets to be converted into NS Fixed Assets			to ensure completeness and appropriateness of existing account structure for future use
F&A	TC-09000	Create a project record to track capital expenditures for the project.		1. Navigate to Customers>List>AFE Number>New 2. The following Project information fields are correct (...)1. Navigate to Customers>List>AFE Number>New 2. The following Project information fields are correctly entered: Project Name Project Code (AFE#) Project Description Estimated Start and End Date Budgeted $ Amount Project Manager	CAPEX purchases may be made and costs accumulated by project number until ready to be placed inserv (...)CAPEX purchases may be made and costs accumulated by project number until ready to be placed inservice
F&A	TC-09001	Create parent asset			Asset can be added to Fixed Assets as a parent asset associated to child asset(s)
F&A	TC-09002	Create child(ren) asset			Asset can be added to Fixed Assets as a child asset associated to a parent asset
F&A	TC-09003	Associate child(ren) to parent	TC604, TC605		Associate parents with children, Costs of children asset roll up to the parent asset
F&A	TC-09004	Transfer the parent asset	TC604		Review what happens when a parent asset is transferred: From an accounting standpoint what happens (...)Review what happens when a parent asset is transferred: From an accounting standpoint what happens to the parent what happens to the children how is depreciation booked
F&A	TC-09005	Transfer child asset	TC605		Review what happens when a child asset is transferred: From an accounting standpoint what happens t (...)Review what happens when a child asset is transferred: From an accounting standpoint what happens to the parent what happens to the children how is depreciation booked
F&A	TC-09006	Retire parent	TC604		Parent is retired and children remain inservice
F&A	TC-09007	Retire child	TC605		Child is retired but parent and other children Remain inservice
F&A	TC-09008	Be able to enter the asset serial # each serialized asset is uniquely ident (...)Be able to enter the asset serial # each serialized asset is uniquely identified and able to track between NetSuite and EAM			each serialized asset is uniquely identified and able to track between NetSuite and EAM
F&A	TC-09009	Record and apply deposits made on asset purchase			they can be accounted for in the CIP deposit GL account
F&A	TC-09010	Disposal form to dispose prior to system disposal		1. Kimray Fixed Asset Invoice form is created 2. Kimray Fixed Asset Invoice form ID is populate (...)1. Kimray Fixed Asset Invoice form is created 2. Kimray Fixed Asset Invoice form ID is populated in the Fixed Assets Management System Setup.	1. Disposal Sales use the Kimray Fixed Asset Invoice form
F&A	TC-09011	Journal Entry is created crediting the cost and debiting the accumulated de (...)Journal Entry is created crediting the cost and debiting the accumulated depreciation	Asset is identified to be disposed.	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Disposal 2. Select Disposal Type and Date (...) 1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Disposal 2. Select Disposal Type and Date 3. If Disposal Type is Sale select Customer select Fixed Asset Sale for the Sale Item and Sales Tax Code (Nontaxable for Avalara for taxed items) 4. Select the Asset to dispose. If Disposal Type is Sale enter the sales amount	Journal Entry is created crediting the cost and debiting the accumulated depreciation.
F&A	TC-09012	Journal Entry is posted by Accounting Manager	Asset has been disposed.	1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click o (...) 1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click on the Depreciation Histories View 4. Click on the Journal Entry Posting Reference for the Sale	Journal Entry is created with a status of Approved.
F&A	TC-09013	Assets sold	Asset has been Disposed (Sold).	1. Navigate to the Asset record 2. Click on the Asset Sale/Disposal subtab 3. Click on the (...) 1. Navigate to the Asset record 2. Click on the Asset Sale/Disposal subtab 3. Click on the Sales Invoice link	Invoice is created for the customer and amount provided during the disposal process. There should no (...)Invoice is created for the customer and amount provided during the disposal process. There should not be an expressed warranty clause on the invoice.
F&A	TC-09014	GL impact posted reviewed and reconciled to ensure accounting for disposal (...)GL impact posted reviewed and reconciled to ensure accounting for disposal is correct	Asset is Disposed.	1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click on the (...)1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click on the Depreciation Histories View 4. Click on the Journal Entry Posting Reference for the Sale	Asset Account is credited for the Cost Accumulated Depreciation Account is debited for the Cumulativ (...)Asset Account is credited for the Cost Accumulated Depreciation Account is debited for the Cumulative Depreciation Disposal Cost Account is debited for the Current Net Book Value
F&A	TC-09015	What if Journal Entry is not correct?	Asset is Disposed.	1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click on the (...)1. Navigate to the Asset record. 2. Click on the Depreciation History subtab 3. Click on the Depreciation Histories View 4. Click on the Journal Entry Posting Reference for the Sale	Asset Account is not credited for the Cost And/Or Accumulated Depreciation Account is not debited fo (...)Asset Account is not credited for the Cost And/Or Accumulated Depreciation Account is not debited for the Cumulative Depreciation And/Or Disposal Cost Account is not debited for the Current Net Book Value
F&A	TC-09016	Trade In an existing asset for a new asset	Asset is identified to trade in for credit towards purchase of new asset.	1. Create AFE Number 2. Identify Asset for Trade In 3. Asset purchase is coded to CIP a (...) 1. Create AFE Number 2. Identify Asset for Trade In 3. Asset purchase is coded to CIP and AFE Number 4. Sell Asset for trade in using internal Kimray CIP customer 5. Enter Journal Entry to credit AR and code Kimray CIP customer and debit CIP account coding AFE Number 6. Run the Open CIP Project Transaction saved search 7. Filter on AFE Number 8. Export results 9. Enter Journal Entry to reclass amount from CIP to asset cost and code AFE Number on debit line to asset cost 10. Propose Asset using JE from Step 9. 11. Create $0 payment for internal Kimray CIP customer to clear asset sale invoice 12. Close AFE Number	Journal Entry is created to account for disposal Asset Status is Disposed Asset Sale/Disposal subtab (...)Journal Entry is created to account for disposal Asset Status is Disposed Asset Sale/Disposal subtab references Disposal Type and Date New Asset created for full cost (Trade in value + purchase price from Vendor)
F&A	TC-09017	Asset transfers	Review assets proposed for transfer.	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Transfer 2. Select Asset to transfer 3. Ent (...) 1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Transfer 2. Select Asset to transfer 3. Enter Transfer Date 4. Subsidiary and Asset Type will default to current values for the Asset. 5. Select Location and/or Department to transfer to 6. Click Process Transfer	1. Asset is updated with new Location and/or Department 2. Next Depreciation Journal Entry is po (...)1. Asset is updated with new Location and/or Department 2. Next Depreciation Journal Entry is posted using To values of the Asset
F&A	TC-09018	CIP	Project has been created. Expenses have been coded to project. TC592	1. Run the Open CIP Project Transactions saved search 2. Filter for the Project to be placed i (...) 1. Run the Open CIP Project Transactions saved search 2. Filter for the Project to be placed in service 3. Export the results as an excel file 4. Enter Reclass Journal Entry and attach file as backing documentation Make sure to enter Project/AFE Number in the name field on the Fixed Asset account line 5. Follow JE Approval Process 6. Follow the Asset Proposal Process 7. Navigate to the Project record 8. Update the Status to Closed	1. Asset is created from Proposal 2. Project is Closed
F&A	TC-09019	Asset Revaluation	Perform analysis for revaluation amount.	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Revaluation 2. Select Asset to revalue 3. (...) 1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Revaluation 2. Select Asset to revalue 3. Click the Calculate button 4. Enter a Transaction Date 5. Enter a Transaction Reference. This will be populated in the Journal Entry Memo field 6. Enter the WriteDown Amount. Positive numbers decrease the value Negative numbers increase the value 7. Enter a Adj Residual Value and/or Adj Lifetime 8. Enter Straight Line Remaining for Adj Depreciation Method 9. Click Process Revaluation button	1. Asset Current Cost includes the Revaluation amount 2. Depreciation Method is Straight Line Re (...)1. Asset Current Cost includes the Revaluation amount 2. Depreciation Method is Straight Line Remaining
F&A	TC-09020	Propose Asset	User has entered reclass JE to move expense balance from CIP to FA account. (...)User has entered reclass JE to move expense balance from CIP to FA account. TC - 1024	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Proposal 2. Select Date range to search for el (...)1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Proposal 2. Select Date range to search for eligible transactions 3. Click on Kimray in the Subsidiary field 4. Select the Asset Type(s) to search for eligible transactions 5. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Manage Asset Proposal 6. Click Edit for the Proposal Transaction to update any default values 7. Click Save 8. Check the Select box(es) for the Assets to be created 9. Click the Generate Assets button 10. Click OK on the message window	1. Asset is generated 2. Status is New
F&A	TC-09021	Asset Disposal	Asset is depreciating or fully depreciated and identified to be removed fro (...)Asset is depreciating or fully depreciated and identified to be removed from the asset list.	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Dispose 2. Select Writeoff for Disposal Type (...)1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Dispose 2. Select Writeoff for Disposal Type 3. Disposal Date Enter posting date for the disposal 4. Quantity to Dispose Enter the Quantity to Dispose 5. If Location does not default from the asset enter an applicable Location 6. Click Add 7. (Optional) Follow Steps 8 through 11 to writeoff additional assets 8. Click Dispose	1. Asset Status is Disposed 2. Asset Sale/Disposal Subtab includes Disposal Date 3. Journal En (...)1. Asset Status is Disposed 2. Asset Sale/Disposal Subtab includes Disposal Date 3. Journal Entry is created crediting the Asset Cost and debiting Accumulated Depreciation remaining is booked to sale of asset account
F&A	TC-09022	Asset Depreciation	All Fixed Asset activities for the month have been completed. Depreciation (...)All Fixed Asset activities for the month have been completed. Depreciation Projection report has been ran and validated.	1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Depreciation 2. Select specific Asset Type(s) o (...)1. Navigate to Fixed Assets ; Transactions ; Asset Depreciation 2. Select specific Asset Type(s) or select none to run depreciation for all types 3. Subsidiary Select Kimray. 4. Depreciation Period Enter a date up to which assets will be depreciated (typically last day of the month) 5. Depreciation Reference Will populate in the Memo field on the depreciation journal entry 6. Click Depreciate Assets You will be redirected to the Status page where you can check the status of the depreciation.	1. Journal is created 2. Assets reference Last Depreciation Date 3. Catchup depreciation is ca (...)1. Journal is created 2. Assets reference Last Depreciation Date 3. Catchup depreciation is captured correctly
F&A	TC-09023	Depreciation Projection Report	Fixed Assets exist, and are still depreciating.	Login as: Kimray - Staff Accountant 1. Navigate to Fixed Assets > Reports > Generate Reports Selec (...)Login as: Kimray - Staff Accountant 1. Navigate to Fixed Assets > Reports > Generate Reports Select the Type as "Depreciation Schedule - Period Depreciation Provide the date range for which the depreciation projection is needed (e.g. 4/1/2025 - 4/30/2025). Select the Subsidiary as "Kimray Inc" Optionally, select the CSV checkbox if you wish to get the output in CSV as opposed to PDF. Click Submit. 2. This will kick off a job "Depreciation Schedule Period Depreciation Report" that may take a few minutes to run. 3. Once the job completes, navigate to Fixed Assets > Reports > My Reports 4. Find your report and click on the hyperlink to view the output	Depreciation Projection report outlines the depreciation to be recorded for the current recording pe (...)Depreciation Projection report outlines the depreciation to be recorded for the current recording period prior to running depreciation
F&A	TC-09024	Enter Vendor Bill with Trade-In Credit	The Fixed Asset that is being traded in has been disposed, and Vendor Bill (...)The Fixed Asset that is being traded in has been disposed, and Vendor Bill provided for new Fixed Asset that is being brought in is to be processsed. Vendor Bill references a negative line item for the Credit	Login as :Kimray AP Analyst 1. Enter the PO in the Global Search. Note: If a PO does not exist, ref (...)Login as :Kimray AP Analyst 1. Enter the PO in the Global Search. Note: If a PO does not exist, refer to steps to create a Non PO Related Bill 2. Click Bill 3. Enter the Vendor Bill # in the Reference No field. Update the Date of the Bill as applicable. 4. In the Lines region, confirm the value of the Fixed Asset is the correct amount that will be capitalized. Ensure the Project ID is populated. 5. To account for the Trade In value, if the Bill indicates the amount that is to be deducted, add a new line on the Bill. Enter the GL Account as the the Write-off Account. Enter the amount as a negative amount. Enter the Department.	Vendor Bill created with a credit line for the asset trade-in amount
F&A	TC-09025	Record JE reclassing an expense to CIP	Vendor Bill was incorrectly tagged to an Expense Account	Role: Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions > Financial (...)Role: Kimray Staff Accountant, Kimray Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Transactions > Financial > Make Journal Entries 2. Enter the JE Date, and the Next Approver on the Header line 3. On the Lines Region, enter the Debit Amount as the CIP Account, ensuring that the Department and the Project field are also populated. Enter the Credit Amount as the Expense Account, ensuring the Project is populated. Debit CIP Credit Expense Account Project needs to be tagged on CIP line	1. Project required on CIP line 2. Journal Entry is submitted and approved. 3. JE is pulled into the (...)1. Project required on CIP line 2. Journal Entry is submitted and approved. 3. JE is pulled into the Open CIP Report
F&A	TC-09026	Enter a Capex Vendor Bill from a PO	Vendor Bill received for a Purchase Order tied to a CIP Project. Purchase O (...)Vendor Bill received for a Purchase Order tied to a CIP Project. Purchase Order has the the Non inventory Item "CAPEX"	Login as :Kimray AP Analyst 1. Enter the PO in the Global Search. Note: If a PO does not exist, ref (...)Login as :Kimray AP Analyst 1. Enter the PO in the Global Search. Note: If a PO does not exist, refer to steps to create a Non PO Related Bill 2. Click Bill 3. Enter the Vendor Bill # in the Reference No field. Update the Date of the Bill as applicable. 4. In the Lines region, confirm the value of the Fixed Asset is the correct amount that will be capitalized. Ensure the Project ID is populated.	1. CIP is Debited, AP is credited 2. Project is required on CIP line 3. Vendor Bill is included in O (...)1. CIP is Debited, AP is credited 2. Project is required on CIP line 3. Vendor Bill is included in Open CIP report once approved
F&A	TC-10000	i. Customers are queued at 45 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 45 days past due	Run the saved search named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days	Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 45 days past due but (...)Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 45 days past due but no invoices that are at least 60 days past due.
F&A	TC-10001	Customers are queued at 60 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 60 days past due	Run the saved search named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 60 Days	Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 60 days past due but (...)Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 60 days past due but no invoices that are at least 90 days past due.
F&A	TC-10002	Customers are queued at 90 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 90 days past due	Run the saved search named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 90 Days	Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 90 days past due but (...)Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 90 days past due but no invoices that are at least 90 120 days past due.
F&A	TC-10003	Customers are queued at 120 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 120 days past due	Run the saved search named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 120 Days	Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 120 days past due.
F&A	TC-10004	vii. Dunning Letter can be edited prior to sending	Customer has outstanding overdue balance.	1. Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record 2. Click Email 3. Confirm Recip (...)1. Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record 2. Click Email 3. Confirm Recipient Email Address. Add additional recipients if applicable. 4. On the Message subtab select the Kimray Manual Dunning Template 5. Customize the message before clicking Merge & Send	Email message contains customized verbiage applied to the Kimray Manual Dunning Template.
F&A	TC-10005	viii. Statements are attached to the letters with the correct format.	Bulk Merge or customer specific Dunning email has been sent.	Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record. Click the View link for the correct ema (...)Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record. Click the View link for the correct email message. Click on the Attachments subtab to confirm the statement is the correct format.	Email message contains the Kimray Statement in PDF form.
F&A	TC-10006	i. Customers are not queued on 45 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 45 days past due	Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 60 Days Consol (...)Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 60 Days Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 90 Days and Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 120 Days	Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 60 days past due but (...)Customer list returned includes customers that have an invoice that is at least 60 days past due but no invoices that are less than 60 days past due.
F&A	TC-10007	ii. Customers are not queued on 60 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 60 days past due	Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consol (...)Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 90 Days and Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 120 Days	Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 60 days past due o (...)Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 60 days past due or an invoice that is at least 90 days past due.
F&A	TC-10008	iii. Customers are not queued on 90 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 90 days past due	Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consol (...)Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 60 Days and Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 120 Days	Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 90 days past due o (...)Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 90 days past due or an invoice that is at least 120 days past due.
F&A	TC-10009	iv. Customers are not queued on 120 day interval	Customer has an invoice that is at minimum 120 days past due	Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consol (...)Run the saved searches named Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 45 Days Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 60 Days and Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning Email 90 Days	Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 120 days past due. (...)Customer lists returned includes customers that have an invoice that is less than 120 days past due.
F&A	TC-10011	viii. Statements are not attached to the letters.	Customer has outstanding overdue balance.	1. Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record 2. Click Email 3. Confirm Recipien (...)1. Navigate to the Communication subtab on the Customer record 2. Click Email 3. Confirm Recipient Email Address. Add additional recipients if applicable. 4. On the Message subtab select the Kimray Manual Dunning Template 5. On the Attachments subtab the user does not check the Include Statement box	Dunning email is sent without a statement.
F&A	TC-10013	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Email	Automated Customer Statements process has been submitted and completed.	1. Navigate to Transactions ; Custom ; Automated Statements 2. Confirm or update Statement Date 3. (...)1. Navigate to Transactions ; Custom ; Automated Statements 2. Confirm or update Statement Date 3. Submit	Customers having an Email address customers receive an emailed statement.
F&A	TC-10014	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Ready Print Statements	AR is closed for the month.	1. Navigate to Transactions ; Custom ; Automated Statements 2. Confirm or update Statement Date (...)1. Navigate to Transactions ; Custom ; Automated Statements 2. Confirm or update Statement Date 3. Submit 4. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statement_[Date] ; Print PDFs	Print customers have their statement compiled in the File Cabinet to be printed?
F&A	TC-10015	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Check Address	Automated Customer Statement process has been submitted and completed.	1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date (...) 1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date] ; Print PDFs 2. Open each compiled PDF and print to local printer. 3. Confirm customer address is Bill To Address.	Correct physical address is correctly being populated.
F&A	TC-10017	Retrieving data. Wait a few seconds and try to cut or copy again.	Automated Customer Statement process has been submitted and completed.	1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date (...) 1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date]. 2. Observe the customer names for the PDF files in the root directory. 3. Navigate to the Customer record and confirm email was sent to correct address.	Verify correct email address is used to email the customer.
F&A	TC-10018	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Development Required	Email Multiple Contacts has not been installed in the Kimray instance. Th (...)Email Multiple Contacts has not been installed in the Kimray instance. The solution would need to be installed configured and tested prior to completing this Test Case.		Email multiple contacts are concatenated correctly.
F&A	TC-10019	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Credit Balance Customers (...)Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Credit Balance Customers Receive Statement		1. Navigate to Customer with open credit balance 2. Click on Communication/Files subtab 3. Click (...) 1. Navigate to Customer with open credit balance 2. Click on Communication/Files subtab 3. Click on Statement file to confirm credit balance	Customers with credit only balance receive their statement.
F&A	TC-10020	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Consolidated Customers ge (...)Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Consolidated Customers get Consolidated Statement	Automated Customer Statement process has been submitted and completed.	1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date (...) 1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date] 2. Open PDF in root directory for a Consolidated Customer to confirm single statement. 3. Open PDF(s) in Print PDFs folder and confirm Consolidated Customer have a single statement.	Confirm consolidated customers receive consolidated statement.
F&A	TC-10021	Customer Statement on Customer record	Automated Customer Statement Process is submitted	1. Navigate to Customer Record 2. Click on the Communication Subtab 3. Click on the Files Subtab	Customer Statement is attached to Customer record.
F&A	TC-10022	Individual Customer Statement		1. Navigate to Customer ; Accounts Receivable ; Individual Statement 2. Select Customer 3. Remove (...)1. Navigate to Customer ; Accounts Receivable ; Individual Statement 2. Select Customer 3. Remove Start Date 4. Check the Show Only Open Transactions and Consolidated Statements boxes 5. Select Kimray Statement for the Form 6. Print or Email the Statement	Native Customer Statement page can be utilized.
F&A	TC-10023	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted No Statement	AR is closed for the month.	1. Run the Automated Customer Statements saved search 2. Observe that all customers included in (...) 1. Run the Automated Customer Statements saved search 2. Observe that all customers included in the results have a default bill to address as well as the header level email. 3. Confirm that any customer identified as not having a header level email or default bill to address are not included in the results.	Customers with neither email nor default Bill to address do not generate a Statement.
F&A	TC-10024	Generate Customer Statement process is submitted Time out error	1. Working on a creative way to force the process to time out. 2. To c (...)1. Working on a creative way to force the process to time out. 2. To create a data error we will replicate the saved search that identifies Customers to receive statements being renamed inactivated and deleted. Will coordinate with Dev team to test.		If the Generate Customer Statement process times out or errors out due to a data issue the originato (...)If the Generate Customer Statement process times out or errors out due to a data issue the originator of the request is notified via email.
F&A	TC-10025	Run Email Statement Verification	Automated Customer Statement Process has been submitted and completed	1. Navigate to saved search named "Automated Customer Statement Emails" 2. Filter for the Statemen (...)1. Navigate to saved search named "Automated Customer Statement Emails" 2. Filter for the Statement Date 3. Confirm Status is Sent	Confirm that email set was successfully sent.
F&A	TC-10026	Confirm Customer Statement Balances	Automated Customer Statement process has been submitted and completed.	1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date] (...)1. Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet ; Automated Statements ; Customer Statements_[Date]. 2. Open any statement in root directory or Print PDFs folder. 3. Observe small balances are included or excluded where expected.	Confirm small payment balance is included or excluded from output.
F&A	TC-10027	Pull Dunning letter saved search and review and email out dunning letters.			to review actual dunning letters distributed to customers.
F&A	TC-10028	Approve dunning letter email or print.			to review actual dunning letters distributed to customers.
F&A	TC-10029	Print Dunning Letters.			to review actual dunning letters distributed to customers.
F&A	TC-10030	Pull Dunning letter list and review and email out dunning letters.			To accurately convey status of customer pastdue balances.
F&A	TC-10031	Print Dunning letters for form approval.			To accurately convey status of customer pastdue balances.
F&A	TC-10032	Try only pulling dunning letters for a certain past due trigger			to customize communication to specific customers regarding pastdue balances.
F&A	TC-10033	Add at note to a dunning letter.			to customize communication to specific customers regarding pastdue balances.
F&A	TC-10037	Manual letters are not sent	Customers are designated as Custom Dunning	Bulk Merge processes can be run for 45 60 90 and 120 Days Overdue	Customers are excluded from the Bulk Merge process to allow letters to be created manually and custo (...)Customers are excluded from the Bulk Merge process to allow letters to be created manually and customized and sent at any given time.
F&A	TC-10038	Customer is assigned Dunning Procedure when created	New customer is created in NetSuite.	1. Click on the Dunning subtab. 2. Check the appropriate To be Emailed or To be Printed box	Customer is queried for Email or Print based on their setting.
F&A	TC-10039	To Be Printed Customers are processed manually	Allow Letters To Be Printed is marked on the Dunning subtab of the Customer (...)Allow Letters To Be Printed is marked on the Dunning subtab of the Customer record.	1. Run the Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning To Be Printed. 2. Statement is m (...) 1. Run the Consolidated Customer Overdue Balance for Dunning To Be Printed. 2. Statement is manually created and printed for customer identified. 3. Locally saved Dunning Letter Output Template is customized for the customer and printed. 4. Dunning Letter and Statement are mailed to the Customer.	Dunning Letter Output Template is customized for the specific customer and the Kimray Statement is i (...)Dunning Letter Output Template is customized for the specific customer and the Kimray Statement is included with the letter.
F&A	TC-10040	Test that statement is sent to parent and not children
F&A	TC-10041	Pull customer statementStatement matches to account balance and all outstan (...)Pull customer statementStatement matches to account balance and all outstanding invoices listed
F&A	TC-10042	Print and send monthly customer statements to all parent customers Predece (...)Print and send monthly customer statements to all parent customers Predecessor: ensure AR is closed for the month before this process begins.
F&A	TC-10043	Email or print customer statementscustomer setup will determine form of com (...)Email or print customer statementscustomer setup will determine form of communication
F&A	TC-10044	Pull up Dunning Letter saved search.
F&A	TC-10045	Review Dunning Letters.
F&A	TC-10046	Verify unapproved dunning letters are not sent.
F&A	TC-10047	Review Dunning letters for Letter Template approval.
F&A	TC-10048	Approve and send dunning letters
F&A	TC-10049	Customize body of Dunning Letter message prior to sending
F&A	TC-10050	Change the Dunning letter sender on the message to display specified AR Sta (...)Change the Dunning letter sender on the message to display specified AR Staff.
F&A	TC-11000	Review Company Bank Details		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Setup > Bank Details View "ACH110502 MIDFIRSTOU (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Setup > Bank Details View "ACH110502 MIDFIRSTOUTGOING ACH/WIRE" Review Account Number and Routing Number under EFT Template Details tab Review Approval Routing tab Positive Pay Navigate to Payments > Setup > Bank Details Click the edit link on "Positive Pay110501 MIDFIRSTAP CHECKS"	Verify Kimray Acct information is correct including GL Bank Acct Routing Number and Account Number.
F&A	TC-11001	Create Vendor Bank Details	Vendor Created Vendor Assigned to Vendor Payment Method = ACH "EFT Bill (...)Vendor Created Vendor Assigned to Vendor Payment Method = ACH "EFT Bill Payment" box is marked on the Vendor record under the Bank Payment Details tab.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH and click Edit. (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH and click Edit. Optionally update the Email Address for Payment Notification. If populated this email address will default when sending payment notifications. If not populated the main vendor email address will be used. Under the Bank Payment Details tab specify the following: EFT Bill Payment This flag must be marked for vendors to be paid via ACH. Email Address for Payment Notification if populated this email address will default when sending payment notifications. If not populated the main vendor email address will be used. Save Return to the Bank Payment Details tab and click the New Bank Details button. Enter the following fields: Name This is a name for the vendor's bank account. It is not included in the ACH file output but is required. Enter the Vendor Name or other descriptive info. Payment File Format Specify ACH CCD/PPD. This must be specified as this is the payment format which will be used. Type Select Primary. If you would like to store multiple accounts Secondary accounts can be stored. Typically a single Primary account is assigned to each ACH vendor and updated as necessary if banking info changes are requested by the vendor. Bank Account Number This is the Vendor's bank account Number Bank Number Routing Number for the vendor's bank Bank Account Type Select Checking or Savings Subsidiary leave this blank Save	Vendor Banking information added. Vendor Bills for this Vendor can now be paid by ACH via the Elec (...)Vendor Banking information added. Vendor Bills for this Vendor can now be paid by ACH via the Electronic Payment module.
F&A	TC-12041	Validate GL activity for exchanges			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12042	Validate GL activity for warranties			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-11002	Review/Download Bank Payment File	Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option m (...)Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option marked Vendors assigned to Bank Details Vendor bills entered and approved for test ACH vendors EFT Payment batch submitted via Payments ; Payment Processing ; Bill Payment Processing EFT Payment batch approved by all required approvers.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor After the ACH payment batch is approved by all required approvers the us (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor After the ACH payment batch is approved by all required approvers the user who originally submitted the batch will receive an email notification including the payment file number. Click on the link in the email to open the Payment File Administration record which is a new record created after approval. Alternatively the AP team can also open this record in NS under Payments ; Payment File Processing ; Payment File Administration. Click view on the EFT file in question which is typically the most recently created record where Payment Type = EFT If the file is fully processed the "File Processed?" field should be set to "Processed". Note: NetSuite may take several minutes to process the payment file after the last required approver approves the batch. The field called "File Reference" contains the payment file. Click on Preview to view the file or download to download the file to your computer. After downloading the file you can submit it to the bank outside of NetSuite likely via a portal provided by the bank.	EFT file previewed and downloaded. Accepted at Bank
F&A	TC-11003	Send Electronic Payment Notification	Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option m (...)Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option marked Vendors assigned to Bank Details Vendor bills entered and approved for test ACH vendors EFT Payment batch submitted via Payments ; Payment Processing ; Bill Payment Processing EFT Payment batch approved by all required approvers. Not required but recommended transmit the EFT file to the bank before sending payment notifications from NS to vendors.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor View the Payment File Administration record under Payments > Payment Pro (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor View the Payment File Administration record under Payments > Payment Processing > Payment File Administration Click on the Email Payment Notifications button. Subject Optionally override the default subject of "Payment Notification" From Optionally set a From email. If not specified the logged in users email will be used Email Notes This is the subject of the email. It is recommended to include a message here such as "Your ACH payment has been processed. Please allow for 12 days for the payment to be processed by the bank". Template It is recommended to leave this blank. If you do not select a template NetSuite automatically attaches a PDF voucher to the email which is the same PDF you would see if you clicked the Print button from a bill payment record in NetSuite. If you select a template here a different format will be applied. Click on the Mark All button to select all transactions Optionally override the email address. This email address defaults from the Vendor Record "Email address for Payment Notification" field. If this field is not populated on the vendor the main vendor email is defaulted. Optionally include a message specific to each vendor. Click the submit button to send email notifications You will be returned to the Payment File Administration page after clicking submit. Click the refresh button until the "File Processed" field is "Processed". Click on the Email Notifications subtab to view email messages	Email notifications sent to vendors Review of Email Format/wording
F&A	TC-11004	Create a batch of check payments.	Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this Step is not app (...)Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this Step is not applicable for Vendor Credits) Vendor Bills/Credits marked as "Approved to Pay"	Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay Bills. Alternatively use the global search to find the (...)Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay Bills. Alternatively use the global search to find the "Pay Bills" page. As a onetime setup for each user click on the Customize button above the list of bills. Add the following fields as additional filters and optionally as additional columns. Click the Save button after adding these and they will be displayed on the Pay Bills page for your user going forward. Approved to Pay; Vendor : Vendor Payment Method; Vendor : EFT Bill Payment In the Primary Information section specify the following fields: A/P Account: 200000 Accounts Payable ; Account: 110501 MidFirstAP Checks Date; Posting Period Start Date/End Date Use these filters to filter by Due Date. To Be Printed Yes. If Yes is selected the resulting Bill Payments will be queued for Check printing at which point a check number is assigned. If No is selected NetSuite will assume you printed these offline and will assign a check number without queuing these to print. Use BillTo Address from Vendor. This option will automatically use the current default BillTo address on the vendor as opposed to the BillTo address assigned to individual Vendor Bills. In the custom Filters section specify the following Filters: Approved to Pay = Yes; Vendor Payment Method = Check In the bottom section select individual bills/credits you would like to pay or select the checkbox in the header to select all and unselect bills you do not wish to pay. Use the Discount Available and Discount Taken columns to review bills with discounts. Optionally override the discount taken amount. Click the Save button. This will kick off a NS background process to create Vendor Payment transactions for the Invoices/Credits selected. Upon clicking save you will be routed to the page "Processed Bill Payments. Click the refresh button to confirm all payments reach a "Complete" status. Assuming you selected "To be printed" the document number visible on this page will be "to be printed "If in the prior Step you selected a vendor with a net negative amount to pay (credits exceed bills) you will see an error on this page for the vendor in question. Click into the payment number column for a given payment to review the transaction and GL impact. Credit Bank Debit Accounts Payable Credit Discount (if applicable) Additional Notes: Approved to Pay is a custom field defined for filtering/reporting purposes. It is not intended to enforce a hard block or hold on a bill/bill credit for payment. NetSuite does not block you from printing a check using "Pay Bills" page outlined in the Steps above for a vendor specified with Vendor Payment Method = ACH or Wire. It is up to the user processing payments to use the filters correctly on the "Pay Bills" page to avoid paying ACH or Wire vendors via Check.	Vendor Payment transactions created and queued for check printing
F&A	TC-11005	Print checks.	Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this Step is not applic (...)Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this Step is not applicable for Vendor Credits) Vendor Bills/Credits marked as "Approved to Pay" Vendor Payments created with option "to be printed" marked as true. Confirm Check stock is loaded in printer with last check number in physical check stock matching "Next Check Number" visible on the GL Account (Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts ; 110501 MidFirst AP Checks	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Management > Print Checks and Forms > Checks (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Management > Print Checks and Forms > Checks Select the Account "MidFirst AP Checks" Confirm the First Check Number matches the first check number of check stock loaded in the printer. Select the option to Pring Back to Front" only if you would like to print from the highest number to the lowest number depending on the ordering of check stock in your printer tray. Select Check Type = Voucher Click the "Mark All" button or individually select checks you would like to print Click the Print button. A new browser tab is opened. Click into this tab. This tab contains the formatted PDF. Use the print icon in your browser to send this file to the appropriate check printer. Return back to one of the Bill Payments just printed. Confirm the check number is now assigned in the upper right corner. Confirm it matches the preprinted check number on the check stock	Confirm checks are printed as expected including field placement and alignment Confirm/validate corr (...)Confirm checks are printed as expected including field placement and alignment Confirm/validate correct fields populating - Billing Address - Print on Name As Validate with Bank it will be accepted
F&A	TC-11006	Record Wire payment for a vendor bill.	Vendor Bills entered and approved Typically wires are recorded/initiated w (...)Vendor Bills entered and approved Typically wires are recorded/initiated with the bank. After confirmation is received the wire payment is manually recorded in NetSuite.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Find and open a vendor bill you wish to pay via wire From the Bill recor (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Find and open a vendor bill you wish to pay via wire From the Bill record click the Make Payment button. Select the Bank Account the wire payment was made from (i. e. 110502 MidFirst outgoing ACH/wire) Specify the date and Posting Period Unmark the To Be Printed option. Specify a document number (Check # field). Typically use the reference number provided by the bank here. Enter a memo Save Review the GL tab Credit Bank (i. e. 110502 MidFirst outgoing ACH/wire) Debit 200000 Accounts Payable Credit 750070 Cash Discounts (if applicable)	Wire Payment recorded in NetSuite
F&A	TC-11007	Create Vendor prepayments.	Vendor created Purchase Order created This is only required if you are ass (...)Vendor created Purchase Order created This is only required if you are associating the prepayment to a PO for automatic application upon vendor bill creation.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Create a prepayment associated to a Purchase Order Navigate to Transacti (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Create a prepayment associated to a Purchase Order Navigate to Transactions > Purchase Orders > Enter Purchase Orders View a purchase order which is in Pending Receipt status. Click on the Enter Prepayment button Select the Account you will pay. Enter the amount of the prepayment To Be Printed mark this box if you are printing a check for the prepayment. Unmark this if you are paying via wire. Save View GL Impact Create a prepayment NOT associated to a Purchase Order Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Enter Vendor Prepayments Select the Payee as the vendor you wish to pay Select the Account you will pay. Enter the amount of the prepayment Note that you can select a purchase order when entering a prepayment from this page. For this example do not associate a PO. To Be Printed mark this box if you are printing a check for the prepayment. Unmark this if you are paying via wire. Save View GL Impact	2 Prepayments entered The first prepayment is associated to a PO and will be autoapplied to the bill (...)2 Prepayments entered The first prepayment is associated to a PO and will be autoapplied to the bill when billing the PO. The second prepayment is not associated to PO and will require manual prepayment application to a bill. Prepayments paid via check and marked "to be printed" can be printed via Transactions > Management > Print Checks and forms. Prepayment GL impact Debit 130340 Prepaid Inventory Credit Bank Acct specified on prepayment
F&A	TC-11008	Apply prepayment automatically.	PO Created Prepayment created and associated to PO PO Approved and Received	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to the first PO from the prior test case whic (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to the first PO from the prior test case which had a Prepayment associated. Click the Bill button to bill the PO Enter required information on the bill and save Approve the bill if required Click on the related records tab. Under the payments subtab view the Vendor Prepayment Application.	Vendor Prepayment applied automatically upon billing for Prepayments associated to POs Prepayment Ap (...)Vendor Prepayment applied automatically upon billing for Prepayments associated to POs Prepayment Application GL Impact: Debit 200000 Accounts Payable Credit 130340 Prepaid Inventory
F&A	TC-11009	Apply prepayment manually.	Vendor Prepayment created and not associated to PO Approved Vendor Bills wi (...)Vendor Prepayment created and not associated to PO Approved Vendor Bills with outstanding balances exist for the vendor in question.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to the second vendor prepayment entered in te (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to the second vendor prepayment entered in test case "Create Vendor Prepayments" which was not associated to a PO. Click on the apply button The prepayment can be applied to any bill for the vendor with an outstanding balance. Select a bill and click save.	Vendor Prepayment application created manually after billing for Prepayments not associated to POs P (...)Vendor Prepayment application created manually after billing for Prepayments not associated to POs Prepayment Application GL Impact Debit 200000 Accounts Payable Credit 130340 Prepaid Inventory
F&A	TC-11010	Run List of Vendor Prepayments and verify amounts.	Prepayments created	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Vendor Prepaymen (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Vendor Prepayments > List This is a standard list of all prepayment transactions with their amounts. Alternatively use a saved search such as "Vendor Prepayments Open Balance"	View listing of prepayments including their original amounts and remaining unapplied balance.
F&A	TC-11011	Create a Vendor Bill for multiple Purchase Orders	Multiple POs exist and have been received but not fully billed.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Se (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Select the Vendor for which the POs are to be billed The data will be filtered out to match the Vendor Select the POs that are to be billed and click on Submit 2. This will open up the Vendor Bill form in data entry mode. All the eligible lines for the Purchase Order will get set on the Vendor Bill line. Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Enter the Next Approver which is initially required as the Buyer is not sourced in when multiple POs exist that can be tied to different Buyers. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. In this case the quantity on the Bill is higher than the quantity on the Purchase Order. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor Bill record by dragging the soft copy Bill onto the "Drop files here" message that is on the top right hand corner of the Vendor Bill 4. Click Submit for Approval	Vendor Bill is routed for approval if the quantity/amount tolerance is compromised (rate on Bill vs (...)Vendor Bill is routed for approval if the quantity/amount tolerance is compromised (rate on Bill vs PO or quantity on Bill vs PO is greater than 5%) or overall amount is greater than $250 Buyer on the PO has been correctly sourced onto the Vendor Bill. Ensure Vendor Payment Method pulls from Vendor Record, but can be updated
F&A	TC-11012	Create Vendor Credit from Vendor Bill and receive Refund	Approved vendor bill exists and is unpaid. Will now be credited.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: Create Bill Credit: 1. Query the Vendor Bill by en (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: Create Bill Credit: 1. Query the Vendor Bill by entering the bill number into the Global Search and clicking on the transaction. 2. Click the Credit button. Ensure the Bill Credit is not applied to a Bill under the Apply subtab. If it is uncheck the "Apply" Checkbox 3. On the Bill Credit page review the information and click Save. Role: Kimray AR Specialist: Create Bank Deposit: 1. Transactions ; Bank ; Make Deposits 2. In the header section of the page select the Bank account and validate the date and optionally enter a memo 3. On the Deposits tab select the other Deposits sublets and enter the Vendor under the "Name" field populate the Amount being refunded and enter the AP Trade Account on the GL Account field. Set the department as 0000 KIMRAY INC 4. Select the payment method and the payment reference 5. Click Save. Role: Kimray AP Analyst: Apply the deposit to the Bill Credit 1. Edit the Bill Credit and under the Apply Subtab select the Deposit 2. Save your work. The Bill Credit has now been closed out and money received is reflected in NetSuite via the Bank deposit.	Bill credit can be created from Open Bill Bill credit has an unapplied amount initially upon creati (...)Bill credit can be created from Open Bill Bill credit has an unapplied amount initially upon creation before application to the Deposit Bank Deposit can be created by AR Specialist Bill credit can be applied to Bank deposit by the AP Analyst. Bill credit now has an applied amount
F&A	TC-11013	Bill a received Purchase Order for quantity that exceeds tolerance.	Purchase Order is received but not fully billed. Tolerance for Qty and Pric (...)Purchase Order is received but not fully billed. Tolerance for Qty and Price is 5% Total allowable tolerance if within 5% is up to a max of $250.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed i (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No) Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change the quantity to be a higher value (greater than 5%) than what is on the PO. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor Bill record by dragging the soft copy Bill onto the "Drop files here" message that is on the top right hand corner of the Vendor Bill 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is routed for approval to the Buyer on the Purchase Order.	Vendor Bill is Pending Approval Vendor Bill is routed for approval to the Buyer on the PO
F&A	TC-11014	Bill a received Purchase Order for rate that exceeds tolerance.	Purchase Order is received but not fully billed	1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill. Header re (...)1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill. Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No) Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Modify the rate on the Bill to be more than 5% higher than the rate on the Purchase Order. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor Bill record by dragging the soft copy Bill onto the "Drop files here" message that is on the top right hand corner of the Vendor Bill 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is routed to the Buyer on the Purchase Order.	Vendor Bill is Pending Approval Vendor Bill is routed for approval to the Buyer on the PO
F&A	TC-11015	Create recurring bill	Vendors Items and GL Accounts have been set up	K	Vendor bill is set up correctly with recurrance. Vendor Bill is Pending Approval New Vendor Bills ca (...)Vendor bill is set up correctly with recurrance. Vendor Bill is Pending Approval New Vendor Bills can be successfully generated from the memorized transaction. New vendor bills can be submitted for approval from the memorized transaction
F&A	TC-11016	Amortize vendor bill		Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor Note: NetSuite's standard amortization functionalit (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor Note: NetSuite's standard amortization functionality will not be used as it is deemed out of scope. 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bail. Enter the Next Approverand the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the Prepaid GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor Bill record. 2. Click Submit for approval	Vendor Bill is coded to the Prepaid Account on the Balance Sheet. Note: NetSuite's standard amor (...)Vendor Bill is coded to the Prepaid Account on the Balance Sheet. Note: NetSuite's standard amortization functionality will not be used as it is deemed out of scope. Vendor Bill is coded to a Prepaid GL Account. Amortization will occur via a nonlinked Journal Entry that the GL team creates every month as part of the Journal Entry creation process.
F&A	TC-11017	Update PO to match receipt and invoice	The PO Rate Quantity and amount do not tie to the Vendor Bill and needs to (...)The PO Rate Quantity and amount do not tie to the Vendor Bill and needs to be corrected. The procurement team will update the Purchase Order as needed and will then approve the Vendor Bill.	Role: Kimray Buyer Kimray Buyer is notified of the Bill Pending approval via email. 1. Query t (...)Role: Kimray Buyer Kimray Buyer is notified of the Bill Pending approval via email. 1. Query the Purchase Order and click on Edit Change the quantity rate or amount as appropriate. Note: You will receive a popup message "Items have been received and billed. Are you sure you want to proceed" Click OK to proceed. Query the Bill and click Approve. Note: If it is deemed that the PO should not be modified then the Bill should be rejected by the Buyer.	Purchase Order is successfully updated. The Vendor Bill is successfully Approved or Rejected depend (...)Purchase Order is successfully updated. The Vendor Bill is successfully Approved or Rejected depending on the action taken by the Buyer
F&A	TC-11018	Create nonPO Vendor Bill and submit for Approval	Vendors Items GL Accounts are set up.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1.Transactions > Payables > Enter Bills 2.Fill out the information be (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1.Transactions > Payables > Enter Bills 2.Fill out the information below Header region: -Enter the Reference No (Invoice No) -Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date -Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill -Populate the Next Approver -Enter the Purchase Approval Category -Enter the Purchase Approval Category gets pulled in from the Purchase Order) Lines Region: -Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab -Enter a line description -Based on the account type enter the Department and Location 3.Click Save. 4.Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor Bill record by dragging the soft copy Bill onto the "Drop files here" message that is on the top right hand corner of the Vendor Bill 5.Click Submit for Approval 6.Navigate to the Communication tab and confirm there is an email message sent for the approval. (Note: email will send to the inbox of the Bill creator in Sandbox) 7.Forward the email to the Approver.	Vendor Bill approval email is seen in Bill Creator’s inbox and has a pdf attachment with the Vendor (...)Vendor Bill approval email is seen in Bill Creator’s inbox and has a pdf attachment with the Vendor Bill details. GL Impact has a posting status of "No" as it is pending approval. Approval role is populated and is seen under the Custom Tab of the Vendor Bill Approver can approve bill if it is within their approval limit. Bill Creator cannot edit the bill once it is approved.
F&A	TC-11019	Approve nonPO Vendor Bill in NetSuite	Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for appr (...)Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for approval	Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval 1. Qu (...)Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the Reminder "My Bills To Approve" and click on it. 2. Click View on the Bill that you wish to Approve 3. Click on "Approve" button 4. Navigate back to the Vendor Bill. 5. Confirm that the Bill is approved if the amount for the Bill was less than the Approver Role's assigned limit. 6. Click on the Bill Approvals tab. 7. Confirm that a Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the Approval Type "Approve" the date/time the transaction was approved and any Approval Comments that were provided.	Vendor Bill is approved and has a status of "Open" Vendor Bill GL Impact shows posting status of "Ye (...)Vendor Bill is approved and has a status of "Open" Vendor Bill GL Impact shows posting status of "Yes"
F&A	TC-11020	Reject nonPO Vendor Bill and edit resubmit for Approval	Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for appr (...)Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for approval	Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has (...) Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has a status of pending approval. 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the Reminder "My Bills To Approve" and click on it. A list of Bills to approve will be rendered. Click View on the Bill that you wish to Approve Click on "Approve" button	Vendor Bill has a status of Rejected when initially rejected. There is no GL impact (posting column (...)Vendor Bill has a status of Rejected when initially rejected. There is no GL impact (posting column still shows "No")Bill creator edits the Bill and makes changes resubmits for approval If now approved there is a GL impact (posting column shows "Yes") and the status is now Open. Bill Approvals tab shows reason for rejection
F&A	TC-11021	NonPO Vendor Bill goes up hierarchy when approval limit is below Vendor Bil (...)NonPO Vendor Bill goes up hierarchy when approval limit is below Vendor Bill Amount	The Approval Limit for the Next Approver that is provided on the Vendor Bil (...)The Approval Limit for the Next Approver that is provided on the Vendor Bill is lower than the Vendor Bill Amount. The Next Approver's Supervisor has a different Approval Role with a higher Approval limit	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Create a Non?PO Vendor Bill: Transactions ; Payabl (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Create a Non?PO Vendor Bill: Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No) Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Select the Next Approver (select a low limit role e.g. Buyer) enter the Purchase Approval Category enter a memo. Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 2. Attach the soft copy of the Vendor Bill to the record via the ?Drop files here? section. 3. Click Submit for Approval. 2. Next approver (Supervisor) approves via ?My Bills To Approve? reminder (Bill still pending next approver set). 3. Next approver (Manager) approves via ?My Bills To Approve? reminder (Bill still pending next approver set). 4. Next approver (Director) approves. Note: Depending on the Invoice amount that is entered as soon as an Approver with sufficient Approval limit approves the Bill the status changes from "Pending Approval" to "Approved"	After the First Approver approves the Bill the Vendor Bill is still seen as Pending Approval but the (...)After the First Approver approves the Bill the Vendor Bill is still seen as Pending Approval but the Next Approver value has changed to the Next Approver's Supervisor. The Workflow routes the Bill up the hierarchy based on the Next Approver's supervisor until an employee with a sufficient approval role amount approves the Bill. At this time it is approved.
F&A	TC-11022	Create Bill Payment	Vendor Bill has been created and is Approved.	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Bills Verify the Account is set to the proper bank account (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Bills Verify the Account is set to the proper bank account. Verify the ?To Be Printed? checkbox is marked. Check the box for the Bill to be paid. Click Save.	Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed.
F&A	TC-11023	Create Vendor Prepayment		1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Vendor Prepayment 2. Select Payee and Account (Bank (...)1. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Vendor Prepayment 2. Select Payee and Account (Bank Account used for payment) 3. Enter Amount 4. Confirm or update Date 5. Mark the To Be Printed checkbox 6. Optionally enter a Memo 7. Click Save	1. Prepayment is saved and status is Paid 2. Check # is To Print
F&A	TC-11024	Create Bill Payment with Bills having discount terms	Vendor Bill has been created for a Vendor with Discount Terms and is Approv (...)Vendor Bill has been created for a Vendor with Discount Terms and is Approved.	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Bills Verify the Account is set to the proper bank accoun (...) Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Bills Verify the Account is set to the proper bank account. Verify the ?To Be Printed? checkbox is marked. Check the box for the Bill to be paid and observe the Disc Date Disc Avail and Disc Taken. Click Save.	Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to Amount Due m (...)Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to Amount Due minus Discount Taken. Ensure vendor terms matches the bill or vendor record
F&A	TC-11025	Create Bill Payment with a mix of Bills and Bill Credits	Vendor Bills and Credits have been created and are Approved.	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Single Vendor Verify the Account is set to the proper bank (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Single Vendor Verify the Account is set to the proper bank account. Verify the ?To Be Printed? checkbox is marked. Select the Vendor to be paid. Check the box for the Bills to be paid and the Credits to take. Click Save.	Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to Amount Due f (...)Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to Amount Due for the Bills that were paid minus Amount Due for the Credits that were taken.
F&A	TC-11026	Create Bill Payment with several Vendor Bills	Vendor Bills have been created and are Approved.	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; P+D240ay Single Vendor Verify the Account is set to the proper (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; P+D240ay Single Vendor Verify the Account is set to the proper bank account. Verify the ?To Be Printed? checkbox is marked. Select the Vendor to be paid. Check the box for the Bills to be paid. Click Save.	Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to the Amount D (...)Processed Bill Payments status is Complete. Number is To Be Printed. Amount is equal to the Amount Due for the bills selected to pay.
F&A	TC-11027	Review Check Signature for all the above scenarios PENDING CHECK STOCK	*Pending new check stock*Bill payments has been created.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print (...) Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print Checks. Confirm the First Check Number matches your check stock (or update to current check number). Mark the Print checkbox for the checks to be printed. Click Print.	Signature is included on the check output.
F&A	TC-11028	Review positioning and layout of all fields on the Check region PENDING CH (...)Review positioning and layout of all fields on the Check region PENDING CHECK STOCK	*Pending new check stock*Bill Payment has been created.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be us (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Print the check output to paper. Hold the paper over your check stock and a light source to confirm alignment.	Check output aligns with preprinted check stock.
F&A	TC-11029	Review positioning and layout of all fields on the Stub region PENDING CHE (...)Review positioning and layout of all fields on the Stub region PENDING CHECK STOCK	*Pending new check stock*	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Print the check output to paper. Confirm columns and fields are positioned correctly.	Columns are spaced correctly Data does not run over border lines Borders do not extend past the end (...)Columns are spaced correctly Data does not run over border lines Borders do not extend past the end or sides of the page
F&A	TC-11030	Create a standalone Check transaction to record cash transactions not assoc (...)Create a standalone Check transaction to record cash transactions not associated to a vendor bill such as Payroll Taxes Autodraft utilities.	Vendor created	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Write Checks or use the Global Search (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Write Checks or use the Global Search to find the Checks page. Select the Account which is the bank account which will be credited. Select the Payee Unmark the "To Be Printed" checkbox and enter a Document Number referencing payment in the Check Number field. In the Expenses section enter expense lines amounts departments and accounts to for debit side postings. Save.	auto drafted bank payments can be recorded in NetSuite
F&A	TC-11031	Net invoice with existing credit memo Select vendor credit and invoice and (...)Net invoice with existing credit memo Select vendor credit and invoice and confirm that payment is correct.	Vendor Bill entered and approved for a given vendor Vendor Credit entered a (...)Vendor Bill entered and approved for a given vendor Vendor Credit entered and approved for a given vendor	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Depending on the method of payment desired repeat steps listed in one of (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Depending on the method of payment desired repeat steps listed in one of the following test cases selecting the bill and credit for payment: Create a batch of check payments. Record Wire payment for a vendor bill. Process a batch of Electronic Payments; Approve ACH Batch	Confirm that when vendor bills and vendor credits are selected the the net payment amount is correct (...)Confirm that when vendor bills and vendor credits are selected the the net payment amount is correct.
F&A	TC-11032	VP Finance approves ACH Payments workflow (Backup) Director of Finance ap (...)VP Finance approves ACH Payments workflow (Backup) Director of Finance approves ACH Payments workflow			ACH payments are correct and are to be paid and approved prior to transactions being processed
F&A	TC-11033	Run ACH payments where the ACH payments have been approved			Approved ACH payments will be processed to pay vendors
F&A	TC-11034	Negative test: Run ACH payments where the ACH payments have not been appro (...)Negative test: Run ACH payments where the ACH payments have not been approved		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Refer to the steps in Test Case "Process a batch of Electronic Payments; (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Refer to the steps in Test Case "Process a batch of Electronic Payments; Approve ACH Batch" After submitting a batch for approval Payment tranasctions are not yet created. Confirm that bill payment transactions and payment files are only created after the batch is approved by all required approvers per standard NS functionality	Bill payment transactions and payment files are only created after the batch is approved by all requ (...)Bill payment transactions and payment files are only created after the batch is approved by all required approvers
F&A	TC-11035	Single purchase order with multiple invoices And have the option to take a (...)Single purchase order with multiple invoices And have the option to take a discount with the prepayment if an option.			so that vendors with specified payment terms based on milestones may be paid accordingly. To ensur (...)so that vendors with specified payment terms based on milestones may be paid accordingly. To ensure no delay in shipment of products.
F&A	TC-11036	Make a EFT payment and look at GL impact to ensure correct account is used. (...)Make a EFT payment and look at GL impact to ensure correct account is used.		Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Paymen (...)Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Payment File Administration 2. Click View next to recently processed EFT 3. On the Payment File Administration, under Payment Details, right click on a Document Number and open in a new tab 4. On the Bill Payment page, select GL Impact to review	so that all EFT payments are generated correctly out of the a correct bank account
F&A	TC-11037	Test Role and approve check run Accounts Payable manager approves workflow			ensure checks are correct and are to be paid and approved prior to running them
F&A	TC-11038	Bank Reconciles checks payments sent.			so that checks issued from NetSuite are matched to checks presented to the bank for payment.
F&A	TC-11039	Add an invoice (bill) in accounts payable directly without an existing purc (...)Add an invoice (bill) in accounts payable directly without an existing purchase order. Ensure accurate recording attachment of supporting documents and error handling.			Bill is created without correspoding PO
F&A	TC-11040	Add additional invoice(s) (bill) in accounts payable to the same associate (...)Add additional invoice(s) (bill) in accounts payable to the same associated purchase order in the same accounting period
F&A	TC-11041	Import CSV file with multiple line Vendor Invoices PO related	Assumption (applies for CSV Import only): All Purchase Items on the PO that (...)Assumption (applies for CSV Import only): All Purchase Items on the PO that are received are being billed for the quantity received with the same rate as the PO Rate. NetSuite does not currently support partial billing with different quantities and rates when they are different from the PO details	Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV I (...)Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Bill Import - PO 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete click Next 6. After naming the map click Run 7. At the top left click on Import Status 8. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column""" 9. Review your Vendor Bill in the global search after it has been successfully imported into NetSuite 10. Click Submit for Approval	Vendor Bill created successfully. Vendor Bill is linked to the Purchase Order and PO is seen agains (...)Vendor Bill created successfully. Vendor Bill is linked to the Purchase Order and PO is seen against the Related Records > Purchase Order subtab Vendor Bill is Pending Approval and AP Analyst can optionally modify the Bill before submitting for Approval
F&A	TC-11042	Negative test: Add an invoice to a received purchase order where the quant (...)Negative test: Add an invoice to a received purchase order where the quantity on each invoice line does to match the quantity on the purchase order and the receipt
F&A	TC-11043	Test Role and approve check run Director of Finance approves workflow
F&A	TC-11044	Verify the ability to: Add freight charge Add sales tax Pallet charges Sur (...)Verify the ability to: Add freight charge Add sales tax Pallet charges Surcharges Shipping Supplies
F&A	TC-11045	Test the ability allow the creation of allowable tolerances to be used for (...)Test the ability allow the creation of allowable tolerances to be used for all future purchases as an absolute dollar amount or percent
F&A	TC-11046	Rerun 3way match after the discrepancy has been resolved	Vendor Bill exists that is billed against a Purchase Order. Vendor Bill has (...)Vendor Bill exists that is billed against a Purchase Order. Vendor Bill has been Rejected by the Buyer. Email informing AP Analyst of the Rejection has been automatically sent out upon rejection	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Vendor Bill that has been Rejected 2. Edi (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Vendor Bill that has been Rejected 2. Edit the Vendor Bill and make necessary corrections that led to the 3way match discrepancy. Save your work and Submit for Approval	Vendor Bill is saved and automatically approved as it is within tolerance.
F&A	TC-11047	Do a vendor project purchase order. Ensure that the "protect" field is ent (...)Do a vendor project purchase order. Ensure that the "protect" field is entered
F&A	TC-11048	Reverse or void a vendor invoice and look for Purchase order and item recei (...)Reverse or void a vendor invoice and look for Purchase order and item receipt.	Vendor Bill has been Rejected	Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query up a Rejected Vendor Bill. 2. Click Edit 3. (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query up a Rejected Vendor Bill. 2. Click Edit 3. Click Void. Save your work. 4. Click on "Related Records" tab and "Purchase Order tab to review the Purchase Order	Vendor Bill, after voiding continues to have a Rejected status. However, amount is zero and thus no (...)Vendor Bill, after voiding continues to have a Rejected status. However, amount is zero and thus no GL Impact. Related Records > Purchase Order subtab shows the Purchase Order, whose status is now Pending Billing.
F&A	TC-11049	Drag and drop vendor emailed invoice on to NetSuite invoice.
F&A	TC-11050	Process a batch of Electronic Payments (or Reprocess a batch of rejected el (...)Process a batch of Electronic Payments (or Reprocess a batch of rejected electronic payments).	Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option ma (...)Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option marked Vendors assigned to Bank Details (bank account and routing number) Vendor bills entered and approved for test ACH vendors	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Processing In (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Processing In the Search Filters region specify the Bank Account and A/P Account. Optionally select Due Date From and To. Wait for the page to refresh. If the Aggregrate by Payee is not selected, place a check in the checkbox In Payment Information section select a Date (enter Date it will process at the bank) and Posting Period. Enter a EFT File Reference Note. Select the transactions you wish to pay Click the Submit button	Batch Created Emails sent to next approver(s) for approval
F&A	TC-11051	Bills are approved before payment	Vendor Bill entered Vendor Bill approved	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to global search and enter the saved search, (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to global search and enter the saved search, Open Bills/Credits - Review Approved to Pay View Bills you would like to pay. Confirm the Status field is "Open"	Confirm the Bills you would like to pay are approved. Only approved bills are available to be paid (...)Confirm the Bills you would like to pay are approved. Only approved bills are available to be paid.
F&A	TC-11052	Payment register Check	Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this step is not appli (...)Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this step is not applicable for Vendor Credits) Vendor Bills/Credits marked as "Approved to Pay" Bill Payments created for Checks using the desired GL account	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Click on the (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Click on the name of the desired account (i. e. MIDFIRSTAP CHECKS) Select the desired From/To Date and click refresh	Payment register shows the checks that were cut for a given transaction date range
F&A	TC-11053	Payment register ACH	Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option ma (...)Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option marked Vendors assigned to Bank Details Vendor bills entered and approved for test ACH vendors EFT Payment batch submitted via Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Processing EFT Payment batch approved by all required approvers.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Click on the (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Kimray AP Analyst Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Click on the name of the desired account (i. e. MIDFIRSTOUTGOING ACH/WIRE) Select the desired From/To Date and click refresh	Payment register shows ACH payments that went out for a given transaction date range
F&A	TC-11054	Bank reconciliation can be performed against the payments that have been is (...)Bank reconciliation can be performed against the payments that have been issued	Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this step is not applic (...)Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this step is not applicable for Vendor Credits) Vendor Bills/Credits marked as "Approved to Pay" Vendor Payments created GL Bank Account option marked as true for "Use Match Bank Data and reconcile Account Statement Pages". This option is available under Lists > Accounting > Accounts > click view link for bank account in question.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Match Bank Data Select the account fil (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Bank > Match Bank Data Select the account filter (i. e. 110501 MidFirst AP Checks) Under the Account Transactions section select "Bill Payment" in the Transaction Type filter. Confirm Bill Payments created in prior test scenarios are visible here indicating they can be matched against imported bank statement data.	Bill Payments created in prior test scenarios are visible here indicating they can be matched agains (...)Bill Payments created in prior test scenarios are visible here indicating they can be matched against imported bank statement data.
F&A	TC-11059	Reject Bill for 3 Way Match Exception	Bill has a status of Pending Approval Bill has been routed for approval due (...)Bill has a status of Pending Approval Bill has been routed for approval due to the tolerance being compromised.	Role: Fusion Kimray Buyer 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the (...)Role: Fusion Kimray Buyer 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the Reminder "My Bills To Approve" and click on it. A list of Bills to approve will be rendered. Click View on the Bill that you wish to Approve Click on "Reject" button 2. On the Kimray Transaction Approval form that opens up Provide a rejection reason and any additional comments	Vendor Bill rejected There is no GL impact on the Bill (posting is "No") Bill Creator can now edit (...)Vendor Bill rejected There is no GL impact on the Bill (posting is "No") Bill Creator can now edit the Bill and resubmit or void the bill.
F&A	TC-11060	Item rates support 4 decimal places	Purchase Order created with up to four decimal places.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in t (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy of the Vendor Bill to the record via the ?Drop files here? section. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Extended amount will be 2 decimal points but will use the 4digit item rate in the calculation
F&A	TC-11055	Mark Bills and Credits as Approved To Pay	Vendor Bill entered Vendor Bill approved Vendor Credit entered (approval no (...)Vendor Bill entered Vendor Bill approved Vendor Credit entered (approval not applicable to vendor credits)	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Use the Global Search bar to find the saved search called "Open Bills/Cr (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Use the Global Search bar to find the saved search called "Open Bills/Credits Review Approved to Pay". For quick access add this saved search to your shortcuts via the tab with a star icon. Additionally under the Home tab > Set Preferences update your preference for "Number of Rows in List Segment value" to a high value such as 500. This will allow you to review/update more results on a single page. This search includes all approved bills which have an unpaid balance and all vendor credits with an unpaid balance (vendor credits do not have an approval function). The search contains filters for Vendor Name Transaction Type Vendor Payment Method Due Date and Approved to Pay status (Yes/No). We will use this search to review bills/credits that we would like to mark as "Approved to Pay" using the Inline Editing feature which permits us to update certain fields when viewing a saved search result. To edit the "Approved to Pay" field you will first need to select a single value in the filter for Transaction Type as either Bill or Bill Credit. NetSuite only permits us to use this feature on a subset of a single transaction type. To start select Bill in the Transaction Type filter. Make sure you have the inline editing option enabled which is directly to the right of the Print and Email icons at the top left of the page. Click into the Approved to Pay cell for a Bill you would like to mark approved to pay to set the value to Yes. To select a range of bills hold down the control key and click on the Approved to Pay cell for the first bill in the range. Hold down the shift key and click into the Approved to Pay cell for the last cell in the range. You should see a outline around the selected range. Click the checkbox on the first bill in the range and NetSuite will update all bills in the range. Alternatively to update specified bills which are not in sequence on the page you can hold down the control key while clicking into the Approved to Pay cell for each bill. As you do this an outline will appear in each cell. When you are finished click into the Approve to Pay cell for the first bill selected and all selected bills will be updated. Note after marking bills as Approved to Pay via inline edit there is a slight delay as NetSuite updates the transactions. You may need to refresh the page several times to see your changes. Repeat these steps with Bill Credit transactions.	Bills and Bill Credits are updated with "Approved to Pay" = Yes. The Check Run page (Transactions ; (...)Bills and Bill Credits are updated with "Approved to Pay" = Yes. The Check Run page (Transactions ; Payables ; Pay Bills) can be filtered to only show Bills and Credits that are marked as Approved to Pay Note: At this point, any change in the amount by the AP Supervisor will be re-routed for approval
F&A	TC-11056	Approve or Reject ACH Batch	Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option ma (...)Company Bank Details record defined Vendors defined with EFT Bill option marked Vendors assigned to Bank Details Vendor bills entered and approved for test ACH vendors EFT Payment batch submitted via Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Processing EFT Payment batch approved by all required approvers listed below: Level 1 batch up to 5 million aprewitt@kimray.com or canderson@kimray.com Level 2 batch up to 10 million rschmidt@kimray.com Level 3 batch over 10 million mdudleson@kimray.com	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Login to NetSuite as one of the named approvers from level 1 as defined (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Login to NetSuite as one of the named approvers from level 1 as defined in the Company Bank Details record. These users have access to approve or reject payment batches. There are two ways to open the payment batch for approval Click on the link in the email notification which is sent to approvers upon payment batch submission Alternatively navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Batches. Click on the view link for the batch This page permits approvers to perform the following actions: Edit the batch and remove payments Reject the batch Approve the batch. Click the Approve button to approve the batch. Depending on the approval limits defined with the Company Bank Details record and the total amount of the batch the batch may require further approvals. Repeat prior steps for subsequent approvers if applicable. After the batch is approved the user who originally submitted the batch will receive an email notification. The subject will include a reference to the payment file number (i. e Payment file 00000020 has been successfully created). Click the Reject button to reject the batch.	ACH Batch approved by all required approval levels The user who originally submitted the batch will (...)ACH Batch approved by all required approval levels The user who originally submitted the batch will receive an email notification including the payment file number Payment transactions are automatically created after all approvals occur. The Payment file is automatically created after all approvals occur. The Payment file is linked to a new record which is called Payment File Administration. Note: If the entire batch should be rejected, all the Vendor Bills on the Batch will become available to be selected on the next ACH Run. This also applies to Bills that were partially removed from the Batch.
F&A	TC-11057	Bill Purchase Order that is within tolerance	Purchase Order is received but not fully billed	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy of the Vendor Bill to the record via the ?Drop files here? section. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Vendor Bill Amount ties to the PO Amount Vendor Bill automatically approved when the "Submit for (...)Vendor Bill Amount ties to the PO Amount Vendor Bill automatically approved when the "Submit for Approval" button is selected. Note: If there is any variance (greater than 5% or greater than $250) the Vendor Bill will be routed for approval to the Buyer. GL impact reduces the accrued purchases GL account for the Inventory items on the PO. Freight and Tax are expensed.
F&A	TC-11058	Approve Bill for 3 Way Match Exception	Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has a status of pending approval (...)Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has a status of pending approval due to tolerance being compromised.	Role: Fusion Kimray Buyer 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the R (...)Role: Fusion Kimray Buyer 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the Reminder "My Bills To Approve" and click on it. A list of Bills to approve will be rendered. Click View on the Bill that you wish to Approve Click on "Approve" button	Vendor Bill approved Vendor Bill GL Impact shows posting status "Yes"
F&A	TC-11061	Billing a Purchase Order created with multiple lines representing milestone (...)Billing a Purchase Order created with multiple lines representing milestone payments	Purchase Order exists with multiple line items for each milestone payment.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the purchase order that has lines that re (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the purchase order that has lines that represent the various milestone payments. 2. Ensure the PO Line has been received which will facilitate billing that line 3. Click Bill. The received line that is not yet billed will be carried down to the Vendor Bill 4. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 5. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. 6. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. Attach the soft copy of the Vendor Bill to the record via the ?Drop files here? section. 7. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser
F&A	TC-11063	Submit Vendor Bill for Approval	Bill has been created. Bill has either not yet been submitted for approval (...)Bill has been created. Bill has either not yet been submitted for approval OR: Bill has been rejected and now needs to be resubmitted for approval after it was previously rejected.	Role: Kimray AP Analst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Query up the Bill that you would like to Submit (...)Role: Kimray AP Analst Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Query up the Bill that you would like to Submit for Approval. If this Bill has not been submitted for approval there will be a button called "Submit for Approval "If this Bill has been submitted for approval and since rejected the button will be labeled "Resubmit for Approval"	Bill is submitted for approval. Bill can no longer be edited by the Bill creator.
F&A	TC-11064	Validate Next Approver Role set correctly	Bill has been submitted for approval. Email message has gone out to the Ne (...)Bill has been submitted for approval. Email message has gone out to the Next Approver's email address. Next Approver's role has been locked in by the workflow and was automatically sourced in from the Employee's record.	Role: Kimray AP Analst Kimray AP Supervisor After the Bill is submitted for approval confirm that (...)Role: Kimray AP Analst Kimray AP Supervisor After the Bill is submitted for approval confirm that the "Approver Role" field under the Custom Tab on the Vendor Bill has been correctly set by the Workflow.	Email message has gone out to the Next Approver's email address. Next Approver's role has been locke (...)Email message has gone out to the Next Approver's email address. Next Approver's role has been locked in by the workflow.
F&A	TC-11065	Validate Email goes out to Approver	Vendor Bill has been submitted for approval.	3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable 1. Kimray AP Analyst (...)3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable 1. Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor Query up the Vendor Bill. Confirm that there is an email message sent out by NetSuite (email message is visible under the communication tab.	Email message has been seen as sent from NetSuite under the communication tab.
F&A	TC-11066	Validate Email is received in Approvers inbox	Vendor Bill has been submitted for approval.	3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analy (...)3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Review Email Inbox and look for the request to approve a Vendor Bill. The sender of the request will be logged as that of the Bill Creator. Review the email message in your inbox (see explanation below): Note: Email messages will always go to the inbox of the logged in user that creates or updates a transaction or triggers a bulk process. As such the email will come into their email inbox but the subject line in the email will have text "Originally To senderemailaddress. @kimray. com;	Email is seen in inbox and has a pdf attachment with the Vendor Bill details. PDF of the Vendor Bil (...)Email is seen in inbox and has a pdf attachment with the Vendor Bill details. PDF of the Vendor Bill coding is accurate for Vendor Info Vendor Line Info to include GL Account Department Amount Project Memo
F&A	TC-11067	Validate Approver can Approve and provide Approver Comments	Approver opens the Email requesting Vendor Bill Approval	Role: N/A These Steps are purely performed in Email application such as MS OutlookApprover will op (...)Role: N/A These Steps are purely performed in Email application such as MS OutlookApprover will open the email in their inbox click on the Approve button on the Email Body. This will open up a new email message with the recipient information already pulled in. The approver can optionally enter comments in a dedicated section within the email: The Vendor Bill #APINV087 has been approved. Please enter comments below Please enter comments above The approver then clicks "Send"	Approver can successfully click "Approve" Approver can successfully add comments between the lines (...)Approver can successfully click "Approve" Approver can successfully add comments between the lines that are auto generated in the email response. Approver clicks send Email is sent from Approver's Email and is seen in their Sent folder.
F&A	TC-11068	Validate Bill in NetSuite is thus Approved and optional comments recorded	Vendor Bill has been approved via email by the approver.	3/18/26 - Consolidated with tc-11019, this test case is no longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Ana (...)3/18/26 - Consolidated with tc-11019, this test case is no longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. In NetSuite query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search. Confirm that the Bill is approved if the amount for the Bill was less than the Approver Role's assigned limit. 2. Click on the Bill Approvals tab. 3. Confirm that a Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the Approval Type "Approve" the date/time the transaction was approved and any Approval Comments that were provided.	Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the following field values: Approval Type " (...)Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the following field values: Approval Type "Approve" Date/time the transaction was approved Approval Comments that were provided have been recorded. Bill is Approved if amount of the Bill was less than the Approver Role's assigned limit.
F&A	TC-11069	Validate Approver can Reject and provide Rejection Comments	Approver opens the email requesting Vendor Bill Approval	Role: Not Applicable These Steps are purely performed in Email application such as MS OutlookAppro (...)Role: Not Applicable These Steps are purely performed in Email application such as MS OutlookApprover will open the email in their inbox click on one of three buttons on the Email Body. Rejected Insufficient or Incorrect Documentation Rejected Errors in Amount Rejected Duplicate Rejected other This will open up a new email message with the recipient information already pulled in. The approver can optionally enter comments in a dedicated section within the email: The Vendor Bill #APINV087 has been rejected. Rejected Reason: 1 \| Insufficient or Incorrect Documentation Please enter comments below Please enter comments above The approver then clicks "Send"	Email response is successfully sent to NetSuite.
F&A	TC-11070	Validate Bill in NetSuite is thus Rejected with the Rejection Reason	Vendor Bill has been rejected by the Approver by replying to their Email re (...)Vendor Bill has been rejected by the Approver by replying to their Email request to approve the Vendor Bill	Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. In NetSuite query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search. Confirm that t (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. In NetSuite query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search. Confirm that the Bill has a status of Rejected 2. Click on the Bill Approvals tab. 3. Confirm that a Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the Approval Type "Reject" the "Rejection Reason" the date/time the transaction was approved and any Approval Comments that were provided.	Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the following field values: Approval Type " (...)Kimray Transaction Approval record has been logged with the following field values: Approval Type "Reject" Rejection Reason value Date/time the transaction was approved Additional Comments that were provided have been recorded. Vendor Bill has a "Rejected" status but can still be resubmitted for approval if updated.
F&A	TC-11071	Validate Bill can be resubmitted for Approval if originally rejected	Vendor Bill has been rejected.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the Vendor Bill that has been rejected and review the rejecti (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the Vendor Bill that has been rejected and review the rejection reason in the user notes tab. Edit the Bill and make appropriate adjustments Resubmit the Vendor Bill for approval.	Next Approver receives an email to Approve the Vendor Bill.
F&A	TC-11072	Validate Bill can be voided	Vendor Bill has been rejected.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the Vendor Bill that has been rejected and review the rejection (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the Vendor Bill that has been rejected and review the rejection reason in the user notes tab. Edit the Bill and click Void button The Vendor Bill will be zeroed out and cannot be modified any further.	The Bill status remains Rejected. The amount of the Bill is now $0. 00 and the Bill cannot be modif (...)The Bill status remains Rejected. The amount of the Bill is now $0. 00 and the Bill cannot be modified or reinstated.
F&A	TC-11073	Check number Validation	Bill Payment is created as To Be Printed	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print C (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print Checks Confirm First Check Number matches your check stock otherwise update the number to your current check number.	Check number aligns with current sequential number
F&A	TC-11074	Check number Update	Bill payment is created as To Be Printed	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print C (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print Checks Confirm First Check Number matches your check stock otherwise update the number to your current check number.	Only designated role can update the check number
F&A	TC-11075	Check Region Signature PENDING NEW STOCK	*Pending new check stock*Bill Payment created as To Be Printed	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print C (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print Checks Confirm First Check Number matches your check stock otherwise update the number to your current check number. Mark the Print checkbox for the checks to be printed. Click Print	Signature size and resolution is deemed adequate by Kimray and the Bank
F&A	TC-11076	Check Region Signature PENDING NEW STOCK	*Pending new check stock*Bill payment created as To Be Printed	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print C (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Check and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to print Checks Confirm First Check Number matches your check stock otherwise update the number to your current check number. Mark the Print checkbox for the checks to be printed. Click Print	Signature is positioned perfectly on the Check region
F&A	TC-11077	Check Signature Image Security	Users with the Controller Role are assigned to the AP Check Signature Group (...)Users with the Controller Role are assigned to the AP Check Signature Group. Access to the file is granted via the Group.	Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet Click on the AP Check Signature folder Update signature (...)Navigate to Documents ; Files ; File Cabinet Click on the AP Check Signature folder Update signature file	Only the controller role can change the signature file
F&A	TC-11078	Remittance Region	Bill Payment has been created.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Click Save.	All columns are populated correctly
F&A	TC-11079	Remittance Region	Bill Payment has been created for a Bill with a large memo field that shoul (...)Bill Payment has been created for a Bill with a large memo field that should wrap within the printed column.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Click Save.	Truncation only for the Invoice description field if it is too large to accommodate
F&A	TC-11080	Remittance Region	Bill Payment is created for multiple Bills with or without Credits taken.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Click Save.	Remittance totals tie out and Net Amount equals Check Amount
F&A	TC-11081	Remittance Region	Bill Payment has been created for at least 41 bills.	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Click Save.	When there is an Overflow scenario the Payment Voucher can be printed to show all bills paid.
F&A	TC-11082	Bill Credits	Bill Payment is created that includes both Bill(s) and Credit(s).	Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be use (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Management ; Print Checks and Forms ; Checks Select the Account to be used to pay bills. Select a Check to print. Click Save.	Bill Credits are seen as negative amounts and reduce the total net payable amount - Negative Balanc (...)Bill Credits are seen as negative amounts and reduce the total net payable amount - Negative Balances wont print as a check
F&A	TC-11083	Customer Refund Check	Credit Memo has been created for refund	Navigate to Transactions ; Customers ; Issue Customer Refund Select the Customer Confirm or select t (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Customers ; Issue Customer Refund Select the Customer Confirm or select the AccountChek the To Be Printed checkbox Confirm or update the Date Optionally enter a Memo Click on the Apply subtab and select the Credit Memo to refund Click on the Payment Method subtab Select the Refund Method Click Save	Customer Refund check is queued for printing.
F&A	TC-11084	Generate a positive pay file	Company Bank Details configured for Checking account (MidFirstAP Checks) Ve (...)Company Bank Details configured for Checking account (MidFirstAP Checks) Vendor Bills/Credits entered Vendor Bill approved (this Step is not applicable for Vendor Credits) Vendor Bills/Credits marked as "Approved to Pay" Vendor Payments created	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Checks > Positive Pay Select Bank Account Paramet (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Payments > Checks > Positive Pay Select Bank Account Parameter as "Positive Pay110501 MIDFIRSTAP CHECKS" Populate a Date From/To Check From/To parameter will automatically populate after selecting From/To date. Optionally update the parameters to Include voids and exclude cleared checks Click the submit button After the page refreshes you will be routed to the Payment File Administration page. Click refresh until the "File Processed" field reaches a "Processed" status. The field called "File Reference" contains the positive pay file. Click on Preview to view the file or download to download the file to your computer. After downloading the file you can submit it to the bank outside of NetSuite likely via a portal provided by the bank.	Positive Pay file generated and downloaded for bank submission
F&A	TC-11085	3 Way Match Ideal scenario PO Receipt Bill are equal	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO Qty and Rate are equal to the Receipt Qty (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO Qty and Rate are equal to the Receipt Qty and Rate as well as the Vendor Bill Qty and Rate. 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill quantities and amounts are equal to the PO and the Receipt the Bill will show as Ope (...)Since the Bill quantities and amounts are equal to the PO and the Receipt the Bill will show as Open for payment and will not require approval.
F&A	TC-11086	3 Way Match Bill created within $250 tolerance rate < 5%	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created wit (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created within 5% rate tolerance but within $250 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change the rate to be a higher value but less than 5% of the rate on the Bill. Also ensure this does not cause the total Bill amount to be greater than $250 when compared to the PO amount. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is created within 5% rate tolerance and within the $250 threshold the Bill will show (...)Since the Bill is created within 5% rate tolerance and within the $250 threshold the Bill will show as Open for payment and will not require approval
F&A	TC-11087	3 Way Match Bill created within $250 tolerance qty < 5%	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created wit (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created within 5% qty tolerance but within $250 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change the quantity to be a higher value but less than 5% of the quantity on the Bill. Also ensure this does not cause the total Bill amount to be greater than $250 when compared to the PO amount. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is created within 5% qty tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show a (...)Since the Bill is created within 5% qty tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show as Open for payment and will not require approval
F&A	TC-11088	3 Way Match Bill created within $250 tolerance rate > 5%	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created fo (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created for > 5% rate tolerance but within $250 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change the rate to be a higher value and more than 5% of the rate on the Bill. Also ensure this does not cause the total Bill amount to be greater than $250 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending Approval	Since the Bill is created for ; 5% rate tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show a (...)Since the Bill is created for ; 5% rate tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval Buyer is set as the Next Approver on the Bill
F&A	TC-11089	3 Way Match Bill created within $250 tolerance qty > 5%	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created fo (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt are equal Bill is created for ; 5% qty tolerance but within $250 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change the quantity to be a higher value and more than 5% of the quantity on the Bill. Also ensure this does not cause the total Bill amount to be greater than $250 when compared to the PO Amount 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending Approval	Since the Bill is created for ; 5% qty tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show as (...)Since the Bill is created for ; 5% qty tolerance but within the $250 threshold the Bill will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval. Buyer is set as the Next Approver on the Bill
F&A	TC-11090	3 Way Match Bill created with less than 5% quantity/rate tolerance but am (...)3 Way Match Bill created with less than 5% quantity/rate tolerance but amount is higher than $250 tolerance	PO created PO fully received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt have equal quantities Bill i (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO and Receipt have equal quantities Bill is created for different amount and is greater than $250 tolerance 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Change either the quantity or the rate to be a higher value but less than 5% of the rate on the Bill. Also ensure this causes the total Bill amount to be greater than $250 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending Approval.	Since the Bill is not equal to the PO and the Receipt with the total difference being greater than $ (...)Since the Bill is not equal to the PO and the Receipt with the total difference being greater than $250 the Bill will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval Buyer is set as the Next Approver on the Bill
F&A	TC-11091	3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate < (...)3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate < 5%	PO created PO partially received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the rate on the Bill to within 5% of the line amount onm the Bill. Note: due to a lower quantiity received only that reduced quantity is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance a (...)Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and rate 5% it will show as Open for payment and will not require approvals
F&A	TC-11092	3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty < (...)3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty < 5%	PO created PO partially received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. PO253 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the quantity on the Bill to within 5% of the quantity on the bill. Note: due to a lower quantiity received only that reduced quantity is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance a (...)Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and qty 5% it will show as Open for payment and will not require approvals
F&A	TC-11093	3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate > (...)3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate > 5%	PO created PO partially received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt an (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate ; 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the rate on the Bill to greater than 5% of the line amount onm the Bill. Note: due to a lower quantiity received only that reduced quantity is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is pending approval.	Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance a (...)Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and rate ; 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11094	3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty > (...)3 Way Match Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty > 5%	PO created PO partially received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt an (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is partially received Partial Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty ; 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the quantity on the Bill to within 5% of the quantity on the bill. Note: due to a higher quantiity received only that reduced quantity is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending Approval	Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance a (...)Since the Bill is partially received and the Partial Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and qty ; 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11095	3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rat (...)3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate < 5%	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining i (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining items Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate < 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the rate on the Bill to less than 5% of the line amount on the Bill. Note: only that remaining quantity to be billed is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 toleranc (...)Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and rate 5% it will show as Open for payment and will not require approval
F&A	TC-11096	3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty (...)3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty < 5%	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remainin (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining items Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty 5%Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the quantity on the Bill to less than 5% of the quantity on the Bill. Note: only that remaining quantity to be billed is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 toleranc (...)Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and qty 5% it will show as Open for payment and will not require approval
F&A	TC-11097	3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rat (...)3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate > 5%	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining i (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining items Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance rate ; 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. PO254 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the rate on the Bill to greater than 5% of the line amount on the Bill. Note: only that remaining quantity to be billed is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending approval.	Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 toleranc (...)Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and rate 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11098	3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty (...)3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty > 5%	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining it (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining items Subsequent Receipt and Bill created within $250 tolerance qty ; 5% 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. PO254 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust the quantity on the Bill to greater than 5% of the quantity on the Bill. Note: only that remaining quantity to be billed is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending approval.	Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 toleranc (...)Since the Bill is now fully received and the Subsequent Receipt and Bill is within the $250 tolerance and rate 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11099	3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created which results in a cumula (...)3 Way Match Subsequent Receipt and Bill created which results in a cumulative variance over $250	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining i (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is subsequently received for remaining items Subsequent Receipt and Bill created which results in a cumulative variance over $250 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. AP006A 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Adjust either the quantity on the Bill or the rate on the Bill be greater than 5% . Note: only that remaining quantity to be billed is rendered on the Vendor Bill. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is Pending Approval.	Since the Bill is created for an amount that is greather than $250 tolerance or rate greater than 5% (...)Since the Bill is created for an amount that is greather than $250 tolerance or rate greater than 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11100	3 Way Match Receipt and Bill are created for a higher amount than PO	PO created PO received. Received quantity is higher than the PO by 5%	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is overreceived and over billed 1. Quer (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is overreceived and over billed 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the POis over billed for a quantity or amount greater than 5% it will show as Bill Pending App (...)Since the POis over billed for a quantity or amount greater than 5% it will show as Bill Pending Approval and will require approval
F&A	TC-11101	3 Way Match Bill created for a lower amount than received quantity	PO created PO received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is received in full but is billed for a (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: PO is received in full but is billed for a lower quantity 1. Query the Purchase Order that is to be billed in the Global Search. AP1003 2. Click Bill Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Vendor is automatically populated Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Next Approver is not required as the exception if any would be routed to the Buyer on the PO. Lines Region: On the Items subtab validate the Items quantities and rates that are pulled into the Vendor Bill against the physical Bill that was received. Modify the quantity being suggested on the Vendor Bill to be a lower quantity. 3. Tax and Freight: If there is tax or freight on the physical Bill that was received enter this amount under the Expenses subtab as follows: Enter the GL Account amount department and optionally location based on the account type. Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 4. Click Submit for Approval and observe that the Bill is automatically approved.	Since the Bill is billed for a lower quantity it will show as Open for payment and will not require (...)Since the Bill is billed for a lower quantity it will show as Open for payment and will not require approval
F&A	TC-11102	Non PO Bill Next Approver Role is correctly set	Vendor exists	3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Anal (...)3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analyst AP Supervisor Overview: Bill Creation and submission for approval Next Approver's role is set based on their employee record 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location Click Save. 2. Click Submit for Approval	The correct Approval role is populated and is seen under the Custom Tab of the Vendor Bill. Email i (...)The correct Approval role is populated and is seen under the Custom Tab of the Vendor Bill. Email is sent to the Next Approver
F&A	TC-11103	Non PO Bill Next Approver's limit compared to Bill Amount and Bill is with (...)Non PO Bill Next Approver's limit compared to Bill Amount and Bill is within their limit	Vendor exists	3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analy (...)3/18/26 Consolidated with TC-11018; this test case is not longer applicable Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Bill Creation and submission for approval Next Approver can approve bill within the role's limit 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location . Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor record by dragging the file to the "Drop Files Here" region on the top right hand side of the Vendor Bill. 2. Click Submit for Approval	Approver can approve bill as it is within their approval limit Bill is Approved
F&A	TC-11104	Non PO Bill Next Approver's limit compared to Bill Amount and Bill is grea (...)Non PO Bill Next Approver's limit compared to Bill Amount and Bill is greater than their limit	Vendor exists	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Bill Creation and submission for approval N (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Bill Creation and submission for approval Next Approver cannot approve bill if bill is higher than the role's limit Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location . Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor record by dragging the file to the "Drop Files Here" region on the top right hand side of the Vendor Bill. 2. Click Submit for Approval 3. As the Next Approver query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search or using the My Bills To Approve Reminder and click on "Approve"	Approver can approve bill within their limit but is then is routed to their Supervisor for Approval. (...)Approver can approve bill within their limit but is then is routed to their Supervisor for Approval. Bill is Pending Approval
F&A	TC-11105	Non PO Bill Next Approver's Supervisor is the next approver role	Vendor exists	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor Overview: Employee Kimray's employee Supervisor re (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor Overview: Employee Kimray's employee Supervisor relationship follows Buyer ; Supervisor ; Manager ; Director ; Officer ; CEO 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location . Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor record by dragging the file to the "Drop Files Here" region on the top right hand side of the Vendor Bill. 2. Click Submit for Approval 3. As the Next Approver query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search or using the My Bills To Approve Reminder and click on "Approve"	Upon the Next Approver Appriving the Bill the Bill is routed to the Next Approver who can now see th (...)Upon the Next Approver Appriving the Bill the Bill is routed to the Next Approver who can now see the Bill available to Approve.
F&A	TC-11106	Non PO Bill Next Approver does not have Approval role	Vendor exists	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Next Approver cannot be selected on Vendor (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Next Approver cannot be selected on Vendor Bill if they do not have approval role 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver. At this point an error message is rendered "The Next Approver you have selected does not have the permissions to approve this transaction. Please select another approver."	Approver cannot be set on Vendor Bill
F&A	TC-11107	Non PO Bill Next Approver's supervisor has same Approval role	Vendor exists	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Bill Approval by first approver routes to (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: Bill Approval by first approver routes to their supervisor but the supervisor too cannot approve the Bill Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location . Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor record by dragging the file to the "Drop Files Here" region on the top right hand side of the Vendor Bill. 2. Click Submit for Approval 3. As the Next Approver query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search or using the My Bills To Approve Reminder and click on "Approve"	Despite both the Next Approver and their Supervisor having the same Approval role the Next Approver (...)Despite both the Next Approver and their Supervisor having the same Approval role the Next Approver Role is appropriately set but in reality remains unchanged.
F&A	TC-12076	Look at main line of vendor setup and ensure that the individual selection (...)Look at main line of vendor setup and ensure that the individual selection is not available.
F&A	TC-12077	Update $ thresholds
F&A	TC-12078	Be able to create and/or update approval type
F&A	TC-11108	Non PO Bill Next Approver's limit is zero	Vendor exists	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: The Initial Approver has a $0 Approval Lim (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Overview: The Initial Approver has a $0 Approval Limit. The Bill is submitted up the chain by each Approver clicking "Approve" until an appropriate Approval role is found and Bill can then be approved Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Transactions ; Payables ; Enter Bills Header region: Enter the Reference No (Invoice No)Select the Vendor Enter the AP Invoice Date Enter a memo for a brief description of the Bill Populate the Next Approver Enter the Purchase Approval Category Lines Region: Enter the GL Account and amount under the Expenses subtab Enter a line description Based on the account type enter the Department and Location . Click Save. Attach the soft copy Bill to the Vendor record by dragging the file to the "Drop Files Here" region on the top right hand side of the Vendor Bill. 2. Click Submit for Approval 3. As the Next Approver query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search or using the My Bills To Approve Reminder and click on "Approve" 4. The Next Approver's Supervisor queries the Vendor Bill in the Global Search or using the My Bills To Approve Reminder and clicks on "Approve"	The Vendor Bill can only be approved when routed to an approver that has sufficient approval limit. (...)The Vendor Bill can only be approved when routed to an approver that has sufficient approval limit. In this scenario the first Approver will click "Approve" and the Bill will go to their Supervisor and continue up the hierarchy until the Vendor Bill is finally Approved.
F&A	TC-11109	Negative Test: Test other roles to ensure the role user does not have the (...)Negative Test: Test other roles to ensure the role user does not have the authority to approve the test run		Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Pa (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Payments > Payment Processing > Bill Payment Batches 2. Click View next to recently processed Batch
F&A	TC-11110	Match Bank Data perform manual matching
F&A	TC-11111	Verify that Bank Reconciles with NetSuite
F&A	TC-11112	Test that roles that have approval rights cannot enter an invoice	Vendor Bill exists and has been submitted for Approval, and is thus Pending (...)Vendor Bill exists and has been submitted for Approval, and is thus Pending Approval	Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Vendor Bill 2. Observe that the Approve a (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst, Kimray AP Superuser 1. Query the Vendor Bill 2. Observe that the Approve and Reject buttons are not available	This is because they AP Analyst and AP Superuser are not set at the Next Approver. A user cannot ent (...)This is because they AP Analyst and AP Superuser are not set at the Next Approver. A user cannot enter themselves as the next approver if they do have approver ability
F&A	TC-11113	Test entry with no department: test entry with department.
F&A	TC-11114	Import CSV file with multiple line Vendor Invoices nonPO related	CSV File properly formatted for upload	Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV I (...)Role: Kimray-AP Analyst , Kimray AP Superuser 1. Navigate to Setup ; Import/Export ; Saved CSV Imports 2. Select the Import named Fusion Vendor Bill Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported Click Next 3. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 4. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 5. After mapping is complete click Next 6. After naming the map click Run 7. At the top left click on Import Status 8. On the confirmation page click the Refresh button until Percent Complete is 100% under the Percent Complete column"	Vendor Bill Created, header and line information is accurate Next Approver correctly set Bill can (...)Vendor Bill Created, header and line information is accurate Next Approver correctly set Bill can be submitted for Approval
F&A	TC-11115	Negative Test: Validate Department/Location restrictions on GL account cod (...)Negative Test: Validate Department/Location restrictions on GL account coding
F&A	TC-11116	Create Vendor Bill for Visa Statement
F&A	TC-11117	Use extracted data from Concur to create Journal Entry via CSV Import	Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for J (...)Chart of Accounts Location and Department values are set up. CSV file for JE Import is available and contains no rule violations.	Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Expo (...)Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click Refresh until Percent Complete is 100%	Journal created successfully
F&A	TC-11118	The CVS Journal Entry cannot be uploaded twice into NetSuite from by accid (...)The CVS Journal Entry cannot be uploaded twice into NetSuite from by accident	Previously uploaded Journal had an external ID which will be automatically (...)Previously uploaded Journal had an external ID which will be automatically used to flag the reimport as duplicate. CSV file for JE Import is available and contains no rule violations.	Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Expo (...)Role: Kimray ? Staff Accountant Kimray ? Accounting Supervisor 1. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import 2. Select the import named Fusion JE Import 3. On the Import Assistant page click SELECT to choose the file to be imported ? Click Next 4. On the Import Assistant page under DATA HANDLING choose ADD and click Next 5. On the next Import Assistant page accept the mappings that have already been built out 7. After naming the map click Run 8. At the top left click on Import Status 9. On the confirmation page click Refresh until Percent Complete is 100%	Journal Entry is not created CSV error indicates "This record already exists"
F&A	TC-11119	Test department validation
F&A	TC-11120	Test that only the role(s) that have the ability to create and modify toler (...)Test that only the role(s) that have the ability to create and modify tolerance levels for 3way match discrepancies are able to do so.	Role has access to subsidiary	Role: Kimray Controller 1. Setup > Company > Subsidiaries Click Edit on the Kimray Subsidiary reco (...)Role: Kimray Controller 1. Setup > Company > Subsidiaries Click Edit on the Kimray Subsidiary record Click on the Vendor Bill Matching tab. Update the tolerances for Vendor Bill - PO Qty tolerance, Vendor Bill - Item Receipt tolerance, Vendor Bill - PO Difference, Vendor Bill - Item Difference limits. All currently set as .05 Update the "Vendor Bill - Item Receipt Amount Difference" field - currently set as $250 Save
F&A	TC-11121	Update $ thresholds	Task to be performed with Admininstrator Role. Note - these are the DOA thr (...)Task to be performed with Admininstrator Role. Note - these are the DOA thresholds (not 3 Way Match). 3 Way Match tolerances are on the subsidiary record and separate test case exists for modifying them.	Role: Administrator Navigate to Customization > Lists > Record Types and look for "Purchase Approva (...)Role: Administrator Navigate to Customization > Lists > Record Types and look for "Purchase Approval Category" Click on "List" Click on Edit for the applicable Purchase Type (e.g. Capex, Freight etc) Update the threshold amount for the applicable Approval Role (e.g. Buyer, Manager, VP etc) Save your work	New approval limits are seen in the DOA table.
F&A	TC-11122	Be able to create and/or update approval type	TVG will need to get involved as the Vendor Bill Approval Workflow will nee (...)TVG will need to get involved as the Vendor Bill Approval Workflow will need to be updated.	TVG will need to get involved as the Vendor Bill Approval Workflow will need to be updated.	TVG will need to get involved as the Vendor Bill Approval Workflow will need to be updated.
F&A	TC-11123	Update Employee Approval role	Employee record exists	Confirm whether this update will be triggered via Kronos integration	Employee's approval role is updated
F&A	TC-11124	Apply a single invoice with lines representing various different POs to var (...)Apply a single invoice with lines representing various different POs to various different Pos
F&A	TC-11125	Input a manual check request Invoice without a PO and get approval before (...)Input a manual check request Invoice without a PO and get approval before payment is made.			Checks are approved before they are released
F&A	TC-11126	Void a Payment in a Open Accounting Period	Vendor Payment(s) Created Confirm that payment(s) have not cleared the ban (...)Vendor Payment(s) Created Confirm that payment(s) have not cleared the bank Vendor Payment(s) selected for void test reside in an open accounting period	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay Single Vendor > List Find the (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay Single Vendor > List Find the payment you wish to void and click edit. You will be prompted with a message to confirm you would like to void this payment. Click Ok. Note: Voids cannot be undone. Navigate back to the payment you voided. Take note of the following: Payment Amount is $0 Status = Voided Memo = Void Bills in the "applied to" sublist are no longer visible. GL Impact tab: Voiding a payment in this manner does not create new GL impact to offset the initial GL impact of the payment. Instead it zeros out the payment amount creating a 0 GL impact in the accounting period of the payment.	Vendor Payment status is voided.
F&A	TC-11127	Void a Payment in a Closed Accounting Period	Vendor Payment(s) Created Confirm that payment(s) have not cleared the bank (...)Vendor Payment(s) Created Confirm that payment(s) have not cleared the bank Vendor Payment(s) selected for void test reside in a closed accounting period	Payments in Closed Accounting Periods Role: Administrator Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay (...)Payments in Closed Accounting Periods Role: Administrator Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Pay Single Vendor > List Find a payment in a closed accounting period. Click View to open the payment record. Note that a void button is not visible either when viewing the payment or after clicking edit. Navigate to Setup > Accounting > Accounting Preferences. Under the General Tab mark the option to "Void Transactions using Reversing Journals" and save. Note while this option is marked users will not be able to void other transactions such as Vendor Bills Customer Invoices etc. Role: Administrator or Kimray AP Supervisor Return to the payment in a closed period you will be voiding. Note that the Void button is now visible. Click the Void button which opens a new Voiding Journal page. Confirm the Date and Posting Period for the voiding journal are correct. Save. Confirm the reversing Journal is created. View the GL impact which includes offsetting GL impact from the original payment. A link to the original payment is included in the "Reversal #" field. Click the reversal number to return to the payment. Confirm the status is "voided". Role: Administrator Navigate back to Setup > Accounting > Accounting Preferences. Unmark the Accounting Preference to "Void Transactions using Reversing Journals" and save. After this option is unmarked users will be able to see the void button on void other transactions such as Vendor Bills Customer Invoices etc.	Vendor Payment status is voided. When the Accounting Preference "Void Transactions using Reversing (...)Vendor Payment status is voided. When the Accounting Preference "Void Transactions using Reversing Journals" is enabled voiding a payment results in creation of a voiding journal.
F&A	TC-11128	Ability to add modify and delete employees in check printing group.		Login as: Administrator Add employee to check print group. 1. Test to ensure that employee has ac (...)Login as: Administrator Add employee to check print group. 1. Test to ensure that employee has access after being added to the group 2. Delete employee form check printing group	1. Employee has access to print check after being added 2. Employee does not have access to print (...)1. Employee has access to print check after being added 2. Employee does not have access to print check after being deleted
F&A	TC-12000	XA Vendors are imported into NetSuite	Vendor Vendor Address and Vendor Contact information is imported into NetSu (...)Vendor Vendor Address and Vendor Contact information is imported into NetSuite	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Vendor Main information Use the Global Search bar to find the saved (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Vendor Main information Use the Global Search bar to find the saved search called "Kimray Vendor Data Main" This search contains all relevant vendor data. Vendor Address Information Use the Global Search bar to find the saved search called "Kimray Vendor Data Address" This search contains all relevant vendor address data Vendor Contact Information Use the Global Search bar to find the saved search called "Kimray Vendor Data Contact" This search contains all relevant vendor contact data	Review the sample vendor/address/contact data to ensure all relevant fields are converted as expecte (...)Review the sample vendor/address/contact data to ensure all relevant fields are converted as expected.
F&A	TC-12001	Converted vendors are available to transact with in NetSuite	Vendors are imported into NetSuite	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Attempt to enter a tranansaction for a vendor such as a Vendor Bil (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor 1. Attempt to enter a tranansaction for a vendor such as a Vendor Bill. Navigate to Transactions > Payables > Enter Bills or enter "Page: Enter Bills" in the Global Search Select the vendor a converted vendor from the Vendor list and proceed to enter and save the bill.	Vendors converted are available to create transactions.
F&A	TC-12002	Create a Vendor for goods		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Ve (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Ensure that the Custom Form defaults to "Fusion Kimray Vendor Form for finance roles (AP Analyst AP Supervisor Controller) Under the Primary Information Header enter in the mandatory fields: Company Name and Category Under the Email Phone Address Header enter in the mandatory fields: Email and Phone Under the Address subtab enter the primary billing address by clicking on the pencil icon under Edit Enter fields under the Financial tab Terms Vendor Payment Method Company Type (Tax Classification) Click Save.	Vendor created for goods
F&A	TC-12003	Create a Vendor for services		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Ve (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Ensure that the Custom Form defaults to "Fusion Kimray Vendor Form for finance roles (AP Analyst AP Supervisor Controller) Under the Primary Information Header enter in the mandatory fields: Company Name and Category Under the Email Phone Address Header enter in the mandatory fields: Email and Phone Under the Address subtab enter the primary billing address by clicking on the pencil icon under Edit Enter fields under the Financial tab Terms Vendor Payment Method Company Type (Tax Classification) Click Save.	Vendor created for services
F&A	TC-12004	Create a 1099 Vendor	None	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New V (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Ensure that the Custom Form defaults to "Fusion Kimray Vendor Form for finance roles (AP Analyst AP Supervisor Controller) Under the Primary Information Header enter in the mandatory fields: Company Name and Category Under the Email Phone Address Header enter in the mandatory fields: Email and Phone Under the Address tab enter the primary billing address by clicking on the pencil icon under Edit Enter fields under the Financial tab Terms Vendor Payment Method Company Type (Tax Classification) Mark the box "1099 Eligible". This field in conjunction with the 1099MISC category assigned to the GL account can be used to create saved searches for 1099 reporting. Click Save.	1099 Vendor created
F&A	TC-12005	Assign payment method to a Vendor	None	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Create a new vendor or select an existing vendor Navigate to the Financ (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Create a new vendor or select an existing vendor Navigate to the Financial Tab Select either Check ACH or Wire in the Vendor Payment Method field.	Vendor Payment Method assigned to a vendor
F&A	TC-12006	Assign Banking details to an ACH Vendor	Banking information can only be assigned after the vendor is created. You (...)Banking information can only be assigned after the vendor is created. You must first create a vendor save and then add banking information or select an existing vendor.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH. Email Addres (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH. Email Address for Payment Notification if populated this email address will default when sending payment notifications. If not populated the main vendor email address will be used. Under the Bank Payment Details tab specify the following: EFT Bill Payment This flag must be marked for vendors to be paid via ACH. If not marked. Save Return to the Bank Payment Details tab and click the New Bank Details button. Enter the following fields: Name This is a name for the vendor's bank account. It is not included in the ACH file output but is required. Enter the Vendor Name or other descriptive info. Payment File Format Specify ACH CCD/PPD. This must be specified as this is the payment format which will be used. Type Select Primary. If you would like to store multiple accounts Secondary accounts can be stored. Typically a single Primary account is assigned to each ACH vendor and updated as necessary if banking info changes are requested by the vendor. Bank Account Number This is the Vendor's bank account Number Bank Number Routing Number for the vendor's bank Bank Account Type Select Checking or Savings Subsidiary leave this blank Save	Vendor Banking information added. The vendor can now be paid by ACH via the Electronic Payment mod (...)Vendor Banking information added. The vendor can now be paid by ACH via the Electronic Payment module.
F&A	TC-12007	Edits are made to vendors and those edits are committed to the Vendor recor (...)Edits are made to vendors and those edits are committed to the Vendor record	Existing vendor created	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to edit. Click the Edit but (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to edit. Click the Edit button. Edit any fields you wish to change. Click the Save button.	Fields edited are updated on the vendor record upon saving.
F&A	TC-12008	Only designated roles can create and maintain Vendors	Test users assigned to the following F&A Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Test (...)Test users assigned to the following F&A Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Test users assigned to the following Ops Roles: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager Kimray Product Engineering Manager Kimray Purchasing Manger Kimray Supply Chain Manager Kimray Supply Chain SU	Role: Kimray-Buyer Create new vendor Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New. Alt (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Create new vendor Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New. Alternatively use the Global Search to enter Page: New Vendor Note the Custom Form assigned "Fusion Kimray Vendor Form Ops" is readonly preventing switching to a different form. Required fields on the main page (email Category Phone) are set as readonly inhibiting saving. Attempt to Save and receive error "Please enter value(s) for: Category Email Phone Terms Company Type (Tax Classification)". Role: Kimray-Buyer Edit existing vendor. Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Edit the vendor record. Under the Ops Data tab enter details for one or more fields. Click Save. Information is saved. No error is displayed. Role: Kimray-Buyer Edit existing vendor. Attempt to add or edit address marked as default billing. Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Edit the vendor record. Click on the Address tab. Click Edit button for the address marked as default billing. Modify Address 1 Address 2 City State or Zip. Click OK. Click Save Upon Save an error is displayed blocking the update "Error: This role is not permitted to make Billing Address updates". Role: Kimray-Buyer Edit existing vendor. Attempt to add address not marked as "default billing" Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Edit the vendor record. Click on the Address tab. Click the Add Row text to add a new address Enter address information and click ok. Do not mark the default billing box. Optionally click the default shipping address. Click Save. Address is added. No error is displayed. Role: Fusion Kimray-Buyer: Edit existing vendor. Attempt to edit address not marked as "default billing" Kimray-Buyer > Lists > Relationships > Vendors. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Edit the vendor record. Click on the Address tab. Click the edit icon on an address not marked as "default billing". Modify Address 1 Address 2 City State or Zip. Click OK. Click Save. Address is added. No error is displayed.	Ops Roles cannot create Vendors. Ops Roles with Vendor > Create or higher permissions can edit Ve (...)Ops Roles cannot create Vendors. Ops Roles with Vendor > Create or higher permissions can edit Vendor Ops Data on existing vendor. Ops Roles with Vendor > Create or higher permissions cannot add/edit addresses marked as "default billing". Ops Roles with Vendor > Create or higher permissions can add/edit addresses not marked as "default billing". Finance Roles with Vendor > Create or higher permissions (Kimray-AP Supervisor) can add/edit Vendors and Addresses with the exception of data in the "Ops Data" tab. Kimray-AP Analyst can view vendor data but not create/edit vendors.
F&A	TC-12009	The same Vendor cannot be created twice without seeing a duplicate detectio (...)The same Vendor cannot be created twice without seeing a duplicate detection warning message	Identify an existing vendor setup and assigned to an email domain (i. e. t (...)Identify an existing vendor setup and assigned to an email domain (i. e. test@kimray.com) which will also be used to setup the new test vendor.	Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New. Alternatively use t (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Specify an email address with a domain mentioned in the prerequisite (i.e. test12345@kimray.com) A duplicate detection message will appear warning the user there may be duplicates. Continue entering required fields for the vendor and save.	Duplicate Detection is currently configured to warn for duplicate vendors based on the vendor email (...)Duplicate Detection is currently configured to warn for duplicate vendors based on the vendor email domain. User receives warning when entering a new vendor or editing a vendor which has potential duplicates based on the email domain.
F&A	TC-12010	a. Verify that the Accrued Purchases account is properly configured in Net (...)a. Verify that the Accrued Purchases account is properly configured in NetSuite.	None	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Cl (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor Navigate to List ; Accounting ; Accounts Click View on Account 220030 Accrued Purchases	220030 Accrued Purchases is the account that will be used as the credit on PO Receipts and subsequen (...)220030 Accrued Purchases is the account that will be used as the credit on PO Receipts and subsequently credited on Vendor Bills.
F&A	TC-12011	e. Create a vendor bill and confirm the amount posted to Accrued Purchases (...)e. Create a vendor bill and confirm the amount posted to Accrued Purchases and Accounts Payable and cleared out Accrued Purchases	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance) PO Created and Approved PO Received	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Or (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO that you are creating a Vendor Bill for. Click the Submit button. This opens a new vendor bill page giving you the opportunity to make changes before saving. PO bills must be created in this manner or by clicking the "Bill" button on the PO or Receipt to ensure Bills are properly linked to POs Enter information in the main section of the Bill (Reference Number Date Memo) Items from the PO are automatically pulled into the Items subtab. In this test case we will save the bill without changing any line quantities or items. Save Return to the Bill and Click on the GL impact tab to review GL postings.	No variances exist in this scenario 20000 Accounts Payable is credited for the amount of the bill 22 (...)No variances exist in this scenario 20000 Accounts Payable is credited for the amount of the bill 220030 Accrued Purchases is debited for the amount of each line clearing the credit balance posted from the Item Receipt
F&A	TC-12012	e. Create a vendor bill for a higher quantity than what was received thus (...)e. Create a vendor bill for a higher quantity than what was received thus forcing a balance to remain in Accrued Purchases GL Account (Bill Qty Variance testing)	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accoun (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance)	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Superuser Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO that you are creating a Vendor Bill for. Click the Submit button. This opens a new vendor bill page giving you the opportunity to make changes before saving. PO bills must be created in this manner or by clicking the "Bill" button on the PO or Receipt to ensure Bills are properly linked to POs Enter information in the main section of the Bill (Reference Number Date Memo) Items from the PO are automatically pulled into the Items subtab. In this test case we will increase the quantity to be billed to be higher than 5%. Save Return to the Bill and Click on the GL impact tab to review GL postings.	Vendor Bill requires approval due to quantity tolerance exception Net Debit Balance resulting in (...)Vendor Bill requires approval due to quantity tolerance exception Net Debit Balance resulting in 220030 Accrued Purchases. This balance can be written off using the Post Vendor Bill Variances function.
F&A	TC-12013	g. Validate that the accrued purchases account balances match the expected (...)g. Validate that the accrued purchases account balances match the expected amounts based on purchase orders received quantities and invoiced amounts as of a particular accounting period date.	PO Item Receipt and Bill transactions created	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor Review GL impact to 220030 Accrued Purchases (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Supervisor Review GL impact to 220030 Accrued Purchases as outlined in TC143 Confirm Accrued Purchases (Acct 220030) balance for this PO. Use the global search to find the Saved Search called "Accrued Purchases Balance by PO" Confirm the balances in IR Amount Bill Amount and Total Amount are correct for a sample of the POs referenced in the Saved Search. Confirm the overall total matches the trial balance	Net Debit Balance resulting in 220030 Accrued Purchases if the total Bill amounts are higher than th (...)Net Debit Balance resulting in 220030 Accrued Purchases if the total Bill amounts are higher than the PO Receipt amounts. This balance can be written off in a future test case (TC154) using the Post Vendor Bill Variances function.
F&A	TC-12014	i. Ensure that the appropriate accounts are configured for recording varia (...)i. Ensure that the appropriate accounts are configured for recording variances (e. g. Purchase Price Variance Quantity Variance).	510100 Price Variance and 510105 Quantity Variance Accounts created in char (...)510100 Price Variance and 510105 Quantity Variance Accounts created in chart of accounts	Accounting Preferences Role: Kimray Controller Setup ; Accounting ; Accounting Preferences ; It (...)Accounting Preferences Role: Kimray Controller Setup ; Accounting ; Accounting Preferences ; Items/Transactions tab Confirm default Price Variance and Quantity Variances accounts have been assigned. Item Price and Quantity Variance Accounts Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Lists ; Accounting ; Items Review a few Items (Inventory Assembly types) Confirm Price Variance and Quantity Variance accounts are assigned to the Item under the Accounting tab	Accounting Preferences These Accounts will be assigned to new items by default upon item creation. (...)Accounting Preferences These Accounts will be assigned to new items by default upon item creation. Item Price and Quantity Variance Accounts These accounts must be set for item in order to use the Post Vendor Bill Variances function
F&A	TC-12015	j. Create a purchase order for a specific vendor with items that have vary (...)j. Create a purchase order for a specific vendor with items that have varying prices and quantities. (Note: Quantity and Price Tolerance)	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accoun (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance)	Quantity and Price Tolerance Scenario Line 1 Qty Tolerance Line 2 Price Tolerance Copy the PO c (...)Quantity and Price Tolerance Scenario Line 1 Qty Tolerance Line 2 Price Tolerance Copy the PO created from scenario TC139 (Role: Kimray Fusion Purchasing Manager) Use the same items quantities and prices. Each PO line will have a qty of 10 in this example. Line 1 Item 1164B Qty 10 Rate 26 2. 2677 (default item purchase price) Line 2 Item YAK2 Qty 10 Rate 61 5. 5136 (default item purchase price) Example PO created in SB PO206	PO Created and approved which can be received in next test case
F&A	TC-12016	k. Receive the items from the purchase order into inventory at quantities (...)k. Receive the items from the purchase order into inventory at quantities different from the PO.	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accoun (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance) PO Created and Approved	Role: Fusion Kimray-Warehouse Operator Search for the PO created in the prior test case (TC148) us (...)Role: Fusion Kimray-Warehouse Operator Search for the PO created in the prior test case (TC148) using the global search bar (i. e. PO206) Click the Receive button. Enter fields in the Primary information section (Date Memo) Under the Item subtab perform the following for each line: Mark the Receive checkbox Enter Qty (Receive full qty for each line) Exceed the PO quantity by ; 5% for one of the lines. In this example we entered a qty of 11 (vs PO qty of 10) for line 1 and used the PO qty of 10 for line 2. Confirm Department defaulted from PO line Confirm Location defaulted from PO Confirm Rate defaulted from PO line Enter Inventory Detail (Bin Status Quantity) Save (In this test case IR205745 was created upon saving).	PO Receipt created
F&A	TC-12017	l. Bill the purchase order. Enter different rates and quantities on the v (...)l. Bill the purchase order. Enter different rates and quantities on the vendor bill.	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accoun (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance) PO Created and Approved PO Received	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO that has been received Click the Submit button. This opens a new vendor bill page giving you the opportunity to make changes before saving. PO bills must be created in this manner or by clicking the "Bill" button on the PO or Receipt to ensure Bills are properly linked to POs Enter information in the main section of the Bill (Reference Number Date Memo) Items from the PO are automatically pulled into the Items subtab. Override the suggested quantities and rates on the Vendor Bill in order to force a Vendor Bill Variance and therefore a remaining balance on Accrued Purchases. Save Confirm the status of the bill is Pending Approval. Click the exceptions button to review exceptions triggering approval. Approve Bill (performed by Buyer assigned to PO) Return to the Bill and Click on the GL impact tab to review GL postings.	Vendor bill created from PO Bill requires approval due to tolerance overages Bill Approved by bu (...)Vendor bill created from PO Bill requires approval due to tolerance overages Bill Approved by buyer to allow for further testing
F&A	TC-12018	m. Verify the accounting impact created by the vendor bill credits the AP (...)m. Verify the accounting impact created by the vendor bill credits the AP Liability account in the amount of the vendor bill and debits accrued purchases accordingly.	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance) PO Created and Approved PO Received Bill Created and Approved	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to the Item Receipt. Click on the GL Impact tab. The first li (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to the Item Receipt. Click on the GL Impact tab. The first line of the GL impact (debit) represents the total amount of the PO Receipt (Qty Received * Purchase/PO Receipt Rate) Navigate to the Vendor Bill Click on the GL Impact tab. One line for each item will be credited to Accrued Purchases. Use the global search to open the saved search called "Accrued Purchases Balance by PO "Confirm the PO is visible in the results and has accurate amounts in the IR Amount and Bill Amount columns based on the GL impact to Accrued Purchases	Confirm amounts posted on VB and IR are correct and are correctly reflected in the "Accrued balance (...)Confirm amounts posted on VB and IR are correct and are correctly reflected in the "Accrued balance by PO" saved search
F&A	TC-13018	Versapay Ability to designate customers as Parent or Child (including link (...)Versapay Ability to designate customers as Parent or Child (including linking of children to parent)		Set up as parent / child relationship	Pull up child information when making payments/ Child account doesn?t have own login but parent can (...)Pull up child information when making payments/ Child account doesn?t have own login but parent can see all child oustanding invoices/cm
F&A	TC-12019	n. Create a vendor bill where the billed price differs from the purchase o (...)n. Create a vendor bill where the billed price differs from the purchase order price. (Note: Bill Price Variance Testing)	Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (...)Vendor created Inventory Item created and assigned to relevant GL Accounts (PPV Price Variance Quantity Variance)	Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO th (...)Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Bill Purchase Orders Click on the Bill checkbox for the PO that has been received Click the Submit button. This opens a new vendor bill page giving you the opportunity to make changes before saving. PO bills must be created in this manner or by clicking the "Bill" button on the PO or Receipt to ensure Bills are properly linked to POs Enter information in the main section of the Bill (Reference Number Date Memo) Items from the PO are automatically pulled into the Items subtab. Override the suggested rate (to be greater than 5%) on the Vendor Bill in order to force a Vendor Bill Variance and therefore a remaining balance on Accrued Purchases. Save Confirm the status of the bill is Pending Approval. Click the exceptions button to review exceptions triggering approval. Approve Bill (performed by Buyer assigned to PO) Return to the Bill and Click on the GL impact tab to review GL postings.	Vendor Bill requires approval due to price tolerance exception Net Debit Balance resulting in 22003 (...)Vendor Bill requires approval due to price tolerance exception Net Debit Balance resulting in 220030 Accrued Purchases. This balance can be written off using the Post Vendor Bill Variances function.
F&A	TC-12020	q. Run the Post Vendor Bill Variances Process.	POs IRs VBs entered with variances between IR/VB POs must be in either Ful (...)POs IRs VBs entered with variances between IR/VB POs must be in either Fully Billed or Closed status. Items must be assigned to Bill Quantity and Bill Price variance accounts PO lines must be associated to a department. If this is not done the JE lines associated to variance accounts will not have a department populated.	Role: Kimray-Cost Accountant Kimray AP Analyst Use the global search bar to find the saved search (...)Role: Kimray-Cost Accountant Kimray AP Analyst Use the global search bar to find the saved search called "Accrued Purchases Balance by PO" Identify a PO(s) with a balance which need to be written off. POs in Fully Billed or Closed status are eligible. Navigate to Transactions ; Payables ; Post Vendor Bill Variances. Select the Parameters for Posting Period and Journal Date and Subsidiary. Select "Purchase Order" as the Transaction Type Note: All items will be configured with the "Match Bill to Receipt" option as False. Due to this we must use "Purchase Order" in the filter. No results will be displayed if "Bill" is selected. Mark the "select" checkbox for the POs in which you would like to write off the outstanding Accrued Purchases balance. Click the Create Journals checkbox which will initiate a background process to create variance journals. You will be routed to the "Post Vendor Bill Variances" results page. Click on the Journal link to view it. A saved search "Vendor Bill Variance Journals" has been created to list all Journals created by this process.	Journals created to relieve the Accrued Purchases balance with the offset posted to RNI Price Varia (...)Journals created to relieve the Accrued Purchases balance with the offset posted to RNI Price Variance or RNI Qty Variance. After creating variance JEs POs in question are no longer visible on the saved search "Accrued Purchases Balance by PO".
F&A	TC-12021	r. Confirm that the Vendor Bill Variances Process results are validated by (...)r. Confirm that the Vendor Bill Variances Process results are validated by the test transactions.	Bill Variance Journals created in prior test case	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray Cost Accountant Review the Journal created from the Post Vendor Bill (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray Cost Accountant Review the Journal created from the Post Vendor Bill Variance function A saved search "Vendor Bill Variance Journals" has been created to list all Journals created by this process. Journals created to relieve the Accrued Purchases balance with the offset posted to RNI Price Variance or RNI Qty Variance. After creating variance JEs POs in question are no longer visible on the saved search "Accrued Purchases Balance by PO".	Journals created with expected GL impact to Accrued Purchases and RNI Price or RNI Qty Variance
F&A	TC-12022	a. Identify accounts to be used to track landed costs (burden).	Login using Kimray Cost Accountant role	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Superuser Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts Click View link (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Kimray Cost Superuser Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts Click View link on account 520015 Material Burden.	This is the account that will be mapped to Landed Cost other Charge Items. This account will be cr (...)This is the account that will be mapped to Landed Cost other Charge Items. This account will be credited on Item Receipts for Items assigned to an Inventory Cost Template.
F&A	TC-12023	f. Map Landed Cost Templates to items.	Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other (...)Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined	Raw Materials or other Item Lists ; Accounting ; Items Edit an item which is considered Raw Materi (...)Raw Materials or other Item Lists ; Accounting ; Items Edit an item which is considered Raw Materials or other such as Item 1164B Navigate to the Supply Mgmt subtab and then navigate to Locations Click on the Edit link for the desired location (i. e. Corpus Christi) to define Item Location Configuration attributes. Assign the Inventory Cost Template "Material Burden Raw Materials or other". Save. Repeat this Step for all desired locations for the item which require the Inventory Cost Template. Note: Item Location Configuration attributes can be set via CSV import or the UI. Also note that the Gain/Loss Account for the item is assigned to 510010 Material Burden which is relevant for Transfer Order Fulfillments This account captures the variance between the unburdened standard cost in the transferring location and the transfer price. Normally this variance represents Material Burden but it could also include other variances between unburdened Standard Cost and Transfer Price if they are not equal to each other. Resale Item Lists ; Accounting ; Items Edit an item which is considered Resale such as ItemYAK2 Navigate to the Purchasing/Inventory tab and Locations subtab Click on the Edit link for the desired location (i. e. Corpus Christi) to define Item Location Configuration attributes. Assign the Inventory Cost Template "Material Burden Resale". Save. Repeat this Step for all desired locations for the item which require the Inventory Cost Template. Note: Item Location Configuration attributes can be set via CSV import or the UI. Also note that the Gain/Loss Account for the item is assigned to 510010 Material Burden which is relevant for Transfer Order Fulfillments This account captures the variance between the unburdened standard cost in the transferring location and the transfer price. Normally this variance represents Material Burden but it could also include other variances between unburdened Standard Cost and Transfer Price if they are not equal to each other.	After this change the next time the process "Planned Standard Cost Rollup" is run for this item the (...)After this change the next time the process "Planned Standard Cost Rollup" is run for this item the standard cost will be updated. Any existing inventory balances will revalued the next time the process "Revalue Standard Cost Inventory" is run.
F&A	TC-12024	g. Create PO for purchase materials and receive. Confirm landed cost.	Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other (...)Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined Assign Cost Template to Items Planned Standard Cost and Inventory Revaluation Processes run for Items/Locations in question.	View Purchase Order PO136 Item = 1164B Qty = 10 Rate = 26 2. 2677 (Note: This is the default P (...)View Purchase Order PO136 Item = 1164B Qty = 10 Rate = 26 2. 2677 (Note: This is the default Purchase Price defined on the item) Location = Corpus Christi View Item Receipt IR205678 Item = 1164B Qty = 10 Rate = 26 2. 2677 Location = Corpus Christi Review the GL Impact of the Item Receipt (GL Impact tab) Note: The costing engine runs at the top of each hour. If entering a new item receipt wait until the costing engine processes the transaction to view/verify GL Impact	220030 Accrued Purchases Credited @PO Price 130210 Inventory Debited @Standard Cost 510090 PPV D (...)220030 Accrued Purchases Credited @PO Price 130210 Inventory Debited @Standard Cost 510090 PPV Debited or Credited for variance between PO Price and Standard Cost 130210 Inventory Debited for 11% of Standard Cost 510010 Material Burden Credited for 11% of Standard Cost
F&A	TC-12025	h. Create PO for purchases for resale and receive. Confirm landed cost.	Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other (...)Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined Assign Cost Template to Items Planned Standard Cost and Inventory Revaluation Processes run for Items/Locations in question.	View Purchase Order Item = YAK2 Qty = 10 Rate = 61 5. 5136 (Note: This is the default Purchase (...)View Purchase Order Item = YAK2 Qty = 10 Rate = 61 5. 5136 (Note: This is the default Purchase Price defined on the item) Location = Corpus Christi View Item Receipt IR205679 Item = YAK2 Qty = 10 Rate = 61 5. 5136 Location = Corpus Christi Review the GL Impact of the Item Receipt (GL Impact tab) Note: The costing engine runs at the top of each hour. If entering a new item receipt wait until the costing engine processes the transaction to view/verify GL Impact	220030 Accrued Purchases Credited @PO Price 130140 Inventory Debited @Standard Cost 510090 PPV D (...)220030 Accrued Purchases Credited @PO Price 130140 Inventory Debited @Standard Cost 510090 PPV Debited or Credited for variance between PO Price and Standard Cost 130140 Inventory Debited for 4% of Standard Cost 510010 Material Burden Credited for 4% of Standard Cost
F&A	TC-12026	j. Review journals and burden account register.	Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defin (...)Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined Assign Cost Template to Items Create POs/Receipts for Purchase Materials and Resale Items	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant To view the native NS Account Register Navigate to Lists ; Accounting (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant To view the native NS Account Register Navigate to Lists ; Accounting ; Accounts. Click on the name of the Material Burden Account. Verify the burden amounts from PO Receipts created in previous test cases are visible. Alternatively view the native NS Income Statement under Reports ; Financial ; Income Statement. Click on the amount for Material Burden to view the detailed Income Statement Verify the burden amounts from PO Receipts created in previous test cases are visible. Alternatively Amounts posted to the Material Burden account can be queried via a Saved Search Example Saved Search: Material Burden Detail	Verify the burden amounts from PO Receipts created in previous test cases are visible.
F&A	TC-12027	Change existing overhead rate	Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined	Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Items > Ne (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Items > New. Alternatively use the Global Search to find the Material Burden Other Charge Items by Name Navigate to the Supply Mgmt Tab > Purchasing section. Edit the Purchase price to a new value. (i. e. 10. 00 which correlates to 10%) Save	After this change the next time the process "Planned Standard Cost Rollup" is run for this item the (...)After this change the next time the process "Planned Standard Cost Rollup" is run for this item the standard cost will be updated. Any existing inventory balances will revalued the next time the process "Revalue Standard Cost Inventory" is run.
F&A	TC-12028	adjustments and accruals need to be tested ensure reversal of adjusting re (...)adjustments and accruals need to be tested ensure reversal of adjusting reversing journal entries in NetSuite before final close of the previous period			Costs accrued in the previous month are not booked in the current month. The system should automati (...)Costs accrued in the previous month are not booked in the current month. The system should automatically reverse the entry.
F&A	TC-12029	Post accrual payroll entries after approval			Costs accrued in the previous month are not booked in the current month. The system should automati (...)Costs accrued in the previous month are not booked in the current month. The system should automatically reverse the entry.
F&A	TC-12032	Validate GL activity for issuance to production			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12033	Validate GL activity for issuance of floor stock			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12034	Validate GL activity for receipt from production			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12035	Validate GL activity for manufacturing variances			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12038	Validate GL activity for vendor returns			to ensure proper recording of inventory as it flows through the company.
F&A	TC-12048	Raw Materials purchases			To ensure proper cutoff and valuation of inventory and cost of goods sold for month end reporting
F&A	TC-12050	Manage Cost Categories		Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Setup > Accounting > Accounting (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Setup > Accounting > Accounting Lists Alternatively use the Global Search to find the Inventory Cost Templates Page Click on Filters > Select Type = Cost Category View the "Material Burden" Cost Category. Confirm correct account assignment.	Cost Categories are added and mapped to the correct COGs account for landed cost.
F&A	TC-12051	Manage Inventory Cost Templates	Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined	Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Lists > Accounting >Inventory C (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Navigate to Lists > Accounting >Inventory Cost Templates Alternatively use the Global Search to find the Accounting Lists Page Open the template called "Purchased Items Material Burden 9%". Confirm the cost template is assigned to the following attributes: Cost Category = Material Burden Item = Purchased Items Material Burden 9% Overhead Type = % of Material Overhead Percentage = 9% Open the template called "Resale Material Burden 4%". Confirm the cost template is assigned to the following attributes: Cost Category = Material Burden Item = Resale Material Burden 4% Overhead Type = % of Material Overhead Percentage = 4%	Review Cost Templates defined for Purchased Parts and Resale Parts
F&A	TC-12052	c. Create other Charge Items	Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role GL Account defined	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Lists ; Accounting ; Items View the Item "Material Burden Raw Mater (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant Lists ; Accounting ; Items View the Item "Material Burden Raw Materials or other" Accounting Tab ; Confirm the correct Expense Account assignment Supply Mgmt Tab ; Purchasing ; Confirm the Purchase price of 1 1. 00 which correlates to 11% View the item "Material Burden Resale" Accounting Tab ; Confirm the correct Expense Account assignment Supply Mgmt Tab ; Purchasing ; Confirm the Purchase price of 4. 00 which correlates to 4%	Other Charge Items created with correct account assignment and material burden rate.
F&A	TC-12053	i. Test burden calculation ? Transfer Order Receipt (Transfer Price equal (...)i. Test burden calculation ? Transfer Order Receipt (Transfer Price equal to Std Cost)	Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other (...)Login using the Kimray Cost Accountant role Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined Assign Cost Template to Items Planned Standard Cost and Inventory Revaluation Processes run for Items/Locations in question.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant View Transfer Order TO97069 Item = 1164B Qty = 1 Transfer Price = (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant View Transfer Order TO97069 Item = 1164B Qty = 1 Transfer Price = 26 7. 17 (Note: This is the default Transfer Price defined on the item) From Location = Corpus Christi To Location = Cleburne View Item FulfillmentIF317223 Debit 130170 INVINTRANSIT26 7. 17 (Transfer Price) Credit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS29 6. 56 (Fully Burdened Std Cost as defined in "From" Location Debit 510010 MATERIAL BURDEN 2 9. 39 (Variance between Transfer Price and Fully Burdened Std Cost as defined in Transferring Location) Note: Gain/Loss Account on the Item Record is used here. View Item Receipt IR205675 Debit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS26 7. 17 (Standard Cost as defined in "To" Location) Credit 130170 INVINTRANSIT26 7. 17 (Transfer Price) Debit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS2 9. 39 (11% Burden as defined by Inventory Cost Template assigned to "To" Location for the Item) Credit 510010 MATERIAL BURDEN2 9. 39 (11% Burden as defined by Inventory Cost Template assigned to "To" Location for the Item)	Burden GL Impact and inventory valuation is correct.
F&A	TC-12054	k. Test Burden Calculation Transfer Order Receipt (Transfer Price NOT equ (...)k. Test Burden Calculation Transfer Order Receipt (Transfer Price NOT equal to Std Cost)	Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defin (...)Cost Categories Defined Other Charge Items Defined Cost Templates Defined Assign Cost Template to Items Planned Standard Cost and Inventory Revaluation Processes run for Items/Locations in question.	View Transfer Order TO97075 Item = 1164B Qty = 1 Transfer Price = 270. 17 (Note: We increased (...)View Transfer Order TO97075 Item = 1164B Qty = 1 Transfer Price = 270. 17 (Note: We increased the transfer price on the TO by $ 3. 00 vs using the default Transfer Price defined on the item) From Location = Corpus Christi To Location = Cleburne View Item Fulfillment Debit 130170 INVINTRANSIT270. 17 (Transfer Price) Credit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS29 6. 56 (Fully Burdened Std Cost as defined in "From" Location Debit 510010 MATERIAL BURDEN 2 6. 39 (Variance between Transfer Price and Fully Burdened Std Cost as defined in Transferring Location) Note: Gain/Loss Account on the Item Record is used here. View Item Receipt Debit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS26 7. 17 (Standard Cost as defined in "To" Location) Credit 130170 INVINTRANSIT270. 17 (Transfer Price) Debit 510090 PURCHASE PRICE VARIANCE 3. 00 (Difference between Standard Cost in "To Location" and Transfer Price) Debit 130210 INVRAW MATERIALS2 9. 39 (11% Burden as defined by Inventory Cost Template assigned to "To" Location for the Item) Credit 510010 MATERIAL BURDEN2 9. 39 (11% Burden as defined by Inventory Cost Template assigned to "To" Location for the Item)	Burden GL Impact and inventory valuation is correct.
F&A	TC-12055	Review GL Impact of Item Receipt with Material Burden after a cost revaulat (...)Review GL Impact of Item Receipt with Material Burden after a cost revaulation is created on a subsequent transaction date confirming Material Burden GL Impact is unchanged.	Inventory Item identified for testing which has had a standard cost rollup/ (...)Inventory Item identified for testing which has had a standard cost rollup/revaluation performed and includes Material Burden. Item Receipt created for a given Inventory Item which includes Material Burden component in Standard Cost Planned Standard Cost Rollup and Revaluation processes run for the item on a transaction date after the Item Receipt transaction date.	Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find the Item Recei (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find the Item Receipt selected for this test. Click on Actions > GL Impact or click on the GL Impact tab to review the GL Impact	Material Burden account balances are not impacted by inventory cost revaluations created on subsequ (...)Material Burden account balances are not impacted by inventory cost revaluations created on subsequent dates.
F&A	TC-13014	Versapay I need to be able to do a prepayment on a customer account		Customer customer deposit payment meithod select card reader or credit card on file	Other option is to made a customer deposit for the tax and apply to the open invoice
F&A	TC-13015	Versapay I need to void a credit card charge for an error.		If error on same day: Go to Gateway and void the credit card charge. go to transactions and all (...)If error on same day: Go to Gateway and void the credit card charge. go to transactions and all the way to the far right a pull down for action select void
F&A	TC-12056	Confirm In Transit Balances are not impacted by Inventory Cost Rollup/Reval (...)Confirm In Transit Balances are not impacted by Inventory Cost Rollup/Revaluation	Inventory Item identified for testing which has had a standard cost rollup/ (...)Inventory Item identified for testing which has had a standard cost rollup/revaluation performed. TO Item Fulfillment created for a given Inventory Item. Planned Standard Cost Rollup and Revaluation processes run for the item on a transaction date after the TO Item Fulfillment transaction date.	Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find the TO Item Fu (...)Role: Kimray Cost Supervisor or Kimray Cost Accountant Use the Global Search to find the TO Item Fulfillment selected for this test. Click on Actions > GL Impact or click on the GL Impact tab to review the GL Impact	Acct 130170 InvIn transit is NOT impacted when inventory revaluations are performed for Items with (...)Acct 130170 InvIn transit is NOT impacted when inventory revaluations are performed for Items with Transfer Order In Transit quantities.
F&A	TC-12057	Create new vendor with terms Negative Test ensure that only the identified (...)Create new vendor with terms Negative Test ensure that only the identified roles have permission to edit/create new vendor
F&A	TC-12058	Create new vendor with terms Remit to address		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter ""Page: New (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter ""Page: New Vendors"" in the Global Search. To define the additional addresses, navigate to the Address tab. Click on the Edit icon to add address information. Enter address infomation, Address 1, City, State, Zip. Click OK Enter an additional address for the vendor In the Address tab, at least one address must be marked as the default billing. Alternative addresses could be considered those which are not default billing. Complete remaining required and optional vendor fields at your discretion. Save the vendor record.
F&A	TC-12059	Create new vendor with terms Alternative address (HQ etc. )		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Ve (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Enter required fields for the vendor as described in comprehensive test cases "Create a Vendor for Goods" and "Create a Vendor for Services" To define the additional addresses, navigate to the Address tab. Click on the Edit icon to add address information. Enter address infomation, Address 1, City, State, Zip. Click OK Enter an additional address for the vendor In the Address tab, at least one address must be marked as the default billing. Alternative addresses could be considered those which are not default billing. Complete remaining required and optional vendor fields at your discretion. Save the vendor record.
F&A	TC-12060	Create new vendor with terms Contact information		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Ve (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Enter required fields for the vendor as described in comprehensive test cases "Create a Vendor for Goods" and "Create a Vendor for Services" Click on the Relationships tab to create contacts Enter the Contact Name, and optional field such as Job Title and Email. Complete remaining required and optional vendor fields at your discretion. Save the vendor record.
F&A	TC-12066	Create new vendor with terms ACH / Wire bank information		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH. Email Address fo (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to an existing vendor you wish to pay via ACH. Email Address for Payment Notification if populated this email address will default when sending payment notifications. If not populated the main vendor email address will be used. Under the Bank Payment Details tab specify the following: EFT Bill Payment This flag must be marked for vendors to be paid via ACH. If not marked. Save Return to the Bank Payment Details tab and click the New Bank Details button. Enter the following fields: Name This is a name for the vendor's bank account. It is not included in the ACH file output but is required. Enter the Vendor Name or other descriptive info. Payment File Format Specify ACH CCD/PPD. This must be specified as this is the payment format which will be used. Type Select Primary. If you would like to store multiple accounts Secondary accounts can be stored. Typically a single Primary account is assigned to each ACH vendor and updated as necessary if banking info changes are requested by the vendor. Bank Account Number This is the Vendor's bank account Number Bank Number Routing Number for the vendor's bank Bank Account Type Select Checking or Savings Subsidiary leave this blank Save
F&A	TC-12068	Create new vendor with terms Legacy vendor ID		Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Ve (...)Role: Kimray AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New or enter "Page: New Vendors" in the Global Search. Enter required fields for the vendor as described in comprehensive test cases "Create a Vendor for Goods" and "Create a Vendor for Services" Under the Primary Information Section, optionally populate the XA Vendor Number Complete remaining required and optional vendor fields at your discretion. Save the vendor record.
F&A	TC-12069	Create new vendor with terms Initial vendor number sequence(s)
F&A	TC-12070	Ensure vendor banking information is not visible to any role outside of acc (...)Ensure vendor banking information is not visible to any role outside of accounting roles	Vendor created Vendor bank details assigned	Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager Kimray Product Engineering Manager Kimray Purchasing Manger Kimray Supply Chain Manager Kimray Supply Chain SU Enter the vendor name into the Global Search to open the vendor record. The Bill Payment Details tab on the vendor record is not visible.	Confirm vendor banking information is not visible for non accounting roles
F&A	TC-12071	Ensure AP information cannot be overridden by Supply chain	Vendor created	Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager Kimray Product Engineering Manager Kimray Purchasing Manger Kimray Supply Chain Manager Kimray Supply Chain SU Role: Kimray Buyer Use the Global Search to find the vendor by name. Edit the vendor record. Attempt to edit fields designated as F&A owned such as Company Name Category Email Phone Default Billing Address or any field under the Financial tab.	Non Address Fields - These fields are greyed out and cannot be modified Billing Address - This fie (...)Non Address Fields - These fields are greyed out and cannot be modified Billing Address - This field is editable but an error is returned upon save for specified Ops Roles
F&A	TC-12072	Passed to Purchasing for shipping and other addresses and contact informati (...)Passed to Purchasing for shipping and other addresses and contact information	Vendor created	Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Kimray Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Kimray Planner Kimray Planning Manager Kimray Product Engineering Manager Kimray Purchasing Manger Kimray Supply Chain Manager Kimray Supply Chain SU Enter the vendor name into the Global Search to edit the vendor record. Under the Address tab click the edit icon and add address details. Click Ok. Optionally select the option for default shipping for the address added. Under the Relationships tab click the Add Contact button. Enter contact information and save.	Vendor address and contact information added.
F&A	TC-12073	Ensure that Supply Chain can only change: Add ship to address
F&A	TC-12074	Ensure that Supply Chain can only change: Add contact information
F&A	TC-12075	Ensure that Supply Chain can only change: Ensure AP information cannot be o (...)Ensure that Supply Chain can only change: Ensure AP information cannot be overridden by Supply chain
F&A	TC-12079	Create a new vendor	None	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New Note that the Custom (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Navigate to Lists > Relationships > Vendors > New Note that the Custom Form defaults to "Fusion Kimray Vendor Form for finance roles. Enter required fields under the Main Page Company Name Category Email Phone Under the Address tab enter the primary billing address Enter fields under the Financial tab Terms Vendor Payment Method Company Type (Tax Classification) Save	Vendor created with required fields.
F&A	TC-12080	Assign 1099 attributes to a Vendor	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Click on the Financial subtab. Enter the following fields under the Tax Information section Company Type (Tax Classification) Tax ID 1099 Eligible Save	1099 Tax Information is added to the vendor record.
F&A	TC-12081	Assign financial attributes for a vendor paid via Check	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Click on the Financial subtab. Specify "Check" as the Vendor Payment Method. Click on the Address subtab. Review the default billing address to confirm it is correct. If no default billing address exists add a new address. Save	Default Billing Address added or confirmed. Vendor Payment Method of "Check" assigned to the vendo (...)Default Billing Address added or confirmed. Vendor Payment Method of "Check" assigned to the vendor.
F&A	TC-12082	Assign financial and bank attributes for a vendor paid via ACH	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Click on the Financial subtab. Specify "ACH" as the Vendor Payment Method. Return to the main section of the vendor record. Confirm the email address is accurate. Optionally enter an email address in the field labeled "Email Address for Payment Notification" if the vendor payment confirmation email address is different from the primary email address. Save Click Edit. Navigate to the Bank Payment Details tab. Mark the Box "EFT Bill Payment". Save. Return to the Bank Payment Details tab. Click the "New Bank Details" button to add a new Bank Details record for the vendor. Enter a name for the bank details record. Select the payment format as "ACH CCD/PPD". Select Type = Primary. Enter the Bank Account Number and Bank Number (aka Routing Number). Select the Bank Account Type as Checking or Savings. Save.	The vendor has been configured for ACH Payment with Bank Details assigned.
F&A	TC-12083	Assign financial attributes for a vendor paid via Wire	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Click on the Financial subtab. Specify "Wire" as the Vendor Payment Method. Save	The vendor has been configured for Wire Payment.
F&A	TC-12084	Add or update operations attributes to an existing vendor.	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-Buyer Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Under the main page enter the Vendor type and/or comments. Enter information into the desired fields under the Custom or Ops data tabs. Save. Click Edit. Navigate to the Address subtab. Enter a new address or modify an existing address which is not a default billing address. Save.	Add information to an existing vendor relevant for the operations team.
F&A	TC-12085	Confirm that Operations roles are blocked from updating financial attribute (...)Confirm that Operations roles are blocked from updating financial attributes including Default Billing Addresses	Create a new vendor	Role: Kimray-Buyer Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click (...)Role: Kimray-Buyer Type the vendor name of an existing vendor into the global search bar. Click Edit to open the vendor record in edit mode. Under the main page confirm all financial related fields such as Company Name Category Email and Phone are readonly and cannot be edited. Navigate to the Financial tab. Confirm all fields are readonly and cannot be edited. Navigate to the addresses tab. Attempt to edit the default billing address. Update address information such as address 1 city state and/or Zip. Click Ok on the address page. Click the Save button. An error page will be presented with a message "This role is not permitted to make Billing Address updates. Click the Go Back button. Add a new address. Do not mark the Default Billing checkbox. Save. No error is returned and the address is saved successfully as the new address is not specified as default billing. Attempt to edit the vendor record and specify the new address as the default billing address. Save. An error page will be presented with a message "This role is not permitted to make Billing Address updates. Click the Go Back button. This is expected as ops roles are not permitted to edit default billing addresses.	Ops roles are blocked from updating financial attributes including default billing addresses.
F&A	TC-13000	FIN PO RCPT - Validate GL Impact of PO Item Receipt - Inventory/Assembly It (...)FIN PO RCPT - Validate GL Impact of PO Item Receipt - Inventory/Assembly Item	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Purchase Order has been Receive (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the Purchase Order has been Received i.e. an Item Receipt has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sear (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the Purchase Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory (Asset Account from Item Master) Credit Accrued P (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Inventory (Asset Account from Item Master) Credit Accrued Purchases Debit/Credit Purchase Price Variance Inventory is valued at the current standard cost 2. If an Inventory Cost Template is assigned to the Item, Material Burden increases the value of the Inventory and the following entries are observed: Debit Inventory Credit Material Burden for Inventory and Assembly Items, the amount is based on the current standard cost. 2. The Department and Location on the Purchase Order will be sourced down to the Item Receipt record.
F&A	TC-13001	FIN PO RCPT - Validate GL Impact of PO Item Receipt - Non Inventory Item	At least one Non Inventory Item on the Purchase Order has been Received i.e (...)At least one Non Inventory Item on the Purchase Order has been Received i.e. an Item Receipt has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sear (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the Purchase Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. There is no GL Impact because Non Inventory Items are not set to accrue on receipt
F&A	TC-13002	FIN PO RCPT - Validate GL Impact of PO Item Receipt - Service Item	At least one Service Item on the Purchase Order has been Received i.e. an I (...)At least one Service Item on the Purchase Order has been Received i.e. an Item Receipt has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Sear (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Receipt in the Global Search. OR Query up the Purchase Order and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Expense Account (Expense Account from Item Master) Credit A (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Expense Account (Expense Account from Item Master) Credit Accrued Purchases 2. The Department and Location on the Purchase Order will be sourced down to the Item Receipt record.
F&A	TC-13003	FIN VRA IF - Validate GL Impact of VRA Fulfillment - Inventory/Assembly Ite (...)FIN VRA IF - Validate GL Impact of VRA Fulfillment - Inventory/Assembly Item	At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the VRMA has been fulfilled, i.e. a (...)At least one Inventory/Assembly Item on the VRMA has been fulfilled, i.e. an Item Fulfillment has been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Globa (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global Search. OR Query up the VRMA and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Fulfillment will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe the GL Accounts, department and Amounts that are reflected	1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Purchases Returned Not Credited Credit Inventory (Asset A (...)1. Accounting Entry is as follows: Debit Purchases Returned Not Credited Credit Inventory (Asset Account from Item Master) Debit/Credit Purchase Price Variance Inventory is valued at the current standard cost 2. Material Burden on the Item Fulfillment is not clawed back/credited - this is standard NetSuite functionality. 2. The Department and Location on the VRMA will be sourced down to the Item Fulfillment record.
F&A	TC-13004	FIN VRA IF - Validate GL Impact of VRA Fulfillment - Non Inventory Item	Vendor Return Authorization has been created. If the item is fullfillable, (...)Vendor Return Authorization has been created. If the item is fullfillable, the Item fulfillment has also been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Globa (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global Search. OR Query up theVRMA and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Receipt will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact	1. There is no GL Impact because Non Inventory Items are not set to accrue on receipt
F&A	TC-13005	FIN VRA IF - Validate GL Impact of VRA Fulfillment - Service Item	Vendor Return Authorization has been created. If the item is fullfillable, (...)Vendor Return Authorization has been created. If the item is fullfillable, the Item fulfillment has also been created.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Superuser 1. Query up the Item Fulfillment in the Global Search. OR Query up the VRMA and click on the Related Records tab where the linked Item Fulfillment will be seen. 2. Click on GL Impact 3. Observe any GL Accounts, department and Amounts that may be reflected	1. No Accounting Entry is created. Note: We do not expect Kimray to use VRAs for Service Items for (...)1. No Accounting Entry is created. Note: We do not expect Kimray to use VRAs for Service Items for Purchase. Non Inventory for Purchase Items will be used for Chargebacks.
F&A	TC-13006	Create Vendor Credit from Vendor Bill	Approved vendor bill exists and is unpaid. The Bill will now be credited.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: Create Bill Credit: 1. Query the Vendor Bill by en (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst Kimray AP Supervisor: Create Bill Credit: 1. Query the Vendor Bill by entering the bill number into the Global Search and clicking on the transaction. 2. Click the Credit button. 3. On the Bill Credit page review the information that has defaulted from the Vendor Bill. Make any adjustments to the Bill Credit such as amount changes, or removing any lines that are not part of the Bill Credit. 4. Under the Apply Subtab observe that the Bill is already selected to apply 5. Ucheck and recheck the Apply checkbox to ensure the amount to be applied is automatically adjusted based on the amount of the Bill. Alternatively, in the Apply tab, populate the amount that you wish to apply to the Bill in the Payment Column.	Bill credit can be created from Open Bill Bill credit is applied
F&A	TC-13007	Create Standalone Vendor Credit	Vendor Bill is already paid or is not available for Crediting.	Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Transactions> Payables > Enter Vendor Credits 2. Enter the (...)Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Navigate to Transactions> Payables > Enter Vendor Credits 2. Enter the Reference number for the Bill Credit. Select the Vendor Name. Enter the date for the Bill Credit 3. At the line level, select the GL Account that will be credited. Enter the department and memo. 4. Under the Apply Subtab select any appropriate Bills to apply to the Credit. Otherwise, leave the Bill Credit as unapplied. 5. Save your work.	Bill Credit is applied to the Vendor Bill if referenced. Otherwise, Bill Credit is left as Unapplied (...)Bill Credit is applied to the Vendor Bill if referenced. Otherwise, Bill Credit is left as Unapplied.
F&A	TC-13008	Reject Vendor Bill that has an Approver that is no longer Valid	Vendor Bill has been submitted for Approval. Next Approver has not approved (...)Vendor Bill has been submitted for Approval. Next Approver has not approved or rejected the Vendor Bill.	Role: Administrator 1. Query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search 2. Click Reject 3. On the Kimra (...)Role: Administrator 1. Query the Vendor Bill in the Global Search 2. Click Reject 3. On the Kimray Transaction Approval form that opens up, select the Rejection Reason and enter the Comments as appropriate	Vendor Bill has a "Rejected" status. Vendor Bill can be edited by the AP Analyst to select a new Nex (...)Vendor Bill has a "Rejected" status. Vendor Bill can be edited by the AP Analyst to select a new Next Approver
F&A	TC-13009	Versapay I need to automatically and securely process 'card on file' for a (...)Versapay I need to automatically and securely process 'card on file' for applicable customers in order to apply payment to open invoice(s) or sales order(s)		Go to customer accept payment select invoice go to payment method use pull down and select the c (...)Go to customer accept payment select invoice go to payment method use pull down and select the card on file	Need credit card receipt including invoice or sales order numbers sent to TVG for solutioning.
F&A	TC-13010	Versapay I need to be able to securely process a 'Card not Present' paymen (...)Versapay I need to be able to securely process a 'Card not Present' payment card transaction in order to apply payment against open invoice(s) or open sales order(s)		Go to customer click the accept Payment select invoices payment method pull down Versapay credit c (...)Go to customer click the accept Payment select invoices payment method pull down Versapay credit card select reader enter the credit card information directly on the card reader	Entered credit card information got a error added screed shot to N77 When back selected invoice p (...)Entered credit card information got a error added screed shot to N77 When back selected invoice payment method customer showed credit card Payment processed When entering credit card information onto sales orders the credit card always defaults Need to know why it will not allow for credit card information added on the sales order.
F&A	TC-13011	Versapay I need to apply 'card present' and 'card not present' PC receipts (...)Versapay I need to apply 'card present' and 'card not present' PC receipts to open invoice(s) or sales order(s) in NetSuite in order to apply payments to customer accounts receivable balances		Go to customer click the accept Payment select invoices payment method pull down Versapay credit c (...)Go to customer click the accept Payment select invoices payment method pull down Versapay credit card select reader enter the credit card information directly on the card reader
F&A	TC-13012	Versapay I need to accurately provide customer payment card with refund in (...)Versapay I need to accurately provide customer payment card with refund in order to apply refund to ONLY original payment card original sales order and original invoice		To to Invoice Click authorize a refund give reason save. Gives RMA2033 go to store operations (...)To to Invoice Click authorize a refund give reason save. Gives RMA2033 go to store operations receive items go back to Versapay roll and refund save CM3449 The press refund payment method confirm last 5 of card number.	refunded back to the customer. I have reached out to Sahil to ensure this is just a sandbox issue (...)refunded back to the customer. I have reached out to Sahil to ensure this is just a sandbox issue and not a real problem with all options for refunds available. This is a sandbox issue will need to retest in Production
F&A	TC-13013	Versapay Ability to run a sale with multiple cards because of card limits (...)Versapay Ability to run a sale with multiple cards because of card limits on cards customer sometime have to run multiple card to pay for the sale.		Sales will make a Sales order Pick Pack and ship Open Packing slip on IF print or record price go (...)Sales will make a Sales order Pick Pack and ship Open Packing slip on IF print or record price go back to Sales order click create deposit add amount payment options select terminal or card on file information	Able to use two cards
F&A	TC-13019	Versapay Send customer invitation to the portal		Open customer Press Versapay Network User tab at top of Header Select and send.	To send the invitation out. Found that the invitation is pulled from the contact information not f (...)To send the invitation out. Found that the invitation is pulled from the contact information not from the header email. Set up communication in customer Gail Plant place to go to ggreer@kimray.com (needs to be changed) and sent out a invite. Even with the +customer name still having issues setting up customers.
F&A	TC-13020	Versapay Confirm the invitation was sent		Look for email	Receive email to set up account
F&A	TC-13021	Versapay Confirm the invoice was sent with portal link		Netsuite requiest email invite customer gets invoice system shows time and date invitation sent w (...)Netsuite requiest email invite customer gets invoice system shows time and date invitation sent when opened when enrolled.	email
F&A	TC-13022	Versapay Confirm in NetSuite payment was applied to customer account Payme (...)Versapay Confirm in NetSuite payment was applied to customer account Payments made by Credit card on Netsuite are visable on the Versapay site		log into versapay and open Jet then payments confirm payment history	Versapay shows the credit card and customer check payments on the account.
F&A	TC-13023	Versapay Confirm in NetSuite payment was applied to customer account with (...)Versapay Confirm in NetSuite payment was applied to customer account with discount applied to correct account Check GL impact		Customer versapay Network invoice select invoice select contact get a link to c lick on and dis (...)Customer versapay Network invoice select invoice select contact get a link to c lick on and discount shows available
F&A	TC-13024	Reject Vendor Bill	Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for appr (...)Vendor Bill exists in Approver's queue after it has been submitted for approval	Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has (...) Appropriate Kimray Role that can approve/reject bills Bill has been submitted for approval Bill has a status of pending approval. 1. Query the Bill in the Global Search. Alternatively navigate to the Reminder "My Bills To Approve" and click on it. A list of Bills to approve will be rendered. Click View on the Bill that you wish to Approve Click on "Approve" button	Vendor Bill is rejected and not GL Impact
F&A	TC-13025	Test Avalara Integration ensuring Customer Setup as Taxable vs Nontaxable i (...)Test Avalara Integration ensuring Customer Setup as Taxable vs Nontaxable is transferred/calculated correctly and Sales Order/Invoice information is consistent (Ship To Inv # Total Taxable Invoice $ Amount			Customer Setup as Taxable vs Nontaxable is transferred/calculated correctly and Sales Order/Invoice (...)Customer Setup as Taxable vs Nontaxable is transferred/calculated correctly and Sales Order/Invoice information is consistent (Ship To, Inv #, Total Taxable Invoice $ Amount)
F&A	TC-13026	Make a dunning letter for a customer set up for emails. Confirm dunning let (...)Make a dunning letter for a customer set up for emails. Confirm dunning letter was sent by email in communication 2. Make a dunning letter for a customer set up for print Confirm dunning letter is queued for printing			to inform customers of past due balances in preferred format.
F&A	TC-13027	For any employee where the 4digit code is not consistent between systems th (...)For any employee where the 4digit code is not consistent between systems the test must be failed. Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds / deletes in Kronos is reflected in NetSuite.		Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds (...)Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test is for changes / adds / deletes in Kronos is reflected in NetSuite. Compare the department ID on the report TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data.
F&A	TC-13028	Fail row where employee department ID = '0000'			The transaction will generate an error
F&A	TC-13029	Test Versapay integration ensuring a credit card transaction populates corr (...)Test Versapay integration ensuring a credit card transaction populates correctly into the GL (Undeposited Funds) and receipt of funds can be applied in AR NetSuite/Versapay/Gateway reconcile.
F&A	TC-13030	Test Versapay Integration ensuring a refund is processed through all system (...)Test Versapay Integration ensuring a refund is processed through all systems.			Refund is processed
F&A	TC-13031	For employee addition: reconcile Kronos employee record DOA Role superviso (...)For employee addition: reconcile Kronos employee record DOA Role supervisor department ID NetSuite role to NetSuite		Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test that data reconciles f (...)Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test that data reconciles for: 1. Employee Record 2. DOA Role 3. Employee Supervisor 4. 4Digit Department ID (Cost Center) 5. NetSuite Role(s)	After new employees are added in Kronos Kronos and NetSuite employee data will be synchronized
F&A	TC-13032	For employee changes: reconcile Kronos employee record changes to any of t (...)For employee changes: reconcile Kronos employee record changes to any of the following: DOA Role supervisor department ID NetSuite role to NetSuite		Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare employee changes to NetSuite data. Test that (...)Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare employee changes to NetSuite data. Test that data reconciles for change in (any or all of the following): 1. Employee Record 2. DOA Role 3. Employee Supervisor 4. 4Digit Department ID (Cost Center) 5. NetSuite Role(s)	After employee changes are made in Kronos Kronos and NetSuite employee data will be synchronized
F&A	TC-13033	For employee termination: reconcile Kronos employee record DOA Role superv (...)For employee termination: reconcile Kronos employee record DOA Role supervisor department ID NetSuite role to NetSuite		Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test that data reconciles f (...)Use the report: TD_Copy_of_IT Integration to compare to NetSuite data. Test that data reconciles for: 5. NetSuite Role(s) is removed	After an employee has been terminated in Kronos Kronos and NetSuite employee data will be synchroniz (...)After an employee has been terminated in Kronos Kronos and NetSuite employee data will be synchronized
F&A	TC-13034	F&A Roles cannot update Maestro related vendor fields	Vendor record created	Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor 1. Edit existing vendor record 2. Navigate to Custom tab 3. Observe all (...)Role: Kimray-AP Supervisor 1. Edit existing vendor record 2. Navigate to Custom tab 3. Observe all fields are set as readonly and cannot be edited.	F&A roles with vendor edit permissions cannot edit information under the custom tab which stores cus (...)F&A roles with vendor edit permissions cannot edit information under the custom tab which stores custom fields created for Ops use including Maestro related fields.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30009	Manual MRO Purchase Requisition Creation in NetSuite.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Requisitions. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Requisition form in the 'Custom Form' field. 3. Validate that the 'Date' is correct. 4. Enter a 'Need By Date' date. 5. Select a 'Purchase Requisition Type'. - MRO - Store - Calibration 6. Validate the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 7. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 8. Validate that the 'Requestor', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 9. Navigate to the Items tab > Items subtab. 10. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 11. Validate the following for each item: - Vendor Name - Description - Vendor - Estimated Rate - Estimated Amount 12. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 13. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - Location - Ship-To Address (Default if applicable) - Department - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Expected Receipt Date 14. Click the ?Add? button. - To add additional items re-follow Steps 10 to 14. 15. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 16. Enter a Contact(s) information: - Contact Name - Job Title - Email - Main Phone - Role * User can enter more than one contact. * If you want to add an existing Contact, you will need to save the Requisition first and then add the existing Contact. 17. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 18. Add and Track Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 19. Click 'Save'.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Enter Requisition record. 2. User validates/selects the (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Enter Requisition record. 2. User validates/selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 4. The 'Need By Date' date is entered. 5. The correct Purchase Requisition Type is selected. 6. The Subsidiary is validated. 7. The correct Location is selected. 8. The Requestor, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 9. User navigates to the Items subtab. 10. The correct Item is entered/selected. 11. User validates and updates the Vendor Name, item Description, Vendor, Estimated Rate, and Estimated Amount. 12. The Quantity is entered. 13. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 14. The Add button is clicked. -Steps 10 though 14 are done again for additional items. 15. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 16. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 17. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 18. Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files are added - Files are added if applicable. 19. The Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30010	Manual Expense (Item tab) Purchase Requisition Creation in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Requisitions. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Requisition form in the 'Custom Form' field. 3. Validate that the 'Date' is correct. 4. Enter a 'Need By Date' date. 5. Select a 'Purchase Requisition Type'. - MRO - Store 6. Validate the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 7. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 8. Validate that the 'Requestor', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 9. Navigate to the Items tab > Items subtab. 10. Enter and select the 'Non-Inventory Item' for Expenses that are desired to be purchased in the 'Items' column. 11. Validate the following for each item: - Vendor Name - Description - Vendor - Estimated Rate - Estimated Amount 12. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 13. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - Location - Ship-To Address (Default if applicable) - PO Line Comments 14. Click the 'Add' button. - To add additional items re-follow Steps 10 to 14. 15. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 16. Enter a Contact(s) information: - Contact Name - Job Title - Email - Main Phone - Role *** User can enter more than one contact. 17. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 18. Add and Track Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 19. Click 'Save'.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Enter Requisition record. 2. User validates/selects the (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Enter Requisition record. 2. User validates/selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 4. The 'Need By Date' date is entered. 5. The correct Purchase Requisition Type is selected. 6. The Subsidiary is validated. 7. The correct Location is selected. 8. The Requestor, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 9. User navigates to the Items subtab. 10. The correct Non-Inventory Item/Expenses are/ is entered/selected. 11. User validates and updates the Vendor Name, item Description, Vendor, Estimated Rate, and Estimated Amount. 12. The Quantity is entered. 13. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 14. The Add button is clicked. -Steps 10 though 14 are done again for additional items. 15. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 16. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 17. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 18. Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files are added - File added if necessary 19. The Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30024	Exclude a Purchase Order Line from On-Time Delivery		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Order: - Enter the Purchase Order # in the Global Search. -or - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists > Locate Purchase Order. -or- - Review the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' saved search. 2. Click 'Edit' on the Purchase Order. 3. Navigate to the Items tab > Items subtab. 4. Click on the item you are wanting to exclude and scroll right until you see the 'Exclude from On-Time Delivery' field. 5. Check the 'Exclude from On-Time Delivery' field. 6. Locate the Exlude from On-Time Delivery Reason field. 7. Select the Exclude from On-Time Delivery Reason. 8. Click 'Ok' to accept the change. 9. Repeat steps 4 - 6 for each item you would like to exclude from on-time delivery. 10. Click 'Save'.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully edits the Purchase O (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully edits the Purchase Order. 3. The user successfully navigates to the Items subtab. 4. The Exclude from On-Time Delivery field is located. 5. The Exclude from On-Time Delivery field is successfully checked. 6. The Exclude from On-Time Delivery Reason field is located. 7. The Exclude from On-Time Delivery Reas is selected. 8. Ok is clicked. 9. The steps are successfully repeated for each item. 10. The Purchase Order is successfully saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30011	MRO Purchase Requisition Created in Employee Center	Pre-Requisite: Access to the Employee Center needs to be given to the emplo (...)Pre-Requisite: Access to the Employee Center needs to be given to the employee. Login Information: employee@center.com Welcome123!	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; OTHERS 1. User navigates to https://system.netsuite.com/pages/customerlogin.jsp?country=US 2. The user enters their login information: - Email Address - Password and clicks Log In. 3. Navigate to the Purchases table/portlet and click the Requisitions tab. 4. Click the 'Enter Requisition' button. 5. Validate that the 'Date' is correct. 6. Enter a 'Need By Date' date. 7. Select a 'Purchase Requisition Type'. - MRO - Store 8. Validate the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. Validate that the 'Requestor', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 11. Navigate to the Items tab ; Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 13. Validate the following for each item: - Vendor Name - Description - Vendor - Estimated Rate - Estimated Amount 14. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 15. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - Location - Ship-To Address (Default if applicable) - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Expected Receipt Date 16. Click the 'Add' button. - To add additional items re-follow Steps 12 to 16. 17. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 18. Enter a Contact(s) information: - Contact Name - Job Title - Email - Main Phone - Role *** User can enter more than one contact. 19. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 20. Add and Track Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 21. Click 'Save'.	1. User successfully navigates to NetSuite Login Page. 2. User successfully and correctly enters (...)1. User successfully navigates to NetSuite Login Page. 2. User successfully and correctly enters their login information. 3. Correctly navigates to the Requisitions tab. 4. The Enter Requisition button is clicked. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The 'Need By Date' date is entered. 7. The correct Purchase Requisition Type is selected. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Requestor, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Item is entered/selected. 13. User validates and updates the Vendor Name, item Description, Vendor, Estimated Rate, and Estimated Amount. 14. The Quantity is entered. 15. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 16. The Add button is clicked. -Steps 12 though 16 are done again for additional items. 17. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 18. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 19. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 20. Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files are added 21. The Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30012	Expense (Item tab) Purchase Requisition Created in Employee Center	Pre-Requisite: Access to the Employee Center needs to be given to the emplo (...)Pre-Requisite: Access to the Employee Center needs to be given to the employee. Login Information: employee@center. com & Welcome123!	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; OTHERS 1. User navigates to https://system. netsuite. com/pages/customerlogin. jsp?country=US 2. The user enters their login information: - Email Address - Password and clicks Log In. 3. Navigate to the Purchases table/portlet and click the Requisitions tab. 4. Click the 'Enter Requisition' button. 5. Validate that the 'Date' is correct. 6. Enter a 'Need By Date' date. 7. Select a 'Purchase Requisition Type'. - MRO - Store 8. Validate the 'Subsidiary' is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. Validate that the 'Requestor', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 11. Navigate to the Items tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Non-Inventory Item' for Expenses that are desired to be purchased in the 'Items' column. 13. Validate the following for each item: - Vendor Name - Description - Vendor - Estimated Rate - Estimated Amount 14. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 15. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - Location - Ship-To Address (Default if applicable) 16. Click the 'Add' button. - To add additional items re-follow Steps 12 to 16. 17. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 18. Enter a Contact(s) information: - Contact Name - Job Title - Email - Main Phone - Role *** User can enter more than one contact. 19. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 20. Add and Track Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 21. Click 'Save'.	1. User successfully navigates to NetSuite Login Page. 2. User successfully and correctly enters (...)1. User successfully navigates to NetSuite Login Page. 2. User successfully and correctly enters their login information. 3. Correctly navigates to the Requisitions tab. 4. The Enter Requisition button is clicked. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The 'Need By Date' date is entered. 7. The correct Purchase Requisition Type is selected. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Requestor, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Non-Inventory Item/Expense is entered/selected. 13. User validates and updates the Vendor Name, item Description, Vendor, Estimated Rate, and Estimated Amount. 14. The Quantity is entered. 15. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 16. The Add button is clicked. -Steps 12 though 16 are done again for additional items. 17. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 18. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 19. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 20. Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files are added 21. The Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30013	Converting a Purchase Requisition to a Purchase Order	Purchase Requision must be approved.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Requisition: - Navigate to Transactions > Purchase Requisitions > List -or- - Enter the Requisition # in the Global Search. -or- Use the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Requisitions Pending Conversion. 2. Review the Purchase Requisition and validate all information is correct. 3. Click the 'Create Purchase Order' button. 4. Validate you are redirected to the Order Requisition page. 5. Populate any of the applicable filters if desired. - Vendor - Item (Non-Inventory Items are used for Expenses) - Location - Class - Department 6. Check the checkbox for each Requisition you would like to convert to a Purchase Order. 7. Click the 'Submit' button. 8. Validate you are redirected to the Processed Purchase Order page. 9. Click 'Refresh'. 10. When the 'Status' is Complete, note the Purchase Order # is populated as a hyperlink. 11. Open the Purchase # link. 12. Validate the Purchase Order information and make any applicable Purchase Order updates	1. The user successfully navigates to the Purchase Requisition. 2. The Requisition data and infor (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Purchase Requisition. 2. The Requisition data and information is validated and confirmed. 3. The Create Purchase Order button is clicked. 4. The Order Requisition page appears. 5. The necessary filters are used if applicable. 6. The Requisitions are checked that need to be converted to a Purchase Order. 7. The Submit button is clicked. 8. The Processed Purchase Order page appears. 9. The Refresh button is clicked. 10. The Purchase Order # is created and appears. 11. The Purchase Order # link is opened. 12. The Purchase Order is validated and updated.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30014	Manual MRP Purchase Order Creation in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form in the ?Custom Form? field. 3. Select a Vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 4. If applicable, select a Purchase Contract in the 'Purchase Contract' field. - When a Purchase Contract is selected here, it will apply the correlated pricing for each item associated with the Purchase Contract. - Please note, you can also select a Purchase Contract per item in order to associated multiple Purchase Contracts to a Purchase Order. 5. Validate that the ?Date? is correct. 6. Select the correct ?PO Type?. - CapEx - MRO - Sample - Standard - Tooling - VMI 7. Validate the ?Subsidiary? is Kimray, Inc. 8. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 9. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. - Buyer - Buyer Email - Buyer Phone # 10. Navigate to the 'Items' tab > Items subtab. 11. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 12. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 13. Validate the item 'Description', 'Rate', and 'Amount' defaulting for the item selected. - Update any if necessary. 14. Select a Purchase Contract in the 'Purchase Contract' field if applicable for the item. - Please note, the Purchase Contract will populated automatically if Active. 15. Select the Location 16. Validate the ?Ship-To Address? automatically populates correctly if applicable. - Enter Ship-To Address if needed. 17. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Exclude for On-Time Delivery - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information - PO Change Reason - Deviation # **If a Deviation # is entered, add Deviation Paperwork to the Communications tab. 18. Click the ?Add? button. - To add additional items re-follow steps 13 to 20. 19. Navigate to the Billing subtab. 20. Validate the ?Vendor Select? is defaulting correctly. 21. Validate the 'Vendor' field is populating correctly. 22. Validate and/or select the 'Terms'. - Terms will default from the Vendor record. 23. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 24. If new contact(s) needs to be entered, enter Contact(s) information: 'Contact Name', 'Job Title', 'Email', 'Main Phone', and 'Role'. Click Add. 25. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 26. Select the contact to be emailed in the Contacts field. Validate that the ?To-Be Emailed? checkbox is un-checked and the email address is correct. - The email user can enter more than one email. - The Email will automatically be sent to the Vendor upon Approval. 27. Add a File - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 28. Navigate to the Comments tab. 29. Validate the ?Standard Comment? defaulted correctly and update if desired. 30. Validate that the ?PO Type Comment? defaults correctly and updated if desired. 31. Click ?Save?. 32. Validate the Ship-To Address in the Header correctly populated. - Sourced from line - If no line Ship-To Address, populates with Location address. 33. Validate that the Purchase Order is in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchas (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. A Purchase Contract is selected if applicable. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The correct PO Type is selected. 7. The Subsidiary is validated. 8. The correct Location is selected. 9. The Buyer, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 10. User navigates to the Items subtab. 11. The correct Item is entered/selected. 12. The Quantity is entered. 13. User validates and updates the item Description, Rate, and Amount. 14. A Purchase Contract is selected if applicable. 15. The Location is validated or selected. 16. The Ship-To Address populates correctly and the Dock/Loading Station is added. 17. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 18. The Add button is clicked. - Steps 13 though 20 are done again for additional items. 19. The user navigates to the Billing subtab. 20. The Vendor Select is defaulting correctly or selected. 21. The Vendor address populates correctly. 22. The Term are selected and/or validated. 23. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 24. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 25. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 26. The To-Be Emailed checkbox is unchecked and the email address is correct. 27. User uploads a file. 28. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 29. The Standard Comment is validated and/or updated. 30. The PO Type Comment defaults correctly and is update accordingly if applicable. 31. The Purchase Order is saved. 32. Header Ship-To Address is validated. 33. The Purchase Order is in Maestro.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30015	Manual MRO Purchase Order Creation in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Pla (...)Manual MRO Purchase Order Creation in NetSuite with Exclude From Supply Planning as TRUE. Validate Purchase Ordre is NOT in Maestro.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form in the ?Custom Form? field. 3. Select a Vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 4. If applicable, select a Purchase Contract in the 'Purchase Contract' field. - When a Purchase Contract is selected here, it will apply the correlated pricing for each item associated with the Purchase Contract. - Please note, you can also select a Purchase Contract per item in order to associated multiple Purchase Contracts to a Purchase Order. 5. Validate that the ?Date? is correct. 6. Select the correct ?PO Type?. - CapEx - MRO - Sample - Standard - Tooling - VMI 7. Check the Exclude from Supply Planning to remove the Purchase Order from supply planning consideration. 8. Validate the ?Subsidiary? is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. - Buyer - Buyer Email - Buyer Phone # 11. Navigate to the 'Items' tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 13. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 14. Validate the item 'Description', 'Rate', and 'Amount' defaulting for the item selected. - Update any if necessary. 15. Select a Purchase Contract in the 'Purchase Contract' field if applicable for the item. - Please note, the Purchase Contract will populated automatically if Active. 16. Select the Location 17. Validate the ?Ship-To Address? automatically populates correctly if applicable. - Manually enter if needed. 18. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Exclude for On-Time Delivery - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information - PO Change Reason - Deviation # **If a Deviation # is entered, add Deviation Paperwork to the Communications tab. 19. Click the ?Add? button. - To add additional items re-follow steps 13 to 20. 20. Navigate to the Billing subtab. 21. Validate the ?Vendor Select? is defaulting correctly. 22. Validate the 'Vendor' field is populating correctly. 23. Validate and/or select the 'Terms'. - Terms will default from the Vendor record. 24. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 25. If new contact(s) needs to be entered, enter Contact(s) information: 'Contact Name', 'Job Title', 'Email', 'Main Phone', and 'Role'. Click Add. 26. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 27. Select the contact to be emailed in the Contacts field. Validate that the ?To-Be Emailed? checkbox is un-checked and the email address is correct. - The email user can enter more than one email. - The Email will automatically be sent to the Vendor upon Approval. 28. Add a File - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 29. Navigate to the Comments tab. 30. Validate the ?Standard Comment? defaulted correctly and update if desired. 31. Validate that the ?PO Type Comment? defaults correctly and updated if desired. 32. Click ?Save?. 33. Validate the Ship-To Address in the Header correctly populated. - Sourced from line - If no line Ship-To Address, populates with Location address. 34. Validate that the Purchase Order is NOT in Maestro.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchas (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. A Purchase Contract is selected if applicable. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The correct PO Type is selected. 7. The Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox is checked if applicable. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Buyer, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Item is entered/selected. 13. The Quantity is entered. 14. User validates and updates the item Description, Rate, and Amount. 15. A Purchase Contract is selected if applicable. 16. The Location is validated or selected. 17. The Ship-To Address populates correctly and the Dock/Loading Station is added. 18. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 19. The Add button is clicked. - Steps 13 though 20 are done again for additional items. 20. The user navigates to the Billing subtab. 21. The Vendor Select is defaulting correctly or selected. 22. The Vendor address populates correctly. 23. The Term are selected and/or validated. 24. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 25. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 26. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 27. The To-Be Emailed checkbox is unchecked and the email address is correct. 28. File is added. 29. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 30. The Standard Comment is validated and/or updated. 31. The PO Type Comment defaults correctly and is update accordingly if applicable. 32. The Purchase Order is saved. 33. Header Ship-To Address is validated. 34. The Purchase Order is validated not to be in Maestro.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30016	Manual Expense (Item tab) Purchase Order Creation in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form in the ?Custom Form? field. 3. Select a Vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 4. If applicable, select a Purchase Contract in the 'Purchase Contract' field. - When a Purchase Contract is selected here, it will apply the correlated pricing for each item associated with the Purchase Contract. - Please note, you can also select a Purchase Contract per item in order to associated multiple Purchase Contracts to a Purchase Order. 5. Validate that the ?Date? is correct. 6. Select the correct 'PO Type'. - CapEx - MRO - Sample - Standard - Tooling - VMI 7. Check the Exclude from Supply Planning to remove the Purchase Order from supply planning consideration. 8. Validate the ?Subsidiary? is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. - Buyer - Buyer Email - Buyer Phone # 11. Navigate to the 'Items' tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Non-Inventory Item'/Expense desired to be purchased. 13. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 14. Validate the item 'Description', 'Rate', and 'Amount' defaulting for the item selected. - Update if necessary. 15. Select the Location 16. Validate the ?Ship-To Address? automatically populates correctly if applicable. - Enter manually if needed. 17. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - PO Line Comments 18. Click the ?Add? button. - To add additional items re-follow steps 13 to 20. 19. Navigate to the Billing subtab. 20. Validate the ?Vendor Select? is defaulting correctly -or- select the desired 'Vendor Select'. 21. Validate the 'Vendor' field is populating correctly. - If the Vendor Address is incorrect, click the 'Edit' button in the 'Vendor Select' field. 22. Validate and/or select the 'Terms'. - Terms will default from the Vendor record. 23. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 24. If new contact(s) needs to be entered, enter Contact(s) information: 'Contact Name', 'Job Title', 'Email', 'Main Phone', and 'Role'. Click Add. 25. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 26. Select the contact to be emailed in the Contacts field. Validate that the ?To-Be Emailed? checkbox is un-checked and the email address is correct. - The email user can enter more than one email. - The Email will automatically be sent to the Vendor upon Approval. 27. Add a File - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 28. Navigate to the Comments tab. 29. Validate the ?Standard Comment? defaulted correctly and update if desired. 30. Validate that the ?PO Type Comment? defaults correctly and updated if desired. 31. Validate the Ship-To Address in the Header correctly populated. - Sourced from line - If no line Ship-To Address, populates with Location address. 32. Click ?Save?.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchas (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. A Purchase Contract is selected if applicable. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The correct PO Type is selected. 7. The Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox is checked if applicable. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Buyer, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Item is entered/selected. 13. The Quantity is entered. 14. User validates and updates the item Description, Rate, and Amount. 15. The Location is validated or selected. 16. The Ship-To Address populates correctly and the Dock/Loading Station is added. 17. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 18. The Add button is clicked. - Steps 13 though 20 are done again for additional items. 19. The user navigates to the Billing subtab. 20. The Vendor Select is defaulting correctly or selected. 21. The Vendor address populates correctly. 22. The Term are selected and/or validated. 23. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 24. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 25. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 26. The To-Be Emailed checkbox is unchecked and the email address is correct. 27. File is added. 28. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 29. The Standard Comment is validated and/or updated. 30. The PO Type Comment defaults correctly and is update accordingly if applicable. 31. Header Ship-To Address if validated. 32. The Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30017	Validate Purchase Order Created in NetSuite via Maestro		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Order: - Enter the Purchase Order # in the Global Search. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists > Locate Purchase Order. -or- - Review the 'Fusion Kimray - Purchase Orders Pending Approval' or 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' saved searches. 2. Review and Validate the Primary Information. - Vendor - Vendor # - Date - PO Type 3. Review and Validate the 'Subsidiary' and 'Location'. 4. Confirm the 'Buyer', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #'. 5. Navigate to the Items tab > Items subtab. 6. Validate the item(s) and item information. - Item - Quantity - Rate - Amount - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information - PO Change Reason 7. Navigate to the Billing tab. 8. Validate the 'Vendor' address and 'Terms' 9. Navigate to the Communication tab. 10. Confirm the Contact information. 11. Navigate to the Comments tab 12. Validate and/or update the Standard Comment and PO Type Comment. 13. Once all details and required fields are populated, click the Save button. 14. After the page refreshes, a Submit for Approval button should be visibile. Click the button to initiate the approval process.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The Primary Information is confirmed and (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The Primary Information is confirmed and/or updated. 3. The 'Subsidiary' is correct and the 'Location' if validated or updated. 4. The Buyer information is confirmed. 5. The user navigates to the Items tab. 6. The item(s) and item information is confirmed, validated, and updated if required. 7. The user navigates to the Billing tab. 8. The Vendor and Terms are validated and/or updated. 9. The user navigates to the Relationships tab. 10. The Contact information is confirmed and/or updated. 11. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 12. The Standard Comment and PO Type Comment is validated and/or updated. 13. User validates that all required data has been entered on the transaction and clicks the Save button. 14. After the page refreshes, user clicks the Submit for Approval button, initiating the approval process.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30018	CSV Import a Item Purchase Order	1. CSV Mapping Created 2. CSV File Created	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. User creates and saves CSV Import File to their computer. 2. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Imports. 3. In the 'Record Type' filter select Purchase Order. 4. Locate the CSV Import called Purchase Order CSV Import. 5. On the Scan & Upload CSV File page, scroll to the bottom and check 'One File to Upload'. 6. Click the 'Select' button. 7. The computers File Explorer window will appear. 8. In the File Explorer window, locate the CSV Import file and click Open. 9. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 10. On the Import Options page, validate 'Add' is checked. 11. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 12. On the Field Mapping page, verify the field mapping is correct. 13. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 14. Click 'Save & Run' in the bottom right. 15. Confirm that the Purchase Order has been created.	1. A CSV Import File has successfully been created and saved to the computer. 2. The user successfu (...)1. A CSV Import File has successfully been created and saved to the computer. 2. The user successfully navigates to the Saved CSV Record page. 3. Purchase Order is selected in the Record Type filter. 4. The user locates the Purchase Order CSV Import Upload mapping. 5. 'One File to Upload' is checked/selected. 6. The Select button is clicked. 7. The users File Explorer window appears. 8. The CSV Import file is located and Opened to be added to the CSV Import mapping 9. Next is successfully clicked. 10. Add is verified as checked. 11. Next is successfully clicked. 12. The Field Mapping is confirmed 13. Next is successfully clicked. 14. Save & Run is clicked 15. The Purchase Orders were successfully created.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30019	CSV Import an Expense (Item tab) Purchase Order	1. CSV Mapping Created 2. CSV File Created	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. User creates and saves CSV Import File to their computer. 2. Navigate to Setup > Import/Export > Saved CSV Import. 3. In the 'Record Type' filter select Purchase Order. 4. Locate the CSV Import called Kimray - Purchase Order Expense Upload. 5. On the Scan & Upload CSV File page, scroll to the bottom and check 'One File to Upload'. 6. Click the 'Select' button. 7. The computers File Explorer window will appear. 8. In the File Explorer window, locate the CSV Import file and click Open. 9. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 10. On the Import Options page, validate 'Add' is checked. 11. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 12. On the Field Mapping page, verify the field mapping is correct. 13. Click 'Next' in the bottom right. 14. Click 'Save & Run' in the bottom right. 15. Confirm that the Purchase Order has been created.	1. A CSV Import File has successfully been created and saved to the computer. 2. The user successfu (...)1. A CSV Import File has successfully been created and saved to the computer. 2. The user successfully navigates to the Saved CSV Record page. 3. Purchase Order is selected in the Record Type filter. 4. The user locates the Kimray - Purchase Order Expense Upload mapping. 5. 'One File to Upload' is checked/selected. 6. The Select button is clicked. 7. The users File Explorer window appears. 8. The CSV Import file is located and Opened to be added to the CSV Import mapping 9. Next is successfully clicked. 10. Add is verified as checked. 11. Next is successfully clicked. 12. The Field Mapping is confirmed 13. Next is successfully clicked. 14. Save & Run is clicked 15. The Purchase Orders were successfully created.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30020	Purchase Order Closure		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Order: - Enter the Purchase Order # in the Global Search. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists > Locate Purchase Order. -or- - Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' saved search. 2. Click the Close button. 3. Validate that the Purchase Order order status is Closed.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The Close button is clicked. 3. The Purch (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The Close button is clicked. 3. The Purchase Order status is Closed.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30021	Purchase Order Line Closure		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Order: - Enter the Purchase Order # in the Global Search. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists > Locate Purchase Order. -or- - Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' saved search. 2. Click 'Edit' on the Purchase Order. 3. Navigate to Items tab > Items subtab. 4. Click on the item and scroll to the right until you see the 'Close' field. 5. Check the 'Close' checkbox. 6. Click 'Ok' to accept the change. 7. Repeat steps 4 though 6 for additional items. 8. Click 'Save'.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully clicks Edit on the P (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. The user successfully clicks Edit on the Purchase Order. 3. The user successfully navigates to the Items subtab. 4. The user locates the 'Close' field. 5. The 'Close' field is checked. 6. Ok is clicked. 7. Steps 4 through 6 are repeated if applicable. 8. The Purchase Order is successfully saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30022	Manual MRP Blanket Purchase Order Creation in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Blanket Purchase Orders. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Blanket Purchase Order form in the ?Custom Form? field. 3. Select a Vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 4. Validate or Add the Vendor # in the ?Kimray Account # For Vendor? . 5. Validate that the ?Date? is correct. 6. Enter a ?Start Date? and 'End Date' for the Blanket Purchase Order timeline 7. Select the correct ?PO Type?. - CapEx - MRO - Sample - Standard - Tooling - VMI 8. Validate the ?Subsidiary? is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. Validate that the 'Buyer', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. - If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 11. Navigate to the 'Items' tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 13. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. - This is the Quantity for the duration of the Blanket Purchase Order, not just for a single Purchase Order. 14. Validate the item 'Description', 'Rate', and 'Amount' defaulting for the item selected. - These can be manually updated if needed. 15. Click the + in the 'Schedule' field and then the Pencil icon. 16. Select a 'Create Purchase Order' value. - Manually: You will need to manually release orders on the blanket purchase order to create the purchase orders for items. - At Lead Time: NetSuite releases orders on the blanket purchase order as calculated by item lead times. 17. Select a 'Create Schedule' value. - Manually Date: Enter the date to schedule the item order. Quantity: enter the quantity of items to schedule on the item order. Optionally enter a 'Memo'. Check the box in the Release column to create this order when the blanket purchase order is saved. Click 'Add'. Repeat these steps to add more orders manually. - Autogenerated Release Frequency: Choose the period of recurrence required for this schedule: Daily Weekly Monthly **Quarterly - Start Date: Enter the first date to include orders in this schedule. - End Date: Enter the last date to include orders in this schedule. - Click Autogenerate. 18. Select the Location 19. Validate that the Ship-To Location is sourcing correctly if applicable. - Manually enter if needed. 20. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Exclude for On-Time Delivery - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information - PO Change Reason - Deviation Information 21. Click the ?Add? button. - To add additional items re-follow steps 13 to 22. 22. Navigate to the Terms subtab. 23. Validate and/or select the 'Terms'. - Terms will default from the Vendor record. 24. Navigate to the Special Instructions tab. 25. Enter the 'Special Instructions' if applicable: 26. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 27. Enter a Contact(s) information: 'Contact Name', 'Job Title', 'Email', 'Main Phone', and 'Role'. - User can enter more than one contact. 28. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 29. Add and Track Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 30. Navigate to the Comments tab. 31. Validate and/or update the Standard Comments. 32. Validate and/or update the PO Type Comment. 33. Click Save	1. User successfully navigates to the Blanket Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - B (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Blanket Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Blanket Purchase Order form. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. The Vendor # either defaults correctly or is correctly entered. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The Start Date and End Date dates are entered. 7. The correct PO Type is selected. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Buyer, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Item is entered/selected. 13. The Quantity is entered. 14. User validates and updates the item Description, Rate, and Amount. 15. The + sign is clicked and then the Pencil icon. 16. A Create Purchase Order value is selected. 17. A Create Schedule field is selected. 18. The Location is validated or selected. 19. The Ship-To Address populates correctly if applicable. 20. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 21. The Add button is clicked. - Steps 13 though 23 are done again for additional items. 22. The User navigates to the Terms subtab. 23. The Terms are selected and/or validated. 24. The user navigates to the Special Instructions tab. 25. The Special Instructions field get populated if applicable. 26. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 27. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 28. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 29. Events, Tasks, Phone Calls, and Files are added. 30. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 31. The Standard Comment is validated and/or updated. 32. The PO Type Comment is validated and/or updated. 33. The Blanket Purchase Order is saved.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30023	Purchase Order Consolidation in NetSuite		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Consolidate PO. 2. As the user, select and use the filters accordingly. - Location - Buyer - PO Typer - Vendor ***Please note that Purchase Order can ONLY be consolidated with Purchase Orders that all share the same filters. 3. Click the Refresh button once all filters are selected. - Once the Refresh button is selected, the Purchase Order results are updated. 4. Check the Consolidate checkbox for the Purchase Orders that you hope to consolidate. - Use the Mark All button to quickly check all of the Consolidate checkboxes. - Use the Unmark All button to quickly uncheck all of the Consolidate checkboxes. 5. Once all Purchase Orders are properly checked for consolidation, click the Submit button. - Again, in order to successfully consolidate Purchase Orders, the Purchase Orders must have the same Vendor, Location, PO Type, and Buyer. - If the above criteria is not met, the user will be presented with a helpful error message. 6. Once the Purchase Orders are successfully consolidated, a success message will appear with a hyperlink to the "primary" Purchase Order. Click the PO# hyperlink. 7. Review the new "primary" Purchase Order and not the Consolidated POs field.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Consolidate PO page. 2. The appropriate Filters are popul (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Consolidate PO page. 2. The appropriate Filters are populated. 3. The Refresh button is successfully clicked, and the Purchase Order results are updated. 4. The Purchase Orders desired to be consolidated, the Consolidate checkboxes are checked. 5. The Submit button is clicked once all Purchase Orders are identified. 6. The Purchase Orders are Consolidated. 7. The Purchase Order is reviewed.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30025	Manually Releasing a Blanket Purchase Order.		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Blanket Purchase Order: - Enter the Blanket Purchase Order # in the Global Search. -or- - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Blanket Purchase Orders > Lists > Locate Blanket Purchase Order. -or- - Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Un-Release Blanket Purchase Orders' saved search. 2. Click the 'Edit' button to open the Blanket Purchase Order 3. Navigate to the Item tab > Items subtab. 4. Click the pencil icon on the item that you are wanting to release a Purchase Order for. 5. The Schedule window will appear. 6. Check the 'Release' checkbox for the date/schedule you will be creating the Purchase Order for. 7. Click 'Ok' for the line. 8. Click 'Ok' for the Schedule window. 9. Click 'Ok' for the item on the Blanket Purchase Order. 10. Repeat steps 4 - 9 for all other items you are wanting to release a Purchase Order for. 11. Click 'Save' on the Blanket Purchase Order. 12. Purchase Order confirmation screen appears.	1. User successfully navigates to the Blanket Purchase Order. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked and t (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Blanket Purchase Order. 2. The 'Edit' button is clicked and the Blanket Purchase Order opens in edit mode. 3. The user navigates to the Items subtab. 4. The pencil icon is clicked. 5. The Schedule window appears. 6. The Release checkbox is checked for the date/schedule that is applicable. 7. Ok is clicked 8. Ok is clicked 9. Ok is clicked 10. Steps 4 - 9 are repeated for all other applicable items. 11. The Blanket Purchase Order is saved. 12. The Purchase Order is created.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30026	Purchase Order Updates		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Locate the Purchase Order that requires updating: - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists -or- - Global Search for the Purchase Order #. -or- - Reivew the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Order' or 'Fusion Kimray - Purchase Orders Pending Approval' saved search. 2. Click Edit to open the Purchase Order. 3. Make the appropriate Purchase Order header changes. - Memo - Update the Location - Update Exclude from Supply Planning. - Update PO Confirmed. *This is the checkbox you will check once the Vendor confirms with you that they have received the Purchase Order. 4. Navigate to the Items subtab and make the appropriate item changes. - Update the Quantity. This is the step for updating the quantity for an Overage. - Update the Rate/Amount. - Update the Location and/or Ship-To Address. - Update Exclude from On-Time Delivery checkbox. - Update the Drawing #. - Update the Revision #. - Update the Promise Date. - Update the Expected Receipt Date. - Update the Deviation #. ** Add Deviation # paperwork to the communications tab. 5. If any Item updates are made, select a PO Change Reason for each item updated. 6. Navigate to the Billing tab and make the appropriate updates. - Update the Vendor Select. - Update the Terms. 7. Navigate to the Relationships tab and add additional Contacts. - Select an existing contact in the Contact dropdown list and click Attach. - To add a new Contact, click the New Contact button. 8. Navigate to the Communications tab. - Send Emails to the Vendor and/or Vendor Contacts via the Messages subtab. - Attach Files via the Files subtab. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. - Make any Internal Notes with the User Notes. 9. Navigate to the Comments tab to add/update the Standard PO Comment and/or PO Type Comment. 10. Click Save. 11. Navigate to the System Notes tab. 12. Review the Revision #, Revision History, and Latest Revision fields.	1. The desired Purchase Order is located. 2. The user edits the Purchase Order. 3. The desired (...)1. The desired Purchase Order is located. 2. The user edits the Purchase Order. 3. The desired Purchase Order header information is updated. 4. The desired Purchase Order item updates are made. 5. If item updates were made, the PO Change Reasons are defined. 6. The desired Billing information is updated. 7. If desired, additional Contacts are added to the Purchase Order. 8. Emails, Attachments, and Notes are added to the Purchase Order. 9. The Comments are updated. 10. The Purchase Order is saved. 11. User navigates to the System Notes tab. 12. The user reviews the Revision related fields.
Planning	TC-30026M	Change the Expected Receipt Date of a Purchase Order to be reflected in Mae (...)Change the Expected Receipt Date of a Purchase Order to be reflected in Maestro.	Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Purchase Order is reflected (...)Purchase Order exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Purchase Order is reflected in Scheduled Receipts in Maestro. Item/Part record exists in NetSuite and Maestro. Vendor/Supplier record exists in NetSuite and Maestro.	Login in Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to Purchase Orders (...)Login in Fusion Kimray - Buyer or Fusion Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Navigate to Purchase Orders by Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders >List 2. Identify a Purchase Order that is in 'Pending Receipt' or 'Pending Billing/Partially Received' 3. Click 'Edit' to open the Purchase Order. 4. Navigate to the 'Items' subtab. 5. Identify an Item that has not been fully received nor Closed. 6. Under the 'Expected Receipt Date' column, push the date out by 1 month. 7. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipts PO. 3. Identify the Purchase Order that was updated in NetSuite. 4. Validate that the Due Date is now reflecting the updated Expected Receipt Date from NetSuite.	The Expected Receipt Date/Due Date is updated in Maestro.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30027	Manually Creating a $0 Purchase Order		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders. 2. Validate and/or select the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form in the ?Custom Form? field. 3. Select a Vendor in the 'Vendor' field. 4. Validate or Add the Vendor # in the ?Kimray Account # For Vendor? 5. Validate that the ?Date? is correct. 6. Select the correct ?PO Type?. - CapEx - MRO - Outsourced Manufacturing - Standard - Outsourced Manufacturing - Sample - Sample - Standard - Tooling - VMI 7. Check the Exclude from Supply Planning to remove the Purchase Order from supply planning consideration. 8. Validate the ?Subsidiary? is Kimray, Inc. 9. Select a Location in the 'Location' field. 10. Validate that the 'Buyer', 'Buyer Email', and 'Buyer Phone #' default correctly. - If the Buyer information is incorrect, update the Employee record. 11. Navigate to the 'Items' tab > Items subtab. 12. Enter and select the 'Item' desired to be purchased. 13. Enter the quantity you would like to purchase in the 'Quantity' field. 14. Validate the item 'Description'. 15. Update the Rate and Amount to be $0 or each item. 16. Validate or Add the Location. 17. Validate the ?Ship-To Address? automatically populates correctly if applicable. If not automatically populated, the user enters the Ship-To Address. - Manually enter if needed. 18. Enter data accordingly for the requested custom fields: - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information - PO Change Reason - Deviation Information 19. Click the ?Add? button. 20. To add additional items re-follow steps 14 to 21. 21. Navigate to the Billing subtab. 22. Validate the ?Vendor Select? is defaulting correctly -or- select the desired 'Vendor Select'. 23. Validate the 'Vendor' field is populating correctly. - If the Vendor Address is incorrect, click the 'Edit' button in the 'Vendor Select' field. 24. Validate and/or select the 'Terms'. - Terms will default from the Vendor record. 25. Navigate to the 'Relationships' subtab. 26. Enter a Contact(s) information: 'Contact Name', 'Job Title', 'Email', 'Main Phone', and 'Role'. 27. Navigate to the Communication subtab. 28. Validate that the ?To-Be Emailed? is un- checkbox and the email address(s) are correct. - The email will be sent to the vendor on Approval. - To add a File, click the + icon in the Attach File column. - The File window will appear. - Click the + next to the Folder field. - The Document Folder window will appear. - Type the name of the folder in the 'Folder Name' field - Click 'Save'. - Click the 'Choose File' button. - Navigate your Files, select the file, and click Open. - Click 'Save'. 29. Navigate to the Comments tab. 30. Validate the ?Standard Comment? defaulted correctly and update if desired. 31. Validate that the ?PO Type Comment? defaults correctly and updated if desired. 32. Click ?Save?. 33. Validate that the header Ship-To Address populated correctly. 34. Prior to clicking the 'Submit for Approval' button, make sure the item(s) actual Cost/Rate is entered.	1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchas (...)1. User successfully navigates to the Purchase Order. 2. User selects the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Order form. 3. The Vendor is selected. 4. The Vendor # either defaults correctly or is correctly entered. 5. The Date defaults correctly or is entered correctly. 6. The correct PO Type is selected. 7. The Exclude from Supply Planning checkbox is checked if applicable. 8. The Subsidiary is validated. 9. The correct Location is selected. 10. The Buyer, Buyer Email, and Buyer Phone # is correct. 11. User navigates to the Items subtab. 12. The correct Item is entered/selected. 13. The Quantity is entered. 14. User validates and updates the item Description 15. Validate that the Rate and Amount are $0. 16. The Location is added or validated. 17. The Ship-To Address populates correctly or is manually entered. 18. The data for the custom fields is entered if applicable. 19. The Add button is clicked. 20. Steps 14 though 21 are done again for additional items. 21. The user navigates to the Billing subtab. 22. The Vendor Select is defaulting correctly or selected. 23. The Vendor address populates correctly. 24. The Term are selected and/or validated. 25. The user navigates to the Relationships subtab. 26. Contact(s) information is successfully entered. 27. The user navigates to the Communications subtab. 28. The To-Be Emailed checkbox is checked and the email address is correct. 29. The user navigates to the Comments tab. 30. he Standard Comment is validated and/or updated. 31. The PO Type Comment defaults correctly and is update accordingly if 32. The Purchase Order is saved. 33. Ship-To Address is validated. 34. Actual item costs/rates are entered prior to approval.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30028	Updating an Existing Purchase Order to Split Line Item(s) for Partial Recei (...)Updating an Existing Purchase Order to Split Line Item(s) for Partial Receiving		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Locate the Purchase Order that requires updating. - Navigate to Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Orders > Lists -or - - Global Search for the Purchase Order #. -or- Use the 'Fusion Kimray - Open Purchase Orders' save search. 2. Click Edit to open the Purchase Order. 3. Navigate to the Items tab. 4. Locate and click the item(s) that needs to be ""split"". 5. Update the Quantity with the actual quantity received. 6. Click OK on the line. 7. Add a new line for the item on the Purchase Order. - Add the Remaining Quantity to this additional line item. - Validate and/or update the Rate and Amount. - Select Location and Validate/Update Ship-To Address. - PO Line Comments - Manufacturer Part Number (OEM) - Drawing # - Revision # - Expected Receipt Date - Tracking Information 8. Click the 'Add' button. 9. If any Item updates are made, select a PO Change Reason for each item updated. 10. Click Save."	1. The Purchase Order is located. 2. The Edit button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the Item (...)1. The Purchase Order is located. 2. The Edit button is clicked. 3. The user navigates to the Items tab. 4. The item that needs to be "split" is located. 5. The current item quantity is updated. 6. The Ok button is clicked to confirm the quantity update. 7. An additional item is added for the remaining quantity. 8. The additional item is added. 9. The PO Change Reason is selected for each item. 10. The Purchase Order is saved.
Planning	TC-30028M	Updating an Existing Purchase Order to Split Line Item(s) for Partial Recei (...)Updating an Existing Purchase Order to Split Line Item(s) for Partial Receiving	A Purchase Order has been split into multiple lines within NetSuite, and bo (...)A Purchase Order has been split into multiple lines within NetSuite, and both or all lines are not 'Closed' or 'Cancelled' or 'Received'.	Login as Supply Planner 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Recei (...)Login as Supply Planner 1. Refresh data from NetSuite to Maestro. 2. Navigate to Scheduled Receipt PO table. 3. Identify the Purchase Order previously updated in NetSuite. 4. Validate that multiple lines are now visible in Maestro as incoming supply. 5. Validate the Quantities and Dates for each line.	The Scheduled Receipt is indicating incoming supply across multiple lines with the correct dates and (...)The Scheduled Receipt is indicating incoming supply across multiple lines with the correct dates and quantities.
Procurement - PO, BPO, Req	TC-30029	Update a Requisition		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; 1. Navigate to the Purchase Requisition: - Navigate to Transactions > Purchase Requisitions > List -or- - Enter the Requisition # in the Global Search. -or- Use the Fusion Kimray - Purchase Requisitions Pending Conversion. 2. Review the Purchase Requisition and make any necessary updates: - Need By Date - Location - Item(s) (Non-Inventory Items) - Vendor - Quantity - Rate - Amount 3. Click Save	1. The user navigates to the Purchase Requisitions. 2. All fields reviewed and/or updated. 3. (...)1. The user navigates to the Purchase Requisitions. 2. All fields reviewed and/or updated. 3. The Purchase Requisition is save.
Design to Build	TC-00000	Create new Purchased item (Not Part of BOM)	N/A	ROLES: - Product Manager -Supply Chain Manager - Purchasing Manager - Scheduling Manager - Cost Acco (...)ROLES: - Product Manager -Supply Chain Manager - Purchasing Manager - Scheduling Manager - Cost Accountant - Cost Supervisor - Buyer - Outsource Mfg Scheduler - Scheduling Manager - Supply Chain Manager - Planner - Planning Manager - Warehouse Manager - Engineer - Engineering Manager - Marketing - Product Manager - Product & Customer Support Manager - Inventory Control - QA Manager - QA Engineer Step 1: Navigate: List > Accounting > Items > New Step 2: Click on Link of Item Type To Be Created. Step 3: Enter Mandatory Fields and Any Relevant Fields to your functional area. Step 4: Click Save	Purchased Item is Created.
Design to Build	TC-00001	Update existing Purchased item	TC-450	Open previously created item ROLES: - Product Manager -Supply Chain Manager - Purchasing Manager - (...)Open previously created item ROLES: - Product Manager -Supply Chain Manager - Purchasing Manager - Scheduling Manager - Cost Accountant - Cost Supervisor - Buyer - Outsource Mfg Scheduler - Scheduling Manager - Supply Chain Manager - Planner - Planning Manager - Warehouse Manager - Engineer - Engineering Manager - Marketing - Product Manager - Product & Customer Support Manager - Inventory Control - QA Manager - QA Engineer 1. Enter Item to be edited in Global Search 2. Click Edit on Item 3. Update Fields on Item Master Depending on Role 4. Click Save	- Item is updated based on Role
Design to Build	TC-00002	Create Unit of Measure in NetSuite	None	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Accounting > Units of Measure > New Step 2 (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Accounting > Units of Measure > New Step 2: Enter nThe Following Fields: - Type Name (Example: EA) - Name (Example: Each) - Plural Name (Example: Each) - Abbreviation (Example: EA) - Plural Abbreviation (Example: EA) - Conversion Rate (Example: 1) - Base Unit (Example: Yes) Step 3: Click Save	New unit of measure was created and is now in the list.
Design to Build	TC-00003	Create Work Calendar	None	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Employees > Work Calendars > New Step 2: E (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate to: Lists > Employees > Work Calendars > New Step 2: Enter the Following Details - Name - Tick Default Calendar" box if this will be the default Work Calendar - Fill out Fields Under Working Days Subtab - Fill out Details Under Non Working Days Subtab Step 3: Click Save	Work Calendar Created
Design to Build	TC-00004	NS Work Center - Create	N/A	Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Lists > Relatio (...)Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Lists > Relationships > Groups > New Step 2: Click New Group Step 3: Choose a "Static" Type Group and Choose "Employees" as the Member To Include Step 4: Click Continue Step 5: Enter The Following Details - Name - Tick "Manufacturing Work Center" box - Select a Work Center Department Step 6: Click Manufacturer Work Center Settings Subtab and Fill out the following details - Subsidiary - Machine Resources - Labor Resources - Work Calendar Step 7 : Click Save	NetSuite Work Center is Created.
Planning	TC-00004M	Create new routing with Outside Service Work Center assigned in NetSuite to (...)Create new routing with Outside Service Work Center assigned in NetSuite to not be reflected in Maestro.	The below records are created in NetSuite - Bill of Materials - Location (...)The below records are created in NetSuite - Bill of Materials - Location - Manufacturing Work Centers - Manufacturing Cost Templates	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain > (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing > New 2. Select the below required fields - Bill of Materials - Location = OKC Mfg - Name 3. Assign the below Routing Steps where each value below is one row. - Operation Sequence = 5, 10, 20 - Operation Name = Print Tag, Bag and Tag, Coat Per - Manufacturing Work Center = TAGRM, SUBS, OSOCC - Machine Resources = 0, 0, 0 - Labor Resources = 1, 1, 1 - Manufacturing Cost Template = 1430 - Assembly, 1430 - Assembly, 4870 - Outside Services - Setup Time = 0, 0, 0 - Run Rate = 0, 0.6, 20 4. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Source Constraint information 3. Validate the information from the routing created in NetSuite is reflected in Maestro	The Routing Steps not associated with the Outside Services Work Center are available as Source Contr (...)The Routing Steps not associated with the Outside Services Work Center are available as Source Contraint
Design to Build	TC-00005	Advanced Manufacturing Work Center creation	NetSuite Work Center and AM Location Must be created Prior To Creating AM W (...)NetSuite Work Center and AM Location Must be created Prior To Creating AM Work Centers	Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advan (...)Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Location Step 2: Click on Hyperlink Next to Location Where Work Center will be created. Step 3: Click the Work Centers Subtab Step 4: Click the New AM Work Center Button Step 5: Set the AM location Settings to OKC Mfg Step 6: Set the NetSuite Work Center to "Test Group 1" or group created in TC-1576 Step 7: Set the AM Work Center to the same name as Step 3 "Test Group 1" Step 8: Populate the shop calendar Step 9: Set RCP parameters if known Step 10: Set the Inventory details (issue from and complete to bins) Step 11: Save	New AM Work Center should be created and shown in the list- page:AM Work Center - filter by data cre (...)New AM Work Center should be created and shown in the list- page:AM Work Center - filter by data created newest to oldest and you should see the new work center. - all calendar, RCP parameters, inventory details (issue from and complete to bins)are correctRoles:Planner, Planning Manager, Supply Manager
Design to Build	TC-00006	Create AM Assets	TC-1577	Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advan (...)Role: - Kimray - Planner -Kimray - Planning Mgr - Kimray - Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Location Step 2: Click on Hyperlink Next to Location Where Work Center will be created. Step 3: Click the Work Centers Subtab Step 4: Click the Link of The Work Center where a new AM Asset will be created Step 5: Click the New AM Assets Button Step 6: Enter The Following Details - Asset Name - Web Service Name = Asset Name - Area - Description - Department Step 7: Click Save	Asset will be created and will be visibile under Assets Subtab of the AM Work Center
Design to Build	TC-00007	Manufacturing Work Bench - Create	TC466 - Assembly/Sub Assembly Item Created Routing Must Exist	Role: - Process Engineering Step 1: Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Man (...)Role: - Process Engineering Step 1: Navigate to Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Manufacturing Work Bench. Step 2: Click New AM Mfg Work Bench Operation Step 3: Fill out all required and desired information - Routing Name - 105 Routing - Operation Seq = 10 - Work Center = Test Group 1 - MFG Work Bench = Routing Name + Operation Sequence (105 Routing-10) - Assembly Item from TC-446 - Operation Name = Assembly - Std Rate = 1 - Work Instructions Step 4: Click Save	New AM Work Bench shows in list All fields are created correctlyTest GRoup 1 - 105Test
Design to Build	TC-00049	Validate Phantom BOM Conversion	Assembly Items Must Exist and Phantom Bom Field Requirements must be set	Role: Automated Via Script When Created From Windchill Step 1: Search for Item in Global Search Ste (...)Role: Automated Via Script When Created From Windchill Step 1: Search for Item in Global Search Step 2: Validate Flat BM Structure Windchill vs. NetSuite	BOM In Wincdhill and NetSuite Match
Design to Build	TC-00008	Implementation Status		Role: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search and Edit Item Step 2: Update (...)Role: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search and Edit Item Step 2: Update Implementation Status in Primary Information Section of the Item Step 3: Click Save	Implementation status change should be saved<add variations for each implementation status; All (...)Implementation status change should be saved<add variations for each implementation status; All - Shows on PO/SO/WO HOLD - None MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on PO only SALE - shows on SO only SAMPLE - PO/WO SETUP - None SUSP - None Production Planning:- test impacts to Maestro integration for each implementation status
Design to Build	TC-00009	PO limit items by Implementation Status	Forms need to have their Sublist limitation set to the correct Saved Search (...)Forms need to have their Sublist limitation set to the correct Saved Search - Currently one of the following: - Fusion Item Filter Search For Purchase Orders (DO NOT DELETE)	Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Buyer Step 1: Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase (...)Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Buyer Step 1: Transactions > Purchases > Enter Purchase Order All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None 1. Set Item Implementation Status - Save record 2. Create a WO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the WO 3. Create a PO and and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the PO 4. Create a SO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the SO There is no need to "Save" any of the Transaction records - if the item is or isn't displayed in the 'add" section as required you can move along. 5. Repeat Steps 1-4 changing the status as you repeat.	Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO (...)Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None NOTE: Will need to be run for Work Order/Sales Order and Purchase Orders multiple times Stepping through a single test item's Implementation status and validating each transaction record behaves as above.
Design to Build	TC-00010	SO limit items by Implementation Status	Fusion Item Filter Search For Sales Orders (DO NOT DELETE)	Role: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Step 1: Tran (...)Role: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Step 1: Transactions > Sales > Enter Sales Order All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None 1. Set Item Implementation Status - Save record 2. Create a WO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the WO 3. Create a PO and and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the PO 4. Create a SO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the SO There is no need to "Save" any of the Transaction records - if the item is or isn't displayed in the 'add" section as required you can move along. 5. Repeat Steps 1-4 changing the status as you repeat.	Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO (...)Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None NOTE: Will need to be run for Work Order/Sales Order and Purchase Orders multiple times Stepping through a single test item's Implementation status and validating each transaction record behaves as above.
Design to Build	TC-00011	WO limit items by Implementation Status	Work Flow: Kimray: Work Order Check Item List	Role: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Step 1: Transactions > Manufact (...)Role: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Step 1: Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Order All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None 1. Set Item Implementation Status - Save record 2. Create a WO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the WO 3. Repeat Steps 1-2 changing the status as you repeat.	Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on (...)Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None NOTE: Will need to be run for Work Order/Sales Order and Purchase Orders multiple times Stepping through a single test item's Implementation status and validating each transaction record behaves as above.
Design to Build	TC-00012	TO limit items by Implementation Status	Fusion Item Filter Search for Transfer Orders (DO NOT DELETE)	Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Buyer Step 1: Transactions > Inventory > Enter Transfer (...)Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Buyer Step 1: Transactions > Inventory > Enter Transfer Order All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None 1. Set Item Implementation Status - Save record 2. Create a WO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the WO 3. Create a PO and and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the PO 4. Create a SO and validate the item either shows or doesn't show to be added in the Item section of the SO There is no need to "Save" any of the Transaction records - if the item is or isn't displayed in the 'add" section as required you can move along. 5. Repeat Steps 1-4 changing the status as you repeat.	Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO (...)Validate that other 105 items show or don't show per below: All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on all SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None NOTE: Will need to be run for Work Order/Sales Order and Purchase Orders multiple times Stepping through a single test item's Implementation status and validating each transaction record behaves as above.
Design to Build	TC-00013	Create Windchill CN for part that includes multiple BOMs	Assembly Item Created in NetSuite Via Windchill Integration	Create ECN/ECR in Windchill Create BOM in Windchill Create BOM Revision in Windchill Approve ECN/ (...)Create ECN/ECR in Windchill Create BOM in Windchill Create BOM Revision in Windchill Approve ECN/ECR	New BOM is Created in NetSuite New BOM Revision is Created in NetSuite
Design to Build	TC-00014	Edit existing routing	Routing has been created	Login as: Process Engineer Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing Step 2 (...)Login as: Process Engineer Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing Step 2: Click Edit Next To Routing To Be Edited Step 3: Update Routing Details Step 4: Click Save	Routing is Updated
Planning	TC-00014M	Change Setup and Run Rate for Outsourced Manufacturing routing to be reflec (...)Change Setup and Run Rate for Outsourced Manufacturing routing to be reflected in Maestro
Design to Build	TC-00065	Update Assembly Item as Process Engineering Role	Process Engineering Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Process Engineering 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under E (...)Role: Process Engineering 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Engineering and Tag Marker Subtab 4. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated
Design to Build	TC-00015	Create Purchased item and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Inventory Item" and Item Type (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Inventory Item" and Item Type Description as "Purchased Item." Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00016	Create Manufactured component item and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type D (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type Description as "Fabricated Item." Add a BOM for the part. Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is s (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00017	Create Resale item and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Inventory Item" and Item Type (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Inventory Item" and Item Type Description as "Purchased Item." Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00018	Create Phantom and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type D (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type Description as "Phantom." In Windchill attributes under the Type Attributes section, answer the question "Is this a Phantom?" with a "Yes." Add a BOM for the part. Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is s (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00019	Inactivate the incorrect/initial BOM revision in NetSuite	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager Step 1: Search for BOM Revision Name in Global Search (...)Role: Kimray - Product Engineering Manager Step 1: Search for BOM Revision Name in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit on BOM Revision Step 3: Click to check Inactive checkbox and Click Save	BOM Revision will be set to inactive.
Design to Build	TC-00020	Update Supply Type To Build on Assembly Items	Assembly Items Must Exist	Role: Kimray - Outside Manufacturing Scheduling Manager Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Kimry -Schedu (...)Role: Kimray - Outside Manufacturing Scheduling Manager Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Kimry -Scheduling Manager Optional Step 1: Search for Item in Global Search Step 2: Navigate To Supply Mgmt Subtab Step 3: Update Supply Type To Build on each location record Step 4: Click Save	Supply Type will be set to Build
Design to Build	TC-00021	Update Service For Purchase Item Rate	Service For Purchase Item Must Exist	Role: Outside Manufacturing Scheduling Manager Supply Chain Manager Scheduling Manager Optional (...)Role: Outside Manufacturing Scheduling Manager Supply Chain Manager Scheduling Manager Optional Step 1: Search for Item in Global Search Step 2: Navigate To Supply Mgmt Subtab Step 3: Click New OM Vendor Manufacturing Time and Enter Following - OM Vendor - Setup Time - Preferred OM Vendor (Check Box) - OM Manufacturing Routing - OM Operation - Purchase Price Step 4: Click Save Step 5: Validate Purchase Price Under Supply Mgmt Subtab reflects Purchase Price of Default OM Vendor	Purchase Price is Updated on Service For Purchase Item
Design to Build	TC-00022	Create non-serialized Assembly and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type D (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type Description as "Assembly or subassembly." For the Default Trace Code in Windchill, leave this field as the default option of "Untraced." Add a BOM for the part. Create Change Notice in Windchill. Change is reviewed by a Sustainment Engineer. If approved, the Change Notice pushes the new data to NetSuite.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is created. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.
Design to Build	TC-00026	Add component to a BOM and create Change Notice		Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; add a new component to the BOM. Create Change Notice. Change Noti (...)Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; add a new component to the BOM. Create Change Notice. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	Existing BOM is modified. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.
Design to Build	TC-00027	Remove a component from a BOM and create Change Notice		Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; remove a component from the BOM. Create Change Notice. Change Not (...)Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; remove a component from the BOM. Create Change Notice. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	Existing BOM is modified. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.
Design to Build	TC-00028	Change Qty of component on a BOM and create Change Notice		Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; change the quantity of an existing component in the BOM. Create C (...)Edit an existing BOM in Windchill; change the quantity of an existing component in the BOM. Create Change Notice. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	Existing BOM is modified. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.
Planning	TC-00028M	Change Quantity of a Bill of Materials to be reflected in Maestro.	Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. The (...)Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. The item in the 'Restrict to Assemblies' field is being planned in Maestro.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists > Supply Chain > Bill of Materials. 2. Click on a Bill of Materials Record to open it. 3. Under the 'Revisions' Subtab, click 'Edit' next to an existing BOM Revision. 4. In the popup window containing the Revision, identify the list of items under the 'Components' subtab. 5. Identify one item and change the quantity to 5x the originally required quantity. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Bill of Materials in Maestro. 3. Validate that the quantity showing for the Bill of Materials reflects the 5x change for the component.	The quantity required for the component in the Bill of Materials matches what was updated in NetSuit (...)The quantity required for the component in the Bill of Materials matches what was updated in NetSuite.
Design to Build	TC-00029	Test Effective From/To Dates on CNs - Test two BOM revision changes to take (...)Test Effective From/To Dates on CNs - Test two BOM revision changes to take effect on the same day for the same item		Create a Change Notice Set an Effectivity Date for the Change Notice to take effect. Create another (...)Create a Change Notice Set an Effectivity Date for the Change Notice to take effect. Create another Change Notice for the same part number. Set the Effectivity Date for the newest Change Notice as the same Date as before.	User Should Not Be Able to Have Two BOM Revisions with the Same Effective Date Ranges. The integrati (...)User Should Not Be Able to Have Two BOM Revisions with the Same Effective Date Ranges. The integration should throw an error. Manual business processes should be followed to identify open work orders, conduct necessary cleanup, and deactivate the erroneous BOM, re-upload the corrected BOM with the same effectivity date as before.
Design to Build	TC-00030	Create a Change Notice and make mass BOM changes to multiple end items or a (...)Create a Change Notice and make mass BOM changes to multiple end items or assemblies at one time		Create Change Notice for an item. Add other affected items to the Change Notice. Make the changes to (...)Create Change Notice for an item. Add other affected items to the Change Notice. Make the changes to the affected items. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	All changes are applied to the items listed on the Change Notice.
Design to Build	TC-00031	Create new end item with data copied from existing item, and create Change (...)Create new end item with data copied from existing item, and create Change Notice		Create new end item with data copied from existing item. Change the Description and other relevant i (...)Create new end item with data copied from existing item. Change the Description and other relevant item master and BOM data. Create Change Notice Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	New item should have all of the pre-existing item master data from the item which was copied, as wel (...)New item should have all of the pre-existing item master data from the item which was copied, as well as the new data which was added or edited (item master and BOM data).
Design to Build	TC-00032	Add Substitute end item to obsoleted part and create Change Notice		Create Change Notice for an item. Fill in the Windchill attribute "Substituted Item" with some produ (...)Create Change Notice for an item. Fill in the Windchill attribute "Substituted Item" with some product code or text. Change Notice is sent to the Sustainment Engineer. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.	Affected item on the Change Notice should have the Substituted Item Windchill attrbute filled in wit (...)Affected item on the Change Notice should have the Substituted Item Windchill attrbute filled in with the new data.
Design to Build	TC-00034	Create Assembly/Sub Assembly item BOM and BOM Revision that contains phanto (...)Create Assembly/Sub Assembly item BOM and BOM Revision that contains phantom component items through the WC to NS integration process	N/A
Planning	TC-00034M	Validate no Phantom items were sent to Maestro in a bill of Materials.	Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. Phan (...)Bill of Materials record exists in NetSuite and has current Revision. Phantom Item Record exists in NetSuite.	Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to Bill of Materials Revision using Lists > Supply Chain > Bill of Materials. 2. Click on a Bill of Materials Record to open it. 3. Under the 'Revisions' Subtab, click 'Edit' next to an existing BOM Revision. 4. In the popup window containing the Revision, identify the list of items under the 'Components' subtab. 5. Enter an item or use an existing item on the component list, and log the 'Item Source' as 'Phantom'. Enter Quantity if entering a new item. 6. Click 'Save' Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite Data in Maestro. 2. Navigate to the Bill of Materials in Maestro. 3. Validate that the Component with the 'Item Source' of 'Phantom' is not visible.	Phantom components are not visible within Maestro.
Design to Build	TC-00035	Update Assembly/Sub Assembly item BOM and BOM Revision that contains phanto (...)Update Assembly/Sub Assembly item BOM and BOM Revision that contains phantom component items through the WC to NS integration process	Item must exist in Windchill
Design to Build	TC-00036	Create Downtime Category	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled.	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Dow (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Downtime Categories > New Step 2: Enter Downtime Category Description Step 3: Click Save	Downtime Category is Created.
Design to Build	TC-00037	Create Downtime Reasons	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled. Downtime Category Must Exist	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Dow (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Downtime Reasons > New Step 2: Fill out the following fields. - Downtime Category - Downtime Reason - Downtime Description Step 3: Click Save	Downtime Reason is Created.
Design to Build	TC-00038	Create Material Loss Category	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled.	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Mat (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Material Loss Categories > New Step 2: Enter Loss Category Step 3: Click Save	Material Loss Category is Created.
Design to Build	TC-00039	Create Material Loss Reason	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled. Material Loss Category Must Exist	Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Mat (...)Role: AM Production Manager Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Material Loss Reasons > New Step 2: Fill out the following fields. - Material Loss Category - Material Loss Reason - Material Loss Description Step 3: Click Save	Material Loss Reason is Created.
Design to Build	TC-00040	Create Advanced Manufacturing Location	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled.	Role: Accounting / Planning Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Admin (...)Role: Accounting / Planning Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Location Setup > New Step 2: Click The Work Order Completions Subtab and Fill out The Fields. --GENERAL SECTION-- - Allow Assembly Override = Set To False - Process Only Last Operation = False If Field is Not Referenced Then Leave Blank or Default Value. --MATERIAL SETTINGS-- - Issuance Timing = Issue Before Completion - Controlled BOM Issuance = Skip Component - Uncontrolled BOM Issuance = Issue Standard Qty - Bin Lookup Method = Work Center Bins Consumable Status = Good If Field is Not Referenced Then Leave Blank or Default Value. --SCRAP SETTINGS-- -Scrap Source = Use Scrap Records -Scrap Issuance = Do Not Issue For Scrap - Scrap Handling = Do Not Post If Field is Not Referenced Then Leave Blank or Default Value. --OPERATING SETTINGS - LABOR-- -Labor Resource Method = Default -Labor Setup Method = Use Downtime Records -Labor Setup Downtime Category = Setup -Labor Run Method = Use Result Record If Field is Not Referenced Then Leave Blank or Default Value. --OPERATING SETTINGS - MACHINE-- -Machine Resource Method = Default -Machine Setup Method = Use Downtime Records -Machine Setup Downtime Category = Setup -Machine Run Method = Use Result Record If Field is Not Referenced Then Leave Blank or Default Value.	Advanced Manufacturing Location is Created
Design to Build	TC-00041	Create Advanced Manufacturing Departments	Advanced Manufacturing Location Must Exist	Role: Accounting / Planning Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Admin (...)Role: Accounting / Planning Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr Step 1: Navigate: Advanced Manufacturing > Administration / Setup > Location Setup Step 2: Click Edit on the Location Step 3: Click on Departments Subtab Step 4: Click "New Manufacturing Department" Step 5: Enter AM Department Name and Description Step 6: Click Save	Advanced Manufacturing Department is Created
Design to Build	TC-00042	Create Manufacturing Charge Item (Other Charge For Purchase)	None	Role: Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Accounting Items > New Step 2: Cl (...)Role: Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Accounting Items > New Step 2: Click "Other Charge For Purchase" Step 3: Enter All Mandatory Fields Step 4: Ensure that Cost Category is Selected Under the Item Cost Detail Section of the Accounting Subtab Step 5: Tick The Manufacturing Charge Item is Selected Under the Item Cost Detail Section of the Accounting Subtab	Other Charge For Purchase Item is Created
Design to Build	TC-00043	Create Manufacturing Cost Templates	Other Charge For Purchase Items Must Exist	Role: Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Cost (...)Role: Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Cost Templates > New Step 2: Enter Cost Template Name and Memo Step 3: Choose Cost Catgegory and Corresponding Item(s) Step 4: Click Save	Manufacruring Cost Template is Created
Design to Build	TC-00044	Create Advanced Manufacturing Operation Names	Advanced Manufacturing Must be Enabled	Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Enter and Click on "New AM Operation Name" into the Global Search (...)Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Enter and Click on "New AM Operation Name" into the Global Search Step 2: Enter Operation Name Step 3: Click Save	AM Operation Name is Created
Design to Build	TC-00045	Create Manufacturing Routing	Other Charge For Purchase Items Must Exist with Mfg Cost Categories Selecte (...)Other Charge For Purchase Items Must Exist with Mfg Cost Categories Selected Bill of Materials For Associated Item Must Exist AM Operation Name Must Exist Manufacturing Work Center Must Exist	Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing > New Step (...)Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Navigate: Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing > New Step 2: Click "New Manufacturing Routing" Step 3: Enter Name and Memo Step 4: Choose Associated Bill of Materials Step 5: Enter All Locations - NOTE: It is import All Locations are selected for Cost Revaulation Purposes. Step 6: Enter Name and Memo Step 7: Enter The Following Sublist Details - Operation Sequence - Operation Name (Must Match existing AM Operation Name Exactly) - Choose Manufacturing Work Center - Choose Manufacturing Cost Template - Enter Setup Time - Enter Run Rate	Manufacruring Routing is Created
Planning	TC-00045M	Create new Routing to be reflected in Maestro.	The below records are created in NetSuite - Bill of Materials - Location - (...)The below records are created in NetSuite - Bill of Materials - Location - Manufacturing Work Centers - Manufacturing Cost Templates	Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain > Ma (...)Login as Fusion Kimray - Production Manager 1. Navigate Routings by Lists > Supply Chain > Manufacturing Routing > New 2. Select the below required fields - Bill of Materials - Location = OKC Mfg - Name 3. Assign the below Routing Steps where each value below is one row. - Operation Sequence = 5, 10 - Operation Name = Print Tag, Bag and Tag - Manufacturing Work Center = TAGRM, SUBS - Machine Resources = 0, 0 - Labor Resources = 1, 1 - Manufacturing Cost Template = 1430 - Assembly, 1430 - Assembly - Setup Time = 0, 0 - Run Rate = 0, 0.6 4. Click Save Maestro User 1. Refresh NetSuite data in Maestro 2. Navigate to Source Constraint information 3. Validate the information from the routing created in NetSuite is reflected in Maestro	The routing is available in Maestro as a source constraint.
Design to Build	TC-00046	Create Manufacturing Workbench Assets	AM Work Center Asset must exist.	Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Search Manufacturing Work Bench in Global Search or by Searching (...)Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Search Manufacturing Work Bench in Global Search or by Searching the List by Navigating to Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Manufacturing Work Bench and Click View next to the Work Bench Operation. Step 2: Click the Assets Subtab Step 3: Click the "New Am Mfg Work Bench Assets" button. Step 4: Choose a AM Work Center Asset Step 5: Click Save	Manufacruring Workbench is Created
Design to Build	TC-00047	Create Manufacturing Workbench Instructions		Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Search Manufacturing Work Bench in Global Search or by Searching (...)Role: Process Engineering Step 1: Search Manufacturing Work Bench in Global Search or by Searching the List by Navigating to Advanced Manufacturing > Administration/Setup > Manufacturing Work Bench and Click View next to the Work Bench Operation. Step 2: Click the Work Instructions Subtab Step 3: Click the "New Am Mfg Work Bench Wrk Inst" button. Step 4: Enter Display Sequence, Work Instruction and Document Link. Step 5: Click Save and New if there are more than a single instruction for the Operation Sequence. For Example: If Routing Step 10 has 3 Work Bench Instructions then each work bench instruction would be structured similar to a routing. Operation Sequence 10 - First Step Operation Sequence 20 - Second Setup Operation Sequence 30 - Third Step	Manufacruring Workbench Instructions are Created
Design to Build	TC-00048	Set Auto Issuance on BOM Revisions	BOM and BOM Revision Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Process Engineering "Role: Product Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr 1. Enter BOM Revision Name in Glob (...)Role: Process Engineering "Role: Product Mgr / Supply Chain Mgr 1. Enter BOM Revision Name in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Set the Following Values For Each Component in the Component List that will be Auto-Issued - Issued Step (Choose The Operation Step where the Item will be Auto Issued (Backflushed) - Tick the Auto-Issue Check Box (This indicates that the Component will be Auto-Issued) 4. Click Save	Auto Issuance (Backflush) is Set on BOM
Design to Build	TC-00050	Data Validation on Product Specification Subtab on Item Record	Item data loaded to NetSuite Saved Search created that includes all Produc (...)Item data loaded to NetSuite Saved Search created that includes all Product Specification fields as Results	Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search Vi (...)Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search View From List Step 3: Export the saved search to Excel. Review the data and look for discrepancies	Data should be mapped correctly.
Design to Build	TC-00051	Validate Pricing Group	Assembly Items Must Exist	Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search Vi (...)Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search View From List Step 3: Export the saved search to Excel. Review the data and look for discrepancies	Pricing Groups should be correct.
Design to Build	TC-00052	Validate Group Pricing on Customer record	Assembly Items Must Exist	Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search Vi (...)Role: Product Manager Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search View From List Step 3: Export the saved search to Excel. Review the data and look for discrepancies	Group pricing should be correct.
Design to Build	TC-00053	Customer discount applied properly on Sales Orders	Assembly Items Must Exist	Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product and Customer Support Technician (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product and Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search View From List Step 3: Export the saved search to Excel. Review the data and look for discrepancies" Check Kimray Items and Resale Items with known discount exceptions from standard customer discount level	Discount should calculate correctly on the sales order
Design to Build	TC-00054	Customer discount applied properly on Quotes	Assembly Items Must Exist	Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician (...)Log in as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Product & Customer Support Technician Step 1: Navigate To Lists > Accounting > Items Step 2: Choose Saved Search View From List Step 3: Export the saved search to Excel. Review the data and look for discrepancies" Check Kimray Items and Resale Items with known discount exceptions from standard customer discount level	Discount should calculate correctly on the quote
Design to Build	TC-00055	Item discount price calculations	Assembly Items Must Exist	Role: Product Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit on Item Step 3: Click (...)Role: Product Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit on Item Step 3: Click The Sales/Pricing Subtab Step 4: Update the Based Price Step 5: Click Save	Price levels for the item are calculated correctly.
Design to Build	TC-00056	Create Item with missing item number			Windchill should error without creating the item / ECN.
Design to Build	TC-00057	Create Item non-uppercase item number			Windchill should error without creating the item / ECN.
Design to Build	TC-00058	Create new item number with every item master field populated, and a BOM ad (...)Create new item number with every item master field populated, and a BOM added			All fields should be correctly mapped from WC to NS.
Design to Build	TC-00059	Set two BOM revisions for the same part, for the same effectivity date		Role: Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Step 1: Search For BOM in Global Search Step 2: Edit BOM St (...)Role: Kimray - Supply Chain Manager Step 1: Search For BOM in Global Search Step 2: Edit BOM Step 3: Set Effective Dates Step 4: Click Save Step 5: Search a secondary BOM related to the Same Item Step 6: Edit BOM and Set Effective Dates To The Same Dates as the Edited BOM in Step 1-4 Step 7: Click Save	User Should Not Be Able to Have Two BOM Revisions with the Same Effective Date Ranges Manual busine (...)User Should Not Be Able to Have Two BOM Revisions with the Same Effective Date Ranges Manual business processes should be followed to identify open work orders, conduct necessary cleanup, and deactivate the erroneous BOM, re-upload the corrected BOM with the same effectivity date as before.
Design to Build	TC-00060	Set up a new Resale part in Windchill			Resale part and all of its fields should push to NetSuite.
Design to Build	TC-00061	Update Assembly Item as Buyer Role	Buyer Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group (...)Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4. Update Fields under RF-Smart Subtab 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated
Procurement - Data Management	TC-00062	Removing OM Vendor on Service for Purchase Item Record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufa (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service for Purchase Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Service for Purchase Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: MACH6572RF" 2. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt > OM Vendors. 3. For the OM Vendor that needs to be removed, click on the 'Remove' button on the row.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user navigates to the (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user navigates to the OM Vendors sub-tab. 3. The user clicks the Remove button and the OM Vendor gets removed.
Procurement - Data Management	TC-00063	Update Preferred OM Vendor on Service for Purchase Item Record		Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufac (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Buyer; Kimray - Purchasing Manager; Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler 1. Type the OM Service for Purchase Item name into the Global Search bar. - Note, when typing the Service for Purchase Item into the Global Search bar, use the "item:" prefix to have the system only search for items. Example type, "item: MACH6572RF" 2. Click the 'Edit' button 3. Navigate to the Supply Mgmt > OM Vendors. 4. For the OM Vendor that needs to become the Preferrend OM Vendor, click on the row. 5. Check the OM Preferred Vendor checkbox. 6. Click 'OK' on the row. 7. Click on the row of the OM Vendor that is NO LONGER the Preferred Vendor. 8. Uncheck the OM Preferred Vendor. 9. Click 'OK' on the row. 10. Click 'Save'.	1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. 3. T (...)1. The user successfully navigates to the Service for Purchase item. 2. The user clicks Edit. 3. The user navigates to the OM Vendors sub-tab. 4. The user clicks on the correct OM Vendor row. 5. The user checks the OM Preferred Vendor field. 6. The user clicks OK. 7. The user clicks teh correct OM Vendor row. 8. The user unchecks the OM Preferred Vendor field. 9. The user clicks OK. 10. The user Saves the Service for Purchase item.
Design to Build	TC-00064	Update Assembly Item as Marketing Role	Marketing Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Marketing 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Product Specifi (...)Role: Marketing 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Product Specification anmd Sales/Pricing Subtab 4. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated
Design to Build	TC-00066	Update Assembly Item Subtab as Product and Customer Support Manager Role	Product and Customer Support Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in Net (...)Product and Customer Support Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product and Customer Support Manager Role 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Upd (...)Role: Product and Customer Support Manager Role 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Sales / Pricing Subtab 4. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated
Design to Build	TC-00067	Update Assembly Item as Product Manager Role	Product Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header an (...)Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header and Product Specification and Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00068	Update Assembly Item as Purchasing Manager Role	Purchasing Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Purchasing Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under He (...)Role: Purchasing Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header and Supply Mgmt and Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00069	Update Assembly Item as Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role	Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist (...)Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. U (...)Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Primary Header and Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00070	Update Assembly Item as Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role	Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under P (...)Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Purchasing and Scheduling Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00071	Update Assembly Item as Scheduler Role	Scheduler Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Scheduling Fiel (...)Role: Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Scheduling Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00072	Update Assembly Item as Planner and Planning Manager Role	Planner and Planning Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Planner and Planning Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields un (...)Role: Planner and Planning Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Planning Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00073	Update Assembly Item as Warehouse Manager Role	Warehouse Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventor (...)Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventory Management Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab and Fields Under the RF-Smart Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00074	Update Assembly Item as Inventory Control Role	Inventory Control Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Inventory Control 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields Under the RF-S (...)Role: Inventory Control 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields Under the RF-Smart Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to.
Design to Build	TC-00075	Update Inventory Item as Buyer Role	Buyer Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group (...)Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4. Update Fields under RF-Smart Subtab 5 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 6. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00076	Update Inventory Item as Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Role	Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuit (...)Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields (...)Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Accounting Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00078	Update Inventory Item as Marketing Role	Marketing Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Marketing 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Product Specifi (...)Role: Marketing 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Product Specification anmd Sales/Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00079	Update Inventory Item as Process Engineering Role	Process Engineering Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Process Engineering 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Engin (...)Role: Process Engineering 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Engineering and Tag Marker Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00080	Update Inventory Item Subtab as Product and Customer Support Manager Role	Product and Customer Support Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in Net (...)Product and Customer Support Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product and Customer Support Manager Role 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Upd (...)Role: Product and Customer Support Manager Role 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00081	Update Inventory Item as Product Manager Role	Product Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header an (...)Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header and Product Specification and Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Inv Management	TC-01005	NEW - Assembly Component Failure At Table
Inv Management	TC-01006	NEW - Assembly Component Failure At Line
Design to Build	TC-00082	Update Inventory Item as Purchasing Manager Role	Purchasing Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields (...)Role: Kimray - Purchasing Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header and Supply Mgmt and Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to." (...)Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00083	Update Inventory Item as Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role	Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist (...)Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. U (...)Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Primary Header and Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00084	Update Inventory Item as Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role	Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under P (...)Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Purchasing and Scheduling Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00085	Update Inventory Item as Scheduler Role	Scheduler Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Scheduling Fiel (...)Role: Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Scheduling Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00086	Update Inventory Item as Planner and Planning Manager Role	Planner and Planning Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Planner and Planning Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields un (...)Role: Planner and Planning Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Planning Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00087	Update Inventory Item as Warehouse Manager Role	Warehouse Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventor (...)Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventory Management Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab and Fields Under the RF-Smart Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00088	Update Inventory Item as Inventory Control Role	Inventory Control Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Inventory Control 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields Under the RF-S (...)Role: Inventory Control 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields Under the RF-Smart Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00089	Update Non-Inventory Item as Buyer Role	Buyer Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group (...)Role: Buyer 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Purchasing Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4. Update Fields under RF-Smart Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00090	Update Non-Inventory Item as Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Role	Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuit (...)Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields (...)Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Accounting Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00091	Update Non-Inventory Item as Product Manager Role	Product Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header an (...)Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Header and Product Specification and Sales / Pricing Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00092	Update Non-Inventory Item as Purchasing Manager Role	Purchasing Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Supply Mg (...)Role: Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00093	Update Non-Inventory Item as Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Ro (...)Update Non-Inventory Item as Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role	Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist (...)Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. U (...)Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Primary Header and Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00094	Update Non-Inventory Item as Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role	Outsource Mfg Scheduler Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under P (...)Role: Outsource Mfg Scheduler 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Purchasing and Scheduling Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Design to Build	TC-00095	Update Non-Inventory Item as Warehouse Manager Role	Warehouse Manager Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventor (...)Role: WarehouseManager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields under Inventory Management Field Group of Supply Mgmt Subtab 4 . Attempt to Update Fields in Subtabs not listed above. 5. Click Save	Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to (...)Non-Inventory Item is Updated Role should not be able to edit fields that they do not have access to."
Inv Management	TC-01007	NEW -Assembly Line Failure - Rework at Table	Flow: Line Operator Moves To Table Assembler Tries To Rework at Table Train (...)Flow: Line Operator Moves To Table Assembler Tries To Rework at Table Trainer Attempts Rework at Table Leads Attempts Rework at Table
Inv Management	TC-01008	NEW -Assembly Table Failure - Rework	Flow: Assembler Tries To Rework Trainer Attempts Rework Leads Attempts Rewo (...)Flow: Assembler Tries To Rework Trainer Attempts Rework Leads Attempts Rework
Design to Build	TC-00096	FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Inventory Item Validate GL Accounts	Inventory Item has passed through all the operations related processes with (...)Inventory Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Accounting and Supply Mgmt tabs.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Asset Account (based on Windchill Item Type Description mappin (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Asset Account (based on Windchill Item Type Description mapping) COGS Account 500100 Income Account 400000 Gain/Loss Account 139599 Price Variance Account 510100 Quantity Variance Account 510105 Purchase Price Variance Account 510090 2. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" 3. Item > Location data is correctly populated, including Supply Type = Purchase, Default Cost, and Inventory Cost Template (if applicable)
Design to Build	TC-00097	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Assembly Item Validate GL Accounts	Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes withi (...)Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Accounting and Supply Mgmt tabs.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Asset Account (based on Windchill Item Type Description mappin (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Asset Account (based on Windchill Item Type Description mapping) COGS Account 500100 Income Account 400000 Gain/Loss Account 139599 Price Variance Account 510100 Quantity Variance Account 510105 Purchase Price Variance Account 510090 Production Quantity Variance Account 510060 Production Price Variance Account 510070 WIP Account 130189 Unbuild Variance Account 510085 Scrap Account 510120 2. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" 3. Item > Location data is correctly populated, including Supply Type = Purchase or Build, Default Cost (If applicable), Inventory Cost Template (if applicable), and Costing Lot Size (if applicable)
Design to Build	TC-00098	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Assembly Item - review BOM/BOM Revision	Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes withi (...)Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor The following steps apply to Assembly Items as (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor The following steps apply to Assembly Items assigned to a Supply Type = Build. Assembly Items with Supply Type = Purchase do not require BOM/BOM revision assignment for costing purposes. 1. Query up the Item record in NetSuite in the Global Search 2. Navigate to the Engineering tab > Bill of Materials subtab 3. Confirm that a BOM and BOM Revision are assigned, with one BOM having the Master Default box marked. Open the Master Default BOM in a new tab, and confirm it is marked as Available for All Locations. 4. Open the Bill of Materials Revision associated with the Master Default BOM. Review the components and BOM quantities assigned, and confirm the Effective Start/End Dates fall within the transaction date for the intended Inventory Cost Rollup/Revaluation.	1. Assembly Item assignment to a Master Default BOM, and BOM Revision has been confirmed prior to ru (...)1. Assembly Item assignment to a Master Default BOM, and BOM Revision has been confirmed prior to running Planned Standard Cost and Revalue Standard Cost Inventory processes.
Design to Build	TC-00099	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Assembly Item - review Manufacturing Routing	1. Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes wi (...)1. Assembly Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review 2. Assembly Item has been assigned to a Master Default BOM and BOM Revision	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor The following steps apply to Assembly Items as (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor The following steps apply to Assembly Items assigned to a Supply Type = Build. Assembly Items with Supply Type = Purchase do not require BOM/BOM revision assignment for costing purposes. 1. Query up the Item record in NetSuite in the Global Search 2. Navigate to the Engineering tab > Manufacturing Routing subtab 3. Confirm that a Manufacturing Routing is assigned, and one Routing has the Default box marked. Open the Default Routing in a new tab 4. Confirm the Routing is assigned to the BOM which is designated as the Master Default BOM for the Assembly. Confirm that the routing is assigned to all Locations, assuming you expect the Assembly to have the same routing costs for all Locations. 5. Optionally, review the Operations within each routing step, including the Machine/Labor Resources, Setup/Run Time, and Manufacturing Cost Template assignment.	1. Assembly Item assignment to a default Manufacturing Routing assigned to all Locations has been co (...)1. Assembly Item assignment to a default Manufacturing Routing assigned to all Locations has been confirmed prior to running Planned Standard Cost and Revalue Standard Cost Inventory processes.
Design to Build	TC-00100	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Non Inventory Item for Purchase (MRO) Validate (...)FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Non Inventory Item for Purchase (MRO) Validate GL Accounts	Non Inventory Item has passed through all the operations related processes (...)Non Inventory Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Accounting tab.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Expense Account <various> Income Account <various> 2. Can Be (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Expense Account <various> Income Account <various> 2. Can Be Fulfilled/Received setup is correct (checked/unchecked) 3. Generate Accruals is Unchecked 4. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" Additional notes: The Item Subtype governs the need for GL Accounts. A Non Inventory for Purchase Item will require an expense account. A Non Inventory for Sale Item will require an Income Account. A Non Inventory Item for Resale requires both Accounts.
Design to Build	TC-00101	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Service Item for Purchase - Validate GL Account (...)FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Service Item for Purchase - Validate GL Accounts	Service Item has passed through all the operations related processes within (...)Service Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Purchasing, Accounting, and Preferences tabs.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Price Variance Account 510100 Quantity Variance Account 51010 (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Price Variance Account 510100 Quantity Variance Account 510105 Expense Account 130191 (For OM Service Items) 2. Can Be Fulfilled/Received setup is correct (checked for OM Service Items) 3. Generate Accruals is correct (checked for OM Service Items) 4. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" 5. Item-Level Purchase Price is correct Additional notes: The Item Subtype governs the need for GL Accounts. A Service for Purchase will require an expense account. A Service for Sale will require an Income Account. A Service for Resale requires both Accounts.
Planning Maestro	TC-05048	KMRY 171 Collaborate to action supply order exceptions - Demand		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05049	KMRY 173 Identify parts with inventory exceptions		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05050	KMRY 174 Transfer Inventory		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05051	KMRY 175 Write down (dispose) inventory		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05052	KMRY 176 Adjust on-hand inventory quantity		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05053	KMRY 177 Adjust inventory type		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05054	KMRY 180 Collaborate to resolve supply order exceptions - Inventory		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05055	KMRY 181 Manually close the loop with ERP - Inventory		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05056	KMRY 182 Review underloaded constraints		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05057	KMRY 183 Review overloaded constraints		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05058	KMRY 184 Modify constraint rates and effectivity		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05059	KMRY 185 Modify source-specific loads		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05060	KMRY 186 Manage supply source constraint assignments		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05061	KMRY 187 Simulate alternate part-source constraint usage		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05062	KMRY 188 Maintain constraint variables		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Design to Build	TC-00102	FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Run Planned Standard Cost Rollup	Supply Type, Default Cost and Material Burden template have been assigned t (...)Supply Type, Default Cost and Material Burden template have been assigned to the Item>Location Master BOM, BOM Revision, and Default Routing assigned where applicable.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Planned St (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Planned Standard Cost Rollup (note: depending on role, this may be under the Financial > Cost Accounting menu). 2. It is suggested to add additional filters to the page the first time using this page. Click the Customize button, and add filters for "Type" and "Name" for Item Type and Item Name. Save. 3. Select the Standard Cost Version(s) for the applicable Location(s) for this request, and the Effective Date. 4. Mark the checkbox "Update Inventory Cost", which will result in the creation or update of Planned Standard Cost records 5. Mark the checkbox "Rollup Assemblies Based on Components" if you want updated Component Item costs to rollup to associated Assembly Items. Unmark this box if you do not want updated Component Item costs to rollup to associated Assembly Items. 6. Select the Items you wish to run the planned standard cost rollup for. Optionally, select the box for All Items. 7. Click Submit and wait for the process to reach Completed status.	1. Planned Standard Cost records created 2. After review of Planned Standard costs, the Revalue Sta (...)1. Planned Standard Cost records created 2. After review of Planned Standard costs, the Revalue Standard Costs Inventory process can be run to create Cost Revaluation transactions, and establish new or updated Standard Costs.
Design to Build	TC-00103	FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Review Planned Standard Costs created via the (...)FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Review Planned Standard Costs created via the Planned Standard Cost Rollup process	Planned Standard Costs created	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Planned Standard Costs records created by t (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Planned Standard Costs records created by the previous process are visible under Lists > Accounting > Planned Standard Costs (note: depending on role, this may be under the Financial > Cost Accounting menu). 2. To aid in Planned Standard Cost Review, it is advised to use one of the following Saved Searches. 3. "Planned Standard Cost Item/Location Inquiry" - This Saved Search can be used to view the component item level planned standard costs for an individual Item/Cost Version/Location. 4. "Planned Standard Cost Item/Location Summary" - This Saved search can be used to view the summarized Item Level Standard Cost for all items assigned to a given Standard Cost Version and/or Location..	1. Planned Standard Cost records can be reviewed and confirmed prior to running the Revalue Standard (...)1. Planned Standard Cost records can be reviewed and confirmed prior to running the Revalue Standard Cost Inventory Process. 2. If Planned Standard Costs reviewed are inaccurate, corrections can be made to the underlying item, BOM, BOM Revision, or Routing records.
Design to Build	TC-00104	FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Revalue Standard Cost Inventory	Planned Standard Cost records created via the Planned Standard Cost Rollup (...)Planned Standard Cost records created via the Planned Standard Cost Rollup process and reviewed	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Revalue St (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Navigate to Lists > Accounting > Revalue Standard Cost Inventory (note: depending on role, this may be under the Financial > Cost Accounting menu). 2. It is suggested to add additional filters to the page the first time using this page. Click the Customize button, and add filters for "Type" and "Name" for Item Type and Item Name. Save. 3. Select the Standard Cost Version(s) for the applicable Location(s) for this request, and the Effective Date. 4. Confirm the Adjustment Account is correct. Acct 130240 will default based on the system Accounting Preferences. 5. Mark the checkbox "Revalue Assemblies Based on Components" if you want updated Component Item costs to rollup to associated Assembly Items. Unmark this box if you do not want updated Component Item costs to rollup to associated Assembly Items. 6. Select the Items you wish to run the Revalue Standard Cost Inventory process for. Optionally, select the box for All Items. 7. Click Submit and wait for the process to reach Completed status.	1. Inventory Cost Revaluations created 2. GL Impact Debit Inventory (based on the QOH at the new st (...)1. Inventory Cost Revaluations created 2. GL Impact Debit Inventory (based on the QOH at the new standard cost) Credit Inventory (based on the QOH at the prior standard cost) Debit or Credit Cost Adjustment Reserve (based on QOH and the variance between prior/new standard cost) Debit WIP (based on the quantity issued to open WOs at the new standard cost) Credit WIP (based on the quantity issued to open WOs at the prior standard cost) Note: Any open Work Orders impacted by the Cost Revaluation transaction can be viewed under the "Work Orders" subtab of the Inventory Cost Revaluation transaction. 3. New inventory impacting transactions created on or after the date of the cost revaluation will begin using the new standard cost.
Design to Build	TC-00105	FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Review Inventory Cost Revaluations created vi (...)FIN - ITEM - New Item Setup - Review Inventory Cost Revaluations created via the Revalue Standard Cost Inventory process	Inventory Cost Revaluation transactions created via the Revalue Standard Co (...)Inventory Cost Revaluation transactions created via the Revalue Standard Cost Inventory process	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Inventory Cost Revaluation transactions cre (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor 1. Inventory Cost Revaluation transactions created by the previous process are visible under Transactions > Inventory > Revalue Inventory Costs (note: depending on role, this may be under the Financial > Inventory menu). 2. To aid in Inventory Cost Revaluation review, it is advised to use one of the following Saved Searches. 3. "Inventory Cost Revaluation Item/Location Inquiry" - This Saved Search can be used to view the component item level costs for an individual Item/Location. This search is configured to return the most recent Standard Cost based on the Effective Standard Cost Date visible on the Item Record > Accounting tab > Standard Cost subtab. 4. "Inventory Cost Revaluations - All" - This Saved search can be used to view all Inventory Cost Revaluations on or after a given date. The search displays total standard cost for each revaluation transaction summarized by Item, Location, and Date. 5. Current Standard Costs and Effective Dates by Location can also be viewed from the Item Record > Accounting tab > Standard Cost subtab. Inventory Revaluation transactions can be viewed from the Related Records tab > View: "Inventory Revaluations by Location sublist view".	Inventory Cost Revaluations reviewed.
Design to Build	TC-00106	Edit Product Specifications for Website items	Item Must Exist	Log in as: Kimray - Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Product (...)Log in as: Kimray - Product Manager 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Product Specification Fields 4. Click Save	Data changed should show up on the item on Kimray.com
Design to Build	TC-00107	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Non-Inventory for Sale - Validate GL Accounts	Non Inventory for Sale Item has passed through all the operations related p (...)Non Inventory for Sale Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Purchasing, Accounting, and Preferences tabs.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Income Account (this will default in from the Accounting Pref (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Income Account (this will default in from the Accounting Preferences but can be modified 2. Can Be Fulfilled/Received setup is correct (unchecked if item fulfillment is not desired. Note - Non Inventory Item has no GL Impact on Item Fulfillment) 3. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" 5. Item-Level Sales Price is correct Additional notes: The Item Subtype governs the need for GL Accounts. A Non Inventory for Purchase will require an expense account. A Non Inventory for Sale will require an Income Account. A None Inventory for Resale requires both Accounts.
Design to Build	TC-00108	FIN - ITEM New Item Setup - Service for Sale - Validate GL Accounts	Service Item has passed through all the operations related processes within (...)Service Item has passed through all the operations related processes within NetSuite and is ready for Accounting Review	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and rev (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Query up the Item in the Global Search and review the Purchasing, Accounting, and Preferences tabs.	1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Income Account (this will default in from the Accounting Pref (...)1. GL Accounts are correctly set for: Income Account (this will default in from the Accounting Preferences but can be modified 2. Can Be Fulfilled/Received setup is correct (unchecked if item fulfillment is not desired. Note - Service Item has no GL Impact on Item Fulfillment) 4. Tax Schedule is set as "Default Tax Schedule" 5. Item-Level Sales Price is correct Additional notes: The Item Subtype governs the need for GL Accounts. A Service for Purchase will require an expense account. A Service for Sale will require an Income Account. A Service for Resale requires both Accounts.
Design to Build	TC-00109	FIN - BOM INQUIRY - Review Costed BOM Inquiry for an Item	Item has been costed. Revaluation record exists for the Item.	Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Navigate to Reports ; Costing Accounting ; Co (...)Role: Kimray Cost Accountant, Kimray Cost Supervisor Navigate to Reports ; Costing Accounting ; Costed Bill of Materials Select Parameters: Item: Location: Bill of Materials: Display Control: By Revision Bill of Materials Revision: By Manufacturing Routing: Mark Checkbox Manufacturing Routing: Build Quantity: 1 Material Cost: Per Costing Method Click Submit Review information displayed on tabs: Material Costs Assembled Costs Fully Exploded Costs	Materials Cost Tab Component costs are displayed based on default costs associated with the Item/Lo (...)Materials Cost Tab Component costs are displayed based on default costs associated with the Item/Location configuration record in question. Costs could be different vs actual standard costs in instances where Planned Standard Cost Rollup and Revalue Inventory Standard Cost Inventory has not been run up to date for the Assembly and associated components Assembled Costs: Labor Run Cost is displayed based on the associated manufacturing routing
Design to Build	TC-00110	Verify Implementation Status	New item created in Windchill	Step 1: Enter Item Into Global Search Step 2: Edit Item Step 3: Verify Implementation Status = Set (...)Step 1: Enter Item Into Global Search Step 2: Edit Item Step 3: Verify Implementation Status = Setup	Implementation Status = SETUP
Design to Build	TC-00111	Create new OM part number and create Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Service for Purchase" and Item (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Service for Purchase" and Item Type Description as "Non-Inventory." Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00112	Create new "Non-Inventory Item for Resale" (MTR, NACE, or another cert)		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Non-Inventory for Resale" and (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Non-Inventory for Resale" and Item Type Description as "Non-Inventory." Create Change Notice in Windchill.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data is applied. Change Notice is successfully created.
Design to Build	TC-00113	Create end item with primary BOM and alternate BOM		Create a new part in Windchill with a primary and alternate BOM	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering data is pushed to NetSuite
Design to Build	TC-00114	Send To Maestro	Item Must Exist in NetSuite and All Fields Reviewed	Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search Step 2: Click (...)Role: Scheduling Manager and Supply Chain Manager Step 1: Enter Item in Global Search Step 2: Click Edit Step 3: Click on Send To Maestro Check Box under the Planning Section of The Supply Mgmt Subtab.	Implementation status change should be saved<add variations for each implementation status; All - (...)Implementation status change should be saved<add variations for each implementation status; All - Shows on PO/SO/WO MANF shows on PO/WO OBS None PUR - shows on PO only SALE - shows on SO only SETUP - None SUSP - None Production Planning:- test impacts to Maestro integration for each implementation status
Design to Build	TC-00115	Update Sales Pricing Information	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Edit Item in Global Search and Click Edit Step 2: Click on S (...)Role: Kimray - Product Manager Step 1: Edit Item in Global Search and Click Edit Step 2: Click on Sales/Pricing Subtab Step 3: Update Sales Pricing Information	Sales Pricing on Item will be updated.
Design to Build	TC-00116	Create new "Non-Inventory Item for Purchase"		Roles: Kimray - Buyer Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Crea (...)Roles: Kimray - Buyer Kimray - Purchasing Manager Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler Create a new part number in NetSuite Item Type set as "Non-Inventory for Purchase" Step 1: Navigate To: Lists > Accounting > Items > New Step 2: Click Non-Inventory For Purchase Hyperlink Step 3: Fill out Mandatory Fields Step 4: Click Save	Item is Created in NetSuite
Design to Build	TC-00117	Verify Item Created From Windchill in NetSuite is correct.	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Kimray Product Engineer Step 1: Search and open Item in Global Search Step 2: Review Item to (...)Role: Kimray Product Engineer Step 1: Search and open Item in Global Search Step 2: Review Item to ensure it matches what was sent from Windchill.	Item Created in NetSuite Matches Windchill
Design to Build	TC-00118	Validate BOM in WC and NS Match	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Kimray Product Engineer Step 1: Search and open Item in Global Search Step 2: Click on Eng (...)Role: Kimray Product Engineer Step 1: Search and open Item in Global Search Step 2: Click on Engineering Subtab Step 3: Click on Bill of Materials Sublist Step 4: Click BOm Revision to review. Step 5: Compare BOM Components to Windchill	Item Created in NetSuite Matches Windchill Validate that New BOM is the Master Default (Only Applic (...)Item Created in NetSuite Matches Windchill Validate that New BOM is the Master Default (Only Applicable if Assembly Item and BOM already exists in NetSuite)
Design to Build	TC-00121	Create serialized End Item and Change Notice		Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type D (...)Create a new part number in Windchill with NetSuite Item Type set as "Assembly Item" and Item Type Description as "Assembly or subassembly." For the Default Trace Code in Windchill, choose "Serial Number." Add a BOM for the part. Create Change Notice in Windchill. Change is reviewed by a Sustainment Engineer. If approved, the Change Notice pushes the new data to NetSuite.	NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is c (...)NPN added to Windchill, the engineering item master data and BOM data is applied. Change Notice is created. Change Notice is approved by the Sustainment Engineer.
Design to Build	TC-00122	Update Assembly Item as Cost Accountant / Cost Supervisor Role	Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuit (...)Cost Account and Cost Supervisor Role Must Exist Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields (...)Role: Cost Account or Cost Supervisor 1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit 3. Update Fields in Accounting Subtab 4. Click Save	Assembly Item is Updated
Inv Management	TC-01000	Test ability to create Preferred bin for specific items	Item record exists in NetSuite. Bin record exists in NetSuite. There is n (...)Item record exists in NetSuite. Bin record exists in NetSuite. There is no current Preferred bin for the item at OKC Mfg location.	Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to an item record to assign the Preferred Bin by (...)Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to an item record to assign the Preferred Bin by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify an item to be changed and click 'Edit' on the left-hand side of the screen to open the Item Record. 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab. 4. Scroll down to the Sub-list tabs and click the 'Bin Numbers' tab. 5. Populate the below information. - Location = OKC Mfg - Bin Number - Preferred (By Location) = True/Checked. 6. Click 'Save'	The item record now has a preferred bin for the OKC Mfg location.
Inv Management	TC-01001	Test ability to change the default bin for a specific item	Item Record exists in NetSuite. Bin Record exists in NetSuite. Item recor (...)Item Record exists in NetSuite. Bin Record exists in NetSuite. Item record currently has preferred bin assigned at OKC Mfg location.	Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to an item record to assign the Preferred Bin by (...)Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager. 1. Navigate to an item record to assign the Preferred Bin by Lists > Accounting > Items. 2. Identify an item to be changed and click 'Edit' on the left-hand side of the screen to open the Item Record. 3. Navigate to the 'Supply Mgmt' subtab. 4. Scroll down to the Sub-list tabs and click the 'Bin Numbers' tab. 5. Identify the current 'Preferred Bin' for the OKC Mfg location and click the 'Remove' button at the bottom right-hand side of the line. 6. Populate a new line with the below information. - Location = OKC Mfg - Bin Number - Preferred (By Location) = True/Checked. 6. Click 'Save'	There is a new Bin number that is the 'Preferred Bin' for the item record at OKC Mfg.
Inv Management	TC-01002	Test ability to add bin	Not applicable.	Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager or Kimray - Warehouse Operator 1. Navigate to Lists > Supply (...)Login as Kimray - Warehouse Manager or Kimray - Warehouse Operator 1. Navigate to Lists > Supply Chain > Bins > New. 2. Populate the below information on the form. - Bin Number = TC--01002(your initials) - Location = OKC Mfg 3. Click 'Save'	The bin record is created in NetSuite.
Inv Management	TC-01003	Test ability to modify bin attributes	The bin record already exists in NetSuite.	Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing bin re (...)Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing bin record by Lists > Supply Chain > Bins. 2. Select an existing bin and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left hand side of the form. 3. Adjust the below attributes of the bin record. - Bin Number - Location 4. Click 'Save'	The Bin number and bin location are changed.
Inv Management	TC-01004	Test ability to deactivate/delete bin	The bin record exists in NetSuite and is Active.	Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing bin re (...)Login as Kimray - Warehouse Operator or Kimray - Warehouse Manager 1. Navigate to existing bin record by Lists > Supply Chain > Bins. 2. Select an existing bin and click the 'Edit' hyperlink on the left hand side of the form. 3. Click the 'Inactive' checkbox to True. 4. Click 'Save' 5. Validate the record successfully saves and the Bin is now 'Inactive' 6. Click 'Edit' on the bin record to re-open it in Edit Mode. 7. Identify the 'Actions' button at the top left of the form and hover your mouse over the button. 8. A dropdown will display with the word 'Delete' 9. Click 'Delete' 10. A message will appear asking 'Are you sure you want to delete this record?' 11. Click 'OK' 12. Validate the deletion was successful.	The bin record no longer exists in NetSuite.
Inv Management	TC-01009	Kimray WO Issue Components LP- function Validate Work Order Issue transacti (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP- function Validate Work Order Issue transactions are using License Plates from the same vendor in the RF-Smart custom record.	TC-1440	Login as Kimray Warehouse Manager Role 1. Pull up the work order in NS, using the global search and (...)Login as Kimray Warehouse Manager Role 1. Pull up the work order in NS, using the global search and key in the work order number. 2. Select Related Records sub-tab 3. Open the WO Issue transaction 4. Go to Custom Tab 5. Go to the Kimray WO Issue Details tab View detials for items issued to the work order In Netsuite, put the license plate number in the global search select and open the license plate confirm the work # the LP was issued to is updated on the License plate header.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. License Plate Number. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to.
Inv Management	TC-01010	Inventory Status Change LP- function to change Inventory Status for invento (...)Inventory Status Change LP- function to change Inventory Status for inventory on License Plates.	Will need inventory on a license plate.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Inventory Status C (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Inventory Status Change LP function 2. Select location. 3. Scan the license plate. 4. Select the Inventory Status you want to change to. 5. Submit the transaction 5a. Green Success bar to indicate transaction was completed.	User to confirm: Was able to select an inventory status from the list. Green success message, indica (...)User to confirm: Was able to select an inventory status from the list. Green success message, indicating inventory status was updated. Lead to confirm: Inventory status was updated on the inventory in Netsuite. Inventory status shows updated on the license plate line details.
Inv Management	TC-01011	Inventory Status Change- function to change Inventory status for Inventory (...)Inventory Status Change- function to change Inventory status for Inventory not on License Plates.		Login as: RF-SMART Token Login 1. Select the Inventory Status Change function 2. Select location. 3. (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login 1. Select the Inventory Status Change function 2. Select location. 3. Click on the item field to key in the item to have the status changed. 3a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the item entered. 4. Click on the Bin field to key in the bin number where the item will have the inventory status changed. 4a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the bin number. 5. In the drop down listing select the Inventory Status you want to change to. 6. Click on the Qty field to enter the quantity of inventory that needs to have the inventory status changed. 6a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. 6b. The transaction will be submitted. 5a. Green Success bar to indicate transaction was completed.	User to confirm: Was able to select an inventory status from the list. Green success message, indica (...)User to confirm: Was able to select an inventory status from the list. Green success message, indicating inventory status was updated. Lead to confirm:Inventory status was updated on the inventory in Netsuite.
Inv Management	TC-01012	Move Item (Bin Transfer)- function to transfer Inventory from one bin to an (...)Move Item (Bin Transfer)- function to transfer Inventory from one bin to another (No License Plate).	Need Inventory in a bin to be transferred to another bin. Serialized Inven (...)Need Inventory in a bin to be transferred to another bin. Serialized Inventory Non-Serialized Inventory Single Item transfer setting on Menu item version. Multiple Item transfer setting on Menu item version.	"Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Bin Transfer (...)"Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Bin Transfer function 2. Select location. 3. Click on the Bin field to key in the bin number where the item will be transferred from. (Note: if you have a work order, you will be transferring the finished good item) 4. Click on the item you want to transfer from the bin. (could be multiple showing) 5. If item is a serialized item you will prompted to enter the serial number. 5a. click in the serial number field and key in the serial number. Can be scanned if you have the barcode to scan. 5b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the serial number. 5c. continue with step 5 through 5b until all serials have been captured. 5d. Hit Next to go to the next screen. 5e. If the item is not serialized, you will be prompted for the quantity; click on the Qty field to enter the quantity of inventory that needs to be transferred. 5a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. 6. Click in the To Bin field to enter the bin number, or scan the bin number you will be transferring the inventory to. 6a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the To bin entry. 6b. The transaction will be submitted. 5a. Green Success bar to indicate transaction was completed."	User to Confirm:Non-serialized item, Single item transfer: Able to transfer inventory from one bin (...)User to Confirm:Non-serialized item, Single item transfer: Able to transfer inventory from one bin to another bin. Green success to indicate transfer processed. Multiple Item transfer: Was able to select more than one item from the same bin. Able to transfer multiple items to the same bin in one transaction. Green success to indicate transfer processed. Serialized item:User to confirm: Able to enter multiple serials to be transferred for an item. Green success to indicate transfer processed. Lead to Confirm: Inventory details in Netsuite show the inventory transferred to the bins selected, from the bins they selected. For serial items, the scanned serials were transferred. Bin transfer transactions created in Netsuite.
Inv Management	TC-01013	Kimray PO Receive- function to receive VMI Inventory to preferred bins.	Purchase is available for VMI items to be received. VMI items have preferre (...)Purchase is available for VMI items to be received. VMI items have preferred bins set, for the location, on the item master record. Function Menu Item version setting, "Receiving Bin Preference" is set to Preferred Bin.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray VMI PO Receive (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray VMI PO Receive function 1. Click on the location field to set or change the location to OKC MFG. 1a. Click on the location in the listing of locations. 2. Click on the Purchase Order field to enter the PO to be received. 2a. Enter the Purchase Order number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the PO entered. 3. Select item to receive from the item listing. 4. Click in the quantity field to enter the quantity to be recieved. 4a.Enter quantity to be received. 4b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. (enter full quantity needed) 5. Click into the Actual Receive Date field. 5a. Can change the date or leave as current date. 5b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date entered. 6. Hit Submit to create the item receipt in Netsuite. 6a. Will see green message indicating the receipt was completed. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite 7. In the global search, key in the item number to review. 7a. Select the item from the list. 8. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Supply Mgt. tab. 8a. scroll down further on the page and select the sub-tab Bin Numbers. 8b. Confirm which bin is listed for the location and is flagged as Preferred bin. 9. On the item screen, scroll back up to the row of sub-tabs and click on the Inventory Detail tab. 9a. Review the bin listing to confirm the Preferred bin from step 8 is in the listing and has inventory.	User to Confirm: The selected item(s) were able to be submitted. Received message of order being rec (...)User to Confirm: The selected item(s) were able to be submitted. Received message of order being received. Lead to Confirm: Item receipt transaction was created in Netsuite. Items were received to the the preferred bin set for the items.
Planning Maestro	TC-05078	KMRY 213 Sales Quotes and Sales Order ATP & CTP		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05079	KMRY 22 Cleanse errors		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05080	KMRY 23 Adjust Outliers		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05081	KMRY 24 Adjust Casuals		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Planning Maestro	TC-05082	KMRY 25 Cleanse forecast input data		Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriat (...)Maestro test cases are stored in SharePoint. Check with a testing facilitator to find the appropriate SharePoint link.
Inv Management	TC-01014	Item Lookup- function to find where items exist in inventory. (License Pla (...)Item Lookup- function to find where items exist in inventory. (License Plate and No-License Plate).	Need inventory available for an item. Some inventory on License Plates. Som (...)Need inventory available for an item. Some inventory on License Plates. Some inventory on No-License Plates.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Item Lookup function (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Item Lookup function 1. Select Location from the listing. 2. Click in the Item field to enter the item. 2a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the item entered 3.Select blue Inventory Quantity button to see inventory in bins. 4. In the header it will show total inventory information. 4a. In the bottom section of the screen will show all bins where the item exists in the location. 4b. Select a bin to see Inventory Status available in that bin. (could have multiple status showing) 4b. Select Inventory Status to see serial numbers available. (if serialized item). 4c. If not serialized you will only see the inventory status. 5. Hit Done to go back to the item entry screen. 6. If you want to see a different location, you can click on the location field and choose a different location for the item. 6a. Same steps as 3 to 5 to see inventory information. Inventory is on license plates steps: 7. Select Location from the listing. 8. Click in the Item field to enter the item. 8a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the item entered 9. Select Blue License Plate button to see inventory on license plates. 10. Select license plate/bin to see Inventory Status available. 11. Select Inventory Status to see serial numbers available. 12. Hit Done to go back to the item entry screen.	User to confirm: Was able to see bins for item inventory in the selected location. Was able to see L (...)User to confirm: Was able to see bins for item inventory in the selected location. Was able to see License Plates that had inventory for the item. Was able to see Inventory status available for selected bin or license plate. Was able to see the serial numbers in the selected bin or license plate.
Inv Management	TC-01016	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- OM material for Staging (material handling) to (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- OM material for Staging (material handling) to view POs for outside services that need material staged.	Need WO and PO associated to items going out to vendor for services. PO no (...)Need WO and PO associated to items going out to vendor for services. PO not flagged with OM Material staged or At Vendor.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Smart Searches fun (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Smart Searches function 2. Select the OM Searches with action button searches 3. Select the Fusion - OM Material for staging (Material Handling) search 4. Select the PO that you have staged material for. 5. Select the Update Record blue button. 5a. You will be taken back to the search results page, where the PO you updated should no longer be in the list. 6. Hit Back, then Back again to leave the search screen.	User to confirm the PO was in the listing and the PO was not in the listing after they pushed the Up (...)User to confirm the PO was in the listing and the PO was not in the listing after they pushed the Update Record button. Lead to confirm the PO record in Netsuite was updated to show the Material Staged being flagged.
Inv Management	TC-01017	Kimray Smart Search Fusion- OM Material at Vendor (material hanlding) to vi (...)Kimray Smart Search Fusion- OM Material at Vendor (material hanlding) to view POs for outside services that have been delivered to the vendor.	Need WO and PO associated to the item that has been delivered to the vendor (...)Need WO and PO associated to the item that has been delivered to the vendor. PO flagged with material staged, but not flagged as At Vendor.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Smart Searches fun (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu 1. Select the Smart Searches function 2. Select the OM Searches with action button searches 3. Select the Fusion - OM Material at Vendor (Material Handling) search 4. Select the PO that you have staged material for. 5. Select the Update Record blue button. 5a. You will be taken back to the search results page, where the PO you updated should no longer be in the list. 6. Hit Back, then Back again to leave the search screen.	User to confirm the PO was in the listing and the PO was not in the listing after they pushed the Up (...)User to confirm the PO was in the listing and the PO was not in the listing after they pushed the Update Record button. Lead to confirm the PO record in Netsuite was updated to show the MaterialAt Vendor flagged.
Inv Management	TC-01019	Use AW Vendor Return function to pick inventory to be returned to vendor	Will need a Vendor Return in a status that can be fulfilled.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the AW Vendor Return Pick (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the AW Vendor Return Picking Function 1. Click on the location field to set or change the location to OKC Mfg. 2. Click on the Vendor Return Authorization field to key in the Vendor return number. 2a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 2b. alternatively you can hit load returns button and select the vendor return number from the list. 3. Select the Item to be returned from the item listing. 4. Click on the Inventory Status field and select the status of the item you are needing to return. 4a. Typically status of Supplier Non-Conforming. 5. Click on the bin field to enter the Bin the item is in and will be picked from. 5a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the bin entry. 5b. Alternatively you could hit the Alt bins button to show all bins that have inventory with the selected inventory status. 5c. Click on the bin you are wanting to pick from. 6. Click on the quantity field to enter the quantity of the item to be returned. 6a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. 7. Hit the Submit button. 7a. Will see green message on bottom of screen indicating the transaction was submitted.	User to Confirm: Green success indicating the fulfillment created. Lead to Confirm: Vendor return ha (...)User to Confirm: Green success indicating the fulfillment created. Lead to Confirm: Vendor return has a fulfillment created in NS.
Inv Management	TC-01024	Planned Bin Transfers Created for items after the script to generate Planne (...)Planned Bin Transfers Created for items after the script to generate Planned Bin Transfers for Replenishments has been run.	At least one Item will need to have the RF-SMART Item Bin Enhancement rec (...)At least one Item will need to have the RF-SMART Item Bin Enhancement records created. Min/Max settings required. optional setting for "Multiple". Inventory for at least one item will need to be less than the minimum setting for the bin to be replenished. Script deployment Schedule is set to run on a set time and frequency. (RF-SMART Generate Bin Replenishment) Script deployment has parameters set for specific location. OKC Mfg.	Login into Netsuite as a Manager Role to set the script to run on a schedule and set the item to be (...)Login into Netsuite as a Manager Role to set the script to run on a schedule and set the item to be tested. 1. Navigate To Custom>Scripting>Script Deployments and click on Script Deployments. 2. Confirm the filter for Type is set to All. 3. Look for the script titled RF-SMART Generate Bin Replenishment 3a. Click view for the script to open. 3b. Hit edit on the script when open. 4. Scroll to the Parameters Sub-tab and click on that tab. 4a. To ensure the script will run in a timely manner, update the Parameters with a specific Item. This will be the Item number that you have setup to require a replenishment. 4b. Confirm the location is set to OKC Mfg. 5. Click on the Schedule sub-tab. 5a. Set the Start Date to the current date you are doing this test. 5b. Set the Start Time as close to your current time. Only has 30 minute increments, so you will want to choose the next closest time to your current time. 6. at the top right of the screen confirm the Status is set to Scheduled. 7. at the top left of the page, hit the dropdown and choose Save. 7a. The script will start running on the start time you selected, to create the planned bin transfer for the item. 8. Navigate in Netsuite to, RF-SMART>Inventory Features>Bin Replenishment and click on Bin Replenishment. 9. There should be some planned bin transfers in the listing that show a created date that is the current date. 9a. The status on these should show Pending. 9b. The item should be the one you entered on the script and it should show the from bin and to bin details.	Manager to Confirm: Planned bin transfers were created for items that needed replenishing.
Inv Management	TC-01025	View Contents - Function for inventory not on license plates.	Need inventory in bins that are not on license plates.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the View Contents functio (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the View Contents function. 1. Select the Location from the listing. 2. Click in the bin field to key in the Bin you want to see the contents for. 2a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the bin entry. 3. You should see items listed that are in that bin. 3a. Select an item to see the inventory status. 3b. Select the inventory status to see serial numbers. If not serialized item, only inventory status will show. 4. Hit Back button to return to the first screen prompting for a bin number. 4a. Hit back again to leave the function.	User to Confirm: Items were showing in the selected bin. was able to view inventory status and seria (...)User to Confirm: Items were showing in the selected bin. was able to view inventory status and serial numbers, if applicable.
Inv Management	TC-01026	Receive Order base function- (OM PO Receive)- To receive PO for outside man (...)Receive Order base function- (OM PO Receive)- To receive PO for outside manufacturing material being returned. These will be non-inventory items.	PO created associated with work order for the item to be received. MRO POs (...)PO created associated with work order for the item to be received. MRO POs created for non inventory items to be received.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the OM PO Receive func (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the OM PO Receive function 1. Click on the location field, then select the lcoation from the listing. OKC Mfg. 2. Click on the Purchase order field to key in the PO number you need to receive. 2a. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the PO entered. NOTE: If this is an MRO PO, you can use the smart search Kimray IM - MRO PO Search to see the description details for the line items. 3.Click on the item to be received, Non-inventory item. 3a. Click on the qty field to enter qty to receive. 3b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. 4. Hit submit button on top right. 4a. You may see a blue message stating receipt occurring in background, or a Green message stating Order Received. (depends on timing and other scripts running at the time)
Inv Management	TC-01028	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item that does not require a license plate and requires Inspection	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not re (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Need an item that requires inspection flagged.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 9. Confirm Red text of "Item Requires Inspection" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. Confirm the inventory status for the item is set to Pending Inspection. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. (do not hit the enter key yet) 11. If not receiving to a license plate, Print item label with details. Note: If the item selected does not have header message of "Receive Item to Container" in blue text, then no LP will be required. 11a. Select the Print Labels button after you enter the qty to be received. 11b. Click on the Printer field if you need to select a different printer. Need to choose printer, "RF SMART TEST". 11c. select the number of labels field and key in the number of labels you want to print. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the number entered to print. 11d. Should see green prompt on bottom of screen showing label queued. 11e. Details printed on label: Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes Weight/UM Each for the item 12. click on the qty field, then click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 13. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 13a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 13b. If inventory status was set to Pending Inspection and you were not prompted for a license plate, this is a passed test case. you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 13c. If Inventory status was not set to Pending Inspection and/or you were prompted for a license plate, this is a failed test case.	User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". No LP prompts will be sh (...)User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". No LP prompts will be shown to the user.
Inv Management	TC-01069	Kimray WO Issue Components- Cofirm itme that requires MTR, and the WO is no (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Cofirm itme that requires MTR, and the WO is not flagged as requiring MTR, the user is not prompted for heat code.	Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order NOT fla (...)Need a component item flagged as requiring MTR. Need the work order NOT flagged as requiring MTR.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 4c. The User will not be prompted for Heat Codes. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. If user was NOT prompted for heat code, this is a pass. 6a. User can hit back and cancel. No need to pause or submit the transaction.
Store Ops	TC-07263	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07263M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG but not in the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07264	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Inv Management	TC-01029	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an i (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an item that requires a license plate and requires inspection	TC - 335Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requi (...)TC - 335Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate. Need an item that requires inspection flagged.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8a. Confirm Red text of "Item Requires Inspection" if item flagged as needing inspection. 8b. Confirm inventory status for the item is set to Pending Inspection. 9. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 10. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 10a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 11. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 11a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 11b. If Inventory status was set to Pending Inspection and you were prompted for a license plate, this is a pass for the test case. you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 11c. If inventory status was not set to Pending Inspection and/or you were not prompted for a license plate, this was a fail for the test case.	User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User can change the inve (...)User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User can change the inventory status if needed. User will have to choose New LP and create a license plate. The LP# will start with the vendors Netsuite internal ID followed by a dash and the next number generated. Accounting Impact - Item Receipt GL Impact is hitting the correct accounts. Inventory Quantity on hand has been incremented.
Inv Management	TC-01030	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Item that Requires License Plate and Requires MTR	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a li (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate. Need an item that has MTR Required.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 11. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 11a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. 12. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 12a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 12b. If the item prompted for MTR and prompted for a license plate, this is a passed test and you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 12c. If not prompted for MTR, and/or not prompted for license plate, then this is a failed test.	User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will set the inventory status to default (...)User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will set the inventory status to default receiving status. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. User can change the inventory status if needed. User will have to choose New LP and create a license plate. The LP# will start with the vendors Netsuite internal ID followed by a dash and the next number generated.
Planning	TC-07267M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (S (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC M (...)Partial quantity of item available at the store, partial available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07268	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07268M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory an (...)Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07269	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07269M	Create Quote - ATP at Store (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items in inventory at the store location	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01031	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive item (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive item that does not require a license plate and requires MTR	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not re (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Need an item that has MTR Required.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If prompt for MTR, then this test is a pass. you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 8b. If not prompted for MTR, then this is a failed test.	User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will either set the inventory status to (...)User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will either set the inventory status to default receiving status. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. User can change the inventory status if needed. No LP prompts will be shown to the user.
Inv Management	TC-01032	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an i (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an item requiring a license plate, requires inspection, requires MTR	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a li (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate. Need an item that has both Inspection required and MTR required	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. hit arrow key on keyboard to accept the qty entered. 11. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 11a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. 12. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 12a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 12b. click on the Printer field to select the printer, RF SMART Test. 12c. click in the number of labels field and enter 1, then hit the keyboard arrow key to enter the quantity of lables to be printed. 12d. Should see a green confirmation of label being queued to print, at the bottom of the screen. 12e. Details printed on the LP label are as follows. LP Number Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes (if applicable) Weight/UM Each for the item Note, if partial quantity received for the item, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after printing the LP label. If full quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 13. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 13a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created.	User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User will be prompted to (...)User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will either set the inventory status to default receiving status, or if Inspection is required will set the inventory status to Pending Inspection. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. Even if Inspection is required, the MTR required is priority status to use. User can change the inventory status if needed. User will have to choose New LP and create a license plate. The LP# will start with the vendors Netsuite internal ID followed by a dash and the next number generated.
Inv Management	TC-01121	Kimray PO Receive- VMI or Non VMI receipt- Actual Receive Date to be entere (...)Kimray PO Receive- VMI or Non VMI receipt- Actual Receive Date to be entered during receipt.	PO available to be received for either VMI or non VMI PO Type.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray VMI PO Receive (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray VMI PO Receive function 1. Click on the location field to set or change the location to OKC MFG. 1a. Click on the location in the listing of locations. 2. Click on the Purchase Order field to enter the PO to be received. 2a. Enter the Purchase Order number. 2b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the PO entered. 3. Select item to receive from the item listing. 4. Click in the quantity field to enter the quantity to be recieved. 4a.Enter quantity to be received. 4b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the quantity entered. (enter full quantity needed) 5. Click into the Actual Receive Date field. 5a. Can change the date or leave as current date. 5b. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date entered. 6. Hit Submit to create the item receipt in Netsuite. 6a. Will see green message indicating the receipt was completed. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite 7. In the global search, key in the PO number to review. 8. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Related Records. 8a. Select the Date for the item receipt to review. 9. Scroll to the item section and on the far right hand side, you will see the On Time Delivery Date field. 9a. The date populated should be the same as entered in the Actual receive date in the function.
Inv Management	TC-01033	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive item (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive item not requiring a license plate, does require inspection and requires MTR	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not re (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Need an item that requires inspection flagged. Need an item that has MTR Required. Need an item that has both Inspection required and MTR required Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. (do not hit enter yet) 11. If not receiving to a license plate, Print item label with details. Note: If the item selected does not have header message of "Receive Item to Container" in blue text, then no LP will be required. 11a. Select the Print Labels button after you enter the qty to be received. 11b. Click on the Printer field if you need to select a different printer. Need to choose printer, "RF SMART TEST". 11b. select the number of labels field and key in the number of labels you want to print. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the number entered to print. 11c. Should see green prompt on bottom of screen showing label queued. 11d. Details printed on item label: Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes (if applicable) Weight/UM Each for the item 12. click on the qty field, then click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 13. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 13a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 14. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 14a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created.	User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User will be prompted to (...)User will see the bold red text in the item header, "Inspection Required". User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. Yes, will either set the inventory status to default receiving status, or if Inspection is required will set the inventory status to Pending Inspection. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. Even if Inspection is required, the MTR required is priority status to use. User can change the inventory status if needed. No LP prompts will be shown to the user.
Inv Management	TC-01034	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an i (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an item requiring a license plate, MTR is required and not available	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a li (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate has MTR Required.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Needed. 8c. The inventory status for the item should now show MTR Needed. If the status is correct, then this is a pass for the test. you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 8d. If the inventory status is not set to MTR Needed, this is a failed test case.	User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Requ (...)User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. User will have to choose New LP and create a license plate.
Planning	TC-07271M	Create Quote - CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Items not in inventory at the store location or OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07272	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, M (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07272M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, M (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial ATP at OKC MFG (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity availabl (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial quantity available at OKC MFG.	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07273	Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Ite (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at Store, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory (...)Partial quantity of items available at the store, partial not in inventory anywhere.		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Inv Management	TC-01035	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Receive item not requiring license plate, requires MT (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Receive item not requiring license plate, requires MTR but is not available	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not re (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Need an item that has MTR Required.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Needed. 8c. The inventory status for the item should now show MTR Needed. If the status is correct, then this is a pass for the test. you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 8d. If the inventory status is not set to MTR Needed, this is a failed test case.	User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Requ (...)User will be prompted to confirm an MTR is available. No, will set the inventory status to MTR Required. Even if Inspection is required, the MTR required is priority status to use. No License Plate prompts will be shown to the user.
Inv Management	TC-01036	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Quan (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive Quantity greater than set tolerance setting	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Item tolerance set on the ite (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Item tolerance set on the item. This can be tested on both license plate receipts and no license plate receipts.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Required. If user needs to see who the Buyer was, they will be seeing the buyer after they enter the qty being received for the item, when taken back to the main item listing page. 8C. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. If MTR was not available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to MTR Required. 9b. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. If neither Inspection required or MTR required the status will be set to default receiving status. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 10a. Enter a quantity greater than the items tolerance setting and confirm the user is prompted stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. this can be a single quantity entry, or an accumulated quantity over multiple receipts for the item. 10b. best way to test overage tolerance is to enter a quantity that is double the PO quantity for the item. If tolerance is set, you will see a red message stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. If no tolerance is set, the quantity will be accepted. 10c. If the red message was shown, then this test was successful and you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 10d. If there was no red message, then the item was not set with a tolerance and this fails.	Quantity entered greater than purchase order quantity will validate against the items tolerance set (...)Quantity entered greater than purchase order quantity will validate against the items tolerance setting and allow overage up to the tolerance allowed. over the tolerance will not be allowed and user will be prompted as such. If quantity is equal to or less than the tolerance amount the quantity will be accepted and no prompts to the user.
Inv Management	TC-01037	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving Licesne Plate - Confirm Prin (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving Licesne Plate - Confirm Print data for License plate and item label created for printing	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a li (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate. Need an item that does not require a license plate. Printing Hardware is setup to receive the printing requests. RF-Smart Employee Preferences are set to determine which Printer(s) are utilized for the employee testing. Note: this could be done with one purchase order or one purchase order with multiple item types.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Required. If user needs to see who the Buyer was, they will be seeing the buyer after they enter the qty being received for the item, when taken back to the main item listing page. 8C. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. If MTR was not available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to MTR Required. 9b. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. If neither Inspection required or MTR required the status will be set to default receiving status. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 11. If not receiving to a license plate, Print item label with details. Note: If the item selected does not have header message of "Receive Item to Container" in blue text, then no LP will be required. 11a. Select the Print Labels button after you enter the qty to be received. 11b. Click on the Printer field if you need to select a different printer. Need to choose printer, "RF SMART TEST". 11b. select the number of labels field and key in the number of labels you want to print. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the number entered to print. 11c. Should see green prompt on bottom of screen showing label queued. 11d. Details printed on label: Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes Weight/UM Each for the item 12. click on the qty field, then click the keyboard arrow button to enter the quantity to be received. 12a. Enter a quantity greater than the items tolerance setting and confirm the user is prompted stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. this can be a single quantity entry, or an accumulated quantity over multiple receipts for the item. 12b. best way to test overage tolerance is to select the item again, then enter a quantity that is double the PO quantity for the item. If tolerance is set, you will see a red message stating the quantity is greater than allowed tolerance. If no tolerance is set, the quantity will be accepted. 13. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 13a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 14. Confirm there is no Update UPC button for the item. This would normally show between the Print labels button and Complete (##) buttons. 15. Confirm the UOM button is only for display and user cannot select and change the UOM for the quantity to be entered. Click on the blue box beside the quantity field and it should do nothing. 16. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 16a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 16b. Warehouse Manager to Confirm LP number starts with the vendors internal ID, then dash next number generated. 16c. click on the Printer field to select the printer, RF SMART Test. 16d. click in the number of labels field and enter 1, then hit the keyboard arrow key to enter the quantity of lables to be printed. 16e. Should see a green confirmation of label being queued to print, at the bottom of the screen. 16f. Details printed on the LP label are as follows. LP Number Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes (if applicable) Weight/UM Each for the item Note, if partial quantity received for the item, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after printing the LP label. If full quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 17. Hit submit to create the item receipt record in Netsuite. Note: Could be partial receipt or full receipt of items on the purchase order. 17a. will see a green success at bottom of the screen indicating the item receipt was created. Login to Netsuite with Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 18. Confirm details of item receipt match what was received. 18a. in the global search bar type in the PO# that was received. You can select it from the listing, or hit enter and you can select the view button for the PO in the listing. 18b. On the PO form, scroll down about a third of the form where you will see a row of sub-tabs. Select Related Records sub-tab. 18c. You should see an item receipt record that has the date the record was created, which should be the date you submitted the transaction in RF-SMART. 18d. select View for the item receipt record. 18e. Confirm the item and quantity received match what was received from the RF-SMART function. This will be at the bottom of the record, in the Items sub-tab. 18f. Item number will be on the far left side of the line. Quantity will be right after On Hand. Quantity should be they quantity entered in RF-SMART to receive for the item. 18g. Confirm the On Time Delivery date matches the Actual Receive Date entered in the RF-SMART function for the item. 18h. The on time delivery date is located on the far right hand side of the line item. 19. Confirm license plate record details in Netsuite reflect the items received and the inbound transaction matches the item receipt record. 19a. using the printed LP label, go into Netsuite and enter that LP number in the global search bar. 19b. Select the LP from the listing, or if you hit enter, you can select view for the LP in the listing. 19c. On the LP screen, confirm you see the details for what was received. PO Number Item Number- matches on the PO and the item received in RF-SMART. Quantity Received- what the user received with RF-SMART for the LP. Vendor Name- matches vendor on the PO record. Heat Codes (if applicable)	The license plate print request will have the required print data to be used by SummitIT print solu (...)The license plate print request will have the required print data to be used by SummitIT print solution. The item label print request will have the required print data to be used by SummitIT print solution. LP Number (only on LP label) Item Number Description of item Vendor Name Purchase Order Number Quantity Received Heat Codes Weight/UM Each for the item
Planning	TC-07275M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple I (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory a (...)Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, the rest not in inventory anywhere	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07276	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Planning	TC-07276M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Item in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07277	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise date is populated
Inv Management	TC-01038	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an i (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Receive an item that requires a license plate and confirm License Plate Prefix from Vendor custom field	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a li (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Need items that requires a license plate. Vendor record has License Plate Prefix field populated no spaces or special characters.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 5. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 6. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 6a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 7. Select the item that you need to receive. 8. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 8a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 8b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Required. If user needs to see who the Buyer was, they will be seeing the buyer after they enter the qty being received for the item, when taken back to the main item listing page. 8C. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 9. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 9a. If MTR was not available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to MTR Required. 9b. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. If neither Inspection required or MTR required the status will be set to default receiving status. 10. Enter quantity to be received by clicking on the Qty field. 11. User will be shown an Actual Receive Date field, which will be populated with the current date. 11a. click on the date field to either enter or change the date to reflect the date the product was physcially delivered to Kimray. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the date. Note, if partial quantity received for the item, and not receiving to LP, you will be returned to the quantity entry screen after entering the actual receive date. If full quantity received, and not to an LP, you will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item received should be colored green. 12. If item is flagged to receive to license plate, the user is prompted for a license plate after the actual receive date has been entered. 12a. Hit the New LP button in the top right corner. 12b. Warehouse Manager to Confirm LP number starts with the vendors internal ID, then dash next number generated. 12c. select the printer RF SMART TEST. 12d. select the number of labels field and hit the arrow key on the keyboard to print the label. 13. Login to Netsuite with Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Manager 14. in the global search bar type in the PO# that was received. You can select it from the listing, or hit enter and you can select the view button for the PO in the listing. 14a. On the PO form, look for Vendor field which will have the vendor name. 14b. Click on the Vendor name and it will take you to a new screen for that vendor. 14c. Scroll down to bottom of page, where you will see a row of sub-tabs. Scroll to the far right and select the Ops Data tab. 14d. Scroll down into the "other" section and look for the "LP Prefix" which should be on the right hand side of the page. 14e. Confirm the details in that field match the first part of the LP number followed by a dash, that was printed.	User will have to choose New License Plate and create a license plate. The Licesne Plate# will start (...)User will have to choose New License Plate and create a license plate. The Licesne Plate# will start with the vendors License Plate Prefix followed by a dash and the next number generated.
Inv Management	TC-01039	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Confirm the (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Confirm the Buyer noted on the Purchase Order is showing in the header section.	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Buyer is set on the Purchase (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Buyer is set on the Purchase Order.	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Orde (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Select Location or confirm if location set is the same as you are in. 2. To add or change location, click on the location field, then scroll down to select the desired location. 3. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 3a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 4. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 4a. If name is in the Buyer field, then all is good. 4b. You can hit back,cancel button then Cancel Receipt. No additional steps to be done.	The Buyer name was shown in the header of the field. User was able to see buyer again after an item (...)The Buyer name was shown in the header of the field. User was able to see buyer again after an item qty has been entered and before submitting the receipt.
Planning	TC-07280M	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Item not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07281	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Sing (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07281M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Sing (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	Partial quantity of item available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07282	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lin (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07282M	Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lin (...)Create Quote - ATP at OKC MFG (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07283	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Planning	TC-07283M	Create Quote - CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Items not in inventory at OKC MFG	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07284	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Mult (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory		Quote is saved and promise dates are populated
Inv Management	TC-01040	Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Confirm the (...)Kimray PO Recieve LP- Purchase Order Receiving License Plate - Confirm the message Receive Item per container shows for items received to License Plate	Purchase Order for item to have been created. Item is flagged to receive to (...)Purchase Order for item to have been created. Item is flagged to receive to Licesne Plate	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase O (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Purchase Order Receive LP function. 1. Enter/Select Purchase Order. Click on the Purchase Order field and enter the purchase order number to be received, then hit the arrow button to enter the number you keyed in. 1a. Alternatively, you can select the Load Purchase Orders button and scroll down to find and select the PO to be received. 2. In the header section of the PO, the buyer name should be shown. This is for reference if questions with the PO. 3. In the header section, you should see the PO Type. 4. Click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that you will receive the items. You can scan the bin barcode which will populate the bin and will take you back to the item listing screen. 4a. alternatively you can select the bin field and key in the bin then hit the arrow to enter the bin number. 5. Select the item that you need to receive. 6. Confirm prompt for Check for MTR, is one available, if item is flagged as needing MTR. 6a. If item is not flagged to require MTR, you will not get a prompt for Check for MTR. 6b. if Prompted, user to select No to confirm the inventory status is set to MTR Required. If user needs to see who the Buyer was, they will be seeing the buyer after they enter the qty being received for the item, when taken back to the main item listing page. 6C. If prompted for MTR, User to select Yes to confirm inventory status is set to default status. 7. Confirm Red text of "Inspection Required" if item flagged as needing inspection. 7a. If MTR was not available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to MTR Required. 7b. IF MTR is available and Inspection is required, confirm the status is set to Inspection Required. If neither Inspection required or MTR required the status will be set to default receiving status. 8. Confirm the Blue text in the item header section reads "Receive Item to Container". 8a. If the blue text is there, the item is flagged to receive to LP. If shown, you can hit Back, then Cancel and cancel receipt. 8b. If the blue text is not there, then the item is not flagged to receive to LP. This would be a failure. This test was specific to test the Blue text is there for the item being received to an LP.	There was a blue highlighted message on the item header screen indicating to Receive Item Per Contai (...)There was a blue highlighted message on the item header screen indicating to Receive Item Per Container.
Inv Management	TC-01042	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Component from license Plate with PO (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Component from license Plate with PO and Heat Code details	Work order created in NetSuite Component inventory available on License (...)Work order created in NetSuite Component inventory available on License Plates LP that has both heat code and PO available. Component availability to pick to the work order from a single vendor. Purchase order used to receive license plate inventory.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components from License Plates: 4. User to select Alt LP to see license plates exist that have the same vendor number. This will help determine if they need to use another vendor that has enough inventory to issue complete to the order. 4a. click on the license plate that you want to issue components from. Note, when in the warehouse you will want to note the bin number and physically go there before selecting the License plate. 4b. Issuing from a bin and not from a license plate: 4c click on the Bin field and key in the bin number that is being suggested, (noted at top left corner, Suggested Bin). 4d. Hit the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the entry. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 5d. It is possible the bin doesn't have enough to pick the full quantity, which you may see an error stating as such. For testing purposes, enter a quantity of 1 and just pick that component as a partial quantity. 6. If full quantity required was entered, the user will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be colored green. 6a. If a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to pick from other license plates or bins following steps 4 through 5a above. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number License Plate number issued from. Purchase Order number. Heat Codes Qty issued 10. Pull details from license plate header record if issued from a license plate. 10a. Enter the LP in the global search and select the license plate to review. 10b. Review the LP Header to confirm the Work Order# field shows the work order that components were issued to. 10c. If multiple work orders were issued from the same LP, you may see other work order numbers in the field. 2 4. Will capture from user scan of purchase order during issuing components from a bin.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been cre (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. License Plate Number. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO) Planning Impact Components are taken out of inventory and put into WIP for the Work Order.
Planning	TC-07284M	Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Mult (...)Create Quote - Partial ATP at OKC MFG, Partial CTP (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	Partial quantity of items available at OKC MFG, part not in inventory	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01043	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Components from license Plates multip (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Components from license Plates multiple times, for the same work order, with PO and Heat Code details	Work order created in Netsuite Component inventory available on License Pl (...)Work order created in Netsuite Component inventory available on License Plates LP that has both heat code and PO available. Component availability to pick to the work order from a single vendor. Purchase order used to receive license plate inventory.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. Issuing components from License Plates: 4. User to select Alt LP to see license plates exist that have the same vendor number. This will help determine if they need to use another vendor that has enough inventory to issue complete to the order. 4a. click on the license plate that you want to issue components from. Note, when in the warehouse you will want to note the bin number and physically go there before selecting the License plate. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. Enter a partial quantity to be issued. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. Since a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to pick from other license plates following steps 4 through 5a above. 6a. Follow steps 4 to 5, this time entering the remaining quantity to be issued for the component item. 6b. You will be taken back to the item listing screen where the item should be green colored. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number License Plate number issued from. Purchase Order number. Heat Codes Qty issued 9h. You should see the full quantity issued from the license plate, that match the two times you issued from that License plate.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. License Plate Number. (two lines captured) Component item number. (two lines captured) Quantity Issued to the work order. (two lines captured) Purchase Order Number. (two lines captured) Heat Codes. (two lines captured) License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Inv Management	TC-01044	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Component from license Plate issued t (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue Component from license Plate issued to another work order previously	Two Work orders created in Netsuite that need the same component. Componen (...)Two Work orders created in Netsuite that need the same component. Component inventory available on License Plates Component availability has enough material to complete the pick from a single vendor. Or, LP that already shows at least one work order previously picked to.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. Issuing components from License Plates: 4. User to select Alt LP to see license plates exist that have the same vendor number. This will help determine if they need to use another vendor that has enough inventory to issue complete to the order. 4a. click on the license plate that you want to issue components from. Note, when in the warehouse you will want to note the bin number and physically go there before selecting the License plate. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. Enter quantity to be issued, making sure to leave at least one quantity left on the LP. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. You will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be green colored. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. 9. Select the second work order to issue components for. Follow steps 1 to 7 above for the new work order. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 10. Pull up the License Plate in Netsuite to view teh Work Order numbers field. 10a. in the global search, enter in the license plate number and select the LP to ve viewed. 10b. In the work order field, you should see the two work orders you issued components to from the LP.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. License Plate Number. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Will contain the previous work order and new work order number just issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Store Ops	TC-07289	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07255		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07289M	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07255	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07290	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07262		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07290M	Edit quote to remove item (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07262	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01045	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, wit (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, with PO# containing Heat codes	Work order created in Netsuite Component inventory available that is not o (...)Work order created in Netsuite Component inventory available that is not on license plates.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components not on a license plate. 4. Select the Item to be issued. 4a. Click on the Alt Bins button to see a list of bins with inventory. 4b. Select the bin to have the inventory issued from. 4c. Note: The suggested bin will be the items preferred bin, but may not have inventory. If the preferred bin is in the alt bins listing, it will have an asterisk beside the bin number. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. User prompted to enter a Purchase Order. Click in the field and enter the PO# that is noted on the item label of the component being issued. 6a. click on the arrow key of the keyboard to enter the PO# entered. 7. User will be taken back to the item listing screen. 7a. If full quantity required was entered, the user will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be colored green. 6a. If a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to issue more components following steps 4 through 6a above. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number Purchase Order number. Heat Codes (if applicable) Qty issued	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Inv Management	TC-01046	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, wit (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, with PO# not containing Heat codes	Work order created in Netsuite. Component inventory available on License P (...)Work order created in Netsuite. Component inventory available on License Plates Component availability has enough material to complete the pick from a single vendor. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components not on a license plate. 4. Select the Item to be issued. 4a. Click on the Alt Bins button to see a list of bins with inventory. 4b. Select the bin to have the inventory issued from. 4c. Note: The suggested bin will be the items preferred bin, but may not have inventory. If the preferred bin is in the alt bins listing, it will have an asterisk beside the bin number. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. User prompted to enter a Purchase Order. Click in the field and enter the PO# that is noted on the item label of the component being issued. 6a. click on the arrow key of the keyboard to enter the PO# entered. 7. User will be taken back to the item listing screen. 7a. If full quantity required was entered, the user will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be colored green. 6a. If a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to issue more components following steps 4 through 6a above. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number Purchase Order number. No Heat Codes will be shown. Qty issued	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. NO Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Store Ops	TC-07294	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07282		Quote is saved with item removed
Planning	TC-07294M	Edit quote to remove item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07282	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Inv Management	TC-01047	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, Ski (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, Skips PO prompt	Work order created in Netsuite. Component inventory not on License Plates (...)Work order created in Netsuite. Component inventory not on License Plates Component availability has enough material to complete the pick from a single vendor. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components not on a license plate. 4. Select the Item to be issued. 4a. Click on the Alt Bins button to see a list of bins with inventory. 4b. Select the bin to have the inventory issued from. 4c. Note: The suggested bin will be the items preferred bin, but may not have inventory. If the preferred bin is in the alt bins listing, it will have an asterisk beside the bin number. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. User prompted to enter a Purchase Order. 6a. Click on the Skip button, in the top right corner because there is not PO# noted on the item label. 7. User will be taken back to the item listing screen. 7a. If full quantity required was entered, the user will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be colored green. 6a. If a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to issue more components following steps 4 through 6a above. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number No Purchase Order number shown. No Heat Codes will be shown. Qty issued	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. NO Purchase Order Number. NO Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Inv Management	TC-01048	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, wit (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Issue component not on a license plate, with PO# not containing the component.	Work order created in NetSuite. Component inventory not on License Plates (...)Work order created in NetSuite. Component inventory not on License Plates Component availability has enough material to complete the pick from a single vendor. Note: The bolded sections are required Steps for this test. Non-bolded Steps are needed to get to the test Steps and confirm expected results.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components not on a license plate. 4. Select the Item to be issued. 4a. Click on the Alt Bins button to see a list of bins with inventory. 4b. Select the bin to have the inventory issued from. 4c. Note: The suggested bin will be the items preferred bin, but may not have inventory. If the preferred bin is in the alt bins listing, it will have an asterisk beside the bin number. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. push the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity issued. 6. User prompted to enter a Purchase Order. Click in the field and enter the PO# that is noted on the item label of the component being issued. 6a. click on the arrow key of the keyboard to enter the PO# entered. 7. User will be taken back to the item listing screen. 7a. If full quantity required was entered, the user will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be colored green. 6a. If a partial quantity received, you will be taken back to the item listing screen, where the item will be yellow colored. If needed, you can continue to issue more components following steps 4 through 6a above. 7. Hit Submit button to complete the issue of components. 8. Will see green success bar at bottom of screen indicating the Issue transaction was successful. Login to Netsuite as the Warehouse Manager role. 9. Verify the Work Order Issue transaction was created. 9a. In the global search key in the work order number to review. 9b. Select the work order to be viewed. 9c. scroll down to the bar that has several sub-tabs and select the tab with Related Records. 9d. You should see the WO Issue transaction that was created. Click on the date for that transaction to open the transaction record. 9e. scroll down to the sub-tabs and select the Custom tab. 9f. scroll over to select the sub-tab labeled, Kimray WO Issue Components Detail tab. 9g. You should see the details of the items issued to the work order. Details to see: Component Item number Purchase Order number. No Heat Codes will be shown. Qty issued	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been crea (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorGreen success bar that Work Order Issue transaction has been created. (NETSUITE TC-2059)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Supervisor Work order Issue Transaction created in Netsuite. Custom record created on the work order issue transaction. details captured on the custom record. Component item number. Quantity Issued to the work order. Purchase Order Number. NO Heat Codes. License plate header will be updated to reflect the work order number the component was issued to. Accounting Impact Work Order Issue NetSuite TC-1069, TC-53 (Issue Components, TC-54 WO Completion, TC-56 Close WO)
Inv Management	TC-01049	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Use Alt LP button to view other available L (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Use Alt LP button to view other available LPs to issue from	Work order created in NetSuite. Component inventory on Multiple License Pl (...)Work order created in NetSuite. Component inventory on Multiple License Plates Component availability has enough material to complete the pick from a single vendor.	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order I (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. Issuing components from License Plates: 4. User to select Alt LP to see license plates exist that have the same vendor number. This will help determine if they need to use another vendor that has enough inventory to issue complete to the order. 4a. User should see a listing of license plates that may or may not have the same LP Prefix to indicate they are from the same or different vendors. 4b. If there was at least on LP in the alt LP listing, this is a pass test case.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorThe Alt LP listing shows multiple license plates available. LP#, B (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse OperatorThe Alt LP listing shows multiple license plates available. LP#, Bin# and quantity on the LP. Note: This can be used to confirm if same vendor has enough to pick for the work order.
Inv Management	TC-01051	Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Verify the user cannot over issue component (...)Kimray WO Issue Components LP - Verify the user cannot over issue components to the work order	Work order created in NetsuiteComponent inventory available on License Plat (...)Work order created in NetsuiteComponent inventory available on License Plates	Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order (...)Login with RF-SMART Token login. Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components LP function. 1. Select Location field and update location if not already set to your location. 1a. If employee preference default location if set, it will already populate the location, and allow to change. 2. Select Order field and enter in the work order number to be issued. 2a. hit the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the work order entered. 2b. alternatively you can click the load orders button and scroll down to select the work order number. 3. Issuing components from License Plates: 4. User to select Alt LP to see license plates exist that have the same vendor number. This will help determine if they need to use another vendor that has enough inventory to issue complete to the order. 4a. click on the license plate that you want to issue components from. Note, when in the warehouse you will want to note the bin number and physically go there before selecting the License plate. 5. Click in the Qty field to enter the quantity to be issued for the component. 5a. Enter a quantity that is more than the quantity remaining for the component item. 5b. Should be prompted with red cannot over issue at the bottom of the screen. (Screen shot needed) 5c. If the red message was prompted, this is a pass for the test case. NOTE: This should be the last test case of this run. If so, please issue all remaining components in remaining quantities and submit the issue.	Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator User received an error message that they can not over issue the (...)Fusion Kimray - Warehouse Operator User received an error message that they can not over issue the item. User not allowed to over issue.
Inv Management	TC-01052	Kimray WO Issue Components- Picked bin is created for user if it doesn't ex (...)Kimray WO Issue Components- Picked bin is created for user if it doesn't exist in Netsuite	Employee doesn't have a picked bin created in Netsuite. Work Order is avail (...)Employee doesn't have a picked bin created in Netsuite. Work Order is available for user to start picking/issuing components	Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Ord (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login or Choose the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the Kimray Work Order Issue Components function 1. Click in the Order field and key in the work order number to issue for. 1a. click the arrow key on the keyboard to accept the work order #. 1b. Alternatively you can click on the Load Orders button, scroll down and select the work order number. 2. Select item to be issued. 3. Click on the alt bins button to see bins to issue from. 3a. Select bin to issue from. 4. click in the Issue field, to enter the quantity to be issued. 4a. Enter the quantity to issue. 4b. click on the arrow key on the keyboard to enter the quantity. 5. If full quantity issued, the user is taken back to the item listing screen. 5a. If partial quantity issued, the user is taken back to the quantity to issue screen. User to hit the back button, in the top left corner to go back to the item listing. 6. User to hit submit to have the WO Issue transaction created in Netsuite. 6a. will see green success bar at bottom of screen to indicate the transaction was created. Login as Warehouse Manager in Netsuite UI. 7. in the global search, enter in the work order number that was issued to. 7a. select the work order to be reviewed. 7b. scroll down to the row of sub-tabs and select the Related Records tab. 7c. click on the date of the work order issue transaction. 7d. scroll down to find the item listing that shows the items issued. 7e. for the item that was issued, you should see an Inventory Detail, box with a check mark. 7f. click on the box with the check mark, to pop up a window. 7g. You shoud see a bin number that starts with Picked-1-######, which will be the picked bin that was created for the user.	Lead will need to confirm:After the user has picked an item, check the item record to confirm invent (...)Lead will need to confirm:After the user has picked an item, check the item record to confirm inventory has been transferred to a picked bin. Note, prior to starting the pick, this picked bin was confirmed it didn't exist.
Store Ops	TC-07302	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07283		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07302M	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07283	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07303	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07286		Quote is saved and promise date is populated for the item added
Planning	TC-07303M	Edit quote to add item (Distributor Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines)	TC-07286	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07304	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07250		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07304M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item)	TC-07250	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07305	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07256		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07305M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Single Lines)	TC-07256	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07306	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07264		Quote is saved with new quantity
Planning	TC-07306M	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple L (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Single Item_Multiple Lines)	TC-07264	Login as Supply Planner in Maestro. 1. Validate the date provided to Quote
Store Ops	TC-07307	Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multipl (...) Edit quote to decrease item quantitiy (Store Quote, Multiple Items_Multiple Lines).	TC-07271		Quote is saved with new quantity
F&A	TC-10051	A stand-alone Credit Memo with a remaining balance of less than $1 is writt (...)A stand-alone Credit Memo with a remaining balance of less than $1 is written off.	Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true	1. Create a standalone Credit memo for a customer that has email communication preference selected. (...)1. Create a standalone Credit memo for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the credit memo for less than $1 and leave unapplied, or b. Create the credit memo and and only apply a portion, leaving a remaining unapplied balance of less than $1. 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script.	- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - (...)- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - The invoice should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. - The Invoice GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable and a credit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Credit Memo. - There should be no message on the invoice communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. - The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked
F&A	TC-10052	A credit memo from a fully paid invoice with an unapplied balance of less t (...)A credit memo from a fully paid invoice with an unapplied balance of less than $1 is written off	1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true (...)1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true 2. A fully paid invoice transaction (existing or manually created).	1. Create a Credit memo from a fully paid invoice for a customer that has email communication prefer (...)1. Create a Credit memo from a fully paid invoice for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the credit memo for less than $1 and leave unapplied, or b. Create the credit memo and and only apply a portion, leaving a remaining unapplied balance of less than $1. 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script.	- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - (...)- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - The invoice should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. - The Invoice GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable and a credit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Credit Memo. - There should be no message on the invoice communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. - The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked
F&A	TC-10053	A credit memo from an open invoice with an unapplied balance of less than $ (...)A credit memo from an open invoice with an unapplied balance of less than $1 is written off	1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true (...)1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true 2. An open invoice transaction (existing or manually created).	1. Create a Credit memo from an open invoice for a customer that has email communication preference (...)1. Create a Credit memo from an open invoice for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the credit memo for less than $1 and leave unapplied, or b. Create the credit memo and and only apply a portion, leaving a remaining unapplied balance of less than $1. 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script.	- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - (...)- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - The invoice should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. - The Invoice GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable and a credit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Credit Memo. - There should be no message on the invoice communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. - The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked
F&A	TC-10054	A standalone invoice with a remaining balance of less than $1 is written of (...)A standalone invoice with a remaining balance of less than $1 is written off	1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true	1. Create a Credit memo from an open invoice for a customer that has email communication preference (...)1. Create a Credit memo from an open invoice for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the credit memo for less than $1 and leave unapplied, or b. Create the credit memo and and only apply a portion, leaving a remaining unapplied balance of less than $1. 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script. 1. Create a standalone Invoice for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the invoice for less than $1, or b. Create the invoice and apply a payment, leaving a remaining balance of less than $1. 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script.	- A credit memo should be generated for the remaining balance, and applied to the invoice. - The cre (...)- A credit memo should be generated for the remaining balance, and applied to the invoice. - The credit memo should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. - The credit memo GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous and a credit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Invoice. - There should be no message on the Credit Memo communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. - The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked
F&A	TC-10058	A Payment with an unapplied balance of less than $1 is written-off	1. Existing customer record with Email communication preference set to true	1. Create a payment for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the p (...)1. Create a payment for a customer that has email communication preference selected. a. Create the payment for less than $1 and leave unapplied, or b. Create a payment and apply a portion, leaving less than $1 remaining 2. Once all small penny test transactions are complete, Kimray IT will need to manually kick off a script deployment of the Small Penny Write-Off - MR script.	- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - (...)- An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. - The invoice should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. - The Invoice GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable and a credit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Credit Memo. - There should be no message on the invoice communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. - The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked
F&A	TC-10059	Regular invoices through the course of business are being emailed.	1. Sales Order Pending Billing for a customer set to receive invoices via e (...)1. Sales Order Pending Billing for a customer set to receive invoices via email 2. All other small penny write-off test cases are executed 3. Small penny write-off script is manually deployed by IT 4. Nightly billing operation has run	1. After the small penny write-off script has been manually deployed and the nightly billing operati (...)1. After the small penny write-off script has been manually deployed and the nightly billing operation has run, check the Customer Email Invoice Not Sent - MP Saved Search to validate there are no invoices that should have been emailed but were not sent out	- There should be no additional invoices on the Customer Email Invoice Not Sent - MP Saved Search. o (...)- There should be no additional invoices on the Customer Email Invoice Not Sent - MP Saved Search. o Any additional invoices on this report should be investigated to determine the cause for an invoice not being sent out before marking this as ?Failed?
F&A	TC-10060	Kimray: Small Penny Write Off - MR
F&A	TC-10061	Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sa (...)Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sales order			Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matc (...)Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matches ones for Sales order
F&A	TC-10062	Create Credit Memo's not affiliated with an RMA		Customer>credit returns>issue credit memos	Credit Memo created/saved
F&A	TC-10063	Ability to create invoices from fulfilled/shipped sales orders		Go to fufilled sales order > click on "Bill" >save and it will create invoice.	Able to Invioce Item Fulfillment/Shipped Sales Orders Ensure correct price from SO & IF, Sales Tax, (...)Able to Invioce Item Fulfillment/Shipped Sales Orders Ensure correct price from SO & IF, Sales Tax, Freight & Price Level according to customer (discount)
F&A	TC-10064	Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sa (...)Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sales order			Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matc (...)Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matches ones for Sales order
F&A	TC-10065	Create an Unapplied Payment
F&A	TC-10066	Match credit memos to original invoices.		1. Navigate to the Invoice to apply a Credit Memo to Customers>Sales>Create Invoices>List 2. Select (...)1. Navigate to the Invoice to apply a Credit Memo to Customers>Sales>Create Invoices>List 2. Select the Invoice to apply the Credit to from the list 3.Click the "Accept Payment" button 4. On the Invoices subtab, edit the payment column to match the amount of the credit memo, if the Credit is not offsetting the invoice in full 5. On the Credits subtab, click the "Apply" box next to the Credit Memo to apply to this Invoice 6. Click "Save"	1. Transaction saves 2.Amount Due on the invoice is reduced by the amount of the Credit Memo
F&A	TC-10067	Compare final monthly deposits match bank account deposits.
F&A	TC-10068	Run Unapplied payment report and ensure all payments have been applied at m (...)Run Unapplied payment report and ensure all payments have been applied at month end.
F&A	TC-10069	Run unapproved cash report and ensure all payments have been applied and po (...)Run unapproved cash report and ensure all payments have been applied and posted.
F&A	TC-10070	Cash Receipts Should be Zero
F&A	TC-10071	Last Deposit ACH for Month
F&A	TC-10072	Review Customer Refunds and ensure all have been completed
F&A	TC-08210	Run reports including: balance sheet income statement and cash flow			so that the accounting team can review variances and department/GL account/Location mismatches to re (...)so that the accounting team can review variances and department/GL account/Location mismatches to rectify prior to and during Month End close
F&A	TC-08211	Run Journal Entries Pending Approval saved search			Run Journal Entries Pending Approval saved search
F&A	TC-08212	Reject user outside F&A as a Journal Entry approver
F&A	TC-11129	Changes to a Vendor Bill approved amount will require a Vendor Bill to Go t (...)Changes to a Vendor Bill approved amount will require a Vendor Bill to Go through approval again	Vendor Bill exists that has been approved	Kimray AP Supervisor Step 1: Find a vendor bill that has been approved but not paid Step 2: Update t (...)Kimray AP Supervisor Step 1: Find a vendor bill that has been approved but not paid Step 2: Update the vendor bill amount and save and resubmit for approval.	The Updated Vendor Bill will be rerouted through the approval process and need to be approved again
F&A	TC-11130	Voiding a Vendor Bill will not require the Vendor Bill to be re-approved	Vendor Bill exists that has been approved	Kimray AP Supervisor Step 1: Find a vendor bill that has been approved but not paid Step 2: Void t (...)Kimray AP Supervisor Step 1: Find a vendor bill that has been approved but not paid Step 2: Void the Vendor Bill	The Voided Vendor Bill will not go back through the WorkFlow approval process
Store Ops	TC-07423	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Field Service Technician		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07424	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07425	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07426	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Marketing		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07427	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Product & Customer Support Manager		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07428	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Product & Customer Support Tech		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07429	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Product Manager		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07430	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Repair Tech		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07431	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Sales & Services Manager		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07432	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Service Supervisor		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07433	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Store Sales		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
Store Ops	TC-07434	Validate Role Permissions - Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist		Verify role has correct permissions in NetSuite.	Role has correct permissions
F&A Regression	TC-12086	Verify that the system allows users to successfully upload and associate a (...)Verify that the system allows users to successfully upload and associate a document to a specific transaction.
F&A Regression	TC-12087	Ensure that the system supports various document types and allows users to (...)Ensure that the system supports various document types and allows users to link invoices, receiving documents, signed tickets, and BOLs to their corresponding transactions.
F&A Regression	TC-12088	Test if the system rejects an attempt to upload a document in an unsupporte (...)Test if the system rejects an attempt to upload a document in an unsupported or invalid format.
F&A Regression	TC-12089	Verify that the system handles cases where a user attempts to link a transa (...)Verify that the system handles cases where a user attempts to link a transaction to a document that is not uploaded.
F&A Regression	TC-12090	Ensure that users can easily retrieve linked documents from the transaction (...)Ensure that users can easily retrieve linked documents from the transaction details page.
F&A Regression	TC-12091	Verify attachment of the customer-signed packing slip/bill of lading (proof (...)Verify attachment of the customer-signed packing slip/bill of lading (proof of delivery) to the transaction record (invoice and sales order).
F&A Regression	TC-12092	Ensure that users can easily retrieve linked documents from the transaction (...)Ensure that users can easily retrieve linked documents from the transaction details page.
F&A Regression	TC-12093	Scan and add signed item receipt to Credit memo. Look up item receipt be (...)Scan and add signed item receipt to Credit memo. Look up item receipt before credit memo issued.
F&A Regression	TC-12094	Issue credit memo after approval.		1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.Select an RMA from this list with a retur (...)1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.Select an RMA from this list with a return type "Credit" 3. This opens the Return Authorization 4. Click the blue "Refund" button 5. This opens a Credit Memo in edit mode 6. Click "Save"	1. The Credit Memo successfully saves
F&A Regression	TC-12095	Match credit memos to original invoices.		1. Navigate to the Invoice to apply a Credit Memo to Customers>Sales>Create Invoices>List 2. Select (...)1. Navigate to the Invoice to apply a Credit Memo to Customers>Sales>Create Invoices>List 2. Select the Invoice to apply the Credit to from the list 3.Click the "Accept Payment" button 4. On the Invoices subtab, edit the payment column to match the amount of the credit memo, if the Credit is not offsetting the invoice in full 5. On the Credits subtab, click the "Apply" box next to the Credit Memo to apply to this Invoice 6. Click "Save"	1. Transaction saves 2.Amount Due on the invoice is reduced by the amount of the Credit Memo
F&A Regression	TC-12096	Try issuing a credit memo without approval.
F&A Regression	TC-12097	Email customer freight bill information.
F&A Regression	TC-12098	Make an invoice with freight billing information
F&A Regression	TC-12099	Ensure all invoices for the children are listed on the statement
F&A Regression	TC-12100	Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: AR ag (...)Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: AR aging- Cash refunds- Statements sent
F&A Regression	TC-12101	Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Daily (...)Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Daily cash receipts
F&A Regression	TC-12102	Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Rebat (...)Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Rebates- Customer deposits
F&A Regression	TC-12103	Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Any (...)Verify access to, accuracy of, and completeness of reports including: Any other reports designated per F&A Key Reports Listing
F&A Regression	TC-12104	Refund customer payment and ensure that the suite script is no longer runni (...)Refund customer payment and ensure that the suite script is no longer running after cutover.		1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.On an RMA with a return type "Cash", sele (...)1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.On an RMA with a return type "Cash", select the day (blue hyperlink) 3. This opens the Return Authorization 4. Click the gray "Refund" button 5. This opens a Cash Refund in edit mode 6. Select the account to refund from 7. Click "Save"	Credit Conversation Suite GL for Coding Conversion refunds to Revenue no longer is created
F&A Regression	TC-12105	Refund to a customer with ACH.
F&A Regression	TC-12106	Save a resales exemption certificate on a customer record.
F&A Regression	TC-12107	Enter Shipping charges to a Sales Order
F&A Regression	TC-12108	Create a RMA and do an item receipt putting item back in stock. Look in (...)Create a RMA and do an item receipt putting item back in stock. Look in Reminders for item return notification and issue credit memo.
F&A Regression	TC-12109	Pull a RMA and the original invoice and ensure prices match.
F&A Regression	TC-12110	On first day of month - ensure that statements give options to print or ma (...)On first day of month - ensure that statements give options to print or mail based on customer setup preferences. or mail based on customer setup preferences.
F&A Regression	TC-12111	Create Invoice for the sale of an asset. Ensure there is a no expressed (...)Create Invoice for the sale of an asset. Ensure there is a no expressed warranty clause on the invoice.
F&A Regression	TC-12112	Fulfill a sales order that will push customer over their credit limit.			Ensure Pop Up Notice appears
F&A Regression	TC-12113	Verify workflow send out a sales approval the appropriate sales department (...)Verify workflow send out a sales approval the appropriate sales department.
F&A Regression	TC-12114	After approval ensure the sales order is sent to picked, packed and shipped (...)After approval ensure the sales order is sent to picked, packed and shipped.
F&A Regression	TC-12115	And then Invoice automatically overnight.			Overnight Billing Process runs for item fulfillments not invoiced
F&A Regression	TC-12116	Enhancements to test:- Pre-bill for Export
F&A Regression	TC-12117	Enhancements to test: Pro-forma invoices
F&A Regression	TC-12118	Enhancements to test: And many more?
F&A Regression	TC-12119	Create a customer rebate on a sale and or item.
F&A Regression	TC-12120	Put a payment on payment hold.
F&A Regression	TC-12121	Set up customer with multiple email address for monthly statements.
F&A Regression	TC-12122	Create a scrap tool Invoice			Check GL impact on scrap tool non-AR invoice
F&A Regression	TC-12123	Create an invoice for other miscellaneous receipts
F&A Regression	TC-12124	Apply payment to miscellaneous receipt
F&A Regression	TC-12125	Check GL Impact after receipt of funds for scrap tools
F&A Regression	TC-12126	Compare final monthly deposits match bank account deposits.
F&A Regression	TC-12127	Run bank matching to confirm
F&A Regression	TC-12128	Compare final monthly ACH deposits match bank account deposit.
F&A Regression	TC-12129	Run ACH bank matching to confirm.
F&A Regression	TC-12130	Run Unapplied payment report and ensure all payments have been applied at m (...)Run Unapplied payment report and ensure all payments have been applied at month end.
F&A Regression	TC-12131	Run unapproved cash report and ensure all payments have been applied and po (...)Run unapproved cash report and ensure all payments have been applied and posted.
F&A Regression	TC-12132	Run a sales Order for a taxable customer ensuring sales tax has be charged (...)Run a sales Order for a taxable customer ensuring sales tax has be charged and added to the sale.			Make sure tax flows through to invoice
F&A Regression	TC-12133	Run AR aging report for balances less than $1;
F&A Regression	TC-12134	Write off balances less than $1			Manaul Process of Write off low balance
F&A Regression	TC-12135	Ensure AR Small pennies Java Script runs to completion (Month End process)			? An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. (...)? An invoice should be generated for the remaining balance, and the credit memo should be applied. ? The invoice should be set with the Small Penny Write-Off Item. ? The Invoice GL Impact should consist of a Debit to 0000 120000 Accounts Receivable and a credit to 5100 610280 Operating Expenses Miscellaneous of an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Credit Memo. ? There should be no message on the invoice communication tab nor the Customer record communication tab. ? The small penny write-off checkbox should be checked ? There should be no additional invoices on the Customer Email Invoice Not Sent ? MP Saved Search. o Any additional invoices on this report should be investigated to determine the cause for an invoice not being sent out before marking this as ?Failed?
F&A Regression	TC-12136	ensure the write off is being charged to correct Dept and not Dept 0000.
F&A Regression	TC-12137	Test case is delete/cancel a line item, qty. Expected outcome to review is (...)Test case is delete/cancel a line item, qty. Expected outcome to review is the . pdf output (in addition to all the other things such as demand, open sales $ etc.
F&A Regression	TC-12138	Customer Setup -Create a new customer, ensuring Customer Number is correct (...)Customer Setup -Create a new customer, ensuring Customer Number is correct in sequential # order		1. Navigate to Customers>Lists>Customers>New 2. Fill out required customer information required fiel (...)1. Navigate to Customers>Lists>Customers>New 2. Fill out required customer information required fields include Customer Name & Status 3. To add an Address, navigate to the Address Subtab, and click the Pencil icon under Edit 4. Financial tab can be used to set AR Account, price levels, terms & taxability 5. Access subtab is where access to the Customer Center can be setup	1. Customer record is successfully created 2. ensuring Customer Number is correct in sequential # o (...)1. Customer record is successfully created 2. ensuring Customer Number is correct in sequential # order
F&A Regression	TC-12139	Customer Setup: Set up customer w/ old customer address to ensure not able (...)Customer Setup: Set up customer w/ old customer address to ensure not able to be created		1. Navigate to Customers>Lists>Customers>New 2. Fill out required customer information required fiel (...)1. Navigate to Customers>Lists>Customers>New 2. Fill out required customer information required fields include Customer Name & Status 3. To add an Address, navigate to the Address Subtab, and click the Pencil icon under Edit. Update address to one that matches a current customer. 4. Financial tab can be used to set AR Account, price levels, terms & taxability 5. Access subtab is where access to the Customer Center can be setup	To ensure old- bad debt customers don't try and open new accounts with different names - Test Case i (...)To ensure old- bad debt customers don't try and open new accounts with different names - Test Case is expected to fail.
F&A Regression	TC-12140	Record a Customer Deposit, deposit successfully saves and correct GL impact		1.Navigate to Customers>Sales>Enter Sales Order > List 2. Select the document number on a Sales Orde (...)1.Navigate to Customers>Sales>Enter Sales Order > List 2. Select the document number on a Sales Order created in the Order step 3.Click the "Create Deposit" button 4. Enter the payment amount 5. Ensure the "Undeposited Funds" radio button is selected 6. Record the pertinent payment information under the Payment Method subtab 7. Click "Save"	1. Deposit is successfully save
F&A Regression	TC-12141	Accept Customer Payment		1. Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Select a Customer from the drop down 3. (...)1. Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Select a Customer from the drop down 3.Ensure that "Undeposited Funds" is selected 4 Select the invoices & credits to apply from the sublist 5. Click "Save"	1. Payment record saves 2. Review GL Impact Subtab 3. Need to receive ACH, Wire & Check
F&A Regression	TC-12142	Receive a combined customer payment, payment record saves successfully and (...)Receive a combined customer payment, payment record saves successfully and correct GL impact		1. Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Select the parent customer from the dro (...)1. Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Select the parent customer from the drop down 3.Ensure that "Undeposited Funds" is selected 4 Select the invoices & credits to apply from the sublist 5. Click "Save"	1. Payment record saves 2. Review GL Impact Subtab
F&A Regression	TC-12143	Change Customer Credit Limit-ensuring limited to appropriate AR Roles		1) Navigate to Customer 2) Click Edit 3) On the Financial subtab edit the amount in the Credit Limit (...)1) Navigate to Customer 2) Click Edit 3) On the Financial subtab edit the amount in the Credit Limit field 4) Click Save	Allowed for appropriate AR role Not allowed for other roles
F&A Regression	TC-12144	Manually place a customer on credit hold -limited to appropriate AR Roles		1) Navigate to Customer 2) Click Edit 3) On the Financial subtab change the Credit Hold box to "No" (...)1) Navigate to Customer 2) Click Edit 3) On the Financial subtab change the Credit Hold box to "No" or "Auto" 4) Click Save	Allowed for appropriate AR role Not allowed for other roles Sales Orders are now available to proces (...)Allowed for appropriate AR role Not allowed for other roles Sales Orders are now available to process for this customer
F&A Regression	TC-12145	Manually place a customer on credit hold -Sales Orders are notified when cr (...)Manually place a customer on credit hold -Sales Orders are notified when created that customer is on credit hold
F&A Regression	TC-12146	Release Customer from Credit Hold-Limited to appropriate roles
F&A Regression	TC-12147	Issue a Customer Refund -ensuring cash refund saves and appropriate GL impa (...)Issue a Customer Refund -ensuring cash refund saves and appropriate GL impact		1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.On an RMA with a return type "Cash", sel (...)1. Navigate to Customers>Credits & Returns>Refund Return 2.On an RMA with a return type "Cash", select the day (blue hyperlink) 3. This opens the Return Authorization 4. Click the gray "Refund" button 5. This opens a Cash Refund in edit mode 6. Select the account to refund from 7. Click "Save"	1. Cash Refund successfully saves 2. GL Impact
F&A Regression	TC-12148	Apply a credit memo in Customer Payment-customer payment saves		1. Navigate to Accept Customer Payments Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Se (...)1. Navigate to Accept Customer Payments Customers>Accounts Receivable>Accept Customer Payments 2. Select the Customer with the credit memo 3. Select the Invoices to apply the credit memos to from the "Invoices" sub list 4. Select the Credit Memos to apply from the "Credits" Sub list 5. Fill out the payment method information as necessary 6. Click "Save"	1. Customer Payment saves 2. Invoices & Credit's are cleared from the AR Aging report
F&A Regression	TC-12149	Run "Inventory Valuation Report" at month-end for bins designated as repair (...)Run "Inventory Valuation Report" at month-end for bins designated as repair bins.
F&A Regression	TC-12150	Pull up Avatax Reports			Global search the following report: CDA- Sales Tax by month/location
F&A Regression	TC-12151	See if taxes Labor or freight			Ensure Invoice has tax, labor or freight from Sales Order/Item Fulfillment
F&A Regression	TC-12152	Change customers taxability
F&A Regression	TC-12153	Run report titled "Kimray Shipping Report Committed-DC Screen2: Results			Report runs with populated data
F&A Regression	TC-12154	Addresses are correct		1. Set up>Other Setup>Company Information	Addresses are correct
F&A Regression	TC-12155	Run a credit card payment for an account balance		This can be done in NS up to a certain point until it sends to the credit card machine for processin (...)This can be done in NS up to a certain point until it sends to the credit card machine for processing.	Payment made on an account balance
F&A Regression	TC-12156	Run a Credit card payment for a cash sale		This can be done in NS up to a certain point until it sends to the credit card machine for processin (...)This can be done in NS up to a certain point until it sends to the credit card machine for processing.	Payment made by credit card for a sale
F&A Regression	TC-12157	Transfer Funds between Bank Accounts		Financial>Banking>Transfer Funds 1) Fill out the From Account 2) Fill out the To Account 3) Enter (...)Financial>Banking>Transfer Funds 1) Fill out the From Account 2) Fill out the To Account 3) Enter the amount to be transferred 4) Click Save	Funds are transferred between accounts
F&A Regression	TC-12158	Bank Deposit Correction		1) Financial > Banking > Make Deposits >List 2) Click Edit next to the deposit to be corrected 3) Ch (...)1) Financial > Banking > Make Deposits >List 2) Click Edit next to the deposit to be corrected 3) Change the account the deposit was made into 4) Click "Save"	Bank deposit corrections are made
F&A Regression	TC-12159	NSF Checks		1) Financial > Other > Make Journal Entries 2) Enter a JE for the NSF check credit the bank account (...)1) Financial > Other > Make Journal Entries 2) Enter a JE for the NSF check credit the bank account affected, debit Accounts Receivable, being sure to include the Customer Name in the "Name" field. 3) Enter any associated bank fees by crediting the bank account the fee was deducted from, and debiting the appropriate expense account 4) Click Save	NSF checks are processed
F&A Regression	TC-12160	Create a unbalanced deposit		Enter several payments for a customer, go to deposit and don't select all of the payments.	An unbalanced deposit is made Deposit will not match back to Lockbox report
F&A Regression	TC-12161	Locate a payment made to the wrong customer		Pull up customer > Go to Sales > Transations > Select Payment, will give list of payments that have (...)Pull up customer > Go to Sales > Transations > Select Payment, will give list of payments that have been made.	Found a payment made to a wrong customer
F&A Regression	TC-12162	Ability to save Invoices & Credit Memos as PDF			Invoices and credit memos are saved as .PDF
F&A Regression	TC-12163	Ability to print Invoices & Credit Memos		Look up invoice and credit memo>click print	Invoices and credit memos are printed
F&A Regression	TC-12164	Ability to create, modify, and inactivate customers		System Information - Inactive	Customers are created, modifed, and inactivated
F&A Regression	TC-12165	Ability to designate customers as Parent or Child (including linking of chi (...)Ability to designate customers as Parent or Child (including linking of children to parent)		Go to Parent Customer>Actions>Subcustomer This is how a child customer should be set up to accurate (...)Go to Parent Customer>Actions>Subcustomer This is how a child customer should be set up to accurately link to a parent.	Cutomer parent child relationship established
F&A Regression	TC-12166	Ability to process cash deposit for single transaction			Cash deposit made on a single transaction
F&A Regression	TC-12167	Check for open invoice saved search			Successful search for open invoice
F&A Regression	TC-12168	Check for open ticket saved search			Successful search for open ticket
F&A Regression	TC-12169	Apply a payment from a parent company		Can you look up a invoice number to get to the customer	Payment applies to the sub-customer
F&A Regression	TC-12170	Apply a credit card payment to a account		Customer service creates a sales order, they run the credit card, that creates a customer deposit (c (...)Customer service creates a sales order, they run the credit card, that creates a customer deposit (cd), after that is fufilled the system applies it to that invoice. to manually do this, you need to find a customer deposit that is not fully applied and that is also a credit card payment.
F&A Regression	TC-12171	Record a Bank Deposit (Customer Pymts)		Financial > Banking > Make Deposits 1) Select the correct depository bank from the drop down list 2) (...)Financial > Banking > Make Deposits 1) Select the correct depository bank from the drop down list 2) From the Payments Subtab select Customer Payments created in Order to Cash to Deposit 3) Click Save	1) Deposit successfully saves 2) Click on GL Impact subtab and ensure the correct GL Impact 3) If De (...)1) Deposit successfully saves 2) Click on GL Impact subtab and ensure the correct GL Impact 3) If Deposit is unbalanced it will not save
F&A Regression	TC-12172	Record a Bank Deposit (Misc Deposits)
F&A Regression	TC-12173	Apply payment to a parent with multiple child accounts		See how DNOW Payments post	Payments apply automatic
F&A Regression	TC-12174	Create Credit Memo's not affiliated with an RMA		Customer>credit returns>issue credit memos	Credit Memo created/saved
F&A Regression	TC-12175	Issue a Refund for Outstanding Credits		1) Customers > Accounts Receivable > Issue Customer Refunds 2) In the Customer Refund screen select (...)1) Customers > Accounts Receivable > Issue Customer Refunds 2) In the Customer Refund screen select the Customer to refund 3) Select the appropriate cash & AR accounts 4) On the "Apply" Subtab select the transactions to be refunded 5) If a check is required select the "To Be Printed" box 6) Select the "Refund Method" on the Refund Method subtab 7) Click "Save"	1) Transaction is successfully saved 2) Customer balance is reduced by amount of refund 3) If "To Be (...)1) Transaction is successfully saved 2) Customer balance is reduced by amount of refund 3) If "To Be Printed" was selected, check appears in Print Checks & Forms
F&A Regression	TC-12176	Review List of Customer Payments		1) Customer > Lists> Customers 2) Select "View" next to the Customer you would like to review paymen (...)1) Customer > Lists> Customers 2) Select "View" next to the Customer you would like to review payments for OR 1) Type the cus:Customer Name into Global Search 2) Select the Customer from the drop down list 3) Once the Customer record opens click the "Sales" subtab 4) Then click "Transactions" in the light blue bar 5) Select "Payment" in the Type filter	1) List of Customer Payments is successfully displayed
F&A Regression	TC-12177	Ability to create invoices from fulfilled/shipped sales orders		Go to fufilled sales order > click on "Bill" >save and it will create invoice.	Able to Invioce Item Fulfillment/Shipped Sales Orders Ensure correct price from SO & IF, Sales Tax, (...)Able to Invioce Item Fulfillment/Shipped Sales Orders Ensure correct price from SO & IF, Sales Tax, Freight & Price Level according to customer (discount)
F&A Regression	TC-12178	Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sa (...)Ability to create stand alone (manual) invoices that are not linked to a sales order			Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matc (...)Create a stand-alone invoice for customers w/o sales orders Ensure Pricing of Items is correct/matches ones for Sales order
F&A Regression	TC-12179	Ability to attach signed delivery ticket			Drag and Drop file- This is also being taken care of by the RF Smart Signature capture
F&A Regression	TC-12180	Ability to create, modify, and inactivate customers			Update Customer Information including addresses, contacts, names
F&A Regression	TC-12181	Ability to run Native NetSuite Reports			Ability to run Financial Statements - P&L, Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Statement Ability to pull AP (...)Ability to run Financial Statements - P&L, Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Statement Ability to pull AP Aging, AR Aging, Customer Deposits and standard subledger reports, trial balance, general ledger, Account Registers
F&A Regression	TC-12182	Ability to apply open credits against outstanding invoice balances		Go to a customer that has credit balances, then apply against Accounts receivable>accept customer pa (...)Go to a customer that has credit balances, then apply against Accounts receivable>accept customer payments>put in customer number, at bottom click on credit and check what you want to apply and click on invoice.
F&A Regression	TC-12183	Ensure Forms are Correct			Ensure that pdf transactions being sent out to customers are formatted in accordance with Kimray's C (...)Ensure that pdf transactions being sent out to customers are formatted in accordance with Kimray's Communication policy. Verify the necessary fields on the invoice/credit memos entry form are available for entry and validate the format of the pdf invoice/credit memo is correct
F&A Regression	TC-12184	Verify Customer Categories		1. Go to Create a New Customer 2. Verify appropriate Customer Categories are included (Admin Role is (...)1. Go to Create a New Customer 2. Verify appropriate Customer Categories are included (Admin Role is the only one to see list and to make changes)	1. Customer Categories list is complete and correct
F&A Regression	TC-12185	Customer Seup: setting up a subcustomer to a Parent Company/Customer			Ensure that correct fields flow down that are currently in Production. -Terms -credit limit -billing (...)Ensure that correct fields flow down that are currently in Production. -Terms -credit limit -billing address -email for invoicing
F&A Regression	TC-12186	Credit set up			Set up credit limit on Parent Customer
F&A Regression	TC-12187	Ability to write off or clear AR Accounts with JE, including Bad Debt write (...)Ability to write off or clear AR Accounts with JE, including Bad Debt write off process			Ensure Jes with customer noted shows up in AR to match/clear balances
F&A Regression	TC-12188	Allowance for Bad Debt			Be able to have an allowance for bad debt for AR and it offsets AR correctly
Store Ops	TC-07435	Identify SO that needs to be shipped		Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Field (...)Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Navigate to New Ship Screen in NetSuite	New Ship Screen should load and display orders ready to be shipped
Store Ops	TC-07436	Identify TO that needs to ship		Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Field (...)Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Navigate to "New Ship Screen" search in NetSuite	New Ship Screen should display orders ready to be shipped
Store Ops	TC-07437	Validate Sales Orders PDF (SO Print (new) button)		Navigate to a Sales Order. Print the SO through the SO Print (new) button.	Layout should meet Kimray branding guidelines. All data fields should be correct.
Store Ops	TC-07438	Validate Quote PDF (Quote PDF button)		Navigate to a quote in NetSuite. Click the Quote PDF button to print the quote PDF	PDF should meet Kimray branding guidelines. All data should be displayed correctly. Lead times for i (...)PDF should meet Kimray branding guidelines. All data should be displayed correctly. Lead times for items should be broken down by what is in stock and what the promise date is for remaining quantities
Store Ops	TC-07439	Job on to a work order in RF Smart		Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimra (...)Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor"	NetSuite/RF Smart should start recording labor to the work order
Store Ops	TC-07440	Job off a work order in RF Smart - No Competion		Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimra (...)Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor"	Time tracking against the work order should stop. NetSuite should create a WO completions record (wi (...)Time tracking against the work order should stop. NetSuite should create a WO completions record (with a 0 qty completion).
Store Ops	TC-07441	Update WO with parts and pump core		Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimra (...)Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Edit the WO and add the pump core to the WO Component List. Add additional parts required to repair the pump core. Click save. "	The WO should save. The Maestro integration should rerun to get promise dates and expected ship date (...)The WO should save. The Maestro integration should rerun to get promise dates and expected ship dates for the components that are not in stock. The production end date should update according to the component lead times.
Store Ops	TC-07442	Issue Components to Work Order using RF-Smart Device	Parts are available and committed to the WO	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Man (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate to Work Order Created in Test Case TC-299 by Entering Work Order Number in Global Search. Edit and Release Work Order. Step 2: Click ""Print Traveler"" button on the Work Order. This will open a Printable Bill of Materials with Scannable Component Barcodes For Issuance. Step 3: Navigate: RF-Smart ; Client ; Client Step 4: Tap/Click on Work Order Issue Components Step 5: Validate Location and Update if Necessary Step 6: Enter Work Order Number Created in a previous step or Tap/Click the Load Work Orders Button and Choose the Work Order From The List. Step 7: Click/Tap Each individual Component. - Enter Bin that the item is being picked from. - Enter the Quantity to be issued for each item. Step 8: Click Submit Step 9: Review Work Order Quantity Used In Build"	A Work Order Issue Transaction will be created against the work order and the material will be decre (...)A Work Order Issue Transaction will be created against the work order and the material will be decremented from Inventory and moved into WIP.
Store Ops	TC-07443	Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Exchange Pump item and Create Work Order (...)Build and test (Assemble & QA) the Exchange Pump item and Create Work Order Completion Transaction Using RF Smart Device	Components issued to a work order	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Ma (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate: RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 2: Click/Tap on ""Work Order Reporting-only completion Step 3: Validate Location Step 4: Look up Work Order Number by Entering Manually or Clicking the Load Work Orders Button. Tap/Click on Work Order. Step 5: Tap/Click the Work Order Operation. (By Tapping/Clicking the Operation you are starting the capture of labor time (JOB ON) for this operation. Step 6: Assemble and QA Conversion Item Step 7: Once Assembly is Complete, Tap/Click on the Work Order Reporting-only completion function from the main menu. If you exited the system you will need to access the menu by clicking on RF-Smart > Client > Client Step 8: Scan or Enter Bin ""Conversions"" Confirm Or Update Status to ""Good"" Enter Serial Number Generated in TC-247 Hit Enter After Entering Serial Number if Using NetSuite Desktop Tap/Click ""Done"" Enter Scrap Count if Applicable otherwise enter ""0"" Tap/Submit or Hit Enter to compete the Work Order. (This Will also (JOB OFF) and stop labor capture."	Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into (...)Labor Will be Captured By Jobbing on and Jobbing off and the Finished Good will be incremented into Inventory making it ready for fulfillment.
Store Ops	TC-07444	Close Work Order	RF Smart scanner configured for use Printer configured for use"	Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Man (...)Login as: Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Enter the Work Order Number in Global Search or Navigate to: Transactions > Manufacturing > Enter Work Orders > List and find the Work order in the Work Order Close Step 2: Open The Work Order Step 3: Click the ""Close"" Button"	Work Order is Closed
Store Ops	TC-07445	Update SO with any additional parts used in Repair		"Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech (...)"Log in as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Service Manager Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Step 1: Navigate to the applicable Repair Sales Order Step 2: Click Edit to edit the Sales Order Step 3: Add additional items used in the repair Step 4. Click Save to save the Sales Order"	The Sales Order should be saved. Items added should be committed to the Sales Order
Store Ops	TC-07446	Execute a cycle count in RF Smart (negative test case)		Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Special (...)Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	Roles should not have access to execute cycle counts
Store Ops	TC-07447	Create a cycle count in RF Smart (negative test case)		Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Field Service Technician	Roles should not have access to create cycle counts
Store Ops	TC-07450M	Validate Quote - ATP/CTP		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate Quote.
Store Ops	TC-07451M	Validate SO - ATP/CTP		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate SO.
Store Ops	TC-07452M	Validate Shipment		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate effects of Shipment.
Store Ops	TC-07453M	Validate Partial Shipment		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate effects of Partial Shipment.
Store Ops	TC-07454M	Validate Quote Update		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate effects of updating a Quote.
Store Ops	TC-07456M	Validate Quote to SO Conversion		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate effects of converting a Quote to a Sales Order.
Store Ops	TC-07455M	Validate Sales Order Update		Sign in to Maestro as Supply Planner and validate effects of updating a Sales Order.
Design To Build	TC-30030	NS Work Center - Create (Outsourced Manufacturing)	N/A	Role: Kimray - Scheduler Step 1: Lists > Relationships > Groups > New Step 2: Click New Group (...)Role: Kimray - Scheduler Step 1: Lists > Relationships > Groups > New Step 2: Click New Group Step 3: Choose a "Static" Type Group and Choose "Employees" as the Member To Include Step 4: Click Continue Step 5: Enter The Following Details - Name - Outsourced Manufacturing Work Centers Must Start with a "OS" Prefix - Tick "Manufacturing Work Center" box - Select a Work Center Department Step 6: Click Manufacturer Work Center Settings Subtab and Fill out the following details - Subsidiary - Machine Resources - Labor Resources - Work Calendar Step 7 : Click Save	NetSuite Work Center is Created.
Design To Build	TC-30031	Validate Item Type is Serialized in NetSuite	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Step 1: Enter Item Number in Global Search Step 2: Open Item Step 3: Review Item Type	Item Type Is Serialized
Prod Scheduling	TC-06078	Work Order Close Report Review	Work Orders have been completed.	Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Mana (...)Interface: Classic Role(s): Kimray - Outsourced Manufacturing Scheduler; Kimray - Scheduling Manager; Kimray - Supply Chain Manager 1. Navigate to the two following saved searches: - Kimray Fusion - Work Order Header Level Variance Report - Kimray Fusion - Work Order Lower Level Variance Report 2. Review the two saved searches to confirm the Work Order closer, or reach out to proper individuals to make corrections.	1. The user navigates to the two saved searches. 2. The saved searches are reviewed.
Store Ops	TC-07457	Release WO for Package Build Up		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Custome (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Sales & Services Manager Kimray - Service Supervisor Step 1: Navigate to the applicable work order Step 2: Edit Work Order Step 3: Change WO status to Released Step 4: Save the WO	WO should save with a Released status
Store Ops	TC-07458	Create SO for Package Build Up/Auto Create WO (Convert from Quote)		Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kim (...)Login as: Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Store Sales Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales Service Manager Kimray - Product Customer Support Technician Kimray - Product Customer Support Manager Step 1: Navigate to the applicable quote for the package build up Step 2: Click "Sales Order" button to convert the quote to a sales order Step 2: Enter The Following Details Customer Enter PO# Customer Contact Set Location Select Shipping Carrier Select Shipping Method Ship To Select Address Step 3: Enter Package Build up Line Item (make sure the location at the line level matches the header level location. )Note: The Create Work Order Checkbox is checked by default since the item is set up as a Special Work order Item. Step 4: Save Sales Order	Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Promise date and Expected Ship Date should be calcula (...)Sales Order and Linked Work Order is Created. Promise date and Expected Ship Date should be calculated
Design to Build	TC-00123	Create update to a Primary BOM Revision for an Existing Item	Assembly Item Exists in NetSuite that was part of initial data load.	Create BOM Revision in Windchill Create ECN/ECR in Windchill Approve ECN/ECR	New BOM Revision is Created in NetSuite updating the existing Primary BOM with Effectivity Dates bei (...)New BOM Revision is Created in NetSuite updating the existing Primary BOM with Effectivity Dates being honored properly.
Design to Build	TC-00124	Create a secondary BOM Revision for an Existing Item that only has one prim (...)Create a secondary BOM Revision for an Existing Item that only has one primary BOM that doesn't change.	Assembly Item Exists in NetSuite that was part of initial data load with a (...)Assembly Item Exists in NetSuite that was part of initial data load with a single Primary BOM.	Create secondary BOM Revision in Windchill Create ECN/ECR in Windchill Approve ECN/ECR	New secondary BOM Revision is created in NetSuite without updating the Primary BOM revision (includi (...)New secondary BOM Revision is created in NetSuite without updating the Primary BOM revision (including effective dates) and without creating tertiary BOM revisions.
F&A	TC-10075	Review Custom GL Plugins		"Role: Kimray - Accounting Supervisor 1. click the Go To Task icon icon for Review Custom GL Plug-i (...)"Role: Kimray - Accounting Supervisor 1. click the Go To Task icon icon for Review Custom GL Plug-ins Executions. You must have the Review Custom GL Plug-ins Executions permission as well as the Override Period Restrictions permission to complete this task for the subsidiaries you can access. 2. Click Review Custom GL Plug-ins Executions to go to the Reviewing Custom GL Lines Plug-in Executions page. 3. If your review is finished, click Mark Task Complete. 4.If you have previously marked this task complete but must do more work, click Mark Task In Progress. 5.To go back to the checklist page, click Cancel."
Design To Build	TC-30032	Validate That Item was NOT sent to Maestro	Item Exists in NetSuite	Validate Item Does Not Exist in Maestro	Item Does Not Exist in Maestro
F&A	TC-13037	Create Bill Credit for Vendor Return	VRMA has been created w/ Pending Credit status	"Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the VRMA in the Global Search. Click on the ""Refund"" button (...)"Role: Kimray AP Analyst 1. Query up the VRMA in the Global Search. Click on the ""Refund"" button 2. On the Bill Credit page, review the vendor information along with Item information that was sourced from the VRMA 3. (Optional) apply to next Vendor Bill by completing the following: On the Lines region (Apply subtab), select the Vendor Bill/s to apply the Bill Credit 4. Click Save"	Vendor Credit is created from the VRMA
F&A	TC-13035	Vendor Name Change able to be done and not affect Integration			Can change the name of a vendor without breaking integrations
Integration	TC-02032	RPA - Run	Work order created	Run WO job at a cell	Advanced manufacturing records in NetSuite showing WO progress.
F&A	TC-08042	Create calculated inventory count.		1. Go to Transactions > Inventory > Create Inventory Count 2. Select a location. 3. Enter or sele (...)1. Go to Transactions > Inventory > Create Inventory Count 2. Select a location. 3. Enter or select a Count Start Date. 4. Enter or select a Count End Date. 5. Optionally choose a Item classification to filter the list. 6. Check theCount Bin Rows With Zero Quantity box to include in the list items with an on-hand count of zero. 7. Check the Sort Rows by Bin box to sort the item list by bin number instead of by item number. 8. Select an account to post variances to. This is typically an expense account. 9. Choose an account to show in this field by default. Check the box in the Select column next to each item you want to count. 10. Click Submit.	Inventory count is created
F&A	TC-10073	Pull the following reports as of a specific date/time: WIP Report		"Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor https://7610637-sb2.app.netsuite.com/app/comm (...)"Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor https://7610637-sb2.app.netsuite.com/app/common/search/searchresults.nl?searchid=customsearch_kr_cost_wip_summary"	Report runs as designed
F&A	TC-10074	Pull the following reports as of a specific date/time: Onhand		"Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor https://7610637-sb2.app.netsuite.com/app/repo (...)"Login as: Kimray-Cost Account Kimray-Cost Supervisor https://7610637-sb2.app.netsuite.com/app/reporting/reportrunner.nl?cr=550"	Report runs as designed
F&A	TC-08027	Ability to approve Journal Entries	Journal Entry has been submitted for approval.	1. Navigate to the Journal Entry either through the approval reminder Journal Entries Pending Appr (...)1. Navigate to the Journal Entry either through the approval reminder Journal Entries Pending Approval"" or via querying the JE number in the global search. 2. Click the Approve button	Journal Entry successfully approved but only using the roles referenced.
Inv Management	TC-01143	Build an LP from Scratch or Add Items to Existing LP		Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the "LP Build" funct (...)Login as: RF-SMART Token Login Select the Kimray All Functions Menu Select the "LP Build" function 1. Click on the location field to set or change the location to OKC Mfg. 2. Scan the bin you wish to Build the LP into or the bin the LP you are adding to exists 3. If adding to an existing LP in that bin a. Scan the LP 4. If Creating a new LP in that bin a. Click New LP b. Ensure the correct printer is selected c. Ensure the correct number of labels are selected (quantity of LP labels that will print) 5. Scan item you will be adding to the LP you just created 6. If Lot Item: a. Scan the lot you are moving onto the LP 7. If Serial Item: a. Scan the serial(s) you are moving to the LP 8. Enter Quantity you are moving to the LP 9. Upon submission of quantity screen, Item will be added to LP in the bin you chose in step 2 10. If you are adding additional items and/or lots/serials to the LP, repeat steps 5-8. Once you are done completely, hit Exit in the top right	Item/quantity dictated in the workflow will move onto the selected LP and the LP will reside in the (...)Item/quantity dictated in the workflow will move onto the selected LP and the LP will reside in the bin that was scanned in step 2
Store Ops	TC-07459	Approve Cycle Counts		Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Special (...)Kimray - Service Supervisor Kimray - Customer Support Specialist Kimray - Customer Support Specialist - Intl Kimray - Sales & Service Manager	The role should be able to successfully approve cycle counts.
Store Ops	TC-07460	Approve Cycle Counts (Negative test case)		Kimray - Field Service Technician Kimray - Repair Tech Kimray - Store Warehouse Specialist	The role should not be able to approve cycle counts. NetSuite should prevent approval.
Store Ops	TC-07461	Create a new bin		Kimray - Sales & Services Manager	This role should be able to create new bins for the stores.
Design To Build	TC-30033	Update Supply Type on Item	Item Must Exist	1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit on The Item 3. Navigate To Supply Mgmt Subtab 4. Nav (...)1. Enter Item in Global Search 2. Click Edit on The Item 3. Navigate To Supply Mgmt Subtab 4. Navigate to the Scheduling Section and Click on the Locations Subtab 5. Update Supply Type For Each Location. 6. Click Save on The Item	Supply Type is Updated.
Design to Build	TC-00125	Review Integration Error logs / Error emails		Use the following saved search report to review 'Kimray: Windchill Item Integration Errors: Results' (...)Use the following saved search report to review 'Kimray: Windchill Item Integration Errors: Results'. In SB2 that can be reached at this URL https://7610637-sb2.app.netsuite.com/app/common/search/searchresults.nl?scrollid=10319&searchid=10319&refresh=&whence= Look for error messages that match the date and time and ECN number of the payload that is being reviewed.	When errors occur after the initial payload is successfully sent to NetSuite, the NS Windchill integ (...)When errors occur after the initial payload is successfully sent to NetSuite, the NS Windchill integration processes the payload and may identify additional errors. When errors are encountered, they are logged and will be sent via email at Go Live and added to logs that can be found with the referenced saved search.
Design To Build	TC-00126	Rerun failed Windchill Payload	A Windchill ECN XML payload was sent to NetSuite but something went wrong o (...)A Windchill ECN XML payload was sent to NetSuite but something went wrong on the NetSuite side. Identify and correct the issue in NetSuite.	To manually rerun a failed Windchill Payload without having to create a new ECN, identify the ECN in (...)To manually rerun a failed Windchill Payload without having to create a new ECN, identify the ECN in the \backup subfolder of the XML export payload folder. Copy the ECN File in the backup folder, renaming the copy with a '-1' (or similar) appended to the filename. Ex: ESIResponse_Kimray_Oil_and_Gas_43.xml becomes ESIResponse_Kimray_Oil_and_Gas_43-1.xml Edit the XML payload, being careful to not change anything other than the ECN > ECNHeader > Number field. Add the same suffix that you added to the file name '-1' (or similar) to the Number. Ex: CN-BOM-01912 becomes CN-BOM-01912-1 Save your changes and copy that file back into the parent folder of the where it will automatically be processed by the integration. NOTE: There is a way to trigger the ECN payload to process again inside of NetSuite, but that process hasn't been documented yet at this point by TVG and would take a NetSuite Admin to run.	Once the file has been processed, verify your changes in NetSuite. If you still don't see the ch (...)Once the file has been processed, verify your changes in NetSuite. If you still don't see the changes, go through the normal troubleshooting steps of checking integrationlogs.kimray.com and the NetSuite integration log saved search to look for errors.
Design To Build	TC-30034	Enter Assembly Item on Sales Order Transaction	Item Must Exist	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order > New Step 2: Enter Item AAR5 (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order > New Step 2: Enter Item AAR5 on Sales Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation S (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = SAMPLE - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on TO/SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = HOLD - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction
Design To Build	TC-30035	Enter Inventory Item on Sales Order Transaction	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order > New Step 2: Enter Item 104 o (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Sales Orders > Enter Sales Order > New Step 2: Enter Item 104 on Sales Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation S (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = SAMPLE - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on TO/SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = HOLD - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction
Design To Build	TC-30036	Enter Inventory Item on Purchase Order Transaction	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Purchase Orders > Enter Purchase Orders > New Step 2: Enter Ite (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Purchase Orders > Enter Purchase Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item 104 on Purchase Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO If Implementation Stat (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction
Design To Build	TC-30037	Enter Inventory Item on Work Order Transaction	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Work Orders > Enter Work Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item 104 on (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Work Orders > Enter Work Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item 104 on Work Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation S (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = SAMPLE - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on TO/SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = HOLD - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction
Design To Build	TC-30038	Enter Assembly Item on Work Order Transaction	Item Must Exist In NetSuite	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Work Orders > Enter Work Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item AAR5 o (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Work Orders > Enter Work Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item AAR5 on Work Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation S (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = SAMPLE - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on TO/SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = HOLD - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction
Design To Build	TC-30039	Enter Assembly Item on Purchase Order Transaction	Item Must Exist in NetSuite	Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Purchase Orders > Enter Purchase Orders > New Step 2: Enter Ite (...)Step 1: Navigate To: Transactions > Purchase Orders > Enter Purchase Orders > New Step 2: Enter Item AAR5 on Purchase Order Step 3: Validate Item Can or Cannot Be Entered on Item Based on Expected Results Below	If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation S (...)If Implementation Status = ALL - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/SO/WO/TO If Implementation Status = MANF - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = SAMPLE - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO/WO If Implementation Status = OBS - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = PUR - Item Will be Available to Enter on PO's Only If Implementation Status = SALE - Item Will be Available to Enter on TO/SO's Only If Implementation Status = SETUP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = SUSP - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction If Implementation Status = HOLD - Item Will be not be Available to Enter on any transaction